veneer , rer ety
FRE G4 hods 5 .
yet
Nee ame Raabe Noe 7
stat ay
S Beara 4 onsets
Tew Vereen s Ads
pears
(iehbiib roses #
Miedy GAvw a ont
or err. are
See eee CGR
meet REM RS OS NGS Fog th ote
Prd ~ Saale mites
¢ % serepeet bey
° \ . . - s] tims . . . ne . . J
\ : : : r bi = . a? of Ft -
HANDBOUND
AT THE
8
UNIVERSITY OF
TORONTO PRESS
Vs
THE ANNALS ve
pe GPRS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
—
—_—
/ sone
J \
INCLUDING {7 AT os
Sa
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. _
(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTIH'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )
CONDUCTED BY
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,
AND
RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S.
VOL. II.—NINTH SERIES.
PRS AN ~ na
LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
E SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;
_ BAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN,
1918.
var.
“Omnes res create sunt divine sapienti et potenti testes, divitia felicitatis
humane p—ex harum usu /opitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex @conomid in eonservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
eluecet. Earwimn itague indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;
A verd eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”"—Linnaus.
* Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir guelle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.
eee eee ee oe ww » PO Sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But seatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rilted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They erop the lily, and each sedge and rush "
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.
ALERE FLAMMAM,
CONTENTS OF VOL, II.
(NINTH SERIES, ]
NUMBER 7.
Page
I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—
No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., &c.
Pes ree AV LS) ie alend oshctirs! elaishats Viole metalic. lous Moises afsls vine ees, od 1
Il. New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. By
Sev ELD ROMANS ve Nas eerie vdieo chosen erate eto aly 59
III. New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descriptions
of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distribution of
Species resembling each other. By Colonel C. Swinnor, M.A.,
Place Ce lateseV ET XI.) .-. sc wememetetemisiniais > erst co's ne Oe
IV. Some Mediterranean Bryozoa. By ArTHuR Wm. WATERS,
Reyer Gremy Grantee XT... ssa oa eater menene ate ays sale apSievepate « se 96
V. Notes on Asteroidea.—II. By Water K. Fisuer, Director,
Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University, California.
EE MOE aii etara po Gis 6 a's + vie a leyscte «ee 2 ios 5 AVE One oO 103
VI. Is Dicroceelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat? A Note on
a new Variety. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A. (Plate XIV.).......... 111
Vii. The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish (Nauerates
dic an oy J. DB, 'GircnRisT, MAC Dose, PhD). secic css 114
iv CONTENTS,
Page
VIII. Notes upon the Sika-Deer of North China. By ArrHur
se Oanus Sowenrsy, F.Z.S., F.R-GS. 2 ieeepee sae es tyes pene . 9
IX. Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of South
American Birds. By Cuarces Cuvuss, F.Z,S,, M.B.0.U...... ye
NUMBER 8
X. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla—
Part I. The Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, with a Note
on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine. By R. I.
Pocock, F.B.8. sf. . 0:0 ose van eee REN BED Des RS + hs eee ot vss ey ee
XI. On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen. By
ReANLeY G1IBST. Socs . Ua ss Gee eee Stace eae ee «ss
XII. New Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. By OLDFIELD
PROMAS 5s cw nsS1G555l seune Th carneh as aeeer oes ode As i
XIII. A new Duiker from Zanzibar. By OtprreLp Toomas ., 151
XIV. Notes on Alcides, Schonh. (Cuwreulionide, Coleoptera). By é
Guy A. K. Marsuatt, D.Se. ......... vous ove ca hee ee ae! ‘
XV. On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén. By
G. A,-BoutsnGgen, IVES, oe owas 5 bs kee setae eee os
XVI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Acanthosaura
from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLenGER, F.RS..........0-+00:+0+ 162
XVII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—lV, On
new Helconine, mostly Australian. By RowLanp E. TURNER,
F.Z.5., F.E.S “eer et ener eev eevee eoeveevevern rh yr ur es ls ee ee Oe ey Re ee estarprierre 163
XVII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal
Family Lygeide. By W. L. DIsTanT 4.......0006..5. er i, 173
New Book :—Report on Cetacea stranded on the Lritish Coasts
during 1917. By S. F. Harmer, 8c.D., F.R.S., Keeper of the
Department of Zoology, British Museum ..........- ievenva Bae
Proceedings of the Geological Society .......... ices Pi. eee 180
CONTENTS. .
NUMBER 9.
XIX. Descriptions of New Tyralide of the Subfamily Py-
raustine. By Sir Grorcr I, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., && ......
XX. New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Zvanide in
the British Museum. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., FLEAS. ..
XXI. A revised Classification of the Otomyine, with Descriptions
of new Genera and Species. By OLpFirLp THOMAS ..........+ ’
XXII. The Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor, By Oxp-
FEDGHHIGEN RS UELOMUAUSN ic) ca.c sere varess.n cavoasiere, nate aris: ob By eke ool OMe atic ROO ces
XXIUI. On a new Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorehestes from
maienday Hills, By STANLEY, HiRst iy ueacetaereare 0 cls sco) oka shel «
XXIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.—
Part I. The Bubaline and Oryyine. By R. 1. Pocock, F.RS...
XXYV. Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new Species
of Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesyeride, and Two Genera of
memnomia. Ry Wed, WAVE, BOBS. isc tc anes estes uewngars
XXVI. Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. By
20BERT Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W.J.Sotuas ........
NUMBER 10.
XXVIT. On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog, Rana
espuentari, “By G. A. BoULENGUR, WEIS) oyennes svc oe ei
XXVIII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhyn-
enotalPamile Bygeide. By. W. L. DIStaRirin vite nee ccs. 0 us
XXIX. The Myth of the Ship-holder: Studies in Echeneis or
KRemora.—I. By E. W. GupeGrEr, State Normal College, Greens-
Bomoa Oemunoke -CelatesX V.—X VIM): pacteamen es hess be «ore
XXX, The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by Krefft,
Spetean Animal vel Thylacoleo by Owen, and Thylacoleo by Ly-
dekker. By R. Erureriper, Jur., Director and Curator of the
Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Plates X VIIL-
oa De gr aR EE PEL 2 SE a er
197
211
213
225
241
257
271
307
vi > CONTENTS,
Page
XXXI. Notes on Myriapoda—XU. A Preliminary List for
Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. 1,
and Chordenmella scutellare bagnalli, var. n, By Tintva K. Brapr-
Binks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.RC.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8.
Rasa Baaps-LBirnks, M.Se,.,; «0. ses ee eee eas sh ee 319
XXXII. Notes on various Species of the American Genus
Astylus, Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters {Coleo-
ptera]. By GrorGr Cuartes CHampion, 1.2.8. ........ eerie |
XXXII. On some External Characters of Rumitant Artio-
dactyla.—Part IV, The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and Aipycerine.
By 1.1. Pococg, FiB.8:) -. 0 SNES eas «caidas 'c 1a ene 367
XXXIV. Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhinolophide
aud Megadermatide. By KNubD ANDERSEN,..........0000ce ees 374
XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXX. By T, D. A.
CockznsxL, University ‘of Colorado ......500s.¢.5. enue eee B84
New Book: :—Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M.,
G.C.8.1, Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady
Hooker. By Leonarp Huxtky ............+. Ae -.-. 390
NUMBER 11.
XXXVI. Descriptions of New DPyralide of the Subfamily Py-
raustine, Ly Sir GronrcE I’. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c. ..... . 393
XXXVII. On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods (Myria-
poda), with Special Reference to Thee Leachian Species. By
Ricnann 8; Baenatu, F.U:8.5., fae eos ee ia ri. visas aw
XXXVI. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection, Dy Louis
oe SR et Ot — sip (6isv8 Fs stp os/e.ss ios ey Arle 412
XXXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXXI1. By
T. D, A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado ......sssceeereees 418
XL. On some Fishes from the Shari River, with Descriptions of
Two new Species. Dy G. A. Boutencun, FBS, .....-..+.666- 426
CONTENTS. Vil
XULL. Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians. By
oT, feo a Ol AS P< So 427
XLII. Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the
Australian Region. By S. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects, U.S. Bureau
Se Potomolory, Washincton, D.C. ~..... 0.7 nee e ese os “Oar pee 433
XLII. On some Exteraal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
——Part V. The Tragelaphine. By R. 1. Pococx, F-R.S: ........ 440
NUMBER 12.
XLIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
—Part VI. The Bovine. By R. 1. Pocock, F.RS.
XLY. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera—XXXVI. On new
African Philanthine. By Rowtanp EK. Turner, F.Z.8., FILS. .. 459
XLVI. A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South
Africa. By S. H. Havueuron, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant Director,
Scie AEE CATWNUMSOIITIN,» s.0s.5 099 ch tee cate Siews ao tes stole SE Acs 468
XLVII. Notes on Myriapoda.— XIV. The Re-discovery of
Cylindrotulus parisiorum (Brolemann et Verhoetf), By Hintpa K,
Brape-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the
Reva: GkRanam Drapre-Bimks, Mise: <. 230 heees bees toe ei Sok 470
XLVIUI. Note on the Pectoral Fin of Lusthenopteron. By Dr.
ERAMISCAVONCEDRONEKVICS ...... os fs > Mai Peo. anes 471
XLIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—-LXXAXIL By T.D.A.
Cocuumerrn, University of Colorado .... secsemriitiecs «6205233 > 476
L. A new Species of Lligmodontia from Catamarea. By Oxp-
MMSE CETON WU Es toes os las, ig ain ss » > see, hla See IS oS, 0 482
LI. Two new Forms of Leyyada. By Otprietp Tuomas...... 484
LIL. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal
family Lygeide, By W. L. Disrant
Index ..
PLATES IN VOL. IL.
Piatr I.)
II.
VILL.
IX. SGenitalia of Indo-Malayan Heterocera.
X.
=|
XU. Mediterranean Bryozoa,
XII. Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher).
XIV. Dicroccelium Janceatum, var. symmetricum.
XV.
XVI. } Echeneis or Remora.
XVII.
X VILL.
XIX. } vogu Phalanges.
XX.
!
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[NINTH SERIES.]
WS 9S soos ee eeeeeeee per litora spargite museum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, récurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia sueeo.”
NV. Parthenit Giannettusi, Be). 1.
No. 7.7) CLE es:
I.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.
—No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc.,
E.RS., ke.
[Plates I.-VI.}
1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide, chiefly of Bispira
volutacornis, Montagu.
2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide, chiefly of Pomato-
cerus trigueter, L.
1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide,
chiefly of Bispira volutacornis, Montagu,
Many authors have alluded to the structure of the Sabellids
since Cuvier noted that they rarely form a calcareous tube,
whilst they had the fan-like gills and the thoracic membrane
of the Serpulids. In alluding to the branchize of the
Sabellids he mentions “un filament charnu,” and, further,
that in this group the two ‘filets charnus ” (fleshy filaments
—probably the tentacles) adherent to the branchiz do not
form an operculum. Most text-books, like those of Huxley,
Gegenbaur, and Hayek, contain references to the “ carti-
laginous’’ skeleton in Sabellids and Serpulids.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 1
2 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
Amongst others, R. Wagener* (1832) describes the
alimentary canal in Sadella ventilabrum (S. penicillus, L.) as
having two sacs in front, such apparently, from his figure,
representing the anterior nephridia. He pointed out the
commissures connecting the great nerve-cords.
Milne-Edwards (1838) considered the circulation in the
Sabellids to be akin to that of Nephthys and the Nereide,
a dorsal and a ventral trunk being present, and the inner
aspect of the integument is supplied with a multitude of
vascular filaments for the secretory organs, and, with the bases
of the feet, present also a capillary rete which probably aids
in respiration, though the main respiratory organs are the
cephalic fans. He did not allude to the special vascular
sinus around the gut.
Grube (1838) gave a general account of the structure of
Sabella unispira (Spiroyraphis spallanzani), especially of the
alimentary and circulatory systems. He pointed out that
Leuckart was wrong in attributing two vascular trunks to
each branchial filament. He thought that the anterior
(thoracic) nephridia were connected with reproduction.
Kdolliker +, in his researches (1856), describes the “ carti-
lage’ of several annelids, such as Sabella unispira (Spiro-
graphis spallanzani), but he was uncertain as to the distine-
tions between the blood-vessels and the nerves of the
filaments, and his figures indicate that his “ Knorpelfaden ”
structurally differs from that described here. He noted the
specially thickened hypoderm (his epithelial layer).
De Quatrefages (1850) thought that in the branchiz of
the Sabellidz and Serpulide are venous and arterial twigs,
which mingle in a system of vessels the walls of which
cannot be distinguished from the surrounding tissues, and in
which respiration is carried on through the thin covering
tissues and their cilia. He describes in these branchiz what
he terms acartilaginous skeleton, composed of cells surrounded
by a tough fibrous investment like a periosteum. According
to this author, the cephalic ganglia in Sabella flabellata,
Savigny, form two pairs connected by a large commissure,
and from these branches go to the branchiz and the eyes.
The csophageal connectives are very short. The visceral
system seems to arise from these ganglia as a small twig on
each side furnished with two ganglia. The great ventral
nerve-cords are separate throughout, though nearer each
other posteriorly, and the first ganglia are close to the cephalic,
* «Tsis,’ 1832, p. 655, Taf. x.
+ ‘Untersuchungen z. vergl. Gewebelehre augestelt in Nizza im
Herbste ’ (1 Sitzung. 15 Dec.).
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3
the others following segmentally, each being joined to its
neighbour by fine connectives and giving branches to the
muscles and various organs.
Dr. Thos. Wilhams* (1858) stated that the segmental
organs both in Sabellids and Serpulids were absent from the
anterior or thoracic region and were present only in the
abdominal portion in the form of looped tubes, but he could
not distinguish the part of the tube to which the ova were
attached. He thought the ova did uot escape into the
ceelom, but were confined in a membranous bag. He found
a similar structure in the Amphictenide, Spionide, and
other forms.
In Spirographis spallanzani Claparéde (1873) describes the
giant fibres of the nerve-cords as separate in the inter-
ganglionic spaces from the trunk, and figures them (his pl. v.
fig. 5)-surrounded by connective tissue. Internally is a
medullary substance. ‘These fibres run throughout the
abdomen without apparent anatomical connection. In the
thorax they are repeatedly joined by anastomoses. Through-
out the rest of the body the nervous chain is united in each
segment by two transverse commissures. On entering the
thorax the two tubular fibres divide into two branches,
which pass forward reduced in diameter, and ultimately
penetrate the cerebral ganglia, where they branch and are
lost. Various branches are given off from the tubular fibres
along the commissures, but he could not trace them along
the ventral nerves of the thorax. The branchial nerves are
greatly developed in the Sabellids and in Myaicola. He
found in Spirographis that circular muscular fibres penetrate
the ventral shields and that the fibres generally show nuclei
surrounded by granular matter. Further, that in transverse
section of the setigerous processes the bristles are arranged
in a spiral, just as Pruvot and Racovitza showed subse-
quently. No dorsal vessel exists anteriorly, only a plexus of
anastomosing trunks from which the large branchial vessel
arises on each side. A _ periuntestinal sinus surrounds the
stomach +. ‘There is a well-developed rete in the collar, and
the purified blood afterwards enters the ventral trunk.
He considered that in the Sabellids the connective tissue
of the anterior region is of importance and aids in filling up
the coelomic cavity, which is almost suppressed, except the
spaces for the branchial vessels. The two segmental tubes
* Philos. Trans. 1858, p. 123, pl. vii. fig. 18.
+ De Quatrefages first described this plexus around the gut (his lacunar
tem).
system) \*
4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
in front are curved on themselves, and are highly vascular.
He thought they secreted mucus.
He describes and figures the “ cartilage ” of the branchial
apparatus of Spirographis, with its “ perichondrium,” as if
this was a separate tissue, and the same tissues occur in
Myzxicola and Protula. In his figure this structure is shown
as a rod with a single transverse series of septa in the
filaments, and his description of the general structure corre-
sponds with that in Bispira. His figures of the various
parts in the sections of Spirographis, though small, are
generally true to nature, for the author had equal facility
with pen and pencil.
Lowe * (1878-9) distinguishes in the branchiz of the
Serpulids an ectothelium and an endothelium, the former
coating the outer surface of the bifid region in a section of
the filament, the latter the inner surface. He seems to agree
witb Kowalewsky in regard to the homologies of the nervous
system of worms and vertebrates, and concludes with a com-
parison of the Sabellid skeleton with that of the embryo
dog’s skull in horizontal section (his fig. 8).
Cosmovici (1880) considered that, as in Myzicola, the
organ of Bojanus in the Sabellids was situated at the ante-
rior end, each organ, from a pouch which is longer than in
Myzicola, opening by a pore, the cilia of the interior causing
currents in this direction. The segmental organs are found,
he states, in each segment from the middle of the body to
the tail, and consist of a ciliated funnel behind the diaphragm
and a tube which opens below the setigerous process of the
foot. These organs transmit the reproductive elements,
which are developed in glands attached to the inferior lateral
vessel and extending to the superior lateral vessel. He thus
considered the thoracic glands the organs of Bojanus.
A careful account of the thoracic glandsand other segmental
organs is given by Prof. Haswell t (1884), who, in contrast
with the views of some later authors, could find no internal
opening of the former. His sections of the thoracic region
of Hupomatus, a Serpulid, agree on the whole with those of
Pomatocerus. He points out that the true segmeutal organs
are found in pairs in all the segments of the posterior or
abdominal region. He figures the appendix to the thoracic
glands in Eupomatus, but does not allude to it. The position
of the nerve-cords in relation to the ventral longitudinal
* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 158, Taf. ix.
+ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. pp. 7-12 (sep. copy).
~
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5
muscles needs revision, but the general structure is in accord-
ance with nature. His account of the circulation in both
Sabellids and Serpulids is excellent.
Viallanes * (1885) thought the skeletogenous tissue of the
Sabellids (e. g., Sabella jlabellata) approached that of the
vertebrates, though Krukenberg found that chemically it
differed. In the fentacles (his antennz) the skeleton (“ tige
cartilagineuse ”) forms a central arc enveloped in thick peri-
Ghidedrinin continued from the branchial lamina, and it
seems to be absolutely homogeneous and transparent, though
composed of a single row of cells. The perichondrium he
compares to horn, and it and the “ cartilage” have no ground-
or fundamental substance. This skeleton is in contact with
a blood-vessel which passes to the tip and is surrounded by
a lymphatic space, and he thought that the lymph, and not
the blood, respired directly.
Pruyot- F (1885), like many others, alluded to the branchial
** cartilage ” ‘of the Sabellids, and described the union of the
dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles to form two large
cylindrical muscles which go to the branchie, a fasciculus
‘passing to each filament. The anterior thoracic glands are
coiled or tangled (“‘ enchevétrés’’), and open dorsally behind
the branchiz in the median line. He did not place the same
weight as Claparéde did on the distinctions of this organ
in the Sabellids and Serpulids respectively, and they are
soldered in the middle line in Saéella penicillus. The
tentacles (his antennz) vary from the normal two to ten or
twelve (Sabella terebelloides, S. analis, &c.). In Apomatus
ampulliferus, Phil., there are three pairs, and they resemble-
the branchial barbules, whilst in Potamilla reniformis two
pairs occur, the first being well differentiated, but the
second represents an intermediate structure with the
branchial barbules.
Andrews f (1891) described the structure of the compound
eyes of annelids, his Potamilla reniformis having seven or
eight eyes on each branchial filament instead of the three
given by Malmgren ; and Sadella microphthalma, Verrill,
has them on the outer side of each branchial stem, which
likewise has transverse bars of pigment. In Dasychone con- -
spersa, Ehlers, the eyes also occur along the outer bases of
.
# Ann. Sc. Nat. 6 sér. t. Xx. Bp. 1-20, 1 pl.
7 Archiv. Zool. Expér. 2 sér. t. iii. p. ’335.
{| Journ. Morphol. pp. 271-399, pl. xxi.
6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
the filaments (pl. xxi. figs. 20-22); and, lastly, he gives an
account of Sabella melanostigma (pl. xxi. figs. 17-19).
A large memoir on the structure of the Tubicolar Polychets
(chiefly Sabellids and Serpulids) was published by Soulier *
(1891). Itdeals particularly with such forms as Spirographis
spallanzani, Viviani, Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu,
Sabella viola, Grube, Myzxicola infundibulum, Montagu,
and M. esthetica, Claparéde; whilst amongst Serpulids
Protula milhaci, Marion, Serpula infundibulum, D. Chiaje,
and Hydroides pectinata, Miller, were specially studied,
Interesting accounts are given of some of these in captivity,
including the formation and structure of their tubes and
other features. His interpretation of the structure of the
anterior “nephridia” (pericesophageal glands) for the most
part agrees with that of Ed. Meyer. The histology of the
skin and other organs is described with great detail in
this paper. -
A memoir by Ed. Meyer + on the Sabellide and Serpulide
(his Serpuliden) was published in Russian in 1893. A
eareful account of the nephridia in Lupomatus and Psygmo-
branchus and the structure of the body-wall is given, along
with the structure of the nephridia in Sabellaria alveolata.
Late stages in the development of Psygmobranchus pro-
tensus further elucidate the subject. Like Soulier, he
describes and figures a ciliated funnel opening into the peri-
visceral cavity at the cephalic end of the anterior segmental
organs or thoracic glands. Since the work of Claparéde no
investigator except Hisig has more fully dealt with the
structure of the Polychzts, more especially of the Sabellids
and Serpulids, and his memoirs in the Naples ‘ Mittheil-
ungen’ ¢ are models of patient research, skilful draughts-
manship, and general accuracy.
Otocysts were early described in the Sabellids by
De Quatrefages (1844) in an Amphicora, and, amongst
others, Claparéde, Langerhans, Meyer, Brunotte, De
St. Joseph, Caullery and Mesnil, Soulier, and Fauvel have
studied their occurrence in this group. The most compre-
hensive account is given by Fauvel § (1909), who describes
them in Branchiomma vesiculosum, in the first bristled
segment, in two species of Potamilla, viz. Potamilla reni-
* Thése, ‘ Etud. sur l’Anat. des Annél. Tubic. de la Cette, Secret. du
Tube, &c.,’ Montpellier, 1891.
+ ‘Die Organisation de Serpuliden u, Hermelliden,’ Kasan, 1893, 5 pls.
t E.g, Bad. vii. and Bd. viii.
§ Ann. Sc. Nat. 9 sér. t. vi. pp. 1-144, pls. i.-iii.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 7
formis and P. forelli, in Amphiglena mediterranea, three
species of Jasmineira, viz. J. caudata, J. oculata, and J. elegans,
in Myzicola infundibulum and three other species of Myzi-
cola, in three species of Chone, viz. C. duneri, C. arenicola,
and C. collaris, in Huchone rosea, Dialychone acustica, in Oria
armandi, and Orcopsis metchnikowii. In this family they
occupy the first bristled segment and they are innervated
from the esophageal collar. As in other annelids, Fauvel
considers that these organs perform the function of stato-
cysts, for perceiving vibrations, and are, perhaps, also organs
of orientation.
Numerous instances of the regeneration of both extre-
mities have been recorded in the Sabellids. Thus, Dalyell *
observed the reproduction of both ends in Sabella pavonia
(his Amphitrite ventilabrum). Grube and De St. Joseph
subsequently found a similar condition in the same species.
C. Vaney and A. Conte } described regeneration after experi-
ments in Spirographis spallanzant. Ivanow ¢t and Orlandi §
respectively studied the same species in regeneration.
Grube || found renewal of the anterior region in Potamilla
reniformis and De St. Joseph § in P. forelli, with regenera-
tion of the branchiz in Myzicola dinardensis and in Dasy-
chone bombyx. Soulier**, again, describes regeneration of
the branchiz in Branchiomma vesiculosum.
One of the most complete accounts of the regeneration of
the anterior and posterior ends of a sedentary annelid is
that of P. Ivanow{ (1908) in Spirographis spallanzani.
Both text and figures are full of interest—especially as
regards the nervous system and segmental organs. Many
authors, however, describe bifid posterior ends of other
species,
The Sabellide, like the Terebellide, are stated by
Dr. Goodrich ++ to possess nephridia which open internally,
and that the genital funnel becomes connected with the
nephrostome and loses its primitive opening to the exterior.
An account of the “cartilaginous” substance in the
branchiz of Spirographis spallanzani, Branchiomma kollikeri,
Sabella reniformis, and Sabella infundibulum is given by
* ‘Powers of the Creator,’ vol. ii. p. 225 (1858).
+ Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. xiv. appa
¢ Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xci. p. 511, Taf. xx.-xxil.
§ Archiv. Zool. Napoli, vol. iil. 2 tig. (1906).
|| ‘Ein Ausflug-Triest u. Quarnero,’ 1861.
q “‘ Annél. Dinard,” Ann. Sc. Nat. 7 sér.
** Trans. Instit. Zoo]. Montpelier, 1891.
Tt Quart. Journ, Micros. Se. vol. xlili. n. s. p. 740.
8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
Nowikoff * (1912), illustrated by representations of stained
sections, which indicate the position of muscles, nerves, and
blood-vessels as well as the skeletogenous elements. He
regards the supporting substance as homologous with that
in Mollusea and Vertebrates, presenting, moreover, less
polygonal or somewhat rounded cells, with ground-substance
of a chondro-mucoid character, with nuclei and proto-
plasmic contents, and having externally a layer, which he
terms perichondrium, upon which the cuticle and its nuclei
rest, The author does not go into the distribution of the
skeleton in the foregoing forms, but confines his attention
chiefly to the histology of the tissue, the so-called ‘ carti-
lage ”-cells being filled with fluid, and almost resemble
plant-cells from their distinctness. They possess one, rarely
two, nuclei. The perichondrium is granular and has an
alveolar (basement-) layer between it and the hypoderm.
The structure of the body-wall in Sabella penicillus, L.,
is typical, though there are special developments of the
surface. ‘Thus, on each side of the mid-ventral line a thick
elandular layer outside the circular muscular coat occurs.
‘This appears to be a special development beneath the hypo-
derm, which is readily traced over it and along each side of
the mid-ventral fissure, The circular muscular coat is well
developed and is continuous or nearly so. The dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles are in section thick externally, but taper to
the mid-dorsal line, where a hiatus for the suspensory
mesentery of the alimentary canal occurs. These muscles
are comparatively narrow and do not reach the lateral edge.
In the same way the ventral longitudinal muscles are compact
or almond-shaped in section, slightly thinned internally, and
each is separated by a wide gap from the muscle of the
opposite side. Both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles
have a translucent sarcolemma on the free surface and both
show bands of sarcolemma here and there cutting the mass
into various fasciculi. Under the inner edge of each lies
the nerve-trunk surrounded by neurilemma and with com-
paratively little neuroglia. On the upper and inner edge of
each is a large neural canal, which in many sections is larger
than the nerve-trunk and is occupied by a coagulable
material. It appears to be unnecessary to call such a tube
a giant nerve-fibre, and, indeed, the term neural canal was
adopted in 1877+, and may as well comprehend the finer
* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. ciii. p. 686, Taf. xvi.
+ “On the Arrangement and Relations of the Great Nerve-cords in
the Marine Annelids,” Proceed. Roy, Soc. Edin. Session 1876-77.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9
canals, which can be traced into nerve-cells. An intricate
series of fibres in transverse section occurs in the middle
line between the nerve-cords and surrounds a small granular
area above and another below. In each segment (probably
at the junction) a very complex series of fibres—chiefly
transverse and oblique—commingle over the nerve-area,
whilst in the intermediate regions the ventral vessel and the
muscular fibres and mesentery attached to the lower edge of
the alimentary canal are more distinct. The alimentary
canal itself is normal in section, and it has large blood-sinuses
and vessels on its wall, besides the dorsal trunk (in its region).
The thoracic glands occur in front, and the segmental organ
les to the exterior of the ventral longitudinal muscle.
Toward the posterior end, whilst little change takes place
in the hypoderm and the ventral subhypodermic belt, or in
the circular muscular coat, the dorsal longitudinal muscles
are considerably extended laterally, whereas the ventral
longitudinal muscles are diminished in transverse diameter
and have the bristles close to their outer edge. The nerve-
cords occupy the same position at the inneredge of the muscles
and next the circular coat, the neural canal having about
the same proportional size asin front. The complex crossing
of fibres above the area occurs at intervals as in front. The
gut in this region is filled with dark sandy mud.
Branchial Apparatus.—One of the most interesting featur s
in the structure of the Sabellids, such as Bispira volutacornis,
Montagu, is the chordoid skeleton which supports the bran-
chial apparatus, and which commences behind the brain as
a small lateral area (PI. III. fig. 15, ch.), which soon develops
into an arc on each side (PI. I. fig. 1, ch.). About the region
of the brain the lateral arcs fuse in the mid-dorsal line
(Pl. I. fig. 2, ch.) and thus form a continuous curved belt from
side to side, not, however, of uniform breadth in a given
section, but with indentations, as at the large celomic area
dorsad of the brain or at the enlargements laterally. This
chordoid tissue is finely reticulated in the adult, more
distinctly cellular in the young, the connecting walls staining
slightly, and nuclei are very evident, especially in young
examples. It is bounded externally by the firm investment
or “‘perichondrium,” the basement-tissue and muscular layers,
hypodermic and articular, whilst internally it is bounded by
the same homogeneous border of ‘‘ perichondrium ” to which
muscles are attached. This “ perichondrial” boundary
(Pi. LI. fig. 10, pr.) is not a separate layer, but processes from
its inner edge all round pass as bridles to the reticulations
and cells composing the interior, so that the two are modi-
fications of the same tissue, the whole organically connected
10 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
as a stout supporting layer externally and a central region
of complex reticulations. There is thus a considerable
divergence from the bone-forming periosteum or the peri-
chondrium of vertebrate cartilage, though the structureless
matrix of the latter with its enclosed cells comes nearest: The
great mass of this chordoid skeleton is dorsal, as are also the
ganglia, whilst the great nerve-cords rapidly seek a ventral
position, the former being above the alimentary canal, the
latter beneath it. The muscular fibres on the innerecurve of the
chordoid skeleton about the level of the open vestibule—that
is, before the closure to form the cesophagus—are not longi-
tudinal, but oblique or vertical, stretching from the lower part
of the inner concavity to the upper part of the arch, so that
they would shorten the curve. Moreover, the “ perichondrial”’
border shows large reticulations on its inner edge, a feature
of importance in the elasticity of the parts during the varied
movements (Pl. 1]. fig. 10). The inner border of this tissue
widens at the level of the full development of the apparatus,
and atits broad lateral part the sides of the curve projecting
outward are laced together by muscular fibres, so that the
curve—acute as it is—can be shortened. At this level also
the chordoid central area is strengthened by special processes
of the marginal tissue (‘‘ perichondrial”’ of authors). At the
origin, again, of the chordoid skeleton (PI. III. fig. 15, ch.)
transverse muscles connect the two sides, and mesenterial
fibres pass from their lower edge to the cesophagus, whilst
the common duct of the thoracic glands is clasped by the
strands. It forms a protective shield and support to the
two great vascular trunks, the cclomic spaces, and to
the cephalic ganglia, whilst stiffening the attachments of the
muscles of the region; indeed, in extent, it exceeds the
cephalic skeleton of the cuttlefishes, and yet it has a certain
degree of elasticity in the varied and graceful moyements
associated with the display of the branchiz. Passing forward
the lateral regions of this chordoid skeleton enlarge and
begin to present intruding pillars, cutting the outer edge
into regular spaces with convex margins externally, the first
indication of the bases of the branchial filaments. Then
the chordoid tissue arranges itself in long lobes connected
with a narrow and rapidly diminishing inner belt of the
same tissue, and this is soon followed by the disappearance
of the inner belt and the inner portion of each lobe, leaving
only a rounded or ovoid chordoid area marking the origin of
each filament (PI. JI. fig. 12). The space occupied by the
chordoid arch is now the seat of a series of radially arranged
muscular bands, two for each filament, a connective-tissue
septum from each chordoid oval passing in transverse section
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 11
between them. The cuticle and hypoderm externally hecome
crenate and then notched, whilst spaces or slits appear
between the chordoid ovals, by-and-by pass to the surface,
and thus truncated fillets representing the separate filaments
are formed all round the edge of the branchial base. The
outer edge of each has a thick coat of hypoderm under the
cuticle, but this diminishes internally on the sides, becoming
thinner in its progress inward, the whole area resembling a
narrow wedge with the broad end outside (Pl. II. fig. 12).
Within the broad end is the basement-membrane and a
“ perichondrial ” area surrounding the chordoid oval from
which the median strand passes inward to support the blood-
vessel. In this region the bases of the filaments and their
axes are joined by a long band of the “ perichondrial ”’
substance, the appearance after partial maceration resem-
bling a chain of Perophora listeri or similar series of tunicate
stolons.
The two bands of muscle then show signs of diminution.
Just before the filaments separate, small clear spaces occur
at somewhat regular intervals in the interfilamentar tissue,
but they are not visible after separation. At this level the
sections of the bases of the filaments have their longest
diameter radia] (Pl. II. fig. 12), but this by-and-by shortens,
and their inner border separates from the internal lining
at the base, and each forms an independent filament, the
muscular fibres, meanwhile, gradually diminishing. The
chordoid cells in these form a double row (PI. I. fig. 12),
sometimes with two nuclei, but generally with a single
nucleus in each, and the number of cells diminishes in the
distal parts of the filament (PI. I. fig. 4). When a pinna
is cut longitudinally, a double row of cells is present in the
sections (Pl. I. figs. 5 & 6), besides the external investment,
or, as the knife slants superficially, the closer lines indicating
the cells of the hypoderm intrude, as at the lower part of
the drawing (fig. 6). The nerve occupies an area near the
ciliated groove at the inner border. The double character
of the slits is still preserved, for one-half of the inner joins
that of its neighbour to the right, and the other that to the
left. Then the diameter of each filament, now free, still
further diminishes, and tlie blood-vessel is separated from
the chordoid skeleton only by a narrow belt of connective
tissue. Moreover, a double row of pinne springs from the
inner and narrower edge, the outer having its thicker belt
of hypoderm and its more massive connective-tissue layer and
nerve internally. A single row of chordoid cells passes from
the chordoid oval into each pinna as its skeletogenous rod,
aud thus the whole system is continuous from its massive
12 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
base to the threads in the delicate pinnz, which have a
thick coat of hypoderm and a ciliated cuticle. In the young
Bispira the chordoid cells are especially large and distinct.
The branchial skeleton thus springing from a firm base
spreads forward (or, as usually described, “upward ”) as a
vase- or funnel-shaped sheet, binding together the bases of
the filaments and, finally, dividing into the isolated rods for
the filaments and pinnules. Atthe origin of the filaments the
skeletogenous tissue forms a broad belt, continuous externally
as a narrow rim, and having within this a small group of
the chordoid reticulations, then a series of skeletogenous
areas (in section) sometimes with marginal muscles, indi-
eating the rudiments of the filaments. The chordoid
reticulations then become more numerous, the “ perichon-
drial” area diminishes, the soft parts increase, and by-and-by
the separate filament is evolved. The chordoid rods to the
pinnules appear to pierce—if such an expression can be used
in connection with this continuous tissue—the ‘ perichon-
drial”? investment of each filament, and come into contact
with the reticulations at the outer part of each. The whole
chordoid skeleton is, however, a continuous structure, and
it is only the continuity of the areol of the pinnules with
those of the filaments which makes the use of the term
“ piercing the perichondrium ” intelligible. A comparison of
the adult and young specimens of the annelid show that the
nuclei are remarkably distinct in the latter, whilst the
smaller number and proportional larger size of the cells are
features of moment. Many previous authors having used,
in connection with this skeletogenous tissue, terms which
would imply separate tissues, it has been necessary to insist
on the unity of the structure as a whole.
Another feature of the chordoid. skeleton is its connection
with the shedding of the whole branchial apparatus in the
Sabellids, for all “the chordoid tissue appears to be thrown
off with the branchial fans and the tentacles, the funnel-
shaped anterior or distal portion consisting largely of this
tissue covered by the integuments. The vessels on the
proximal side would thus be more readily constricted, and
an active surface for the reproduction of the apparatus
uncovered. Whether this shedding of the branchial fans
occurs frequently in nature is an open question, but the
annelids in confinement sometimes do so.
The branchial fans double inward at their ventral base as
a thin lamina with miniature filaments, each with its chor-
doid axis, and along the inner border of each the nerve-
strands occur.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 13
The tentacles (Pl. I. fig. 3, ¢.) belong to the branchial
system, and separate in such a form as this and probably
in all or many Sabellids, along with the branchiz, which in
their normal line of separation show a notch between the
symmetrically curved chordoid basal support, which unites
the halves above the gap by a firm bar of similar tissue.
A little beyond the outer edge of this bar on each side
springs a tentacle, the spout-shaped external basal fold of
which is deeply pigmented with brown in Bispira. The
inner basal web of each runs forward on the first dorsal
branchia, whilst the outer web forms a free flap, the important
furrow from the base of the branchial fan lying between
them, and it is this groove which is pigmented. The tentacle
itself is continuous with the inner flap or base, and presents
a somewhat thicker median rib supported by the chordoid
skeleton, the whole tapering to.a delicate tip. Its nerve is
of considerable size, and the organ is probably of great
importance in regard to the nature and contents of the
currents swept through the groove. Claparéde * applied the
term “tentacle” to the inner lateral fold of the mouth in
his sections, but such is a wholly different structure from
the tentacle as here described, and performs a different
function.
In transverse section the tentacle, when fairly formed,
presents a rounded axial region and two flaps or lamelle
arranged in opposite curves (PI. I. fig. 7). The curves of
the lateral flaps or wings are diagnostic, and indicate special
functions, one flap curving to the left of the central region.
and the other more or less to the right in transverse section.
Over the whole is the cuticle, then a layer of short nucleated
epithelium resting on a basement-tissue, and within it a
consistent connective tissue and probably muscular fibres,
though these are indistinct on the wings. The central region
is more or less rounded in section, with a tough cuticle ‘and
thinner hypoderm, but it is supported by a transparent
skeletogenous axis containing a homogeneous substance
surrounded by granules, whilst on one side (that furthest
from the curved flaps) is a band of muscular fibres and on
the other a nerve. The fact that this homogeneous substance
does not stain would point to its solidity or coagulability.
It is noteworthy that in the marginal line of filaments
counected by the perichondrial ” strand, similar appear-
ances, without the granules, in section are found, so that
the tinted centre may be of the same “ perichondrial ”’
* Annél. Sédent. pl. i. fig. 1, tt.
14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
substance. The curve of the larger flap, which appears to
be normal, would seem to show that the connective tissue in
its middle is more or less elastic. Viewed in section the
central rib presents cuticular and hypodermic coverings,
then the transparent skeletogenous layer, which shows no
evidence of cameration, and in the centre the tinted coagu-
lable substance surrounded by the granules. In all proba-
bility this is a blood-vessel, and a trunk is seen in other
forms, such as Spirographis, running up the centre of the
skeletogenous sheath which euds in a delicate tip; and in
the basal region of the tentacle numerous fine twigs ramify
in the tissues. In sections from the tip downward the
longer curved flap lies within the outer branchial row,
between it and the tip of the inner row, and it has a blood-
vessel at its edge.
Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia in section (PI. I.
fiz. 1, cg.) form two ovoid masses, connected by a broad
commissure, and situated about the commencement of the
chordoid skeleton of the region. The outer and more
cellular part of each ganglion stains slightly, whilst the
inner region and the commissure are pale. Moreover, at
the outer edge of each mass is a pale area in section sur-
rounded by brown pigment apparently representing an eye
(PL. III. fig. 14, oc.), and thus akin to the deep-seated eye of
the ammocete stage of the lamprey, though it does not reach
the surface in adult life. The capsule is consistent and
stains, the centre being pale as if functioning as a lens,
whilst the brown pigment seems to be chiefly massed on the
inner border. Between the dorsal mass of muscle and the
ganglia is a large vascular trunk on each side—the branchial—
besides a closely reticulated tissue, the same tissue occurring
laterally where the lower ends of the muscles cease; whilst
the cesophagusis in the middle line below the commissure, and
its sheath of muscle and connective tissue abuts inferiorly on
a broad glandular hypodermic area ventrally, the apex of
which is joined to the cwsophageal sheath by the same
reticulated connective tissue mentioned previously. In front
of the ganglia a large coelomic space and a vascular trunk
lie at the base of the branchial apparatus before separation
into branches for the filaments.
The sections, at the separation of the great nerve-cords
from the cephalic ganglia were somewhat imperfect, but
these trunks appeared to follow a similar course to those of
Spirographis, as described and figured by Meyer* and
others.
. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiii. fig., and Bd. viii. pp. 5387-
569.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. se
The great cords after the disappearance of the eyes pass
downward with their cellular sheath to the sides of the
cesophagus (PI. III. fig. 15), having beneath them only the
deuse mass of the ventral glandular hypoderm, the cesophagus
being surrounded by the tissues of the region before this
takes place, and, as those around the organ are chiefly
muscular, firm constriction of this part can readily occur,
the distinction between this region, imbedded as the gullet
is in firm contractile tissues (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9), and that
which follows—in which the canal is more or less free—is
therefore marked. Proceeding backward the cesophagus is
fixed by a median mesentery ventrally and by various strands
dorsally to a transverse sheet above it and the nerve-cords, a
space, divided into two by a median muscle, occurring above
—that is, below the dorsal longitudinal muscles (PI. II. fig. 8).
The nerve-cords with their investment then pass below the
level of the alimentary canal and lie at some distance from
each other at the inner border of the ventral longitudinal
muscles, the ventral blood-vesse] being between them and
the massive ventral hypoderm externally. A small neural
canal is now visible at their upper and inner border, no trace.
of this having been observed previously, as the great cords
lay at the sides of the gullet. Passing gradually downward
the cords are enclosed by fibres from the circular coat
crossing above and below them (PI. II. fig. 8), the small
neural canal, sometimes two, being visible—for instance, at the
ganglia in the nerve-sheath at the upper and inner angle of
each. The nerve-cells are confined for the most part to the
exterior investment of the ganglia and the trunks, though
some are in thesubstance of both. The transverse (circular)
fibres above the cords increase in strength, and are further |
stiffened by the fusion of strong muscular fibres from the
sheath of the alimentary canal in the middle line. Other
fibres pass outside the cords, and even between them in the
intervals between the ganglia, so that in this region they are
well supported and they are nearer each other than in
front. The transverse (circular) fibres above the cords
remain after the muscular band from the gut disappears and
a median mesentery takes its place, whilst the small neural
canal shows little change. Proceeding backward, the ventral
blood-vessel is surrounded by a thick ring of muscular and
connective-tissue fibres fixed ventrally between the neural
canals and beyond them. ‘The neural canals are now con-
siderably larger, and the gut and the ventral vessel are
connected with the slender transverse fibres by a thin
mesentery ; but this only lasts for a short distance, when the
thick investment of tle trunk again appears in the progress
16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
backward, so that an intermittent arrangement is present, a
feature probably due to the intervals between the thicker
mesenterial bands from the gut, these bands being composed
of fibres studded with nuclei ; and the fibres cross each other
on their way to those beneath the cords in the interganglionic
areas.. The neural canal is sometimes double on one side,
single on the other. At the thickened perivascular areas
the gut touches or is sessile on the coat of the vessel. In
the intermediate regions, where the vessel hangs in a thin
mesentery, it hasa pigmented coat of clavate chloragogen-
cells (PI. ILI. fig. 17, chd.), the broad end being external, so that
they form an are on each side. The secretion of these, no
doubt, is of some importance in connection with the vascular
trunk and the celom*, Anteriorly, when the thickened
coat occurs, the pigmented cells are placed to the exterior
of the arch on the coelomic surface, but, by-and-by, in the
progress backward they are grouped inside the channel of
the tube on the blood-vessel, and this continues till it again
is free. The great cords are now more rounded in section,
with the neural canals at their upper border or at their outer
and upper border, and on the right side in one case two are
present, the larger almost extra-neural and pressing into the
border of the ventral muscle. Comparatively few cells occur
in the intergauglionic areas, the general surface of the cords
in section being finely granular and somewhat reticulated
so as to form rounded areas. The cells increase at the
ganglionic regions, and appear chiefly in the neuroglia, only
a few occurring in the commissural band. Posteriorly, the
cords in section at a commissure are placed close together
with the neural canals between them, the nuclei of the
neuroglia scattered thinly in their area in section and more
thickly exteriorly.
A short distance behind the foregoing the body-wall
assumes its normal arrangement, the ventral longitudinal
muscles lying within the hypoderm, basement-tissue, and
circular coat, whilst the nerve-cords and the intermediate
ventral blood-vessel occupy the space between their inner
ends. Each cord has the circular muscular coat, the base-
ment-tissue, and the glandular mass of the shield externally,
with its fibrous area inferiorly, and above it is the now large
neural canal, which has a firm wall and usually a coagulum
* In a large example a peculiar and symmetrical appearance was caused
anteriorly by the intrusion of the massive ventral coat ef hypoderm on
each side of the cords and their ganglia, so as to form an arborescent
mass aboye and on each side over the inner ends of the ventral longitudinal
muscles. Such probably was due to pressure in preparation.
—_—s
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. V7
in its lumen, the edge of which stains deeply. A reticulated
investment (neurilemma) separates it from the ventral
blood-vessel, and a firm layer of the same tissue roofs in the
entire area, the fibres of which closely link it on to the
alimentary canal immediately above. The neural canal soon
becomes as large*as the séction of the nerve, and, as
mentioned, it seems unnecessary to term it a * giant fibre.”
Cunningham * (1888) is inclined to regard the neural
canals as supporting structures, which prevent the nerve-
cords being bent at a sharp angle, and where they are highly
developed the cords are not separated from the epidermis.
He states they have a position similar to that of the noto-
chord in relation to the neurochord and aorta. He failed
to trace a connection between these canals and any ganglion-
cell, whilst admitting their homology with those of the
Errant annelids.
In a section of a young Bispira stained with Ehrlich’s
hematoxylin, the cephalic ganglia are rather widely separated,
for they occupy the upper and outer border of the vestibule
leading to the mouth, and which has the outline dorsally
of the letter M. To the exterior is a pale belt free from
cells, then a band of muscular fibres inside the chordoid
layer with its investment, whilst the cuticle and hypoderm
form the superficial coverings. The chordoid cells are large,
distinct, and transparent, each with its nucleus, and some-
times with two, and they form at the level of the brain a
horseshoe guard on the dorso-lateral region, the ventral
aspect of the ganglia abutting to a large extent on the
mucous membrane of the vestibule, the isthmus between
them following the descending bars of the M in its progress
from side to side. Moreover, in contact with the isthmus
dorsally are the basement-membrane and the hypoderm of
the cephalic cul-de-sac in free communication with the sea
water. The organ thus is in a favourable position for
receiving impressious from the exterior as well as by its
nerve-trunks, whilst the elastic chordoid skeleton gives
sufficient protection. In the transverse sections the entire
ganglion on each side is dotted with deeply stained nerve-
cells, which perhaps are most numerous toward the surface,
and they extend into the nerve-trunks, leaving the organ, as
well as being distributed on the isthmus from side to side.
In some cases they are grouped in ares with the pale neuroglia
between, as if pertaining to a lobule, but, as a rule, there is
little definition in this respect. Immediately behind, the
* Quart. Journ, Micros, Sc. n. s. vol. xxviii. p, 275.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 2
18 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
nerve-mass bulges ventrally at the sides of the vestibule, and
the trend of the intervening commissure is more or less
straight—from the change in the roof of the vestibule, the
central lines of the M being more or less obliterated.
The eyes (PI. [11. fig. 14) do not appear in the sections
until the protective chordoid tissue has diminished to a
small are above the posterior region of the cephalic ganglia,
and when a mere chink above the gullet indicates the external
pit in communication with the sea-water. The cesophagus
itself is now enclosed in connective tissue and circular
muscular fibres. ‘The eyes rest on the ganglia, and the great
trunks arise near, aud show a pale faintly granular central
area and a thick investment of neuroglial cells. The eyes
have dense brown pigment-cells apparently radially arranged
round a pale region, which probably represents a lens, a
thinner layer of the pigment occurring on one side of the
elliptical organ according to the level of the section. In
some sections a pale spot appears in the centre of the pale
brownish median region, the dark pigment forming a belt
exteriorly. These eyes appear to be similar to those Meyer *
found in Psygmobranchus protensus (= Protula tubularia,
Mont.) and Amphiglena mediterranea.
In Serpula contortuplicata (= Hydroides norvegica) De
Quatrefages describes the cephalic ganglia as large and only
separated by a constriction in the middle line, and giving
off from each side a large branch to the branchie. The
cesophageal connectives are longer than in Sadella, and from
the first widely separated pair of ganglia a considerable
truuk passes to the “ voile palléal”’ (the thoracic membrane).
The ventral cords remain separate, and ganglia connected
by a slender commissure occur in every segment. The
trunks are wider apart anteriorly than posteriorly.
Muscular System and Body-wall.—About the level of the
brain muscular fibres are fixed to the inner wall of the
chordoid skeleton (Pl. IJ. fig. 10,m.), which here attains
great development, and their general trend shows that they.
draw the horseshoe bend of the skeleton close. Proceeding
backward, a strong longitudinal muscle (Pl. I. fig. 1, m.)
appears at the ventral end of the diminished chordoid area,
and a smaller muscle above the skeleton, and the disappear-
ance of the skeleton permits this muscle to form a con-
tinuous curved sheet, widest below, in the area formerly
occupied by the skeleton, and it soon approaches its fellow
of the opposite side, separated only by a series of transverse
* Mitt. Zool, Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiv. fig. 14.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 19
fibres which connected the inner ends of the vanishing
skeleton. Externally are circular fibres, which pass down-
ward to a firm connective-tissue area at each side of the
massive ventral hypoderm. ‘This great muscular sheet is
most massive below, where it supports the origins of the
great nerve-trunks. At first no differentiation of the sheet
is observable ; then pale connective-tissue fibres appear in
its middle opposite the upper end of the nerve-masses, and
in this an aperture appears, its cavity being surrounded by
stained granules, and now it is seen that there are two
longitudinal muscles, an upper and somewhat smaller
rounded muscle, which projects dorsally on each side of the
median groove, and a larger ovoid muscle at the outer side
of the nerve-trunk, the two being separated on each side by
an increasing coelomic area. The two dorsal muscles are
separated by a space, crossed by the circular fibres of the
body-wall, and others passing from the inner edge of the
muscle and from the six or more vertical bands from the
alimentary canal. The hypoderm covering the prominence
of these muscles dorsally is specially thickened. The second
or ventral pair of muscles are still lateral in position, have
the circular fibres, basement-tissue, and hypoderm externally,
the nerve-cords and neuroglia internally, and connective-
tissue bands and the hypoderm below. ‘The dorsal muscles
remain more or less rounded in section (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9,
dm.), but the ventral muscles become somewhat longer,
more oblique in position, and the nerve-cords now lie below
their inner edge inferiorly. ‘Their elongation and obliquity
increase in the following sections, for they assume a spindle-
like outline, their limiting fibres fusing across the middle
line with each other and with those from the vertical bands
and those surrounding the gut, whilst the nerve-cords now
hie below this fibrous isthmus, with a small neural canal in
the neuroglia of their upper and inner border. The dorsal
muscles are still rounded or ovoid, separated by a consider-
able interval in the middle line and wholly dorsal in position,
but they by-and-by become pear-shaped in section, pointed
mid-dorsally, and thicker externally ; moreover, they slope
a little downward and laterally. ‘The ventral muscles
stretch upward almost to the dorsal bristle-tuft, and are
thus longer than the former (PI. II. fig. 8, vm.)—indeed,
their mass exceeds that of the dorsal, a condition so different
from that in Pomatocerus. Tle dorsal muscles do not meet
in the middle line, though thinned like the ventral in
expansion of the body-cavity, and they are still less in bulk
2%
20 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
than the ventral. ‘The oblique are long and slender, and
are fixed over the outer part of the nerve-trunks.
Passing backward, in the anterior region, the dorsal -
muscles increase in bulk and pass further downward, the
dorsal arch of the body being better developed, and thes feet
having taken a late ‘al position somewhat below the middle
line. A median hiatus still occurs dorsally, and the muscles
increase in thickness from this downward until reaching the
blunt cone inferiorly. ‘The ventral longitudinal muscles
are sausage-shaped in section and now not half the bulk of
the dorsal.
In the middle of the body of Bispira the walls have
assumed the normal arrangement, the hypoderm being thin
dorsally, thickened laterally, especially on the processes, and
considerably diminished (from that in the front) in the
mid-ventral line, the ventral area in section being that of a
asa curved spindle, massive in the middle below the
nerves, tapering off at each side, and again having thickened
glandular areas in the lateral region with its processes.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles are larger, somewhat
thinned toward the dorsal middle line, where there is no
distinct hiatus at the attachment of the mesentery, and the
curve on each side increases in breadth to the lateral
processes, where it bends slightly inward, and in some a slight
median projection or keel occurs to which the median mesen-
tery is attached. These muscles are lined by the ccelomic
cells with nuclei. The fasciculi in section are fibrillar, and
they abut externally on the somewhat thin circular coat
and internally on the ceelomic surface. The ventral longi-
tudinal muscles are less in bulk aud more compact, but have
similar fasciculi, each having a blunt point in section sloped
upward and inw ‘ard at the nerve- -cord, slightly tapered and
rounded at the external edge. In the interganglionic areas
the nerve-cords have the support of the muscle on each side,
the inner end often rising above them, and a deep hollow, in
which the blood-vessel and its mesentery lie, between them.
The neural canals are slightly larger than in front, an
additional smaller canal in one case being within the larger
on the right, and the investment of each is firm, with a few
nuclei, and the usual coagulable conteuts. They occupy the
upper and inner region of each trunk, though a small one
occasionally is seen Sowa the lower border of the cord -
at the ganglia. The alternation of the slender ventral
mesentery with its pigmented cells free in the ceelom, and
the massive tunnel of crossed fibres with the vessel and its
cells inside, and others along the ccelomic wall adjoining
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 21
still continues. The gut in the middle of the body is capable
of great dilatation, and there is a slight separation of the
dorsal longitudinal fibres in the mid-dorsal line, but the
fasciculi are similar to those in front, and the muscles are
broader—that is, stretch further downward. On the other
hand, the ventral muscles are more compact, and the hypo-
derm in the mid-ventral are has diminished and shows a
furrow (“‘copragogue’’) in the centre, and the sides project
a little. The area of the nerve-cords in section is smaller,
and the neural canals are proportionally larger. The same
alternation of the muscular arches and tunnels with the free
mesentery and its vessel occurs, but the ventral longitudinal
muscles are thicker, their transverse diameter less, and
their inner ends rise much above the nerve-cords, though
these ends are thinner than the outer in section. The dorsal
longitudinal muscles have attained great preponderance in
bulk. In this region muscular fibres pass downward by the
side of tle gut and from the inner border of the lower mass
of the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and cause, by passing
through the fasciculi of the ventral sheet, a differentiation
into an inner and outer belt at intervals.
Posteriorly the chief changes are the diminution and
flattening of the body-wall, the great lateral expansion of
the dorsal longitudinal muscles, so that each has a clavate
outline in section, and a median hiatus, to which the
mesentery goes, is present. The ventral muscles have pro-
portionally increasec in bulk and each is also clavate in
section, the broad end being exterior, but they do not pro-
ject above the great nerve-cords as in the middle region of
the body. One of the most evident changes is the appear-
ance of vertical bands of muscles which connect the dorsal
with the ventral longitudinal muscles on. each side of the
alimentary canal, and they penetrate the fasciculi in both
to the basement-membrane. The nerves and the neural
canals are likewise diminished. Toward the tip of the tail
an increase in the hypoderm takes place all round, the
shrunken muscles rendering this more conspicuous, the
dorsal longitudinal thinning off in the middle line much
more than the veutral, so that the gut occupies the dorsal
arch, whilst a thick mass of hypoderm occurs ventrally.
The muscles of the spines and _ bristles follow the same
plan throughout, forming a fan-like or radiating series in
each case.
Bristles.—When the setigerous process in the middle of
the body is cut at right angles to its long axis two groups
of bristles are found, a more compact series arranged in a
22 Prof. M‘lntosh’s Notes from the
somewhat spiral manner, and an outer series forming a single
curve, the larger bristles in this case being above and the
smaller at the ventral end.
Circulation.—1u transverse sections from the tip of the
branchial fan backward it is found that a clear space, it
may be with a translucent coagulum in the centre, appears
on the inner curve of each fan dorsally and soon is sur-
rounded by a well-defined nucleated wall. Passing back-
ward the trunk has a curved lamina attached to it about
the level of the fused branchial filaments, and then it
occupies a larger internal lamella, with the curved mem-
brane distally. Before the chordoid skeleton appears the
two trunks are imbedded in the folds, which by-and-by lead
to the mouth, being situated on each side of the median
fissure (Pl. I. fig. 2, dv.), when only slight crenations mark
the incipient filaments with their chordoid skeleton, the
central chordoid mass having disappeared. These trunks
would seem to arise from the division of the dorsal vessel
anteriorly, but the sections of the region did not afford
absolute proof. Moreover, it has to be noted that, if
these are vessels, their contents are devoid of the minute
corpuscles present in the trunks elsewhere. Anteriorly the
dorsal blood-vessel splits into two great trunks for the
branchial fan, and each of these at the level of the chordoid
skeleton divides into a series for the filaments, the whole in
section having the aspect of a rosette (PI. I. fig. 2, dv.).
In the middle of the body the dorsal vessel has disappeared,
and a plexus or blood-sinus surrounds the gut, whilst the
ventral vessel remains as before ; and this conditions remains
to the posterior end.
In a series of sections of a large example in which the tho-
racic glands were unusually spacious, but which (preparation)
had been overheated and damaged, deeply stained granular
masses occurred inside the membranous sheath around the
gullet, such probably representing the blood in the large
sinus, though it might be mistaken for masses of sperms.
At the level of the brain in transverse section the ventral
attachment of the collar occurs on each side of the central
glandular area, the cuticle and hypoderm of the body-wall
bending outward and ensheathing the collar, that part of it,
however, covering the central glandular area being much
more cellular and granular as well as slightly thicker than
the rest. Between the two layers of hypoderm the collar
has connective-tissue fibres, cells, and probably muscular
fibres, though the latter were not differentiated. The flaps
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23
on the sides of the dorsal furrows have the same structure
and all are modifications of the wall of the body.
Alimentary Canal.—The aperture of the mouth, fed by
the grooves from the branchial fan, besides those elsewhere
described, and with its dorsal transverse fissure and the two
lateral folds or lappets on each side below, soon assumes in
section the form of a transverse slit, the dorsal epithelial
wall of which is boldly scalloped or crenate, with two pro-
jections in the middle line, whilst the ventral is two-lobed—
two prominent lobes or projections occurring on each side
of the central fissure. Then, passing backward, the canal
forms a long transverse or slightly fusiform slit, its epithelial
surface becoming at the same time less dense, whilst various
mesenterial strands are attached to its outer wall; but soon
the epithelial lining diminishes in depth and the canal be-
comes more capacious—shorter in transverse and longer in
vertical diameter ; its walls increasing in thickness, and its
muscular and mesenterial strands more numerous. There-
after its inner lining is thrown into narrow longitudinal
ridges, and strong muscular fibres are attached to its outer
surface. The great increase of the mucous lining .and the
diminution of the diameter of the canal cause the organ in
section to be ovoid or even rounded, the entire area being
occupied by the folds of the inner lining and the basement-
tissue— circular and radiating fibres externally giving firm-
ness to the rounded canal (Pl. I. fig. 1, d.). Then the
mucous folds change their character, and the inner lining
is thrown into slightly arborescent ridges in transverse
section, somewhat after the fashion of the gizzard of certain
Orthoptera, but it is not chitinous. Behind this, though
still in the anterior or “thoracic” region, the canal retains
the bold longitudinal ridges of the mucous surface, though
they are less arborescent ; the suspeusory mesentery from
the mid-dorsal arch is short and strong, and the walls
of the gut are massive, since, besides the coats formerly
mentioned, a reticulated connective-tissue layer with vascular
spaces, as well as a chlorogogenous coat, surround it.
Besides, it is further clasped by powerful vertical bands
passing on each side from the dorsal longitudinal muscles to
the area of the nerve-cords (PI. II. fig. 8). The ventral
blood-vessel lies in the thick investment immediately beneath
it, and a complicated plexus of muscular and connective-
tissue fibres takes place beneath the canal and above the
ventral vessel in various sections at intervals, Posteriorly,
the canal considerably diminishes and its internal surface is
24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
marked by complex folds. Dorsally and externally is the
median mesentery, whilst inferiorly is the ventral mesentery
enclosing the blood-vessel, and at intervals the plexus of
muscular fibres from the oblique muscles and the gut itself,
making the arch over the ventral vessel.
Thoracic Glands.—The thoracic glands, or anterior seg-
mental organs of some, have been the subject of various
interpretations. Thus Ehrenberg * in Amphicora sabella
and Grube in Spiregraphis spallanzani thought them re-
productive organs. Oscar Schmidt + more or less followed
this interpretation, though he associated them also with an
excretory function. He describes them as two short sacs
opposite the first bristle-bundle in Amphicora mediterranea,
each with a duct leading obliquely forward to join its fellow
and to open in the mid-dorsal line behind the branchie.
Williams, again, did not allude to these organs, but located
the segmental organs of Sabellids and Serpulids in every
abdominal segment, each with an external and an internal
opening. Leydig and Huxley (the latter in Filograna)
added little more than a notice of them. De Quatrefages
considered them in the Serpulids as blind hepatic sacs con-
nected with the stomach. Claparéde (1870) thought them
modified segmental organs which in the Serpulids secreted
mucus, the ordinary segmental organs occurring in all the
abdominal segments of such as Psyymobranchus. Cosmovici
interpreted them as excretory organs or “Organs of Bo-
janus”’ ; whilst the segmental organs in the posterior region
transmitted the ova and sperms. Langerhans termed them
head-glands in Sabella (Potamilla) stichophthalmus aud Eu-
chone rosea, and that they opened dorsally. A. G. Bourne {
(1883) considered these organs in Haplobranchus tubiparous
glands or modified nephridia, and he mentions no ducts.
In his account of the segmental organs of Branchiomma
Brunotte § describes, after Claparéde, the thoracic glands as
thoracic segmental organs, and situated in the first and
second segments, thus being less developed than in Spiro-
graphis spallanzani, and even than in Chetozone and Myzicola,
the former species having them in all the thoracic segments,
the latter in more than twosegmeuts. The author interprets
their structure as glands formed by the volutions of two
tubes, and in his figures (pl. i. fig. 31, and pl. i. fig. 40)
shows the coelom as filled by the coils of these, yet in pl. il.
* Mitth. Verh. Ges. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1836.
+ Neue Beitrige Naturges, der Wiirmer-Reise nach Faror, 1848, Jena.
t Quart. Journ. Micros. Soe. vol. xxiii. p. 168.
§ Recherches Anat. Branchiomma, p. 59 (1888).
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. a
fig. 38 only the section of a single tube on each side is indi-
cated. This interpretation shows certain differences from
the arrangement in Bispira. Brunotte’s view that the walls
of these tubes (individual folds) are specially arranged holds
only good in Bispira, so far as it refers to folds of the
appendicular duct posteriorly (Pl. II. fig. 11, ¢g.).. The
author is inclined to think that these thoracic segmental
organs represent the series found in other forms, and are
probably homologous with the longitudinal canal in Lanice.
The thoracic glands (anterior nephridia) in Bispira and
other Sabellids follow a different arrangement from those in
the Serpulids, e.g. Pomatocerus, which have their widest part
anteriorly and diminish in their progress backward to a
blind end. In longitudinal section these glands fill the
coelomic spaces of the first two segments in Bispira, which
thus agrees with Branchiomma as described by Brunotte,
though their convolutions would appear to be larger, such
depending to a certain extent on the degree of contraction
or expansion. In the serial (transverse) sections from the
front the first trace observed is a small tube with pigmented
walls situated about the level of the upper arch of the gullet,
between the approximated dorsal and ventral longitudinal
muscles, and it is imbedded in muscular fibres stretching
from the gullet to the body-wall. Such represents the
anterior duct of each side, thus corresponding to the arrange-
ment in the Serpulids. The thoracic gland increases
gradually in size and passes downward to the exterior of the
cesophagus, resting on a plate of muscle passing outward to
the wall and cutting off a coelomic space above it on each
side. Here the small tube has fixed to it a loop of vesicular
and cellulo-granular tissue which seems akin to the chlora-
gogenous investment of the gut, the cells and vesicles
hanging on a thin mesenterial tissue in groups (PI. II.
fig. 11, ch/.).. The structure of the gland in section is similar
to that in the Serpulids, but the walls are, perhaps, less
massive than in Pomatocerus, though of considerable thick-
ness, the tough external layer having muscular fibres within
it and the epithelial layer being largely developed. With
the increase of the celomic space the gland on each side
moves downward and the cellular loop (really a tube)
enlarges, and the sections of the gland lie within the ring
of this tissue. Then sections of two glandular tubes
appear, as if the organ had become bifid, both connected
with the granular. cellular tissue, the vesicles and cells
projecting into the ring from the limiting membrane ex-
ternally, and they form a thicker and more definite layer.
26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
Moreover, that part of the wall of the vesicular tunnel
adjoining the gut-wall applies itself to it, whilst the outer
part of the cellular structure forms loops in connection with
the thoracic glands, which when the sides are flattened
present in section the aspect of a tube, as shown by Brunotte
(his pl. i. fig. 21). Masses of cells with brown pigment occur
on various parts of this cellular membrane, and the trans-
parent cells themselves are often grouped near the oblique
muscles as they pass to their insertion above and to the
exterior border of the great nerve-trunks, A conspicuous
feature at this level is the occurrence of a comparatively
large aperture through the body-wall just below the bristle-
tuft, the finished nature of which shows that it is a permanent
structure, but whether in connection with the thoracic
glands or otherwise the imperfection of the sections does
not enable a decision to be made. ‘The area of the thoracic
glands is much larger than in front, the reverse of the con-
dition in the Serpulids, and they form complex structures
by folding or division. The complexity of these glands is
best shown in longitudinal sections, aud they fill up the
coelomic space in the first two segments. Brunotte de-
scribes them as double. Further, toward the posterior part
of the glands one tube is found in section to the outer side
of the fibres of the oblique muscle and has considerably
diminished. Transverse sections of the smaller tubes present
an investing membrané lined by nucleated cells probably
with internal cilia, all the parts, including the thoracic gland
proper, being more delicate and trausparent than in Poma-
tgcerus. Then the gland increases in area and shows various
folds or pouches, and the vesicular and cellular strands
become abundant, the main gland, to which these are
attached, often presenting septa dividing it into two cham-
bers. Finally, the gland and its tubular appendages
disappear, only the trauslucent botryoidal tissue being left
in strands connected with the mid-ventral region, and passing
up to the dorsal longitudinal muscles. Besides the vesicles
and cells attached to the membrane a small tube is seen in
section, and, moreover, it is clear that this tissue is identical
in structure with that attached to the wall of the gut, and
nucleated strands pass beneath the canal to be attached to
it above the ventral blood-vessel, probably separated from
the gut-wall during preparation. Further backward the
wall of the alimentary canal is free from this tissue, only a
slight development of it taking place posteriorly.
Segmental Organs.—In the middle of the body a folded
tube with transparent nucleated cells lies in the space above
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27
the outer ends of the ventral longitudinal muscle. The
nuclei along the sides of the tube stain deeply, thus outlining
the canal which curves downward and outward and opens
below the bristle-tuft external to the outer edge of the
ventral muscle (PI. Il. fig. 13, so.). Nothing was seen of
its internal connections except an occasional wider section.
Separate masses of the deeply stained cells were noticed here
and there, as if from folding or Jobulation of the main tube,
which in some cases appeared to form loops, and the vascular
supply is abundant. Occasionally masses of minute cells
were present toward the middle, attached by mesenteries to
the other parts of the organs, and in section such were
sometimes circular. The ducts seem to be smaller and
longer posteriorly, and in some cases did not appear to be
functional, especially toward the tip of the tail. Further
investigations in this region are, however, necessary. When |
the nephridial tubes are cut longitudinally the nuclei
ranged along each wall are conspicuous.
In Amphiglena mediterranea the chordoid arch supporting
the branchiz is narrow and composed of but two large cells
from side to side of the middle of the bar, which is boldly
curved ventrally at each end, whilst the central bar is
concave dorsally beneath the dorsal groove—the whole
having the form of certain bows, especially as a blunt conical
projection occurs at each end of the transverse bar where
the cells also are increased. The mouth in section in this
region forms a vertical slit, bifid dorsally—that is, leaving a
median poiuted cone dorsally. The cephalic ganglia occupy
a similar position to that of the typical forms. The pharynx
soon forms a thick-walled tube rounded in section, and filled
with granules and spicules, the mesentery holding the dorsal
vessel above and the ventral inferiorly, the latter being close
to the two nerve-cords which lie on the inner surface of the
massive and continuous hypodermic glandular area of the
region and at some distance from each other, the compara-
tively massive ventral longitudinal muscles being as yet to
their outer border and wide apart, whilst the ventral blood-
vessel is placed between them. No neural canals are
present. Proceeding backward the ventral longitudinal
muscles, which are now extended and comparatively thin,
send their inner edges into the median groove formed in the
centre of the ventral hypodermic mass, the nerve-cords,
which were very indistinct in the preparations, apparently
lying at the sides of the fissure, in the middle of which is the
mesentery from the alimentary canal fixed to the distal end
of the fissure. About the level of the nerve-cords is the
28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
ventral blood-vessel which has remarkably thick walls, so
that at first sight the mass resembles the halves of a narrow
elliptical ganglion or flattened cord, after the character of
that in Arenicola, since the actual cords are difficult to
recognize. The thickness of the walls of the vascular trunk
would indicate special contractility in this region. The
hypoderm is thus divided into lateral lobes with a slhght
median ventral ridge, the whole being glandular.
The body-wall in Dasychone dalyelli (argus) has externally
the cuticle and a thick hypoderm, and there is a glandwar
ventral belt of great depth as in Sabella, with a median
notch. The circular muscular coat appears to be compara-
tively thin, though continuous. The dorsal longitudinal
muscles are in section rather broad and thin, the thickest
end being external, and a hiatus occurs in the mid-dorsal
line. A considerable gap exists between the ventral longi-
tudinal muscles, which are about the thickness of the dorsal,
though narrower, and without curvature, apparently from the
feebleness of the oblique muscles. At intervals somewhat
powerful muscular bands slope downward and inward, to be
attached to the complex area above the nerve-cords, but the
system is less marked than in Sabella. The alimentary
canal has its median dorsal and median ventral mesenteries.
The nerve-trunks lie more distinctly under the inner edge
of each ventral longitudinal muscle, and no neural canal is
present. The fibres of the circular and oblique appear to
cross between them, and from the trunks fibres radiate into
the glandular coat outside. The ventral longitudinal mus-
cular layer is often broken up into several fasciculi.
The structure of the body-wall in Chone infundibuliformis,
Kroyer, introduces a new type into the series, were it only
for the remarkably coiled arrangement of the muscular
fasciculi of the longitudinal muscles in transverse section.
The cuticle covers a hypoderm well developed and highly
glandular throughout, the long cylindrical cells being
characteristic, especially when slight softening of this coat
occurs. In the mid-dorsal line is a deep groove, and its
bottom and sides show a somewhat finer granular structure,
so that it may be a more sensitive area than the general
surface. A decided thickening of the hypoderm takes place
in the mid-ventral line, and it tapers to the normal thickness
in the ventro-lateral region. The circular muscular coat is
well developed and continuous, modifications occurring at
each foot. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are largely
developed, and, like the ventral in section, are in two concen-
trically arranged bands, the outer layer, however, extending —
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 29
over the dorsum of both. ‘lhe median band is somewhat
triangular with the pointed end internally, the outer is ovoid,
and in the hiatus between the muscles of opposite sides the
alimentary canal is suspeuded, and so closely that no
mesentery is apparent—indeed, it would seem that the mus-
cular fibres which pass from the circular coat into its walls
form the suspensory apparatus. Veutrally the longitudinal
muscles likewise form in transverse section two areas, in
this case somewhat heart-shaped, the base of each being
central, the apex external, and the outer (ventral) fillet of
the muscle likewise extends over both areas. The inner
edge of each muscle is separated by a considerable gap, in
which lie the nerve-trunks which rest in a granular neuro-
glia, with the neurilemma and the circular muscular coat
externally, whilst to their upper edge are attached strands
from the alimentary canal. The two cords are surrounded
by a sheath or neurilemma, and at the upper and inner
angle is a small neural canal. At the ganglia the neuri-
lemma is confined to the outer surface. In the mid-ventral
line beneath them is a granular mass (in section) of neuro-
glia, and a trace also appears at each side, whilst in the
region of the separate cords this inferior granular structure
is thicker in the centre and tapers off laterally. On each
side of the strands from the alimentary canal is a foliate
granular mass (male elements 7), whilst between -the strands
is the ventral blood-vessel. Large vascular trunks or
sinuses occur along the wall of the alimentary canal. The
fan-like arrangement of the long hooks is well shown in
such sections.
Somewhat behind the foregoing the mid-dorsal groove
becomes only a slight depression, though the hypoderm
retains the same character as in front and the cuticular
surface appears to be ciliated. The hypoderm now forms a
coat of nearly equal depth all over, though there is still
a slight thickening in the mid-ventral line due apparently
to increase in the basement-substance as well ‘as in the
hypoderm proper. ‘The circular coat has increased in
strength, the suspensory fibres for the alimentary canal are
‘longer, and the canal itself shows both circular and longi-
tudinal fibres, whilst the folds of the mucous surface are
sometimes so arranged in the empty organ as to interlock.
Strong fibres at intervals pass from the dorsal to the ventral
region—grasping the alimentary canal at each side, and
being attached to the fibres, including those of the oblique
muscles, which form a complex around the ventral blood-
vessel and over the nerve-cords. The latter have now, at
30 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
their upper part, a larger neural canal which in some sections
exceeds in bulk the main mass of each nerve, as in Allen’s
Pecilochetus *. ‘Che neuroglia external to the trunks has
increased. The condition of the dorsal and ventral longi-
tudinal muscles is the same as in front, the coiled arrangement
of the fasciculi being conspicuous in section.
In a section about half an inch from the tip of the tail,
no evident dorsal uotch occurs in the hypoderm, but a deep
groove exists between the thickened hypoderm on each side
of the mid-veutral Jine. The cireular muscular coat is still
conspicuous, Each moiety of the dorsal longitudinal
muscle is now separate, the outer coil dorsally leading ex-
ternally to several folds wedged between the moieties, the
inner being rounded and smaller than the outer moiety. A
strong series of muscular fibres leaves the dorsum, joins the ~
oblique, and passes to the ventral border on the outer side
of the nerve-trunks. The arrangement of the coils in the
ventral longitudinal muscles in section is as in front, viz.,
the outer or ventral band envelops both moieties which are
irregularly rounded and the inner is the smaller. The
alimentary canal is small, firm, and rounded, highly vascular,
and fixed by the er eS as in front, its circular mus-
cular coat being conspicuous. ‘The nerve-cords have a
considerable mass of neuroglia externally—that is, between
them and the gircular muscular coat. A small neural canal
occurs at the upper and inner border of each, the nerve-
tissue completely surrounding it.
In the Dialychone acustica of Claparéde +, the two stato-
cysts (otocysts) in the first segment are well developed, but
the chief interest, in connection with the present remarks,
is the characteristieally coiled condition of both dorsal and
ventral longitudinal muscles (on section) from the anterior
end backward. The large size of the skeletogenous reti-
culations and their numerous nuclei are also features of
note. In a female large ova occurred in the anterior
thoracic region.
The body-wall in Othonia conforms to the general type
of the family. In those having the body-cavity distended
with comparatively large ova the muscular layers are some-
what thinner, and the alimentary canal forms an ellipse
held by the dorsal and ventral mesenteries, the minute
nerve-cords apparently having no neural canals.
In Euchone analis (about | of an inch) from the front the
* Journ. M. B. A. vol. xviii. p. 105,
+ Annual, Chét. Neap. p. 432, pl. xxx. fig. 3
oan
—
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 31
hypoderm is greatly developed on the ventral surface, thin-
ning off in the lateral regions, and with a slight groove mid-
dorsally. ‘lhe circular muscular coat is fairly developed
all round. The dorsal longitudinal muscles form a con-
tinuous loop in transverse section, the broader end of each
being external, and the short mesenterial attachment of the
alimentary canal separates each muscle in the mid-dorsal
line. The folds of the ventral longitudinal muscles are also
apparently continuous in section, both these and the dorsal
being somewhat lappet-shaped, the inner end being pointed,
the internal fold of the muscles terminating before reaching
the point in each case. The oblique muscles seem to be
feeble and indistinct, each appearing as a thread-like process
along the inner border of the ventral longitudinal muscle,
and being attached over each nerve-cord. The alimentary
canal (gullet) is large in this region, and has a firm exterior
with circular and longitudinal muscular fibres, and a thick
mucous coat, the nerve-cords are comparatively small and
lie in the intervals between the ganglia in the middle line
below the attachment of the mesentery from the gut. Ex-
ternally are a mass of neuroglia, the circular muscular coat,
and the much thickened hypoderm of the ventral surface,
which shows no median groove in this region, The nerve-
area is considerably larger when a ganglion is severed. The
canal is ensheathed by a firm mesentery fixed on each side over
the nerve-cords. A small canal oceurs in the median line
above the nerve-cords, and the gonads are at each side.
The sheath of the alimentary canal is close to the vessel,
thus differimg from the usual condition of a free space
between loose mesenteries.
A little (4 in.) behind the foregoing the ventral surface is
marked by a deep groove, so that the. thick hypoderm forms
acrescentic mass on each side. The alimentary canal is
much enlarged, and its lumen filled with folds of mucous
membrane. ‘The dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles
have the same structure in section.
Toward the posterior region of the body, whilst at first
the ventral muscles indicate no change, the dorsal loop
presents a hiatus at the ventral edge on each side of the
middle line, from which apparently the homologues of the
oblique muscles pass, the outer i being enlarged next
the fissure; such is the condition at } of an intch Boom the
tip of the tail. The whole aspect of each muscle, however,
alters at about % of an inch from the tip of the tail. Each
dorsal muscle ee in section a continuous thick arch
superiorly, the inner end bending downward and forming a
32 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
coil of a turn and a half, whilst the outer and thicker end
does the same. Each ventral muscle, on the other hand,
makes a single coil of one turn anda half from its outer
end, and thus forms a contrast with the double coil in each
dorsal. The small gut hes in the centre, fixed by the
ordinary mesenteries. The ventral groove is now open and
the ventral hypoderm is considerably thinner.
Euchone would thus appear to show a more primitive type
than Chone, since anteriorly the dorsal and ventral longitu-
dinal muscles have asimple loop, after the manner of Nereis,
whereas posteriorly the coiled type of muscle has made its
appearance. It is also in contrast with Dialychone of
Claparéde, in which the coiled muscles begin at the anterior
end.
2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide,
chiefly of Pomatocerus triqueter, L.
Less was accomplished in the minute structure of the
Serpulids than in the Sabellids until Claparéde took up
the subject in his ‘ Recherches sur la structure des Anné-
lides Sédentaires’*. He dealt in this group for the most
part with Protula intestinum, in which he found the hypoderm
greatly developed on the ventral surface and richly vascular.
In P. infundibulum he noted the pennate arrangement of
the longitudinal muscles in section, and pointed out that
the intestinal sinus is lodged between the epithelial coat
and the circular muscular fibres, and that giant fibres occur
in its great nerve-cord and cesophageal commissures. He
thought that in Psygmobranchus protensus the distant halves
of the ganglionic cord denoted inferiority, especially as in
larval annelids this condition is more marked than in the
adult. Three pairs of ganglia occur in the thoracic region,
the largest being the second, and they are united by trans-
verse commissures. He stated that in the Serpulids only a
single pair of segmental organs occured, viz., in the thorax,
and that they gave exit to the reproductive elements. In
his description and figures the voluminous folds of the organ
are indicated, and he considered that, by filling up the body-
cavity, they conduced to the solidity of the region.
Schenk T (1874) gave a brief account of the structure of
the body-wall in Serpula uncinata. In his transverse sections
he appears to have overlooked the great nerve-trunks, though
traces of these occur in his figures.
* Posthumously published in 1873.
+ Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss, Wien, Bd. Ixx. pp. 1, 2, pl. i.
eee
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 33
Eugen Lee* (1912) describes the blood-vessels and
sinuses in Protula, Vermilia, aid other Serpulids :—The
main channels, he states, are determined by the meta-
merization and differentiation of mesodermic bands which
arise from pole-cells. The gaps between the splanchno-
pleure arid intestinal epithelium, or between the neural and
heemal mesenteries and septa, give rise to channels for the
nutrient fluid diffusing through the epithelium of the gut.
The channels at first have no proper walls. The walls of
the visceral sinus and dorsal avd ventral vessels are due to
muscular differentiation of thesplanchnopleure The lumen
of other blood-channels is interseptal and closed off by
peritoneal walls from the coelom.
As indicated in the remarks on Bispira, E. Meyer has
devoted much attention to the structure of the Serpulids,
which he contrasted chiefly with the Hermellide. He also
followed the development of the thoracic nephridia in
Psygmobranchus protensus, and went minutely into the
processes and collar of the anterior region. His observations
on the various organs, though somewhat diffuse, are of much
interest. The Sabellids were included with the Eriographi-
didze and Serpulide under his Serpulide.
A prominent feature in the anterior body-wall of Protula
tubularia, Mont., is the great size of the dorsal longitu-
dinal muscles, Ges agreeing with Pomatocerus. The cuticle —
and hy poderm are well de veloped throughout, whilst on the
ventral region anteriorly is a thick glandular investment
with numerous small blood-vessels at its inner edge, a
condition probably associated with a special secretion. In
order to follow the arrangement of the muscle it is necessary
to examine the extreme anterior end, where the dorsal
surface has a deep groove in the middle line, the rounded
arts on each side indicatin ig the projecting dorsal muscles,
which already are large. The lateral regions are formed by
extensions of the body- -wall, and bear the bristles in each
segment. A thin circular coat lies under the hypoderm
external to the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and it extends
into the lateral regions. Sections of the posterior end of
the ganglia lie below the great muscles, and in the mid-
ventral line is an elongated area between them. The ali-
mentary canal is clasped by strong circular muscular fibres,
the circular muscular coat of the “body-wall being external
to it. In the middle line numerous vertical fibres, pass
* Jen. Zeitsch. Natur. xlviii. pp. 432-78, with 6 plates.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 3
34 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
from the alimentary canal to the mid-dorsal groove, and
they by-and-by separate the nervotis masses on each side.
A projecting process, probably glandular, occurs on each
side of the middle line ventrally, and the hypoderm is
specially thickened toward its exterior. At the outer edge
of the space lying below and external to the great dorsal
muscle on each side is a muscular band, but such is distinet
from the ventral longitudinal museles which in section
appear as small rounded areas on each side of the middle
line, and with the nerve-trunks and the great neural canals
at their inner borders, Proceeding backward the ventral
longitudinal muscles gradually separate from each other and
become flattened in section, thus carrying the nerve-trunks
further from the middle line, the ventral blood-vessel lying
in the centre with the alimentary canal above it grasped
between the massive dorsal longitudinal muscles. In the
long space between the ventral muscles and the nerye-cords
are several small fascicules of longitudinal muscular fibres,
and large processes of the alimentary canal appear above
the inner edges of the ventral longitudinal muscles. The
vascularity of the inner region of the hypoderm is note-
worthy. Further backward tlecesophageal region diminishes,
whilst a process of the gut appears above it, and the two
processes beneath the cesopbageal chamber have moved
inward toward the ventral blood-vessel, whilst the dorsal
longitudinal muscles are somewhat further apart. The
ventral longitudinal muscles are larger and are elongate-
ovoid in transverse section with the nerve-cords at their
inner edges. They are separated by the processes of the
gut and the ventral blood-vessel.
In the posterior region a change has taken place in the
structure of the body-wall. ‘The dorsal longitudinal muscles
have now spread out into thick plates on each side of the
middle line, and in the lateral region end in a massive
rounded area of folded muscular fasciculi, which in section
show a pennate or feathered aspect. A large alimentary
canal occupies the centre. The ventral longitudinal muscles
are still proportionally small, forming, in section, elongated
plates somewhat thicker externally, and with the nerve-
cords and their large neural canals at the inner edge. They
are separated from each other by the ventral blood-vessel,
which is in contact with the gut superiorly. The inner
edges of the ventral muscles have thus moved nearer the
middle line. The ventral hypoderm now presents the same
structure as the dorsal.
The hypoderm in Serpula vermicularis is firmer than in
Salty
4
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 35
Protula, and anteriorly the ventral hy poderm is non-vascular,
Within is the circular coat which extends all round, and
presents special developments at the foot. The dorsal
longitudinal muscles form massive kidney-shaped lobes in
transverse section, separated in the mid-dorsal line by the
alimentary canal and its short meseutery and by a vessel at
each side. ‘These muscles extend from the dorsal almost
to the ventral edge, and are proportionally larger than in
Protula. On the other hand, the ventral longitudinal are
smaller, and in section are short spindle-shaped bands widely
separated from each other, and with the nerve-cord and its
large neural canal at the inner edge. Between the latter
stretches a thin but continuous layer of longitudinal fibres,
having the circular muscular coat externally and the ventral
blood-vessel internally, with the muscular aponeurosis on
each side, as well as certain fibres from the slender oblique,
* which passes the cord and is attached over the thin muscular
layer. The alimentary canal has a thick investment of
circular muscular fibres with groups of inner longitudinal
and a richly folded mucous lining. It stretches from the
dorsal surface to the ventral blood-vessel. The dorsal fold
arising from the foot is hollow distally.
An interesting feature is the presence of a peri-intestinal
sinus in the outer wall of the alimentary canal and ex-
tending from the posterior region forward to the esophagus,
and which takes the place of the dorsal vessel of other
forms, and the same arrangement occurs in the Ariciide,
Chetopteride, Ammocharide, Sabellide *, and other
families.
The peri-intestinal sinus surrounds the canal throughout
the greater part of its extent, and in Hupomatus elegans
Prof. Haswell states that the sinus ends in front of the eso-
phageal region in a short wide dorsal sinus or cardiac sac,
from which a pair of vessels pass to each branchial base,
“ where it (each) unites with a smaller branch from the ventral
vessel to form the common branchial vessel,” which makes
a curve—giving off a branch to each branchia and the
operculum and pseudo-operculum. ‘The ventral vessel is
a distinct wide trunk, which is continued along the body,
and in front communicates with the branches from the
dorsal sinus. The capillaries of the collar and flaps receive
blood from the ventral vessel, and, as in the branchiz, the
circulation is to-and-fro.” The blood which enters the peri-
intestinal sinus by the segmental vessels is carried forward
* Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. pp. 1-27 (sep, copy).
3%
36 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
by peristaltic contractions to the cardiac sac, whence it is
driven at intervals forward to the common branchial vessels
and by the separate trunks to the tips of the branchiz, It
returns by the same course and enters the lateral ventral
trunks, and passes to the ventral vessel, by which it is
distributed to the collar and the body generally ” (Haswell).
In Pomatocerus the abdominal region possesses the peri-
intestinal vessel and a minute ventral trunk. Anteriorly
the former splits into a large dorsal vessel or cardiac sac
and about 16 smaller vessels, which run on the wall of the
alimentary canal. Further forward the peri-intestinal vessels
join the dorsal trunk, thus making two main trunks, a large
dorsal and a small ventral. Then the dorsal bifurcates into
the two branchial, and so does the ventral, but Prof. Haswell
was uncertain whether the latter communicated with the
former as in Hupomatus. All the vessels possess a muscular
wall, and the blood in the majority is of a light green colour,
aud contains certain clear oval bodies probably derived from
the epithelial lining of the vessels.
A pair of thoracic glands exist in this group as in the
Sabellide. In Eupomatus and Serpula each-has the form of
a brown body with its long axis directed longitudinally, the
posterior part with thinner clearer walls and an anterior
dark brown folded part. No opening into the celom was
made out by Prof. Haswell. In front the gland is continued
into the ciliated duct, which passes almost directly inward
to meet its fellow in the middle line, the common duct going
straight forward to open ventrally (dorsally) between the
bases of the branchiz. The gland is lined by large, granular,
nucleated cells, each furnished with a flagellum at its apex.
Haswell found the “true” segmental organs in all the
abdominal segmeuts, viz., delicate pyriform sacs ciliated
internally, and opening externally on the sides of the seg-
ments by slit-like apertures having active cilia. No internal
aperture could be made out. In Hupomatus each in the
female contained a group of ova at various stages up to the
fully developed .egg. These segmental orgaus alternated
with the ovaries. In the males these sacs were always
empty.
No feature is more distinctive of the Serpulids in contrast
with the Sabellids than the extreme transparency, thinness,
and minute serrations othe hooks. Asarule, they approach
in shape those of the Ampharetidze rather than those of the
Sabellide. The hard, smooth, calcareous nature of the tube
probably necessitates a special adaptation of a mobile torus
with flexible hooks, the free edge of which is beset with a
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 37
multitude of minute processes—probably of great use in
fixation. Another structural characteristic is that of the
first or collar bristles, which, for example, in the Spirorbids
are of specific importance. ‘The absence of tentacles (two
of which are present in the Sabellids) and the presence of a
calcareous operculum in the Serpulids are distinctive, just as
the long branchiz of the Sabellids are in contrast with the
shorter organs iu the Serpulids.
The secretion of the tube, as indicated under Pumatocerus
triqueter, takes place with covsiderable rapidity—for instance,
on the carapace of the shore-crab, on porcelain or stone-
vessels and bottles thrown into the sea, and is further proved
by observations in confinement. Mr. Arnold Watson thinks
itis secreted by the outer side of the collar, since, as soon as
the anterior part of the annelid emerges, the collar is folded
over the edge of its tube, its two lobes meeting over the
mucro. He adds, however, that the formation of a dia-
phragm in a broken tube shows that other parts may likewise
secrete the calcareous matter. As detailed in the structure
of the hypoderm, the collar and the free surfaces of the
thoracic jacket contain much glandular tissue, as likewise
do the lameHz or elevations for the tori uncinigeri.
Hypoderm.—In the auterior sections of the body-wall of
Pomatocerus triqueter the dorsal is distinguished from the
ventral hypoderm by the intensity of the stain (Ehrlich’s
Hematoxylin and Eosin) * in the latter, viz., from the slight
projection below the enlarged base of the dorsal flap or pro-
cess to that of the opposite side, the glandular tissue, like
that of the cesophageal wall, readily absorbing this stain, so
much so as to become opaque. ‘The dorsal hypoderm, on the
other hand, has only the nuclei tinted near its outer edge, and
the inner part of the enlarged base of the dorsal flap shows
likewise glandular tissue. The thoracic collar anteriorly
(P}. IV. fig. 21) is somewhat complex in Pomatocerus tri-
queter, having dorsally a large fan-shaped lamella on each
side, then a gap between it and the continuous ventral
portion of the collar, whilst a small lamella with processes
on the edge occurs at the gap, its base having a closer con-
nection with the ventral than the dorsal moiety. This
condition of the ventral hypoderm continues backward to
the end of the thoracic glands, the lateral processes bearing
the hooks being especially glandular. Then the glandular
* I am indebted to Miss Lamont, of the Zoological Department of
Edinburgh University, for aid in section-making, my own trained men
being on service.
38 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
tissue forms a patch on each side of the middle line ventrally,
as well as on the edges of the ventro-lateral processes, and
thus these form a contrast with the dorsal (branchial) pro-
cesses. Thereafter (proceeding backward) the glandular
tissue is almost absent from the median ventral region, but
is highly developed on the ventro-lateral processes ; soon,
however, it again appears in the ventral plate or fillet, which
has glands along its lower edge, a few remaining in the
hypoderm of the ventral surface of the body-wall.
So long as the free flap of the thoracic jacket or collar
occurs, the glandular tissue in the hypoderm of the ventral
edge of the flap is dotted at intervals with glands, and they.
are also distributed along the ventral hypoderm of the
body-wall, but in moderate numbers. As the flap diminishes
the ventral median groove of the body-wall becomes deeper,
but its hypoderm is thinner than that at the sides (beneath
the ventral longitudinal muscles), the glands, however, being
continued in it. When the jacket ends, the hypoderm
generally is somewhat thinner, the ventral groove rather
more shallow, and the glands are but slightly developed, the
most conspicuous aggregations being in the lateral thickenings
bearing the hooks, so that the region is in marked contrast
with the anterior. This description applies to the body-wall
as far backward as the valvular region of the alimentary
canal.
In the posterior division of the body the glands still occur
in the lateral region and on the lamelle for the hooks, as
well as a few along the ventral border, especially on each
side of the ventral groove. Very few occur dorsally—indeed,
in most sections they are absent form the dorsal arch, only
nuclei occurring there.
The hypoderm at the level of the origin of the opencai
stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 20) often presents a fan-like arrangement
of its long cells, as at Ape., a condition probably due to
slight folds in the sections, but such recalls the aspect of some
simple sense-organs, ée. g. eyes, though no pigment is present,
only the stout basement-tissue on which the cells rest.
That this modified hypoderm in the anterior region performs
special functions is evident by contrasting the outer and
inner surfaces of the thoracic collar or jacket, also by the
massive thickness of some parts, the thinness of others, and
the blanks in the layer only invested by cuticle (d.) in the
same figure. The almost perfect regularity of the nuclei
and the fibroid aspect of the long cells are other features of
moment. ‘The blanks (A4b.) in the hypodermic coating
consist of a reticulum of nucleated cells supported internally
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 39
by strands of basement-tissue, whilst externally is the
cuticle and within it a very thin extension of the hypoderm
from each side, only of sufficient depth to contain the
abbreviated nuclei continued in close array along it. The
general aspect of the reticulum agrees with that found in
the central area of the differentiating opercular stalk, and is
in contrast with the modified hypoderm above-mentioned.
Thoracic Glands.—In the fresh example two brownish
bands lie on each side in front, pointed behind, and increasing
in diameter as they go forward. A wide duct from each
passes inward, apparently with a shght forward obliquity, to
meet its fellow of the opposite side, and then by a common
median duct to open dorsally between the bases of the
branchiz. The lateral ducts show large brownish granular
glands similar to those lining the interior of the glands
proper, but they do not pass forward from the point of
junction of those of opposite sides.
The glands in the anterior region of Pomatocerus triqueter
are first noticeable in transverse sections from the front as
somewhat irregular spaces due to folds, for this is their
widest region, shortly after the ventral cords leave the
brain, and in the lateral region to the upper and outer side
of the nerve-trunks. The early stages do not present so
definite a cellular lining as subsequently forms, though the
cells are present, with processes, apparently of cilia, extending
inward from their free edges. Surrounding the cellular
lining is a layer of connective tissue with numerous nuclei.
The spaces soon unite (proceeding backward) into a large
cavity lined with cubical cells, aud stretching from the
nerve-cord obliquely upward and outward to the bristle-tuft
(Pl. V. fig. 26, ¢g.), the processes still projecting from the
inner surface of the cellular lining (the flagella mentioned by
Prof. Haswell). Externally is a compact cellular mass, em.,
with distinct nuclei, and this, from the contraction of the
lumen of the organ and its passage toward the ventral
aspect, gets above the cavity—touching the basement-
membrane of the body-wall. The latter in this region has
the comparatively small dorsal muscles separated by a gap, in
the middle of which is the mesentery holding the dorsal blood-
vessel aud the alimentary canal below it. A considerable
band of longitudinal muscle (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.’) lies dorsad of
the two masses of the dorsal longitudinal, and separated from
them by septa. A thin band of longitudinal muscular fibres
stretches on each side a short distance to the inner side of
the nerve-cord. As the thoracic gland diminishes, its cubical
cells and their large nuclei become clearer, the processes still
40 Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the
project from their inner edges, and the duct lies to the
ventral or inner edge of the toriand the bristles. When the
tube has about 18 cells in its wall (and is therefore small)
the glandular or dorso-lateral appendix, em., is fully twice
its diameter, and soon the tube vanishes, leaving only the
thin glandular belt within the body-wall. This dorso-lateral
appendix appears to be somewhat akin to the multinucleated
ceelomic bodies described by Prof. Caullery* in Eunice
harassii,-Aud. & Ed. As already mentioned, the ducts from
the anterior end show flask-shaped brown granular glands,
but the single duct formed by their union is quite pale.
Toward the termination of the thoracic glands, and behind
tlem, the coelomic cavity contains vessels and chloragogenous
tissue covered with opaque granular masses, often enveloped
in the chloragogenous sheaths. These continue for some
distance backward and by-and-by disappear.
Whilst the thoracic glands are still of moderate size—that
s, toward their posterior third,—it is noticeable that they
are bounded externally by a firm layer of the body-wall
ending inferiorly in a free process, which in transverse
section is clavate (Pl. V.. fig. 28, p.). This layer, ad., has
rather regularly arranged fibres at right angles to the axis
of the body, which stain like the muscles in their neigh- -
bourhood, and do not resemble the hypodermic nucleated
cells. It has externally the pad or process bearing the
hooks, and it terminates ventrally, rather past the middle of
the section of the thoracic gland with its appendix, in the
free process, the ventral end being pale. The narrow bar,
however, proceeding forward; soon enlarges into a thicker
layer of prism-like cells with the nuclei at their free surface,
thus giving the aspect of a series of punctures at tlie en-
larged outer ends, for the cells, ce., are clavate and minutely
granular (Pl. V. fig. 29).. This peculiar cellular layer runs
upward on the external border of the branchial stalk, the
inner layer, continuous with the dorsal hypoderm, pre-
senting quite a different structure, and the nuclei are
within their superficial ends (Pl. V. fig. 29). The function
of this special cellular development would seem to be in
connection with the well-developed hook-pads of the region
rather than with the thoracic glands, probably acting as an
elastic cushion. The muscular fibres seen in Pl. V. fig. 28, m.,
are those which move the hook-pad, whilst that structure
itself is largely composed of the modified hypodermic cells
just described. Hence the appearances of the parts vary
* Compt. rend. Soc. Biol. t. xxviii. p. 598 (1915)
‘
:
7
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 4]
according to the line of section. ‘Thereafter, the tissue
gradually merges iuto the hook-pad with its superficially
arranged glands, and so on throughout the region, the inner
or secondary ridge appearing and disappearing in each
segment. :
The supporting tissue in the anterior region of Pomato-
cerus triqueter differs from that in the Sabellids. Just as
the nerve-cords leave the cephalic ganglia, and whilst still
connected by a long and strong commissure, no special
supporting tissue is visible. The long, narrow, hypodermic
cells of the dorsal wall (P|. IV. fig. 20, Ape.) are indeed of
great depth, especially in the middle line, so that when torn
they resemble fibres, whilst within the basement-membrane
are only the thin circular muscular fibres and the dorsal
longitudinal muscles—as yet little developed. As tlie
opercular stalk leaves the body-wall of the region (Pl. IV.
fig. 20, op.) its central areolar mass joins the other tissues
and may stiffen the parts, for as yet the fibres of the dorsal
longitudinal muscles are few. Through this mass a bifid
nerve-trunk from the cephalic ganglia passes. The remark-
able thickness and the appearances of the hypoderm of the
region in this species would suggest the view that it may
more or less be connected with the function of the special
chordoid skeleton of other forms. In this respect the dorsal
differs essentially from the ventral hypoderm of the region,
which is richly glandular. The muscular tissue at the base
of the stalk is reticulated in longitudinal section, as if the
sarcolemma formed a network ; indeed, reticulation of the
muscular fibres themselves would appear to occur, though
the trend of most at the base of the stalk is longitudinal.
The projection of the opercular stalk causes asymmetry
of the body-wall and of the incipient dorsal longitudinal
muscles, for the muscle of the same side considerably in-
creases in size, probably in relation to the movements of the
stalk. ‘The body-wall remains asymmetrical after the stalk
separates, that side being less than the opposite one, in
which, moreover, the slits separating the branchie first
appear. This asymmetry subsequently disappears in front
when the filaments approach separation, but it is a marked
feature. Connective-tissue cells fill up the lateral space
within the body-wall beyond the region of the .cephalic
ganglia, but these do not show special chordoid structure.
Deeply staimed nerve-cells surround the cords and the
transverse fibres between them. ‘The enlarged base of each
ventral flap of the thoracic jacket has connective-tissue cells
similar to those in the lateral region of the body, the flap
42 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
being joined to the body-wall by a firm isthmus in the
middle line, its two surfaces beyond being structurally
differentiated, the inner (that is, next the body-wall) being
coated by a thick layer of the long hypodermic cells with
the nuclei near the surface, whilst the outer has much
shorter cells, the inner ends of which seem to run into the
reticulated connective-tissue of the central region. Masses
of gland-cells, moreover, occur along the convex margin of
the jacket. In the area of the cephalic ganglia the modified —
hypoderm is thickened in the mid-dorsal line and also
laterally so as to form a protection to the organs. Then
on the side (generally the left) from which the opercular
stalk springs this modified hypoderm bulges out and envelops
it (P]. IV. fig. 20). Further, the glandular nature of the
ventral wall diminishes, and a split separating the jacket or
collar appears and joins the folded lateral and dorsal flaps,
both the inner surface of the collar and the outer of the
body-wall being invested by layers of the hypoderm. As soon
as the collar becomes free (in section) the entire body-wall,
with the exception of a narrow lateral belt on each side, is
invested by this modified hypoderm, the thickest parts being
the dorso-lateral and mid-dorsal regions ; and the origin of
the opercular stalk has the same investment, special support
being afforded by the adjoining mid-dorsal and lateral en-
largements of this modified hypoderm. Proceeding forward
the ventro-lateral regions of this coat are considerably
thickened, and a deep furrow now cuts off the opercular
stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 22). he diminished area of the anterior
region is specially stiffened, for in section the greater part
of its surface is composed of this modified hypoderm, the
only gaps being those of the mouth, the branchial trunks,
and a ceelomic space. The shape in section is that of a
curved dumb-bell (Pl. LV. fig. 23), the narrow median region
with the oval slit corresponding to the handle and the
enlarged lateral regions to the bells. Instead of the dorsal
region having the thick layer of modified hypoderm, it is
now the ventral surface, and the band is dilated at each side,
after which is a connective-tissue belt, then a band of the
modified hypoderm round the bulbous ends, in which
by-and-by appear the slits indicating the separation of the
branchial filaments. These slits have a regularly arranged
cellular investment with distinct nuclei, and they increase
in size and number from behind forward. The intermediate
region, between the dilated ends of the dumb-bell, has only a
thin coating of ordinary hypoderm, and is thus in contrast
with the lateral regions. Advancing forward a slit appears
,
.
}
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 43
on each side of the vestibule, and thus the enlarged ends of
the dumb-bell are more distinctly differentiated from the
curved médian region with its widening vestibule (Pl. IV.
fig. 23). At this level there are four intermediate branchial
slits, and the inner on each side is the more elongated, whilst
the conical ventral edge of the lateral enlargement is
stiffened by a cap of the modified hypodermic tissue. ‘he
ventral collar (jacket) has now much diminished in size, but
the dorsal edge of the organ still shows a coating of the
modified hypoderm. Further forward the collar forms but a
small U, the thick layer of its hypoderm being, as formerly,
dorsal; the median lamella containing the vestibule is longer,
whilst the dilated ends are somewhat crescentic and show
six intermediate slits. The ventral edge still has the thickest
cap of modified hypoderm. The vestibule has now expanded
laterally into a wide space at the base of the branchie, and
there are seven intermediate slits, the largest being dorsal and
the smallest ventral in position. Advancing forward, or
distally, the slits increase to nine, and the outer margin of the
dilated ends becomes frilled as the filaments differentiate,
the dorsal, where the largest slits are, soon presenting fila-
meuts connected only as their outer border, the free inner
edge being deeply grooved (bifid in section) (P1. II. fig. 12).
The outer border of each filament has the tough cuticle
with the hypoderm beneath, in which is a nerve, and joining
in the centre a connective-tissue area which runs inward to
the free grooved edge, whilst the sides are strengthened by
the modified hypoderm, especially externally, for it tapers
internally. Each of the lamine forming the groove has a
blood-vessel in its centre (Pl. III. figs. 18 & 19), and
branches by-and-by enter the pinnules. Proceeding still
further distally, the curve in each fan is larger, and the
dorsal filaments, which have become rounder and their
hypoderm more glandular, show longer connecting bands,
and finally separate, the isolated ones having slightly
shallower grooves than the fixed, whilst their radial diameter
diminishes and their transverse increases proportionally.
The filaments gradually taper distally, the edges of the
groove break into pinne (Pl. IV. fig. 25), and the
modified hypoderm forms three distinct external divisions,
whilst in the centre is the connective-tissue area with its
blood-vessel, a vessel occurring also in each pinna. Besides
the central blood-vessel there are two conspicuous channels
slightly to the exterior on each side, and these probably
commuuicate with the ceelom. In longitudinal sections of
the filaments the centre shows a distinctly chordoid structure
44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
not always easily observed, and this is apparently due to
the cells of the hypoderm or to a supporting tissue within
it, the former interpretation being the more likely, as no
differentiation is observed in transverse section.
Diverse views have been held with regard to the structure
of the filaments and pinnules; thus Meyer described a
diverticulum of the coelom in each filament and pinnule,
whilst Orley insisted that only connective tissue occupied
the centre. It is by no means easy to decide, since in the
case of sections the parts are considerably altered even in
good preparations. A coelomic space occurs on both sides
at the level of the dumbbell-shaped region in front of the
brain (PI. IV. figs. 20 & 21, c@.), and their walls are defined
by connective-tissue, and probably muscular, fibres, the
area surrounding them consisting of nucleated connective-
tissue cells. About this level the thoracic jacket or collar
has just become free or is only counected by a narrow
isthinus. As a rule, also, the two sides are asymmetrical in
section, the opercular half having no slits, but a considerable
ceelomie space, whilst the other side has only small apertures,
so that the area within (that is, ventral] to) the slits is reticu-
lated, these reticulations in the succeeding sections becoming
less and less until only the branchial vessel is evident. The
epithelium surrounding the slits becomes regularly arranged
and forms the hypoderm and cuticle of the filaments, each
side being attached to a separate filament. The elongated
centre of each filament in formation is almost wholly occupied
by nucleated connective tissue with the blood-vessel in the
centre, but two splits, one on each side of the mesentery, are
often seen at the distal end of the central area, occasional
strands of tissue crossing the spaces in some sections. The
definite median mesentery with its central blood-vessel. and
the definite coelomic spaces at each side, and from end to
end in transverse section of a pmnule, as shown by Soulier
in Protula milhaci, ave not been observed either in
filament or pinnule. In longitudinal sections of a filament,
the sides are formed of cylindrical nucleated epithelium,
whilst the centre is almost filled with nucleated connective-
tissue cells, a narrow split at one or other side being present,
and even thts has a few strands with nuclei. ‘The pinnules
of this form (Pomatocerus) show only a central cavity in
which the blood-vessel is (Pl. LV. fig. 24), but the coelomic
fluid could readily rush to aud fro in the space around it,
whether a special mesentery fixes it or not. On the whole,
therefore, the view that the coelomic spaces—carried forward
to the splits for the commencing branchial filaments—do not
blindly end there, but communicate with the filaments and
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 45
pinnules, would seem to correspond with the appearances.
The branchial apparatus of such forms would thus in
their movements appear to have not cnly muscular aid, but
the important influence of the coelomic fluid, so that the
ciliary action of the pinnules and filaments would materially
aid respiration as well as conduce to alimentation.
Opercular Stalk.—The opercular stalk arises as a process
of the basal region of the branchial apparatus immediately
in front of the brain, the tissues of one side gradually
projecting (Pl. IV. fie. 20), then being nipped off as an
independent process surrounded by the cuticle, the modified
hypoderm as a considerable coat all round, and a central
area more or less muscular at first, with numerous nuclei.
The base of the organ occupies at first more than half the
dorsal outline, but, as it separates and the median fissure
deepens, the other side increases in bulk. The external
fold of the cuticle bends inward, the hypodermic cells
curving round the central area (P]. LV. fig. 22) and soon
the stalk is free. Its outline in section is somewhat rhom-
boidal, and much smaller than itis distally. Atthis level the
thoracic jacket or collar is fixed by a broad isthmus to the
region below the gullet. Then the stalk becomes conical in
section, and the blood-vessel in the centre of the muscular
tissue more distinct, whilst_the modified hypoderm, which is
almost fibroid in section, maintains nearly an equal thickness
allround. The base of the cone—that is, the dorsal edge—
by-and-by lengthens by a transverse projection at each side,
so that it resembles a cocked hat in section (Pl. VI. fig. 82),
the projecting edges having the thickest hypoderm from the
approximation of the two layers separated: by a line, the
central pseudo-chordoid and muscular areas with the vessel
remaining as before. ‘The opercular stalk at this level is
flattened externally or dorsally, convex ventrally, and its
cuticle is dense. A differentiation of the central region now
takes place, for the outer or dorsal edge of the hypoderm be-
comes thinner,and anclongate-ovoid aia apparently muscular
area stretches ‘from lateral projection to lateral projection, a
groove in which the blood vessel lies (PL. V. fig. 30) occurring
ventrally. The muscular fibres seem to pass to the caleareous
region of the opcere ely, to the tip of the stalk.
They are well developed in the region of the lateral ridgis,
The appearance of the parts seems te vary considerably in
sections of different examples, a feature due perhaps to
recently reproduced organs (cf. Pl. V1. figs. 32 & 33) and
to obliquity in section, for in some cases *(Pl. VI. fig. 33)
muscle and pseudo-chordoid tissue are both present. The
reticulations of the next (more distal) area are larger and
46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
better defined than the pseudo-chordoid tissue which occupies
the convex region ventrally (Pl. VI. fig. 33). The chordoid
axis soon increases in bulk, and fills the stalk except the
thin hypodermic region and a stripe of pseudo-chordoid
tissue, still with its blood-vessel ventrally, the cuticle
enveloping all. The basement-tissue is slightly developed
in the ventral arch, but forms a well-marked layer dorsally,
fusing with the tough issue in the middle of the stalk, but
being better differentiated at the base of each external ridge,
a thin line of it running almost to the tip of the latter.
The section of a nerve (Pl. VI. fig. 32, n.) occurs at each
outer angle and in the middle of the dorsal arch, the former
being outside the basement-tissue, the latter within it, In
the basal (proximal) or incipient condition of the stalk this
basement-tissue is less developed than distally, and the
relationships of the nerve therefore undergo changes. The
groove for the larger blood-vessel in some preparations
sinks more deeply into the chordoid tissue. The projecting
ends of the ovoid area of the opercular stalk assume’ a
clavate outline and then disappear—that is to say, the ridge
on each side of the stalk ceases after the lateral filaments
of the stalk have separated. With the disappearance of the
lateral ridges the chordoid tissue occupies in section the
entire area of the ovoid stalk, only a thin, barely visible,
belt of hypoderm occurring under the cuticle. In some of
the sections the strands of the chordoid tissue are arranged
in a somewhat radiate manner with the nuclei and cut ends
of fibres at the circumference, so that, when the hypoderm
and the cuticle are shed, such might be mistaken for
the modified hypoderm. further, the blood-vessel is now
enveloped by the chordoid tissue. Soon a differentiation in
the midst of this area appears as a smooth central region
from which lines radiate to the external margin. This
ceutral region gradually increases distally, and the differ-
entiation of the radiating cells with the nuclei externally
gives it, In some preparations, the appearance of a hypo-
derm within a hypoderm as just mentioned ; and, moreover,
a ridge or papilla appears on one side of the actual cuticle
or hypoderm. The blood-channel is enclosed in the inner
area, and is large. The ventral hypoderm and cuticle
diminish and disappear, leaving what was the chordoid area
and its central region, with the addition of a small patch,
isolated in cuticle, to represent the former envelope of the
stalk, and that soon vanishes: Thus tle enlarged opercular
stalk now consists of the tough cuticle, the modified coating
of the chordoid area representing the hypoderm, with its
_
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 47
nuclei externally and a large pale area, probably chordoid,
with a well-defined ovoid outline, in the centre of which is
the blood-vessel. Muscular fibres would thus act on the
base and up the stalk of the operculum, whilst its rigid
tissues distally are fitted to perform the part of a plug to
the calcareous tube. Beyond the lateral subulate processes
the distal region of the decalcified operculum presents
externally a tough cuticular investment, then a layer of long
hypodermic cells with the nuclei near the external border,
the central area being occupied by a tough nucleated plasma
with small spaces near the external margin, where a thin
basemeut-tissue bounds the hypoderm.
In vertical section the decalcified operculum has on its
convex side the thick cuticle very dense at the rim, then a
deep layer of long narrow granular cells, a thin connective-
tissue or chordoid centre, and on the concave surface
(anterior) a narrow belt of reticuiated tissue, and externally a
cuticular coat about twice the thickness of that on the convex
side. When viewed externally the distal (calcareous)
region of the operculum preseuts a minutely reticulated
condition all over (after decalcification).
It has generally been held that the operculum is developed
on a modified branchial filament, and hence the occasional
occurrence of one on each side, or the facility with which a
new organ is produced on the right when the other is lost.
Without calling this view in question, the foregoing account
shows that about half the area of the body-wall behind the
branchial base is concerned in the production of the oper-
culum with its special differentiation of tissues, and that
the development of the branchial filaments occurs in front
under different conditions, and rather in association with
the vestibule and mouth than with the protective, or it may
be in certain cases the reproductive, functions of the oper-
culum. The appearance of the inter-filamentar slits after
the formation and separation of the opereular stalk point
to a wide divergence both of structure and function, though
it may be argued that these radical differences may have
been evolved slowly in the history of the race. Yet eye-
specks or more complex visual organs are never found on
the opercula, while they are not infrequent on the branchial
filaments ; just as calcareous or other hard structures belong
to the opercula, for the soft cellular thickenings of the tips
of the branchial filaments, which characterize certain varieties
of Filograna, and which some have supposed to perform
opercular functions, can scarcely be placed in this category.
Moreover, in some groups the opercula are very variable,
48 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
and may be present or absent, as in Filograna, with per-
plexing indifference, whilst in other forms their stability
and characteristic shape have made them of specific im-
portance. It is interesting in connection with the
branchial view of the opercular stalk that transverse bars
of bluish pigment are occasionally seen on it.
Muscular System.—Immediately behind the brain muscular
bands pass from the sides of the ventral to the dorsal wall
(or vice versd), some of the same side being attached to the
hase of the opercular stalk dorsally—indeed, they seem to be
strongest and best developed at first on that side. Ventrally
they are inserted on each side of the nerve-cord, and
by-and-by they bound the thoracie glandular organ on its
inner border.
Behind the ganglia and the opercular stalk the body-wall
assumes a more symmetrical outline, and the dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles become more distinct and quite separate
from each other, but the ventral longitudinal muscles are
indistinguishable. In the median ventral region, however, a
special thin longitudinal muscular band occurs on each side,
and continues backward a short distance—disappearing as
the actual ventral longitudinal muscles become distinct.
These ventral longitudinal muscles are formed by fibres on
the lateral region of the body-wall outside the anterior
glandular organ and its appendix, and not im contact with
the nerve-cords, which are separated from them by a con-
siderable interval. Their outline in transverse section is
elliptical, and, as the glandular organ in its progress back-
ward diminishes, the fibres seem to pass externally ; then, as
the glandular tube disappears they form a thin stratum to
the outer side of the nerve-trunks and in contact with
them, the anterior median ventral fibres being still visible
between the nerve-trunks. By-and-by the median, or pseudo-
ventral, or anterior ventral, fibres (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.”) dis-
appear from the middle line, and the ventral longitudinal
form a spindle-shaped layer in section, separated by an
interval from the dorsal, which bend inward at their lower
ends, whereas the veut ral pass outward below and beyond
them. The dorsal and the ventral longitudinal muscles,
however, by-and-by fall into line and the body-wall becomes
more compact, the dorsal. muscles retaining the great
preponderance in bulk, and closely approximated to the
ventral, only a slight imcurvation of the inner surface and
traces of the oblique muscle indicating the line of separation ;
yet the distinctiy pennate arrangement of the fasciculi
of the dorsal is characteristic. The nerve-cords are more
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 49
closely approximated than in front, but are still separated
by a considerable interval. The body behind the foregoing
region of the thorax becomes rounded in transverse section,
a large area being occupied by the dorsal longitudinal
muscles, which cover nearly two-thirds of the circumference
(Pl. V. fig. 27), and form a broad belt in section, only
slightly narrowed as it approaches the mid-dorsal line, where
no distinct hiatus occurs, the whole forming a hoof-shaped
belt. The ventral longitudinal muscles, on the other hand,
form two spindle-shaped areas, now also with pennate
fasciculi, separated by the median space containing the
ventral blood-vessel. This disproportion of the dorsal
longitudinal muscles continues to the posterior end, though
in relation to the diminished area of the body-wall both sets
of muscles are more bulky; whilst the thinning of the dorsal
muscles toward the middle line is scarcely evident.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles, though comparatively
small, are formed in front of the cephalic ganglia, and at the
ganglia they show two lateral enlargements connected by a
median band of fibres to which the dorsal vessel is attached.
Behind the ganglia the connecting band of fibres is shorter
(in transverse section), whilst the lateral enlargements are
gradually increasing. These muscles do not at this part
reach the lateral regions of the body, but lie in a special
cavity invested by membrane on each side of the median
dorsal vessel, the direction of the lateral masses being nearly
vertical, since to their exterior is the dilated anterior end of
the thoracic glands. Proceeding backward, the first change
noticeable is an increase of the nucleated connective tissue
in the median belt and its continuation between it and the
enlarged lateral regions until each of the latter is separated,
so that it lies in a membranous chamber of its own, the
spindle-shaped median belt being characterized by its nume-
rous connective-tissue nuclei. Moreover, the direction of
the muscular fibres of this median band seem to differ, since
they are obliquely cut in the sections. Each dorsal longi-
tudinal lies in its sheath in this region, with the vertical
bands of muscle and the dilated cavity of the thoracic gland
to its exterior, the long diameter of the mass being still
nearly vertical. Then, instead of being spindle-shaped, the
median band of muscle is divided into two by a central
dimple to which the mesentery from the dorsal vessei is
attached. This separation of the two halves increases until
there is a clear space between them, the median mesentery
now being fixed to the basement-tissue inside the hypoderm,
the separated portions of the muscles lying closely over
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 4
50 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
the larger masses beneath them, and they soon fuse with
them, meanwhile this wide space dorsally intervening. The
diminution of the cavity of the thoracic gland on each side
permits the muscles to assume a more oblique position, so
that their axis in section is directed downward and outward.
On the disappearance of the thoracie glands (in the progress
backward) the muscles more closely approach each other in
the mid-dorsal line, the upper as well as the lower ends
being pointed in section. ‘Then a tendency for the lower
ends to bend inward is noticeable, the investing mesentery
being still visible externally, whilst the muscles have like-
wise considerably increased in bulk. ‘This divided condition
of the dorsal longitudinal muscles characterizes the anterior
region of the body, for toward the middle there is complete
union of the halves (PI. V, fig. 27), and the entire muscle
has greatly increased in size, forming a broad crescent which
reaches by its expanded inferior edges almost to the ventral
surface. No distinct trace of a mid-dorsal fissure is seen,
the median mesentery being attached to a slight muscular
ridge at its inner surface.
Alimentary Canal.—The various ciliated grooves from the
branchial apparatus to the mouth converge to the double
isthmus connecting the two fans, and which in the sections
is usually V-shaped, the apex being directed ventrally
(Pl. 1V. fig. 23), the upper layer being pierced by a
blood-vessel at each end. ‘Then, proceeding backward, the
V expands into a curve, the ventral isthmus receives a
coating of hypoderm, both isthmuses becoming shorter and
thicker, with a slit at either end opening by-and-by
to the dorsal surface. Further, the cellular walls of the
central chamber of the isthnaus (the vestibule) have a more
finely granular structure than the hypoderm covering the
ventral surface, and the dorsal border is soon modified, by
a median furrow, into two thick ridges—about the level of
the origin of the staik of the operculum. The dorsal wall
of the vestibule or mouth increases in thickness, and the
opereular stalk sends out a process which fuses with the
opposite side, so that two apertures now exist, viz., the mouth
and that dorsad of the groove and ridges and formed by the
external pit. Processes fuse with the point of junction, and
others from the dorsal region of the now irregularly quad-
rangular part soon fill up the extended area (P1. 1V. fig. 21),
leaving a small space dorsad of the mouth with its ventral
edge marked by the groove before-mentioned, and showing a
slight differentiation of its hypodermic wall. The vestibule,
on the other hand, has glandular walls which stain deeply
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. dl
all round. This dorsal pit, still retaining the dorsal groove
with modified cells on each side, then disappears, but it comes
near the central nervous system, and perhaps performs a
sensory function. Immediately thereafter the central
nervous system occupies the region above the gullet—sepa-
rated therefrom by strands of connective tissue with several
apertures. The gullet has an internal lining of columnar
nucleated cells which stain deeply, surrounded by a circular
muscular coat and an external investment of reticulated
tissue and nucleated cells. It is slung by several bands to
the cceelomic wall around it, and instead of its cavity, now
diminished, having its long axis transversely placed, it is
vertical. Below it is the commissure between the cesopha-
geal ganglia, above it is a large transverse space in which
the dorsal vessel] by-and-by appears, and the common duct of
the thoracic glands occurs below the hypoderm above it, and
blood-vessels lie internally. The investing cells and tissue
increase in bulk, and the cut ends of numerous vessels are
intermingled, whilst median furrows give a cruciform aspect
to the central cavity in section, and longitudinal muscular
fibres are more distinct within the circular coat. Below it
is the ventral blood-vessel in the median line. The nuclei
of the cceelomic cells are distinct and correspond with those
investing the alimentary canal. In this region (thoracic)
the dorsal and ventral blood-vessels are of large size, and the
rete around the alimentary canal well developed as a ring of
longitudinal vessels in section (Pi. VI. fig. 35). The alimen-
tary canal now increases in size, and, in the preparations,
shows a tendency to split into layers, the entire lumen being
filled up by the various coats. Instead of the firm circular
coat with a few longitudinal fibres between it and the
columnar epithelial layer characteristic of the smaller
cesophagus, the area in section enlarges, the circular coat be-
comes thinner, the longitudinal investment within it thickens,
as also does the cellular mucous layer, and there is a ten-
dency to separation of these coats in the sections—indeed,
it is clear that a change is taking place in the structure of
the walls of the gut, probably representing a differentiated
stomach, the central part in the sections representing the
invaginated gullet and the larger separated external region
the stomachal wall. The latter consists internally of a
clesely arranged, almost fibroid, cylindrical epithelium of
uniform thickness, then of the longitudinal fibres, followed
by the thin circular coat. The foregoing coats are invested
by the cellular and a vascular coat, which presents two
variations, for the smaller region in front shows the cut ends
4*
52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
of numerous longitudinal blood-vessels and a large dorsal
vessel, whereas the larger stomachal area, with its firm and
thick walls and its central vertical slit, has externally a
blood-sinus all round, and no separate dorsal vessel is now
apparent. The narrower anterior region, therefore, with its
numerous longitudinal vessels, may differ in function from
the wider posterior region surrounded by a blood-sinus,
The enlarged region, with its thick walls, continues beyond
the posterior termination of the thoracic glands—that is,
after the formation of the ventral longitudinal muscles—and
behind this where the body-wall is wider and more flattened.
Food is more frequently present in the anterior part than
in the wider posterior region. In the narrower part of the
body, behind the foregoing, where the muscles become pro-
portionally massive, the walls of the intestine are much
folded and the area is large, but the structure of the wall is
the same, though little cellular tissue surrounds the vascular
sinus externally. Still further back the gut dilates into a
wide chamber without folds and having the vascular sinus
externally. Then it thickens laterally, apparently from a
septum-like fold with a vertical V-shaped slit in. the centre,
the upper and lower arches being thin. Thereafter the firm
and rather thick-walled canal shows a median pair of plates
in section, as if from a fold or valve (Pl. V. fig. 31), and
then, proceeding backward, enlarges so as to form the two
halves of a pear which fill up the entire central area, a slit
soon appearing in the middle of each half, and finally
broadening out into a T-shaped fold, which runs from the
transverse dorsal folds by a long median one to the ventral
wall (Pl. V. fig. 27, d.). Such appears to be a valvular
structure, and it is interesting that the lateral walls are thin,
the ventral arch thick, and the dorsal somewhat thin in the
median line, whilst the double stalk of the T is thick. The
double stalk of the T, indeed, widens, has the structure of
the gut, even to the vessels, on its walls, and gradually takes
the place of the wall in front, for it is apparently a valvular
invagination. If the serial sections can be relied on, it
would seem that in this region the sinus breaks up into
longitudinal vessels, the ventral remaining as before. The
gut is of various shades of brown or reddish brown, the
glands of its walls usually being brown by transmitted light.
Toward the tail (Pl. VI. fig. 34) the chief feature is the
diminution of the canal and the larger size of the cells of the
cylindrical epithelium, which is richly ciliated, lining it.
The wall of the gut is sometimes folded, but no distinct
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 53
evidence of a typhlosole in this region occurs. Moreover,
whilst the ventral vessel remains in position, the vascular
branches on the walls are inconspicuous, though they seem
to form a reticulate series. This part of the gut is often
loaded with sandy débris, surrounded by the dilated but
tough investment of the gut-wall, which appears to contain
inner longitudinal and circular muscular fibres, though these
are only visible in some sections, the tough investment
in dilatation being apparently homogeneous, as observed in
cases where the cylindrical epithelium has disappeared by
maceration.
Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia occur behind the
bases of the branchie, their anterior border appearing about
the level of the base of the opercular stalk as it begins to
project from the somewhat quadrangular outline of the body
in section. They form a fused mass above the cesophagus,
supported in front by a dense group of nucleated cells with
slight differentiations at each side, probably indicating the
issue of nerves. Then a somewhat narrow band appears,
chiefly of transverse fibres with two large nerves passing off
at each end, one entering the base of the operculum on the
left and the other entering the lateral tissues, whilst those
on the right go to corresponding parts. The central part of
the ganglia behind increases in bulk, the organ forming a
broad band with an enlargement at each end, the whole
- surrounded by a coating of the nucleated cells, and many
transverse commissural nerve-fibres appearing in the centre.
The outer enlargement then bends downward and elongates
ventrally, the transverse commissural fibres still persisting
between the sides, but finally these are gradually replaced
by the nucleated cells, and the great nerve-cords, widely
separated, lie on each side of the cesophagus. Before this
occurs, however, long commissural fibres pass between
the trunks over the esophagus. There is thus a variation
from the ordinary arrangement in typical forms, in which
these cords slant below the cesophagus and meet more or
less closely in the first ganglion of the chain. The nerve-
cords are wide apart in the region of the muciparous
glands, and it is just after these have been passed in the
backward progress that a small neural canal is observed at
the inner end of each trunk—still at a considerable distance
from its fellow, and with the fibres of the special interneural
bands of longitudinal muscular fibres still present. The
nerve-trunks lie at the inner edge of each ventral longi-
tudinal muscle, which forms a comparatively thin plate on
54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
each side. Inthe middle of the body the nerve-cords are
still separated by a considerable interval, the median mesen-
tery with the ventral vessel being attached to the basement-
tissue between them, and each has a large neural canal filled
with coagulable substance superiorly—occupying fully half
the area. Instead of the more or less complete fusion of
the ganglia at intervals, all that occurs in this type is aslight
increase of the nerve-cells in the separate trunks and the
passage of commissural fibres between them, with an increase
of the neuroglia and its nuclei, the large neural canals under-
going no change. The interganglionic regions are recog-
nized by the absence of the transverse or commissural fibres
and of the increased neuroglia, and by the conspicuous
condition of the median ventral mesentery with its blood-
vessel, the strands of the mesentery passing directly to the
basement-tissue.
Posteriorly the great nerve-cords are nearer each other,
yet separated by a considerable interval. In section they
have the same granular and streaked appearance, with a
small neural canal at the upper and outer border, which lies
against the inner margin of the ventral muscle. Numerous
neuroglial nuclei occur at the commissural regions, which
occur as in front. In longitudinal sections of the tail the
nerve-cords follow every fold of the body-wall, dipping with
a sharp angle into each pit, so that the neural canals have no |
noteworthy influence in this connection. The main direction
of the nerve-fibres is longitudinal, and lateral branches leave
at each dissepiment even to the tip of the tail.
Various authors have dealt with the general topography
of the nervous system of the Serpulids : the earlier, such as
De Quatrefages, described a smaller and a larger pair of
cephalic ganglia which lie over the csophagus, with the
various nerves which proceed from them. Pruvot also held
that there were two pairs of ganglia. E. Meyer, again,
found that in Psygmobranchus protensus and Eupomatus
lunuliferus, Clap., there were, in addition to the smaller
central and the larger lateral lobes from which the great
trunks to the branchial system arise, two accessory lobes to
the latter; and his minute account of the branches from
the cephalic ganglia and of those from the great nerve-cords
(termed by him “ spinal nerves ”’) is excellent and his figures
carefully drawn.
Reproduction—In the ripe female, longitudinal sections
of the tip of the tail show that the larger ova in the celomic
spaces do not, as a rule, extend quite to the tip, about eight
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 55
segments presenting only small ova. As the sections pass
downward from the dorsum toward the ventral aspect a
process appears at the posterior edge of the rounded projec-
tion formed by each segment. This is the first indication of
the segmental organ, and, in accordance with the structure
of the parts, it appears earliest in the terminal segments, the
process surrounding the cavity of the segmental organ.
These processes, as well as the hypoderm of the segment, are
outside the basement-membrane, which, with the circular
fibres, separates them from the longitudinal muscles in the
preparations. In transverse sections of the caudal region it
is seen that these segmental cavities pass inward and down-
ward, to open by a wide aperture on the ventral surface
(Pl. VI. fig. 34, ao.) on each side of the ventral groove, and
the ripe ova can be followed from their inner (ccelomic)
aperture to the wide external one. These wide tubes might
aptly be called, after Dr. Goodrich, ceelomoducts, since they
transmit only the reproductive elements, which enter at the
space above and to the exterior of the outer ends of the
ventral longitudinal muscles. Besides the conspicuous
larger ripe ova, smaller ova occasionally occurred in the
canal. These segmettal organs seem to be simple wide
passages for transmitting the ova to the exterior without the
complexity of structure observed in other forms. The inner
opening is above and to the outside of the ventral longitu-
dinal muscles, the canal curving round the latter to open on
the ventral surface below it. ‘The ovaries are situated over
the ventral longitudinal muscles, the products being shed
into the celom, in which further growth takes place. The
females, from November onward for some months, have a
bright pinkish coloration posteriorly, so that the breeding-
season is prolonged.
In passing from behind forward the size of the body-wall
and its muscles increases, but the general arrangement of the
segmental organs and of the ovarian tufts is the same, the
external apertures being outside the shallow ventral groove
of the region and of the nerve-cord on each side.
_ So far as could be observed, no atrophy in the wall of the
alimentary canal takes place in the ripe forms, and the
muscles of the body-wall likewise are normal.
The Serpulids proper, in the separation of the sexes, are
in contrast with such as Spirorbis and Amphicora (a Sa-
bellid), in which Meyer observes that the anterior abdominal
segments are female, the posterior male; whereas in Salma-
cina Giard held that this condition is reversed,
56
Fig.
Fig.
Fi
9.
8.
9.
. Transverse section through the region of the cephalic ganglia,
Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.
Prats I,
cg., of alarge Bispira volutacornis, Montagu. ‘The chordoid
skeleton, ch., is at this level divided into lateral halves, whereas
a little in front it forms a continuous arch from side to side.
em., ganglionic commissure; d., cesophagus; cd., dorsal pro-
cesses; ct., thoracic collar or jacket; m., anterior single mass
of longitudinal muscles; ¢yo., median or common duct of
thoracic glands. Enlarged.
. Similar section anterior to the former, the chordoid arch being
now complete. 4v., branchial blood-vessel, which is dividing
into branches; ch., chordoid skeleton; vc., ventral region of
the collar; ”., nerve. Enlarged.
. Transverse section of the cephalic region of a young example
(partly macerated) at the origin of the branchial filaments
indicating the tentacles, ¢. From its macerated condition the
margins and posterior region are only diagrammatic. Slightly
reduced from Zeiss oc. 4, obj. A.
. Transverse section of the distal region of a macerated branchial
filament. X oc. 4, obj. A.
. Longitudinal section of a branchial filament in a similar con-
dition, to show the arrangement of the chordoid skeleton.
x oc. 2, obj. D.
. Longitudinal section of another filament, indicating the appear-
ance of the cellular hypoderm covering the chordoid skeleton.
Young example. x oc. 4, obj. D, with 2 inches of draw-tube.
. Transverse section of a tentacle, with its peculiarly curved
lamelle and its central skeleton and vessel.
Prats II.
Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira volutacornis,
Mont. The dorsal muscles are proportionally small and some-
what rounded, the bristles are still at the dorsal edge, and the
ventral longitudinal muscles are somewhat pointed externally,
though little weight is to be placed on this feature. A complex
series of muscular fibres passes from the dorsal longitudinal
muscles downward to the inner border of the nerve-area, and
above the point of meeting is the ventral blood-vessel, vv.
s., blood-sinus around the cesophagus. Enlarged.
Transverse section a little behind the former. The dorsal and
ventral longitudinal muscles are larger, whilst the absence of
the sheets of muscle passing from the dorsal to the ventral
aspect permits the oblique muscles, om., to be seen passing to
the edge of the nerve-cords. The commissure between the
ganglia is marked, the ventral vessel being above it. The
hypoderm in the mid-ventral line remains massive. Enlarged.
Fig. 10. Portion of the chordoid skeleton. The passage of processes
* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for the artists’ aid with these
Plates.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fg.
Fig.
Fy.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
ry
18.
14.
16,
a7;
18.
19.
20.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 57
from the external mass, pr., throughout the reticulated central
region and their fusion with the inner edge are indicated.
m., muscle. X 650 diam.
Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira. d., ceso-
phagus surrounded by firm muscular bands; ¢g., thoracic
glands with pale membranous tubes of chloragogenous tissue,
chl., attached ; ne., great nerve-cords. X oc. 4, obj. A. .
. Transverse section of two branchial filaments with their chordoid
axes before separation. X oc. 4, obj. D.
Transverse section of a ventral longitudinal muscle in the poste-
rior region of the annelid, with portions of a segmental organ,
so. X oc. 4, obj. A.
Puate III.
Transverse section of the ganglionic region of Bispira voluta-
cornis, showing the eyes, oc. cp., last trace of the external
cephalic pit ; vf, ventral fimbriz. x oc. 4, obj. A.
. Transverse section of the ganglionic region with the great nerve-
cords, ne., at the sides of the cesophagus and about the level of
the chordoid skeleton, c#., the external margin of which is not
smooth, but has processes. Cells and fibres intervene between
the dorsal muscles, dm., and strong transverse fibres below
them, whilst under these are vertical fibres, more or legs
mesenterial, in which the common duct of the thoracic glands,
tgo., lie. The massive ventral hypoderm, hp., occurs inferiorly.
The dorsal region is only partially represented, and the lower
division of the great muscular mass is only indicated at m.,
The preparation is somewhat stretched inferiorly. Enlarged.
Transverse section toward the termination of the thoracic
glands, tg., which are represented by two tubes. om., con-
nective tissue with nuclei and muscular fibres, probably part
of the oblique muscle of the side. x oe. 4, obj. A.
Transverse section of the region of the nerve-cords in the middle
of the body. fp., hypoderm; xec., nerve-cords; vv., ventral
blood-vessel with a coating of chloragogenous cells, chi.
X oc. 4, obj. A.
Slightly oblique section of a branchial filament of Pomatocerus
triqueter. _bv., blood-vessel ; cw., coelomic space; 7., nerve.
X oc. 2, obj. D.
Transverse section of a branchial filament toward the base and
where its inner edge is produced into a groove with ciliated
sides. x oc. 2, obj. D.
PLATE IV.
Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri-
queter, L., near the origin of the opercular stalk (op.). d., the
vestibule ; ds., dorsal pit; Apt., modified hypoderm coyering
the inner surface of the thoracic collar or jacket and the outer
side of the body-wall. The dorsal surface is to the right.
x about 35 diam.
. Transverse section of the body-wall in front of the foregoing.
The opercular stalk (op.) projects much further, the dorsal pit
(ds.) is larger, and the slits (of) indicating the spaces between
the branchial filaments are present. Spaces (cw.), apparently
coelomic, occur on each side. X about 35 diam,
58 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.
Fig. 22. Transverse section of the region in front of fig. 21, in which the
opercular stalk is separating and the slits (2f.) for the forma-
tion of the branchial filaments making rapid progress on the
other side. On the ventral surface (left in the figure) the
thoracic collar is free. Similarly magnified.
Fig. 23. ‘Transverse section after the separation of the opercular stalk
. and when slits are $2 Sen on the left or opercular side
(upper in the figure). The great expanse of the vestibule, d.,
is noteworthy; 2., branchial nerve, the others lie toward the
inner ends of the slits. Only the inner branchial nerve, %., is
indicated in this figure.
Fig. 24. Transverse section of the tip of a branchial filament of the fore-
going. The blood-vessel occupies the centre. It is richly
ciliated in life. xX oc. 2, obj. D.
Fig. 25. Longitudinal section of a filament of Pomatocerus triqueter, L.,
with portions of pinnules. X oc. 2, obj. D.
PLATE V.
Fig. 26. Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri-
queter, L., with the thoracic glands, ty., in full development,
that on the left showing the origin of the duct which joins
that of the opposite side at the median outlet (¢go. in Pl. IIL.
fig. 15 for Bispura). em., cellular appendix of the thoracic gland;
d., esophagus with its chloragogenous coat; dm., dorsal longi-
tudinal muscles; hyp., modified hypoderm ; m.‘, special anterior
median muscular layer on the dorsum; m.*, special ventral
layer of muscle; nc., nerve-cords. Above the gullet is the
dorsal blood-vessel in the median mesentery, and a space
occurs above it between folds of mesentery, but soon disappears,
x about 35 diam.
Fig. 27, Transverse section of the body-wall toward the posterior region.
The dorsal muscles, dm., are of great size, with scarcely a
trace of separation in the mid-dorsal line; wm., ventral
muscles; vy., ventral vessel with chloragogenous cells ex-
ternally. The outline of the gut is T-shaped. x about 35
diam.
Fig. 28. Transverse section of an anterior foot with the hook-pad about
the level of the diminishing thoracic gland, ¢g.; ad., incipient
muscular fibres of the process opposite the external papilla, p.
In this section none of the peculiar clavate nucleated cells are
visible. x oc. 2, obj. A.
Fig. 29. Section behind the foregoing cutting the superficial part of the
hook-pad, and showing the greatly developed hypodermic
cells with the nuclei situated externally, and forming an elastic
cushion in connection with the dense row of minute hooks,
tg., thoracic gland. X oc. 2, obj. A.
Fig. 50. Transverse section of the opercular stalk in another example, in ~
which the central area is chordoid or areolar in aspect. The
nerves are not entered. xX oc. 4, obj. A. _.
Fig. 51, Transverse section of the alimentary canal, showing lateral folds
of the mucous membrane, almost valvular in appearance.
x 350 diam.
On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, éc. 59
Prate VI.
Fig. 32. Transverse section of the opercular stalk (now shaped like a
cocked hat) after the lateral ridges have appeared. The great
development of the modified hypoderm (Api.) is conspicuous,
n., nerves; b¢., basement-tissue, which is highly developed.
X oc. 4, obj. A.
Fig. 33, Oblique section of the distal end of the operculum, showing on
the right the presence of the ridge and on the left a reticulated
oe of the region beyond after decalcification, x oc. 2,
ob}. A.
Fig. 34. Oblique section of the tip of the tail of a mature female speci-
men. ov., ova; vm., ventral longitudinal muscles ; ao., external
aperture of the modified segmental organ; d., anus. The
canal is richly ciliated in this region. X oc. 2, obj. A.
Fig. 35, Transverse section of the cesophageal region, with its thick
mucous lining internally, its chloragogenous coat (chl.) exter-
nally, with its plexus of blood-vessels (bv.). dv., dorsal blood-
vessel, x 280 diam.
I1.—New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus.
By OLpFieLp THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) .
Dendromus (Poemys) exoneratus, sp. n.
Closely allied to D. nigrifrons of Hast Africa and Uganda,
but larger and with whitish ear-patches.
General colour as in nigrifrons, but the blackish frontal
patch and the dorsal line less developed. At the anterior
base of the ears, just in front of the base of the proectote,
there is a pair of whitish patches, each about 3 mm. in
diameter, which throw up by contrast the blackish frontal
patch. These whitish patches are found in all the six
specimens from Nigeria available, and in none of those from
Uganda and British East Africa.
Skull decidedly larger than that of nigrifrons.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :—
Head and body 61 mm.; tail 71; hind foot 18;
ear 13. .
Skull: greatest length 21°3 ; condylo-incisive length 19;
zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; interorbital breadth 3; breadth of
brain-case 9°7 ; palatal length 8°7 ; upper molar series 3°2,
60 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of
Hab. Panyam, Bauchi Province, Northern Nigeria.
Alt. 4000’.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 12.1.16.19. Original
number 83, Collected 16th September, 1911, and presented
by the Rev. G. T. Fox. Six specimens.
Distinguished from its ally D. ntgrifrons—near zoologically,
but very distant geographically—by its longer skull, the
whitish pre-aural patches, and the reduced black markings.
Dipodillus jordani, sp. n.
A very small gerbil, apparently representing in Algeria
the little D. marie and D. henley of Lower Egypt.
Size less than in D. s’moni, greater than in marie and
henleyi. General colour dull sandy, very much as in the
first-named, the dorsal hairs prominently tipped with
dark brown, so that the general tone is much darker and
duller than the bright clear buffy of D. henleyi. Supraorbital
light patches not very white, but extended backwards nearly
to the ear, where they almost join the snowy white post-
auricular patches. Kars small, their edges brownish. Soles
naked, with the usual six pads. ‘ail longer than the head
and body, greyish white below, pale brownish above and at
the end, which is inconspicuously pencilled, its hairs about
5 mm. in length.
Skull with the broad brain-ease and small muzzle charac-
teristic of simoni, henley?, and other allied species. In size
it is markedly less than in s¢mont, larger than in marie and
henleyt. Supraorbital edges with fine sharp and slightly
overhanging ledges, about as in D. henleyi, Bulle large,
exceeding those of the larger D. stmoni, about equalling
those of D. henleyi. Molars small.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 67 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 19°5;
ear 9.
Skull: greatest length 22°4; greatest diagonal length to
back of bulla 22°3 ; condylo-incisive length 20°2; nasals 7°7 ;
breadth of brain-case 11° 6; palatal foramina 3°83 ; diagonal
horizontal diameter of bulla 8°5 ; upper molar series 3°0.
Hab. (of type). Guelt-es- Stel, Central Plateau of Algeria.
Alt. 900 m.
Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12. 6. 12.100. © Original
number 111. Collected 22nd April, 1912, by Dr. K. Jordan.
Presented by Lord Rothschild.
I have hitherto hesitated to describe this little gerbil on
Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 61
account of its general resemblance to D. simoni, Lataste,
from near the same region. But I now see that its longer
tail, smaller skull, smaller teeth, and proportionally larger
bull indicate that it is not really related to that animal, but
is an Algerian ally of the Lower Egyptian D. marie, Bonh.,
and D. henleyi, de Wint., from both of which it differs by its
larger size. I have named it in honour of its captor,
Dr. Jordan, of Tring, to whose efforts in collecting Algerian
small mammals the National Museum is so largely indebted.
Dipodillus arabium, sp. n.
Allied to D. famulus, but with less heavily tufted tail and
even larger bullae. Sides not completely naked.
Size rather smaller than in famulus. General colour of
the same soft drabby fawn, darker on the back, paler and
clearer on the sides. Top of nose with scarcely a trace of
a dark nose-patch. White patches over eyes and behind
ears well marked. Lars rather short, their proectote coloured
like the head, not darkened. Hands and feet white as usual.
Soles essentially naked, but there are a number (twenty to
thirty) of small hairs on the terminal third, upon and between
the pads, thus showing an approximation to the condition in
Gerbillus; pads six in number, the proximal ones small.
‘Tail rather shorter than in famu/us, well-haired and tufted as
compared with most members of the group, but with nothing
like the remarkable tuft found in famulus; whitish below
and on the sides, its upper surface mixed brown and fawn,
the terminal tuft brown, but perhaps like that of famulus
black when unbleached.
Skull with narrow interorbital region, low and broad
brain-case, and bullee even larger, though very slightly so,
than in JD. famulus.
Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 86 mm.; tail 140; hind foot 24;
ear 13°5.
Skull: greatest median length 28°7; greatest diagonal
length 29°5; condylo-incisive length 25°6; zygomatic
breadth 15; nasals 10°8; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth
on lip of meatus 15°8; palatal foramina 4°6; greatest
diagonal horizontal diameter of bullae 11:2; upper molar
series 3°7.
Hab. 'Vebuk, on the Hedjaz Railway, Arabia. Alt. 2000’.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10, 3.12.1. Original
number 7. Collected 3rd January, 1909, by Douglas
Carruthers. Two specimens.
62 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of
This pretty species seems only nearly related to the
D. famulus of Aden, the other species of this region all
having comparatively small bulle. Its partially hairy soles
seem peculiar to itself and to the species next described.
On the same expedition Mr, Carruthers also collected, at a
place about 200 miles east of the Dead Sea, an example
almost topotypical of, and certainly referable to, D. dasyuroides,
Nehring *. But I fail to see any reason for its distinction
from 1). dasyurus, Wagn., from the neighbouring coast of
the Red Sea, of which we have two examples from Sinai,
presented by the Giza Zoological Gardens. Nehring himself
gives no valid reasons for the distinction, merely saying that
the species “ appears to be new, although allied to D. dasyurus,
which is so insufficiently described that nothing can be done
without examination of the type.” Both dasyurus and
dasyuroides have bullee of the comparatively small size usual
in the genus.
Dipodillus hilda, sp. n.
A Moroccan species with partially hairy soles.
Size and general appearance very much as in the browner
forms of D. campestris, to which the type has been hitherto
referred. General colour above russet- or cinnamon-brown,
not unlike the deepest and richest specimens of Apodemus
sylvaticus. Sides clearer and lighter, approaching ‘ sayal-
brown.” Under surface, as usual, pure white. Face with
scarcely perceptible supraorbital light patches ; post-auricular
white patches present. Ears with their proectote pro-
minently blackish, contrasting markedly with the general
colour of the head; hairs on metentote white. Hands and
feet white. Soles with six pads; the region between the
second and-posterior pairs thinly clothed with fine hairs, very
much as in D. arabium. Tail buffy brown above, darkening
terminally, whitish below; the tip probably not heavily
tufted, but this part is imperfect in the type.
Skull considerably smaller and narrower than that of
D. campestris, apparently like that of D. arabium, but the
bullz have been lost in the type.
Measurements of the type :—
Tail (imperfect) more than 100 mm.; hind foot (wet)
22°5; ear 15.
Skull: greatest length 28; zygomatic breadth 15; nasals
* SB, Ges, Nat. Berl. 1901, p. 173.
Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 63
11:2); interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth of brain-case 13°5 ;
palatilar length 12°5; palatal foramina 5:1; upper molar
series 3°5.
Hab. Northern Morocco. Type from the sea-coast 70
miles (122 kilometres) south-west of ‘l'angiers.
Type. Old female. B.M. no. 86.9.10.1. Collected and
presented by Capt. Savile Reid.
The specimen on which this species is founded has lain for
30 years among the series of D. campestris, to which it has a
strong superficial resemblance. But examination of its feet
and skull shows that it has really nothing to do with that
animal, but represents in Morocco the same type of gerbil as
that just described-as D. arabium; it is therefore a form
entirely new to the fauna of Barbary.
Dr. Cabrera has noted that there is a gap in the distribution
of D. campestris just in the region where Capt. Savile Reid
captured this gerbil.
Gerbillus calidus, sp. n.
A pale desert-coloured species allied to G. paeba.
Size about as in paeba. General colour above pale sandy
fawn, not or scarcely darkened on the back. Under surface
wholly snowy white, the white rather high up on the sides,
and wholly enclosing the fore limbs, on to which the darker
body-colour does not encroach, Area round eyes whitish,
not sharply defined ; a small white patch behind ears. Ears
pale fawn, like the head, their edges not darkened. Feet
wholly white; soles hairy throughout except for a round
patch on the heels, and at the bases of the digits just distal
to the large compound sole-pad. Tail whitish, the upper
surface a little darker ; the slight terminal crest browner,
Skull more slender than that of G. paeda, the bulle
smaller.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 85 mm.; tail 99 ; hind foot 24 ; ear 17.
Skull: greatest length 28°3 ; condylo-incisive length 24°8 ;
zygomatic breadth 14; nasals 11:2; interorbital breadth 5 ;
breadth of brain-case 13:3; palatal foramina 5:3; diagonal
horizontal diameter of bulla 8:2; upper molar series 4°0.
An older specimen has a tail 115 mm.; hind foot 25:5;
greatest length of skull 30; bulla 8-8.
Hab. (of type). Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Bechuana-land.
Other examples trom Otjimbingue, Damara-land (Andersson).
Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.72. Original
64 On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, &e.
number 76. Collected 11th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam.
Five specimens examined.
This is the species quoted as Gerbillus paeba schinzi, Noack,
by Schwann *, who rightly identified it with Andersson’s
Damara specimens so named by me some years before. But
in making that earlier determination I was clearly in error,
us Noack’s animal was much larger, had naked metatarsals,
and was probably some form of Taterona.,
From G. paeba this gerbil is readily distinguishable by its
much paler colour, the complete inclusion of the fore-limbs
in the white body area, and its smaller bulls,
Gerbillus paeba broomi, subsp. n.
Paler than true paeba, the foot longer.
Colour dark sandy fawn, intermediate between that of
G. calidus and of true paeba; the hairs of the back pinkish
buff, heavily darkened by their brown or blackish tips ; the
sides clearer pinkish buff. Under surface as usual white,
but this does not pass across the fore limbs, as on the front
of these the body-colour runs down to the wrists. Face
rather greyer than body. Postorbital and postauricular light
patches present, but inconspicuous. Kars greyish with a
narrow brown edging. Hands and feet white; soles hairy
to the same extent as described above in calidus.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—
Head and body 100 mm. ; tail 109 ; hind foot (wet) 28:5.
Hab. Port Nolloth, Namaqualand.
Type. B.M. no. 98.9.3.2. Collected September 1897
and presented to the National Museum by Dr. R. Broom.
A paler form of Smith’s G. preba. There isin the Museum
collection an example of this group from Deelfontein, Central
Cape Colony, so closely matching Smith’s type (which was
said to come from north of Latakoo) that I am disposed to
think some mistake was made by Smith as to the region
where his type was got. For north of Latakoo would have
been in the desert area, where the desert form G. calidus
occurs, while the type of paeba (which is also that of tenuis)
is of strong non-desert cinnamon-colour, very like the Deel-
fontein specimen. Possibly it was obtained on the way out
or home, as Smith’ passed, and that then it was wrongly
supposed to have been got at his farthest north.
* P.Z.S. 1906, i. p. 106.
On new Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 65
IIT.—New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descrip-
tions of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distri-
bution of Species resembling each other. By Colonel C.
SwInHog, M.A., F.L.S., &c.
[Plates VII.-XI.]
THE geological distribution of species has always been the
weak point of all lepidopterists ; the superficial resemblance
of specimens from widely different parts of the globe has
sufficed to declare them as of identically the same species.
I have endeavoured in this paper to show that this is easily
disproved by the examination of the genitalia. When the
genitalia are so different as to make it impossible for breeding
with each other, it is positive proof of the difference of
species. Classification based upon eye-judgment alone is
bound to be faulty. There are, of course, many problems
before us still: species which appear to the eye abundantly
distinct have a habit of presenting similar genitalia ; on the
other hand, species which to the eye appear to be identical
possess genitalia which are very distinct from each other.
I am much indebted to the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows for the
great pains he has taken in dissecting the moths I have sent
him, and to Mr. F. N. Pierce of Liverpool, to whom all
Mr. Burrows’s drawings were submitted by him, and to them
both for their joint report. All the Plates were drawn by
Mr. Burrows and the text-figures by Mr. Pierce, and the
remarks on the genitalia of the different species are extracts
from their joint reports.
Family Agrotide.
Chloridea marmada, nov.
3g. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing whitish flesh-
colour, nearly white, without any markings whatever except
black dots on the vein and on the outer margin of the wing ;
hind wing pure white, with a black outer marginal band, cilia
white. Underside: both wings white, fore wing with a dis-
coidal black spot and a short medial subterminal black band,
hind wing with a similar black band; abdomen with the
basal segments white above, the two middle segments red-
brown, the anal segments shading paler; anal tuft with pale
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. a
66 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
red-brown hairs. On the underside the body and legs are
white.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 1)% inch.
Hab. Roebourne, Australia.
The shape of the wings is similar to that of C. obsoleta,
Fabr., but the fore wing is narrower.
Euxoa cabara, nov.
9. Head, thorax, and fore wing ochreous brown: fore
wing with the costa yellowish, with black and pale yellow
spots; a black spot in the cell and another at the end; sub-
basal, antemedial, medial, and postmedial outwardly curved
transverse lines of black dots, the first two more or less
obsolete hindwards, the last outwardly edged by a pale
yellowish line ; between this and the margin there is a pale
brown band composed of a double line of spots, the margin
with black lunules ; cilia brownish yellow, with basal black
minute lunules, a yellowish line between the two rows of
Junules: abdomen and hind wing pale brown, the cilia yellow,
with minute black lunules. Underside: fore wing with black
and yellow dots on the costa towards the apex; a double
discal row of brown spots, the outer row with a black spot on
the costa; the whole inner surface of the wing from these
rows to tle base of the wing is brown, the outer portion
whitish grey: hind wing whitish grey, irrorated with brown
atoms ; a black discoidal spot, an outwardly curved brown
macular band in continuation of the inner macular row of the
fore wing; cilia of both wings whitish grey, with black
basal points.
Expanse of wings, 2, 14% inch.
flab. Padang, W. Sumatra ; three specimens.
Family Acronyctide,
Genus AMPHIPYRA, Ochs.
I have long been in doubt that A. surnia, Felder, from
Japan, was the same as A. pyramidea, Linn., from Europe;
and, moreover, I have always been of opinion that there were
two species in Japan, and therefore sent examples of both to
Mr. Burrows, and also an example of A. magna, Walker,
from the Punjab, and his and Mr. Pierce’s joint report, com-
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 67
paring their genitalia with that of the European species
A. pyramidea from Mucking in Essex, is as follows: —
“These mounts show four distinct species closely allied.
Plate no. IX. fig. 12. swrnia (Yokoliama, Japan) (mounted
dorsal uppermost). Valve squared,
uncus large, cornuti long and fine,
no pips on £ vessica.’
is =A 13a. pyramidea (England). Valve
pointed upwards, many hairy cor-
nuti, many pips.
o " 14. magna (Punjab). Valve pointed
but not upturned, enormous cornuti,
pips large and few.
S f 13. yama (Asama Yama, Japan).
Valve square, the uncus agrees with
the other forms but much smaller,
there are a large number of cor-
nuti.”’
Amphipyra yama, nov.
3b @. Palpi, head, and body ochreous brown; collar and
thorax pricked with grey and white: fore wing with a short
longitudinal black streak inside the end of the cell ; subbasal
line indicated by a black mark on the costa; antemedial line
consisting of obscure black lunules pricked with white ;
a postmedial sinuous line of black lunules outwardly edged
with white ; some black streaks on the veins between this
and the outer margin, which contains black lunules at the
vein-ends inwardly edged with white; cilia ochreous brown:
hind wing pale dull red, without markings. Underside: both
wings brownish grey; a pale, outwardly curved, brownish
discal band, and on the hind wing a discoidal spot; face,
pectus, thorax, and legs dark greyish brown; tarsi black.
Expanse of wings 27% inches.
Hab. Asama Yama, Japan.
Allied to A. surnia, Felder; fore wing narrower, and the
apex subacute; genitalia different (PI. IX. fig. 13).
Family Erastriida.
Lophoruza cretonia, nov.
o ?. Headand body ochreous brown ; wings dull ochreous,
irrorated with brown, markings red-brown: fore wing with
the costa brown, with some darker spots; faint transverse
8
68 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
somewhat sinuous lines, subbasal and antemedial, the outer
third of the wing brown, paling towards the costa ; a large
yellowish-white patch near the hinder angle, consisting of
three conjoined spots, decreasing in size from the hinder
margin upwards, the patch with broad dark brown sides
containing small pale dots on the margins: hind wing darker
in colour, with a central yellowish space.
Expanse of wings 1 inch.
Hab. Coomoo, Sherlock River, Australia.
Cerynea sumatrana, nov.
¢d. Head-and body dark chocolate-brown ; thorax with a
yellow spot on each side ; abdomen with yellow bands, most
prominent on the first two segments: wings with the basal
half ochreous, thickly irrorated with brown on the basal two-
thirds, the outer portion of the ochreous space with the
minute irrorations leaving an ochreous band across the middle
of the wings, not reaching the costa on the fore wing, its
outer edge outwardly angled above the middle and below the
middle on the hind wing ;. the costal space and outer marginal
space dark chocolate-brown ; the outer margin of both wings
with black spots ; cilia dull ochreous, with brown spots and
brown tips. Underside: fore wing blackish brown, an
ochreous spot at the end of the cell, hinder margin with the
basal half ochreous ; hind wing blackish brown, an ochreous
middle band and a black spot in the cell.
Expanse of wings 3%, inch.
Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra. i
Family Stictopteride.
Stictoptera talagi, nom. nov.
Stictoptera tongluana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix.
p. 338 (1917).
Hlab. Talagi (Everett).
I made a mistake in reading the label on this species.
Talagi is a small island off Isabel Island in the Solomon
group; Tonglu is in Sikkim. It is therefore necessary to
ter the name of the species.
Family Sarrothripide.
Characoma sumatrana, nov.
d. Resembles Characoma curiosa *, Swinhoe, from Burma.
* Trans, Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 285,
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 69
Head, body, and fore wing grey, irrorated with minute
chocolate-brown atoms ; markings chocolate-brown ; a band
behind the head: fore wing with a duplex, outwardly and
evenly curved band across the wing at the basal third (curiosa
also has this band, but it is sharply angled inwards below its
middle) ; some brown marks at the base, costa and hinder
margin of the wing, a patch on the costa extending from
near the band to near the apex ; a fine medial, waved, trans-
verse line, which does not reach the hinder margin; a small
ringlet in the interno-median interspace beyond the middle,
some spots in a row above it; a sinuous subterminal line ; a
double marginal line with its upper half filled in with brown ;
cilia grey, with some pale brown marks: hind wing white,
with some slight grey suffusion on the outer margin.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 38; inch.
Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra.
Blenina alena, nov.
3S ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform dark grey ; a
brown line behind the head and a brown line down each side
of the thorax ; abdomen pale grey: fore wing irrorated with
minute brown atoms ; subbasal line represented by a black
spot on the costa and another below it ; antemedial line very
sinuous, commencing with a spot on the costa, then out-
wardly curved, bent inwards at the cell, then outwards into a
long acute angle, and runs down to the hinder margin ; post-
medial line also very sinuous and more or less dentate in
parts, outwardly highly curved, some marginal black points
and pale grey cilia: hind wing greyish white, the costal and
outer marginal spaces suffused with brownish grey, the veins
dark grey on the outer half of the wing. Underside: fore
wing blackish brown, a small space at the base and the
hinder margin white: hind wing much as it is on the upper-
side.
Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 1,%5 inch.
Hab. Mackay, Queensland.
Selepa oranga, nov.
2. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing blackish brown ; the
ground-colour of the fore wing is really pale pinkish, but it
is most thickly covered with blackish irrorations, leaving a
pale streak below the costa and a broader pale streak from
the costa near the apex to the middle of the hinder margin ;
reniform and orbicular represented by white dots, the latter
70 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
surrounded by blackish and again by pale pinkish ; a duplex,
oblique, and highly curved line, centred with white from the
median vein near the base to the middle of the wing above
the hinder margin ; above this is a similar circular duplex
line outside the space round the orbicular, these lines more or
less indistinct ; an obscure pale pinkish space on the hinder
margin beyond the middle; marginal line black, inwardly
edged with pale pinkish on both sides; cilia brown: hind
wing dark grey, the outer margin brownish; outer marginal
line black, somewhat sinuous, outwardly edged with a pale
line ; cilia brown.
Expanse of wings, ?, 1 inch.
Hab, Sarawak, Borneo.
Gadirtha guineana, nov.
3 2. Palpi greyish white, second joint black on the sides;
head and thorax mixed grey and white; a black stripe
behind the collar and one on each side of the thorax; abdo-
men dark grey, with darker segmental bands: fore wing with
the ground-clour white, densely irrorated with pale choco-
late-brown ; costa with a large black antemedial patch and a
smaller curved subapical patch, and two black spots between
them ; orbicular and reniform round black rings, pale inside
and dull ochreous spot in their centres, the former small, the
latter very large ; black marks below the first patch, some
black spots in an oblique row in the disc, black marginal
lunules at the vein-ends, and a number of black spots close
together on the outer half of the hinder margin, above which
there is some whitish suffusion : hind wing pale grey, outer
margin broadly blackish ; cilia of both wings pinkish grey.
Expanse of wings, ¢ ? , 2y'9-2,%, inches.
Hab. Dinawa, 4000’, Mt. Kebea, 6000’, New Guinea
(A. E. Pratt).
Several examples. Some of the specimens have a dark
central suffusion, somewhat resembling G. tmpingens, Walker ;
genitalia different (Pl. LX. figs. 10 & 11) ; note the differ.
ence in the valvule, costa, uncus, and the extraordinary
development of the gnathos, which is new to us ; the tegumen
is also utterly different.
Family Acontiide.
Genus MAurRILIA, Méschiler.
M, teonica, Walker, is quite different from MM. cervina,
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 71
Walker—two cornuti in the latter, three in the former, one
short and two gementate, besides other differences shown in
the figures. J. undatra, mili, and MM, tunicata, mili, are
also distinct species; besides the enlargement of tlie costa,
the cornuti are absent, the rugose patch on the vesicais much
more prominent, and there are many other features which
the figures will show (note arm on costa and cornuti). I
have undatra from New Guineaand tunicata from New York,
N. Queensland, and had specimens from both localities
examined (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, & 4).
Maurilia instabilis.
Anomis instabilis, Butler, Ill, Het. B.M. vii. p. 72, pl. cxxxi. fig. 3
(1889).
Maurilia iconica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xi. p. 373 (1912),
The prominent black discoidal lunule on the fore wing
differentiates it from dconica ; the genitalia is also somewhat
different ; note the thickening of patch on costa and the two
cornuti instead of three.
In my collection from Kurseyong and the Khasia Hills.
Pl. VII. fig. 1 instabilis, fig. 2 iconiea.
Maurilia tunicata, nov.
3. Palpi brown, first joint white beneath ; head, thorax,
and fore wing of the type-specimen pale rufous tinged with
ochreous ; in the other examples the colour is darker, markings
indistinct, but apparently similar to those of MJ. undaira ;
hind wing pale black, veins dark black; abdominal area
somewhat paler. Underside blackish, the costa and hinder
margin of the fore wing and the costa and abdominal margin
of the hind wing whitish ; pectus, body, and legs white, legs
with brown stripes ; tarsi black, with white rings.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,3, inch.
Hab. Cape York, N. Queensland, Australia ; two examples.
Pl. VII. fig. 3. Note the difference of arm on costa and
cornuti.
Maurilia undaira, nov.
3g. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing purplish brown ; two
antemedial lines, a large round whitish reniform, with a
minute yellow centre ringed with brown, this large spot
interrupting the medial line, all erect and sinuous, the sub-
basal line not distinguishable ; two oblique, smuous, post-
72 Colonel |. Swinhoe on new
medial lines from the costa beyond the middle to the hinder
margin near the angle; a submarginal sinuous series of
black points, all these lines somewhat indistinct: hind wing
blackish brown, becoming pale towards the abdominal
margin; no markings; cilia of both wings concolorous with
the wings. Underside rather pale purplish black ; fore wing
with centre suffused with black, the hinder marginal space
whitish grey, and the costa grey: hind wing with some (but
less) black suffusion in the middle ; a discoidal black lunule ;
the abdominal marginal space pale: body and legs of the
colour of the wings, legs with white stripes, tarsi with white
rings.
9. Paler, with a rufous tinge ; markings similar.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 17%5, 2? 1,4 inch.
Hab. Ekeikei, 1600’, New Guinea.
Genitalia distinct, note arm on costa, no cornuti (PI. VII.
figs. 3a & 4).
Maurilia fortis, vov.
9. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark rufous, with
a curved dark brown patch below the middle of the costa,
containing a dull scarlet patch against the costa and a curved
similarly coloured spot on its lower outward side; a white
dot ringed with brown in its centre, two grey large spots or
patches inside the outer part of the brown space, and a white
dot ; lines a little darker than the ground-colour ; subbasal
lines short ; two oblique sinuous antemedial lines, two similar
postmedial lines, a submarginal series of black dots; cilia
brown, with white tips: hind wing pale brown, costal space
grey, no markings ; cilia ochreous, with white tips. Under-
side: body white ; legs white, with a brown stripe on the upper
side ; tarsi dark brown, with white rings: wings grey, fore
wing with some brownish suffusion in the cell region ; cilia
of both wings brown.
Expanse of wings, ? , 14% inch.
Hab. Kkeikei, 1500’, New Guinea.
Maurilia dalama, nov.
?. Palpi pale red, the last joint brownish; thorax dark
pinkish brown ; collar ands fore wing pinkish red; abdomen
pinkish grey, with brown segmental lines: fore wing uniform
pinkish red, lines slightly darker ; indistinct subbasal line
short, autemedial line slightly sinuous, erect ; a faint lunular
Spectes of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 73
discoidal mark, a short sinuous mark above it, another sinuous
line inwardly below it; a postmedial highly curved and
recurved line; a row of submarginal black dots; cilia con-
colorous with the wing: hind wing white, without markings.
Underside: body, legs, and wings white, somewhat shining,
without any markings.
Expanse of wings, 2, 1,2, inch.
Hab. Queensland, Australia.
Carea intermedia, nov.
¢. Head and thorax dark flesh-pink ; a dark line down
each side; abdomen white, with some flesh-pink suffusion
and segmental lines: fore wing clear, pale flesh-pink; a
darker line from the costal third to a little beyond the middle
of the hinder margin, nearly straight, slightly bent inwards
below the costa; a dark inwardly and evenly curved line
from the costa one-fourth from the apex to the hinder angle,
some slight darker shading on the upper half; on the inner
side of this line a faint line runs close to it ; outer marginal
line and cilia dark brown: hind wing pure white, without
markings ; cilia brown.
?. More pink than the male; the fore wing is very
uniform in shade of colour, with very faint traces of the
transverse lines.
Expanse.of wings, ¢ ?, 1;45 inch.
Hab. Kandy, Ceylon, and Palni Hills, 8. India.
The lines are disposed like those in C. subtilis, but it is
altogether a different-looking insect. I have subéilis of both
sexes from different parts of India and also from Ceylon.
Pl. VIII. fig. 6 subtilis, fig. 7 intermedia; the genitalia
varies but little.
Carea innocens, nov.
9. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing bright pinkish red ;
palpi white beneath, the colour of the wing very uniform and
bright; the only lines at all distinguishable are two, and
these are very indistinct—the first a slightly curved line a
little darker than the ground-colour from the costa before the
middle to the hinder margin near the angle, the other an
erect whitish line from the costa one-fifth from the apex to
the hinder angle; the cilia is brown, the outer margin of the
wing angled as in C. subtilis: hind wing white, the outer.
margin narrowly suffused with pale pinkish red ; cilia simi-
larly coloured, with pale basal line: abdomen white, with
74 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
dorsal black dots. Underside: both wings pale pinkish red,
hinder marginal space of fore wing glistening white, the base
and abdominal half of hind wing whitish ; body and legs
white ; upperside of legs pinkish red. ,
Expanse of wings, 9, 1} inch.
Hab, Palhi Hills, Bandora, near Bombay.
Aecontia dohertyi, nov.
9. Palpi yellow, its upperside dark brown ; head, thorax,
and fore wing bright clear yellow, very uniform in colour: fore
wing with the markings dark chocolate-brown, costal line
chocolate-brown, subbasal line hardly visible, antemedial line
inwardly curved obliquely from the costa, one-third from the
apex, then inwardly curved to the hinder margin one-third
from the hinder angle, forming a very acute angle above its
middle, its point continued to the outer margin below the apex;
a curved line from the costa before the apex to the end of the
other line below the apex; postmedial line similar in shape, its
point with a line connecting it with the antemedial line at its
middle; a spot at the upper end of the cell, a fine anteciliary
line, and dark chocolate-brown cilia: hind wing yellowish
white, without markings ; cilia pale chocolate-brown. Under-
side: both wings yellowish white, without markings.
Expanse of wings 1,4; inch.
Hab. Sambawa Island, west of Java (Doherty).
Aecontia talauta, nov.
3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark chrome-
yellow: fore wing with the lines rufous, antemedial line very
acutely outwardly angled to a point on the median vein, then
inwardly oblique to the hinder margin at the basal third ;
postmedial line similarly shaped, commencing on the costa
near the apex and ending on the hinder margin a little beyond
the middle; a slightly curved short line from the costa one-
fourth from the apex, almost parallel with the upper part of
the postmedial line; a black dot close to the apex of the
wing, the outer marginal space broadly suffused with dark
red-brown, its inner side irregular and highly curved; much
as in A, transversa, Guen.; outer margin of the wing with a
line of yellow lunules, cilia dark brown: hind wing yellowish
white, nearly white, no markings, marginal line yellow and
sinuous, cilia brown. Underside pale yellowish grey, the
hinder marginal space of the fore wing and inner portion of
Spectes 0) Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 75
the hind wing paler; pectus dark brown, body and legs
greyish brown.
Expanse of wings, @, 1,/5 inch.
» Hab. Talaut Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty).
The genitalia is somewhat similar to that of A. migrator,
Walker, from Australia (type from Moreton Bay, Queensland,
in B.M.). I have it from Rockhampton, Queensland, but
the colour of the insect is very different. A. mdgrator is
quite distinct from A. transversa, Guen., from India, of
which Hampson makes it a synonym.
Pl. VILI. fig. 8 talauta, fig. 9 migrator.
Family Catocalide.
Enmonodia padanga, nov.
3. Purple-brown tinged with pink, head and collar dark
brown; thorax purplish grey witha brown stripe down each
side; abdomen with the basal half grey with brown seg-
mental bands, the anal half crimson with brown segmental
lines: fore wing with the costal and basal spaces anda smear
in the disk purplish grey, the rest of the wing dark purplish
brown; a dark brown stripe from the apex to vein 5; an
angulated black line down the disk to the hinder margin,
outwardly lined with purple-grey (somewhat obscure); asub-
terminal row of black lunules; an inverted comma-shaped
discoidal mark composed of fine black rings, its inner end
with an oval black spot attached to its outer side: hind wing
uniform purple-brown, a postmedian pinkish-grey transverse
line composed of conjoined acute angles. Underside uni-
formly ochreous-scarlet: fore wing with the costa brown; a
large round brown spot in the middle of the cell, two brown
bars closing the end; three angulated thick brown outwardly-
curved lines close together across the middle; a broad brown
trausverse band on a pale brown space in the outer marginal
space: hind wing with a brown lunule in the cell; the three
centre thick lines as in the fore wing, but more widely separ-
ated from each other, tle marginal space as in the fore wing.
?. Brownish ochreous, minutely irrorated with brown
atoms; two round black spots encircled with brownish
ochreous opposite the end of the cell; a straight double thin
dark brown band from the apex, broadening hindwards and
extending to near the abdominal margin of the hind wing, the
marginal space outside these lines thickly smeared with
76 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
brown; a subterminal series of acutely angled white conjoined
marks on both wings from the double line hindwards ; on the
hind wing between “the medial band and the white ‘angular
series is a brownish shaded band, the outer margin OF the
wing dark brown. Underside with the ground- -colour as in
the male, but densely irrorated throughout with brown atoms,
two brown bars closing the cell of the fore wing; a medial
blackish-brown line across both wings, bent inwards on to the
costa on the fore wing; asimilarly shaped but angulated post-
medial line, a double submarginal line, the inner one
thickened towards the costa of fore wing, and a thin row of
black lunules close to the margin ; cilia of both wings black.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 2 3% inches.
Hab, Padang, Sumatra.
Anua clementi, nov.
9. Head, thorax, and fore wing clear ochreous grey: fore
wing not irrorated as in most of the species of this group, but
striated with grey over the entire wing, the fine striations
quite clear throughout and more numerous towards the outer
margin; a hardly visible ear-shaped mark at the end of the
cell, an angulated black spot on the costa beyond the middle,
from its point an outwardly curved, waved, faint grey line runs
to near the middle of the hinder margin, where it is bluntly
angled and runs up to the costa one-fourth from the base; a
broad brown diffused band down the wing one-fifth from the
outer margin, angled outwards below the costa, where: it is
darkest, then somewhat acutely angled inwards and again
outwards ; cilia brown: hind wing bright ochreous yellow, a
broad black discal band, not reaching the hinder angle and
suddenly narrowing before reaching the costa near the apex.
Underside greyish ochreous: fore wing with a very large
lower discal black patch: hind wing witha pale discal brown
band, blackish on the costa, and enlarged aud black at its
lower extremity, which does not reach the hinder angle.
Expanse of wings, ? ,3 inches,
Hab. Roebourne, Sherlock River, Australia (Clement).
The black band of the hind wing in the type-specimen is
much broader than in the others. I have three examples, all
females; I can find no striations on the fore wing of any of
the long series in my collection of this group. I have seven
species, “there is no black spot, angulated or otherwise, in the
centre of any of them.
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 77
Ercheia anvira, nov.
$. Head, body, and fore wing pinkish brown: fore wing
with a pale brown stripe below the middle running from base
to outer margin ; transverse lines brown, subbasal ; short ante-
medial and medial; the postmedial line bends outwards from
the costa in a circle, is bent abruptly inwards below and then
straight to the hinder margin; all these lines are sinuous and
double ; a brown subapical patch in the costa, reniform, ear-
shaped, pale, and on a small brown patch; terminal line
erenulate; cilia pale with brown tips: hind wing black,
greyish towards the base and abdominal margin; a white
spot at the end of the cell, one close to the hinder angle, one
near the outer margin below the middle ; an elongated white
spot on the margin below the apex and another above thie
hinder angle. Underside pale greyish yellow: fore win
with the costa brown; a brown stripe below the middle from
the base to the postmedial brown band, which is straight ;
a broad discal band: hind wing with a small round spot at
the end of the cell; a highly sinuous thin median band, a
broad irregular-shaped discal band ; both wings with small
black Junules on the outer margin.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,5, 2 2 inches.
Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo.
Seven males,
Erecheta careona, nov.
& ?. Head, collar, and thorax pinkish grey; thorax with
a brown patch in the middle: fore wing dark pinkish black,
pinkish-grey irrorations towards the base; the hinder margin
broadly pinkish grey, irrorated with pinkish-brown atoms,
this feature less strongly defined in some of the females; a
submarginal pinkish-grey line and some pinkish-grey irrora-
tions on the margin: hind wing black, paling somewhat
towards the base and abdominal margin ; a large white spot
at the end of the cell, connected with another near the hinder
margin ; a long white mark on the outer margin below the
apexy and another behind the hinder angle. Underside
much as in anvira, but the bands are broader.
Expanse of wings, f 14, ? 14% inch.
Hab. Kalao Island, near Celebes.
One male and five females.
78 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Ercheia enganica, nov.
3 2. Head and body greyish brown: fore wing with the
ground-colour brownish pink, irrorated with brown; a trian-
gular black basal patch, edged with white, its lower side
limited by vein 1, containing three ochreous costal dots and
a subbasal ochreous basal line, the outer lower portion of the
wing more densely irrorated ; a short white line on the disco-
cellulars, a white dot above it, another outwardly below it;
a thick black lunular spot, outwardly pale-edged, in the
middle of the first interspace, another beyond it with a black
sinuous line, outwardly edged with white, connecting it with
the hinder margin; a large black patch on the costa extend-
ing to the apex, a white submarginal line running through
it and continued with an outward curve to the hinder margin ;
an indistinct series of black lunules on the margin; cilia
brown: hind wing black, slightly paling towards the base ; a
large white spot at the end of the cell, a smaller one near the
middle of the outer margin, and a still smaller one near the
hinder angle ; a long white streak on the outer margin below
the apex. Underside pale yellowish on basal half, then black
to the outer margin ; a broad white postiedial band narrowing
hindwards, a white patch at the apex and halfway down the
margin: hind wing with a black spot at the end of the cell ;
an antemedial outwardly curved thin black band, followed by
a white band ; the outer half of the wing black, with a thin
white band running through it ; a white streak on the margin
below the apex ; a spot on the middle and another near the
hinder angle.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, 2? 2 inches.
Hab. Engano Island, near Sumatra.
Two males and one female.
Genus BASTILLA, nov.
Belongs to Hampson’s first section of his genus Parallelia ;
mid-tibiz of male dilated, with a groove containing a fringe
of large scales ; hind tarsi of male with the first joint fringed
with hair above at base; fore wing with the costa lobed before
middle,
Type, Bastilla redunca, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii.
p. 141 (fig.) (1900).
Dysgonia manillana, nov.
gd ¢. Head and thorax greenish brown; abdomen greenish
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 79
grey with thin segmental brown lines: fore wing with the
basal third greenish brown, blackish towards the antemedial
line, where it gradually becomes nearly pure black and is
outwardly edged with white; a broad white medial band
minutely irrorated with grey; a black discal band, its inner
side suffused and thickly joined along the costa to the ante-
medial line, its outer side angled outwards below the costa
and again at its middle, then curving and narrowing inwards
5
to the hinder margin and edged with white ; the outer por-
tion of the wing pale brown with a darker shade running
through it vending i in an apical black patch with its inner side
suffused, Je outer side dentated, some dark suffusion at the
outer margin: hind wing with the basal third pale brown, a
medial white band, darker brown outside it, some white suffu-
sion at the middle of the outer margin; a thin brown marginal
line on both wings ; cilia of fore wing pale brown, of hind
wing white with some pale brown on its lower part. Under-
side brownish grey ; a broad, diffused, discal, brownish band
on both wings with the outer margin whitish.
Expanse of wings, 6, 1;% inch.
Hab. Manilla, Philippines.
Dysgonia fruhstorfert, nov.
3. Head and body grey-brown: fore wing with the basal
third grey-brown; a broad medial white band rather thickly
irrorated with minute grey atoms, especially on the upper and
lower ends, the band evenly inwardly curved on both sides,
edged ati black on the inner side and with a large tri-
angular black patch on the outer side, its outer edge from
the costa a little a apart from its inner edge, curved ‘into an
acute point, then slightly curved inwards and narrowing to a
point on the hinder margin, slightly edged with white “from
the costa to the point, four white éostal dots between it and
the apex, a brown shade from the apex running down the
outer side of the black patch followed by a whitish shade, the
outer margin brownish and two black angular spots at the
apex, the upper one encircled with white, the lower one edged
with white at its outer side; small Black marginal spots and
cilia ; altogether more or Jess of the stwposa pattern: hind
wing grey-brown, faint indications of a thin greyish band
down the middle and greyish on the middle of the outer
margin.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 275 inches.
Hab. Fergusson Tsland, Papua (fruhstorfer).
80 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Chalciope saina, nov.
@. Antenne and palpi grey-brown, the latter black at the
sides; face and pectus greyish ochreous, the latter with a
black stripe on each side ; legs ochreous grey marked with
black ; head, body, and wings ochreous btown: fore win
with the inner portion filled in by a very large black elongated
triangular patch, edged with whitish, its upper and lower
sides almost straight, its outer edge slightly evenly inwardly
curved, leaving the margins narrow, its‘upper point very acute
and nearer the apex than it is even in C. cephise of Cramer ;
an oblique narrow white band through its middle, open at
both ends, the ends slightly irrorated with brown, some black
points on the outer white lining of the black patch, the outer
margin brown ; the cilia brown with a pale inner line; some
whitish suffusion on the hinder margin: hind wing dark
brown ; a faint, narrow, grey band not nearly reaching either
the costa or the hinder angle, where there is a little pale
suffusion ; cilia grey.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 2,2; inches.
Hab, Nias.
Allied to nothing I know of; the largest species of the
genus I have yet seen.
Hypetra minima, nov.
@. Palpi dark brown at the sides, whitish beneath, the
tips of last joints white ; head, body, and fore wing uniform
chocolate-brown: fore wing with a deep black subbasal
quadrate patch with pale edgings close to the hinder margin,
excavated on its upper and lower sides, a brownish patch
between it and the costa; a curious hook-shaped deep black
mark at the end of the cell, its upper part thickened and
quadrate, a brownish patch between it and the costa, another
brownish patch on the costa before the apex, and a small one
at the apex; a series of minute black dots on the outer
margin: hind wing chocolate-grey, a little paler basally, no
markings; cilia ot fore wing pale chocolate-brown, of the
hind wing slightly paler than the wing-colour, two whitish
subapical spots on it and another at the hinder angle. Un-
derside: fore wing greyish brown, hinder margin white,
cilia grey: hind wing pale greyish brown, the outer margin
broadly darker, cilia white, greyish at the tips.
Expanse of wings, ?, 1,’ inch.
Hab. Luzon, Philippines.
Species of Indo-Malayan [Heterocera. 81
Family Erebiide.
We cannot believe that the genus Argiva and its allies can
belong to the family Catocalide. It seems to us that Argiva
has no relation whatever to the genus Catocala; their struc-
ture is completely different; they have enormous black
densely hairy extensile organs (“‘ coremata”’) upon the dorsal
surface of the tegumen, almost hiding the armature of the
delicate valves. These alone confirm, by the absence of the
large scaptilum of Catoca/a, that the relationship is mistaken,
Pl. X. fig. 20 shows the genitalia of Argiva hieroglyphica
(the type of Argiva), fig. 21 that of fraaini, Linn. (the type
of Catocala), copied from Pierce’s ‘Genitalia of British
Noctuide,’ fig. 23 that of the common European species,
nupta, Linn. ; note the entire absence of the coremata and
the asymmetry of nupta, which is usual in Catocala and its
relatives.
The habits of life of such of the species as are known to
me are entirely different to those of the Catocalide ; they are
crepuscular and mostly cave-dwellers, very quick and sharp
in their short flights, the males darting forwards and attack-
ing those that pass, much after the manner of some of the
butterflies of the family Nymphalidae. This is particularly
the case with Patula macrops; I have watched them in the
caves of the Island of Elephanta in the Bombay Harbour.
Genus ArGiva, Hiibner.
The genitalia of the different forms of Argiva are very
similar ; the differences are so slight, they may arise from
mounting. I give the figure of the costa of A. hiero-
glyphica, the type of the genus (text-fig. 15). There appears
to be no difference in any of the mounts except the “ costa,”
which varies slightly under different names.
Argiva lunaris.
Bocana lunaris 9, Walker, xxxi. 57 (1864).
Nyctipas hieroglyphica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xii, p. 275 (1918),
Hab. Celebes, Gilolo. '
A perfectly distinct species, sexes alike. I have both
sexes from N. Celebes and Gilolo (text-fig. 18). -
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 6
82 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Argiva sumbana, nov.
3. Much like the male of lunaris, but the subapical yel-
lowish-white bar is not continuous, but is shorter even than
in Ateroglyphica and is broken into two pieces. Underside
paler; two large subapical spots, well separated, another in
the middle of the disk.
g. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown,
the outer third black-brown, the comma-shaped discoidal
mark as in the male; the subapical bar white and short,
Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17.
*
Fig. 18.
Fig. 15.—hieroglyphica. “ Costa” more parallel sides.
Fig. 16.—sumbana. “Costa” perhaps running narrower.
Fig. 17.—luzonica, “ Costa ” perhaps more curved.
Fig. 18.—lunaris. ‘ Costa ” appears narrower, but hardly in the same
plane. — :
Fig. 19.—ceramica, ‘ Costa” somewhat differently shaped.
consisting of three attached spots, the two lower ones large,
the upper ones small; no other markings ; hind wing simi-
larly coloured, and with a large white upper discal spot.
Underside paler and more ochreous, the spots ochreous white;
the subapical spots as aboVe, but not connected ; a discal row
of large spots acress both wings ; the middle spot in the fore
wing and the second upper spot in the hind wing pushed
outwards.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 2 dy inches.
Hab, Sumba Island (Doherty) (text-fig. 16).
Species of Indo-Malayan_ Heterocera. 83
Argiva luzonica, nov.
3. Brown-black, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal
mark very indistinct, without any distinguishing blue or
white scales ; the subapical streak very narrow, little more
than a thick sinuous line, the colour dark chrome-yellow:
hind wing unmarked. Underside paler, the subapical streak
thicker and ochreous white, separated into two pieces; a faint
small ochreous-white spot in the middle of the disk; hinder
marginal spot suffused greyish.
Expanse of wings, 3,3 inches.
Hab. Luzon, Philippines (text-fig. 17).
Argiva ceramica, nov.
3. Black-brown, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal
mark very obscure, hardly traceable ; the subapical streak
more curved than in the other forms, slightly thickened on
the costa, but otherwise of fairly even width, ending in a
point quite close to the outer margin; colour ochreous white;
no other markings. Underside paler, the subapical streak
similar ; the hinder marginal space of the fore wing slightly
suffused with grey.
?. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown,
the ring of the discoidal mark the only distinct part of this
mark, its tail well separated from its beginning and connected
with a highly curved black line to the hinder margin; the
outer third of the wing dark brown ; the subapical streak
broad, narrowing hindwards, its end blunt and not reaching
the outer margin; a large white spot in the middle of the
disk: hind wing with the basal half dark brown, the outer
half ochreous brown, divided by a series of indistinct whitish
marks. Underside paler; both wings uniformly coloured,
except that the hinder margin of the fore wing is slightly
greyish ; the subapical streak and discal spot as above; a
minute whitish spot in the upper disk of the hind wing.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, ¢ 3% inches (text-fig. 19).
Hab. Ceram Island.
Genus CARIONA, nov.
Differs from the genus Patula in having the hind wing
normal, the neuration normal. In Patula the costal half is
aborted, and forms a fold turned over on the upper surface
containing a large glandular patch, making the veins aborted.
Section III.B. of Hampson’s genus Vyetipao, Phal. xii. p. 286
(1913).
Type, albicineta, Kallar.
6
ea
84 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Genus EREBUS.
Erebus variegata.
Nyctipao variegata, §, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiv. p. 482
(1887); Hampson (part.), Phal. xii, p, 296, pl. 206. fig. 6, ¢ (1913).
Hab. Solomons.
N. caliginosa, Butler, 7. ¢. p. 433, which Hampson makes
the female of variegata, is a distinct species; it is not the
female of variegata. I have the true female of variegata,
also from the Solomons (from Shortland Island) ; it is very
similar to the male, has more white suffusion in the wings,
and is much larger.
Erebus ephesphoris.
Phalena noctua crepuscularis, Cram. Pap, Exot. ii. p. 99, pl. 160, fig. A
(1779) (nec Linn.).
Nyctipao ephesphoris, Wiibner, Verz. Schmett. 272, 2675 (1827).
Nyctipao ephesphoris, Walker, xiy. 1805 (1858).
Nyctipao leucotenia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 184 (1852); Hampson, Phal.
xii, p. 298, pl. 207. figs. 7 ¢, 8 2 (1918).
Hab. Amboina.
Ihave one male and three females from Amboina which
are undoubtedly identical with lewcotenia and with Hamp-
son’s excellent figures. The type came from Amboina.
Erebus saparea, nov.
?. Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing
with indications of a subbasal band ; a rather broad sinuous
antemedial brown band from costa to hinder margin, followed
by a similar band a little before the middle, outwardly edged
with greyish ochreous from the hinder margin to the whorl-
shaped discoidal mark, which is very large; its black ring
strongly outwardly edged with white, which thickens on the
costa and has a billhook-shaped large centre filled in with
brownish ochreous, ringed with deep black, and edged in-
wardly and outwardly with white; a brown thin even diseal
band with a slight outward curve from the costa to the outer
margin, followed by a pale and more ochreous space; the ~
other third of the wing as dark as its basal portion; a large
subcostal white spot before the apex, oval and excavated on
its outer side, a small white lunule immediately below it,
followed by five white Iunular marks inwardly edged with
black down the disk—the first minute, the fourth well out-
wards, the row ending in an outwardly-curved white line
close to the hinder margin ; cilia brown with white spots at
Species of Indo-Malayan LHeterocera. 85
the interspaces in the lower two-thirds of the wing: hind
wing with two bands in continuation of the third and fourth
bands of the fore wing, the pale ochreous-tinged space extend-
ing almost to the outer margin; a large oval subapical white
spot and a row of six white lunules, three and three in
echelon. Underside paler and more ochreous; a black and
white discoidal lunule on each wing; the subapical and
discal spots as above.
Expanse of wings, 2 , 4; inches.
Hab. Sapareea, Celebes.
Erebus nNiaSana, nov.
6. Chocolate-brown; head and thorax dark brown ; abdo-
men brownish grey, the first two segments filled in with
black-brown, nearly pure black, the next pale grey, the rest
of the abdomen darker grey: fore wing with a thick white
line, a thin band from the hinder margin one-fourth from
the base obliquely towards the apex curling round the discoidal
whegl-shaped mark, its outer side before it begins the curl,
broadly pale grey, extending in a subdued form to the apex
of the wing, with some pure white patches outside the band;
the ground-colour of the wing above this band very dark
chocolate-brown ; the black ring round the discoidal mark
sinuous, the inner portion is black and confused, outwardly
ringed with dull brownish ochreous ; a large triangular white
subapical spot ; some indistinct blackish discal lunuies, one
or two of them pricked-with white: hind wing with the pale
grey band of the fore wing continued subbasally, followed by
a thin dark brown band; a medial band, an ochreous-grey
discal shade with black spear-shaped marks on its outer side ;
a subapical white-lunule and an indistinct submarginal lunular
line. Underside with the basal two-thirds pale and ochreous-
tinged ; fore wing with a subapical white spot and three in
the disk; hind wing with a subapical small spot.
@. Paler than the male; the medial pale grey band. ob-
secure ; a whitish slightly sinuous line across the disk of the
fore wing edged with brown, and continued across the middle
of the hind wing ; a large subapical spot on the fore wing,
With five discal white lunules, outwardly edged with black,
the third and fifth with the white only indicated on the hind
wing ; there is an antemedial band, a white subapical lunule,
and a discal row of black lunules inwardly edged with white.
Underside asin the male.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3355, 2 475 inches.
Hab. Sitoli, Nias.
86 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Erebus malanga, nov.
go. Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen grey with
whitish and dark grey segmental bands, the first two segments
black-brown: fore wing with the central band broad through-
out, slightly curved, and ochreous white until it is sharply
angled round the discoidal whorl-shaped mark, the upper
part from the angle to the costa quite white; the black ring
of the whorl is correspondingly sharply angled, its inner side
inwardly edged with white, the centre portion very obscure ;
the bill-hook is greyish pink ringed with black, and this colour
runs right round the centre portion; all the upper portion of
the wing is very dark, the subapical spot is fairly large,
triangular, its lower point blunt, a small white dot outwards
below it, followed by an irregular row of five white lunules
outwardly edged with black, the first a double lunule, the
lower lunules in a black suffusion, and a black angular patch
outwardly edged with white on the hinder margin against
the middle of the central band: hind wing with antegggdial
and medial blackish bands outwardly edged with ochreous
grey ; a subapical white lunule; a much curved and recurved
black lunular discal line inwardly edged with whitish ochreous,
greatly protruded outwards in its middle, with a blunt square
and ochreous suffusion on each side and a blackish suffused
patch below the subapical lunule. Underside pale brownish
ochreous, the outer marginal space suffused with brown :
fore wing with a whorl of whitish spots round the outside of
the cell; a subapical spot, seven discal spots, the fifth well
outside: hind wing with a black spot in the cell, two indis-
tinct outwardly curved brownish lines in the middle; a sub-
apical white lunule, a small white dot below it; a discal black
lunular line, disposed as on the upperside.
?. Very similar to the male.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 475, 2 44% inches.
Hab. Malang, Java.
Erebus philippensis, nov.
3. Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing with
a thin obscure whitish line from the basal fourth of the hind
wing running towards the apex, but not continued beyond
the whorl-shaped discoidal mark, which it curves round and
thickens somewhat towards the costa; the space above this
line dark brown to the apex, but the portion beyond the
whorl is without the white line; the whorl line is black as
Species of Indo-Malayan H:terocera. 87
usual; on the inner side inside the- black line is a narrow
pinkish-ochreous stripe, its lower end curved and broadened,
and joining a large black patch; a thin greyish-ochreous
middle line edged with black across the wing, with a small
outward angle at its middle; a blackish suffusion on the
lower disk ; a subapical white rather large spot and four discal
white spots in an irregular row, outwardly edged with black :
hind wing with the base dark brown; an antemedial brown
line with a pale outer edging ; a medial somewhat crenulate
greyish-ochreous line in continuation of the middle line of
the fore wing; a subapical white spot; a discal indistinct
greyish-oclireous line, more or less lunular, the hollows of the
lunules filled in with black, the row deeply curved above its
middle and then deeply and bluntly outwardly angled below
its middle; body concolorous with the wings; the first two.
segments of the abdomen black, the third pale grey. Under-
side ochreous brown, the outer half dark, limited by a brownish
thin band across both wings; the discal markings disposed
as on the upperside, the white spots larger.
2. Brown with a lilac tinge ; abdomen with the first two
segments black ; wings of a uniform colour, the upper dark
portion of the male only slightly indicated except towards
the apex, which is dark; the whorl-shaped discoidal mark as
in the male ; a broad white band across both wings, broadest
on the hind wing, its outer side with points like a fringe; the
discal markings as in the male. Underside pale ochreous
brown; the medial white band macular on the fore wing,
broad on the hind wing; the discal markings as on the
upperside.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 4, 2 4;%5 inches.
Hab. Cape Engano, Luzon, Philippines.
Genus PATULA, Guen.
Patula does not possess the two curious chitinous plates in
the connection between the 8th and 9th abdominal segments
found in Argiva; Pl. XI. figs. 24, 25, 26, & 27 show thie
genitalia of the true P. macrops, drawn on the same plane as
in the figure of the genitalia of Argiva. In the development
of the coremata it agrees with Argiva; the structure of the
valve and the shape of the penis are the chief points. ‘The
hind wing of the male has the costal half aborted, forming
a fold turned over on the upper surface, containing a large
glandular patch of flocculent hair; vein 4 runs to the
functional apex, 5 from the middle of discocellulars, 6 to
the fold, 7 and 8 very minute to near base of centre.
88 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Patula moriola, nov.
9. More or less similar in pattern to the common Indian
species P. macrops, Linn., but the antemedial line ends
hindwards in two conjoined rings, the lower one touching the
hinder margin; it is a smaller “insect, much paler in colour,
without the yurplish glow of patula, the brown colour having
a distinct ochreous tinge ; it certainly cannot be the female
of P. macfarlanei, which Llampson says is also to be found
in Amboina, though the type came from Cape York in
Australia, the markings being very different.
Expanse of wings, 2 , 57> ‘inches.
Hab. Amboina Isl.
Patula ovdowia, nov.
g ¢. Also very similar in pattern to P. macrops, but the
outer (ransverse sinuous lines are farther apart on the fore
wing and the submarginal line of the hind wing is not nearly
so sharply doubled ; it is a very large Patula, larger even
than macrops, and the colour is quite different, being paler
and more ochreous even than mortola. The ‘genitalia, as
might be expected, also differs from that of macrops; the
valves of P. macrops are much broader, the penis is also
different, there are larger bunches of cornuti and chitinous
red, and the sacculus of the valves is much more developed
(Pl. XI. figs. 26 & 27).
Expanse of wings, ¢ 6%, 2 535 inches.
Hab. Alu Island, Solomons, a small island close to Short-
land Island.
Two males, four females.
Patula tpsa, nov. :
g¢ ?. Very similar in pattern to macrops, but paler in
colour and is a smaller insect ; the genitalia is also different;
the penis agrees somewhat with that of macrops, but the
valves are much narrower ; the difference is shown in the
Pl. XI. fig. 25.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 5, 2? 5-54 inches.
Hab, Kandy, Ceylon.
Family Noctuidae.
Brevipecten promona, nov.
g. Palpi white beneath, dark brown above; antenne
Species of Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 8Y
grey; head, body, and fore wing dark grey, the ground-
colour being white, thickly irrorated with dark grey atoms;
thorax with a brown stripe down each side: fore wing
with the lines darker grey, subbasal, from the costa to
vein 1 indistinct; antemedial line slightly oblique from costa
to hinder margin ; medial line similar, its upper part lost in
a large jet-black patch from the costa, its inner side deeply
excavated and edged with white, a grey line closing the cell ;
postmedial line outwardly oblique from the costa, acutely
angled and inwardly oblique to the hinder margin close to
the termination of the medial line; marginal line crenulate,
some brownish suffusion on the margin ; cilia greyish brown :
hind wing pale grey, whitish towards the base and abdominal
margin ; ‘terminal line dark grey ; cilia white on the lower
half, grey upwards, intersected by a grey line. Underside:
both wings evenly pale grey ; a white subapical small patch
on the fore wing, with a black spot on its inner side, which
is in continuation of an indistinct grey discal transverse line.
Expanse of wings 1, inch.
Hab. Cape York, N. Queensland (Déme/).
Has some resemblance to B. captatus, Butler, from India,
of which I have both sexes.
Capnodes asulea, nov.
?. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish brown, very
uniform in colour throughout : fore wing with a black spot
in the cell and four in a cluster at the end; a curved dark
mark on the costa near the apex, with a disjointed white
streak on its inner half; a discai transverse sinuous row of
white dots from the inner end of the streak across the wing,
each dot with a black dot on its inner side; a row of cal
terminal black dots: hind wing with a « liscal row of similar
white and black dots and subterminal black dots. Underside
paler ; a discal indistinct thin band and subterminal black
dots on both wings; cilia brown.
Expanse of wings, 2, 175 inch.
Hab. Khasia Hills.
Diomea nasea, nov.
3. Very dark olive-brown, nearly black, very uniform in
colour ; palpi white on the inner sides, a white stripe on each
shoulder ; thorax and both wings with numerous round white
spots : fore Wing with costal spots at equal distances apart,
with minute dots immediately below them; transverse rows
90 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
of basal, antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal spots and
some medial white specks, the postmedial row consisting of
three rows, the others of two rows and a marginal series :
hind wing with indications of a medial white line and many
white spots covering the outer half of the wing: legs with
white bands.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 1;%¢ inch.
Hab. Kuching, W. Borneo.
Oresia camaguina, nov.
g. Palpi brown ; head and collar orange ; thorax and fore
wing dark ochreous brown; very dark and uniform in colour on
the fore wing, making the markings very obscure and difficult
to trace ; a darker streak on the median vein; an oblique
straight double line from apex to hinder margin, its upper
half filled in with pale dull ochreous, a narrow brown shade
from its middle to the iower end of the cell, then in a straight
line to the middle of the hinder margin ; two white ochreous
patches on the outer margin, in its middle and at the hinder
angle touching each other; cilia dark brown: hind wing
white, the veins and streaks in the interspaces pale grey.
@. Much as in O. emarginata, Fabr., from the Indian
region, but all the markings on the fore wing more or less
obscure.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,%, 2 1, inch.
Hab. Camaguin Island, near Manilla, Philippines
(Semper).
Genus SERICIA.
Sericia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 172 (1852), type speetans, Guen., from
Australia.
Spiredonia, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 457 (1894) (nee Hiibner).
Sericia sumbana, nov.
3 2. Fore wing narrow, much narrower than in any other
species of this genus; upperside with the ground-colour
pinkish grey, suffused in parts with pinkish brown; mark-
ings much as in the common Indian species, S. zamis, of
Cramer; the discal ocellus filling the lower curve of a figure
of €, small: hind wing of the same pinkish-grey ground-
colour, with the usual familiar markings. Underside much
paler and brownish grey.
Expanse of wings, g ¢ , 2;%5 inches.
Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 91
Hab. Samba Island, south of Flores Island in the Timor
Sea (Doherty).
I have four males and one female of this very distinet
form.
Family Hypenide.
Genus GLOBOSUSA, nov.
6. Antennz unipectinated, palpi long and somewhat up-
turned, the first two joints thickened and with stiff paired
bristles, the last joint very slender, with bristles before its
end ; top of head with short thick hairs which protrude some-
what in front; all the legs naked, with very long spurs ;
both wings rounded in a circular form: fore wing broad,
costa and hinder margin straight, cell broad, discocellulars
nearly straight; vein 2 froma little beyond the middle of the
cell, 3 from about halfway from it and the cell-end, 4 and
5 from the end ; 6, 7, 8, and 9 deeply curved, 6 from upper
end, 7, 8, and 9 stalked: hind wing with vein 2 from the
middle of the cell, 3 and 4 on a short stalk, 5 from the cell-
end, 6 and 7 from the upper end, 8 free, recurved, touches 7
near its base.
Type, G. curtosa, mihi.
A very curious-looking moth.
(rlobosusa curiosa, nov.
3g. Antenne grey, palpi blackish brown, legs yellow striped
with black on the upperside ; head, thorax, and fore wing
saffron-yellow : fore wing with faint indications of subbasal,
antemedial, and postmedial grey lines ; a blackish postmedial
patch on the costa and black dots on the outer margin: hind
wing yellowish white, indications of a recurved medial grey
line, its lower part with black spots on veins 8 and 2 and two
near the abdominal margin; indications of a postmedial
outwardly curved grey line and black lunular spots on the
outer margin. Underside uniform yellowish white; fore
wing With a linear black spot in the cell, a smaller one at the
end, small postmedial and subapical brownish marks ; hind
wing with a small lunular discoidal black spot.
Iixpanse of wings, @, 1 inch.
Hab. Saugir Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty).
92 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
Bertula adra, nov.
3. Upperside : head, thorax, and fore wing dark olive-
brown ; traces of antemedial, medial, and postmedial out-
wardly “curved, somewhat sinuous brown lines; a submarginal
straight white line inwé ardly edged with dark brown from the
costa near the apex to the hinder margin close to the angle:
hind wing brownish grey, a faint brown lunule at.the end of
the cell ; traces of a medial outwardly curved brownish line;
a white submarginal line from close to the hinder angle,
angled outwards, ‘then crenulate upwards, and becomes obsolete
before reaching the costa. Underside grey: fore wing with
some brownish suffusion on the upper part, whitish along the
hinder marginal space ; a postmedial, outwardly curved,
crenulate brown line ; a straight brow nish submarginal line ;
the outer portion of "the wing whitish: hind wing white,
thickly irrorated with brown atoms ; a brown lunule at the
end of the cell; two outwardly curved crenulate brown lines,
outwardly edged with white, corresponding to the two lines
on the fore wing.
Expanse of wings, g¢, 1 inch.
Hab. Jaiutia Hills, Assam.
Genus WILKARA, nov.
¢. Antenne simple; palpi upturned, very long, second
joint very long, rising much above the head, densely hairy,
third joint concealed by the hairs; hind legs ‘with the tibiee
densely hairy, the tufts of hairs extending, reaching halfway
down the naked tarsi; thorax crested; abdomen smooth :
fore wing narrow, costa nearly straight, apex somewhat
rounded, outer margin convex, hinder angle somewhat rounder,
hinder margin slightly convex: hind wing with the costa
straight, apex and hinder angle rounded, outer margin nearly
straight : fore wing with vein 2 from the middle of the cell,
3, 4, “and 5 from the lower angle, 6 and 7 from upper angle ;
a long brush of stiff straight hairs from the subcostal vein
crossing the upper end of the cell, with some shorter similar
hairs beyond it: hind wing with vein 2 from before the
middle of cell, 3, 4, and 5 from the lower end, 6 and 7 from
upper end, 8 ree.
Type, W. nigerrima, nov.
Species of Indo- Malayan Feterocera. 93
Walkara nigerrima, nov.
3. Upperside dark uniform black, with a slight lilac tinge :
fore wing with a small white dot in the middle of the cell, a
white spot at the end ; a brown, nearly ereet, antemedial line,
a white subapical costal dot, a black ¢ apical spot ; an oblique,
straight, brown, tlick line from this spot right across both
wings, outw ardly edged with whitish, to the abdominal
margin of the hind wing beyond the middle. Underside:
fore wing coloured like the upperside, the costal space above
the subcostal vein pinkish grey, the outer veins streaked with
pinkish grey; the brush of hairs grey: hind wing black, the
abdominal space pale.
Expanse of wings 1,4 inch.
flab, Kalim Bungo, Central Nias (Kannegieter).
Bomolocha olypea, nov.
S. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish grey: fore wing
with the costal line black ; a large medial black patch across
the wing, its inner edge upright ‘but bent inwards a little on
the costa, its outer edge from one-sixth from the apex with
many paty ard are are to vein 3, then with a slight inward
curve obliquely to the hinder margin a little beyond the
middle ; no other markings on either wing. Underside pale
uniform brownish grey, fore wing with some blackish suffu-
sion on tle basal half.
Expanse of wings, g, 1 inch.
Hab. Mahableshwar, Bombay Presidency.
Bomolocha commiztura, nov.
3. Upperside olive-brown; the ground-colour is really
whitish, but the whole surface of ‘both wings is densely
irrorated with olive-brown atoms: fore wing with a black
discoidal spot; traces of a whitish, outwardly curved, ante-
medial line ; a postmedial white line, inwardly edged with
black, outwardly oblique and incurved below the costa, then
slightly sinuous, straight down with a slight incurve to
vein 2, then with smooth inward curve to the hinder margin
beyond the middle; traces of a white sinuous submarginal
line; a white marginal lunular line outwardly black-edged ;
cilia with indistinct white inner line: hind wing paler; an
indistinet, whitish, outwardly curved, postmedial, sinuous
94 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new
line, the outer margin marked like it is on the fore wing.
Underside brownish grey, with some greyish-white streaks in
the interspaces.
Expanse of wings, @, 175 incl.
Hab. Lombok Island, between Bali and Sumatra.
Bomolocha variegata, nov.
¢. Palpi and head greyish ochreous, thorax greenish
brown, wings greyish ochreous: fore wing with the costal
line ereenish brown, a patch of that colour in a triangular
form. filling the cell and the basal part of the next lower
interspace ; the outer part of the wing similarly coloured, an
apical curved ochreous-grey streak in it which joins the
ochreous-grey space between, the hinder portion of the wings
ochreous grey ; marginal line brown, crenulate, and with
white points; cilia ochreous grey: hind wing without
markings, the margins as on the fore wing. Underside
ochreous grey, as also are the body and the legs : : fore wing
with a white spot at the end of the cell and ‘two subapical
white spots, the latter nearly obsolete in the type-specimen.
Expanse of wings, 9 , 3% inch.
Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo
Bomolocha uniformis, nov.
3S. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark greyish
ochreous ; a blackish discoidal spot, no other markings : hind
wing grey, also without markings. Underside : body, legs,
and wings uniformly grey, no “markings except for an in-
distinct darker grey discoidal spot on each wing.
Expanse of wings 1,;% inch.
Hab. Jaintia Hills, Astacn:
Family Nymphnulide.
Dracenura arfakalis, nov.
3 %. Palpi brown, white beneath; collar grey ; head,
thorax, and fore wing dark purplish brown: : fore wing witli
the veins blackish ; a black spot in the cell and another at
the end, no other markings: hind wing pure white ; a brown
marginal band with irregular inner margin, thickened some-
Speeies of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 95
what at the apex: abdomen with the basal half grey, with
some white on the segments; anal half black, tuft white.
Underside: fore wing paler, a black discoidal spot; hind
wing as on the upperside ; body and legs white.
Expanse of wings, g ?, 1-1, inch.
flab. Arfak Mts., N. New Guinea, 4000’ ( Pratt).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuatE VII.
Fiy. 1. Maurilia instabilis, p. 71.
Fig. 2. —— tconica, p. 71.
Fig. 3. tunicata, p. 71.
Figs. 3a, 4. —— undaira, p. 71.
PuaTE VIII.
Fig. 6. Carea subtilis, p. 73.
dig. 7. intermedia, p. 73.
Fig. 8. Acontia talauta, p. 74.
Fig. 9. migrator, p. 74.
PrArE EX
Fig. 10. Gadirtha impingens, p. 70.
Fig. 11. guineana, p. 70.
Fig. 12. Amphipyra surnia (Yokohama, Japan), p. 67.
Fig. 15. yama (Asama Yama, Japan), p. 67.
Fig. 15. a. pyramidea (England), p. 67.
Fig. 14. —— magna (Punjab, India), p. 67.
Prank,
Fig. 20. Argiva hieroglyphica, p. 81.
Tg. 21. Catocala fraxini, p. 81.
Fig. 23. nupta, p. 81.
PLatE XI.
Fig. 24. Patula macrops, p. 87.
ig. 25. ipsa, p. 88.
Figs. 26, 27, ordoaia, p. 88.
96 Mr. A. W. Waters on
LV.—Some Mediterranean Bryozoa.
By Artaur Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S
(Plate XII.]
In my collection there are many specimens which I have
intended to describe or revise, but the description of various
large collections has prevented, and I am glad now to make
a beginning by dealing with five interesting forms from
Naples and Oran:—
Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien.
Lepralia bifurcata, spon.
Lepralia cireumetneta, Neviani.
Lepralia oranensis, sp. 0.
Lagenipora ignota, Norman.
Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, (PI. XII. figs. 1, 5.)
Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, ‘ Bryozoaires, Mission” du Cap Horn,’
p- 13, 1888,
The small specimen from Naples seems to correspond with
Julliew’s description, and has large recurved spines all over
the zocecium, curved and pointed at the base, and their form
suggests that they were movable. ‘The peduncle is large
and is also covered with spines, while the stolon is much
narrower than the peduncle.
In my specimen [am not able to see clearly the base of
the peduncle or the adjoining stolon, but believe it is correctly
drawn. The contraction near the base has no appearance of
being accidental, though more complete material is desirable.
This specimen was referred to in my description of the
Red Sea Bryozoa*. It will be noticed that the zocecium
and peduncle are very exceptionally large (calyx about
0°38 mm., peduncle about 0-11 mm.).
Loc. Ile Hoste, Orange Bay, 26 met.; Naples.
Lepralia bifurcata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.)
In specimens from Capri the zoaria have two branches
bifurcating at a very wide angle (fig. 2 a).
Round the zoarium there are but few zooscia, from four
to eight, either surrounding an imaginary axis or slightly
flattened. The zocecia are irregularly quadrate, granular,
* Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xxxi, p. 252 (1910),
——_
some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 97
having the oral aperture contracted at the side, with the part
below the contraction narrower than the part above. At each
side of the oral aperture there is a small, raised, rounded avi-
eularium, and any of these may be replaced by a large
spathulate one, in one case both avicularia being thus re-
placed. Usually the spathulate avicularia are directed
distally, but one is diagonal, or it may be directed proxi-
mally. The bar to the avicularium has a small central
denticle.
The granular ovicell is globular, widely open, so that the
operculum cannot close tle ovicell aperture. At the bifur-
cation there is a large round opening with a raised border
(fig. 3), the object of the opening is not clear. It might
have been for a large avicularium, or for a radicle, but the
position does not make this probable.
It is much like the fossil Characodoma halli, Maplestone*,
from Mornington and Mitchell River, Victoria, Australia,
which, however, has the quadrate zoarium articulated, and
the ovicelligerous zocecia are surrounded by irregular nodules ;
however, the shape of the zocecia is the same with the ovicell
in the same position, but in C. halli there are small triangular
or spathulate avicularia replacing the semicircular or spathu-
late ones of L. bifurcata.
Loe. Capri, 50 fathoms.
Lepralia circumeincta, Neviani. (Pl. XII. figs. 6-10.)
Hippoporina circumeincta, Neviani, “Bri. neoz. di alcune Loe.
d'Italia,” pt. 8, Bull. Soc. Rom. per gli Stud. Zool. vol. v. p. 118,
fig. 7 (1896); Bri. postpl. di Spilinga, p. 28, fig. 11 (1896); “ Bri.
neog. delle Calabrie,” Pal. Ital. vol. vi. p. 187 (73), pl. xvii. figs. 10,
11 (1900).
Lepralia grimaldi, Jull. et Calyet, Bry. de l’Hirondelle, p. 70, pl. ix.
fig. 5 (1908).
Cheilopora circumeincta, Leyinsen, Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 353
(1909).
This does not appear to be uncommon at Naples, and
Kirchenpauer left a manuscript description in the Zoological
Station, calling it Lepralia dohrni. When the manuscript
was shown to me, it was my intention to describe and figure
the species, using the name given by Kirchenpauer, and I
have sent away some specimens explaining that Kirchenpauer
had given it this manuscript name.
When my paper on the Naples Bryozoa was written it had
* “Further Desc. of Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria,’ Proc. Roy. Soe,
Vict. vol, xiii, n.s., p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 17 (1900).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. z
—
98 Mr. A. W. Waters on
not come before me, nor had the specimens first met with any
ovicells, but they occur from Oran and from Capri. Neviani
evidently had very sma!] pieces fossil, and did not describe
any ovicell. He speaks of it as inerusting, though with frag-
ments it might be difficult to be certain of this; from Naples
and Capri it is unilaminate, whereas from Oran all except
one piece are bilaminate, back to back. Jullien and Calvet,
in describing ZL. grimaldi, do not say whether it is uni- or
bilaminate.
Neviani described the surface as rugose, Jullien and Calvet
say with small perforations, and both are correct as regards
Capri and Oran specimens, which are covered by large
granules and in between there are small pores. The nature
of the granules varies in different™parts and in some con-
ditions they are the most noticeable, while in others the pores
are the most distinct, but none could be described as smooth.
The piece figured is very regular, but this is not always the
case.
There is a small triangular avicularium at one or both of
the upper corners of the zocecium.
There are about 27 tentacles in the Naples specimens.
There are usually 4 distal multiporous rosette-plates near
to the basal wall and 4-6 lateral ones.
The ovice]l is coarsely granular, but the granules are not
so large as those figured by Jullien and Calvet. It is
not raised, but shows beyond the oral aperture buried in the
distal zocecium. The ovicelligerous zocecia have a much
wider oral aperture than the ordinary zoecia, with the
proximal edge straight, while the distal border forms
the curve of a wide are (see fig. 8). The ovicell has much
the same shape as that of Flustra foliacea, L., passing to the
basal wall, the wall between the distal end of the zocecium
and the ovice!l does not appear to be calcareous.
It is very difficult to know in which genus this should be
placed. Neviani* made the genus Hippoporina for all species
indicated by modern authors as Lepralia—that is to say, all
that have a horseshoe-shaped oral aperture; he then men-
tions H. pertusa, Exper, which should therefore be the type
of Hippoporina. In Part II. of the same paper, also 1895,
he mentions H, foliacea, Ell. & Sol., and then £. integra,
sp. n., Which he figures. Canu calls this the type, but it is
not the first mentioned. In Part IIL., 1896, Neviani men-
tions #7. imbellis, Busk, and H. adpressa, Busk; then, further
* “Bri, neoz. di aleune Localita d'Italia,” 1895, p. 109, and Waters,
“ Bry. from Zanzibar,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1913, p. 515,
;
|
some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 99
on in the same paper, he describes and figures 7. circum-
cincta, nov., and H. spilinge, nov. At one time, through an
error in binding, I was misled into thinking H. cireumeincta
was the first mentioned and therefore the type of Hippo-
porina. Neviani also includes H. edax, Busk; H. tessulata,
Rss.; H. depressa, B.; H. complanata, Norm.; H. foliacea,
BE. & 8.; H. pallasiana, Moll. Neviani also described the
genus as new in “ Bri. foss. della Farnesina,” Pal. Ital.
vol. i. p. 107 (1895), where he mentions first A. foltacea,
Kk. & §.—that is to say, in 1895 he described it as new in two
places, in one mentioning first foliacea, in the other H, per-
tusa. Which of the papers was first published is not indi-
cated, though in Neviani’s ‘ Publicazione Diverse’ the
“ Bri. neoz.”” comes first.
Canu *, in his “ Bryozoaires des Terrains Tertiaires,” in-
cludes under Hippoporina several fossil species, describing
or mentioning the ovicells in all but two, but unfortunately
his photographs only show them in three cases. A. angi-
stoma, Rss., is included, but with its small roundish oral
aperture it does not seem closely related to many of the
species mentioned by Neviani.
Levinsen f places ezreumeincta in his genus Cheilopora, in
which. some of the species have the ordinary and ovicel-
ligerous zocecia similar, but in circumcineta and preelucida
the ovicelligerous zocecia have different and larger oral aper-
tures than the ordinary zocecia. One of my specimens of
prelucida with an ovicell is from Tartary f, and an ovicell
has not been referred to by anyone else. It is globular,
raised, perforated, and granular, about as wide as the
zoecium, and is not directly closed by the operculum, for,
as the ovicell is at a lower level than the operculum, connec.
tion with the ovicell is cut off when the operculum closes the
oral aperture. The operculum of ZL. sincera has a nearly
straight proximal edge with a thickened border parallel to
the distal edge, and the operculum of Cyelicopora prelonga,
Hincks, is very similar, so that it is unfortunate he gave the
name prelonga to two species which may have to come into
the same genus.
At one time the dimorphism, as seen in e¢rcumeincta, would
have been thought sufficient reason for separating it gene-
* Ann. de Paléontologie, vols. ii—iy. p. 77.
+ Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 353.
t The Tartary specimen has avicularia, as figured by Hincks, who,
however, says no avicularia; so perhaps he did not recognise that they
were avicularia, and in my specimens “from Singapore or the Philip-
pines ” there are none.
100 Mr. A. W. Waters on
rically from forms in which it does not occur; but this
cannot now be maintained. In Adeonellidge this difference
was made a generic character, but we now see that it only
oceurs in about half * the species. In Lepralia dimorphism
is known in depressa, B.; bistata, Waters ; cincta, Hincks ;
cleidostoma, Sm.3; circumeincta, Nev. In Hippothoa it is
sometimes found, as also in many Catenicellidge ; also in
Caleschara and Mcnoporella waipukerensis, Waters, in Cri-
brilina clithridiata, Waters, and in Schizoporella subimmersa,
MacG., Ke.
In describing Lepralia grimaldi, Jullien says that the
dimorphism of the zocecia in this species is enough to shake
our confidence in the characteristic value of the oral aperture,
but the reason for this is not clear, for the operculagofsthg,
ordinary zocecia will have the shape of the species both
in colonies with or without ovicelligerous zocecia, and it is
therefore a character of the greatest use—besides, in some
cases the relationship may also be shown by the ovicelligerous
zocecia.
I am not sure that Hipporina will stand as containing the
present somewhat heterogeneous collection, nor do I feel at
all satisfied with the family Hippopodinide, Lev., for eircum-
cincta has not a thin-walled zocecium, the nature and shape
of the ovicell is very different in cicumeineta and prélucida,
and then the slight difference in the distal wall in Chetlopora
and Hippopodina is a trifling character, the difference in the
rosette-plates may or may not be of importance. Under
the circumstances I, provisionally, at least, adhere to Lepraha
of Hincks, and to me it seems that the wisest and simplest
thing would have been to have done so generally, and to
have gradually removed species to other or new genera when
there was sufficient reason for so doing; for as time has gone
on it has become clear that many things were incorrectly
grouped together under Lepralia.
Loc. Naples, 45 fath.; Capri, 30 fath.; Oran, 54 fath.
(specimens given by Canu); Bay of Biscay, 240 metres
Oy 3.
Fossil, Spilinga, Calabria, post-Pliocene (N.); Monteleone,
Calabria, Pliocene (N.); var., Carrubare, Calabria, Upper
Pliocene (1V.).
* “A Structure in Adeonella,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 8, vol. ix.
p- 497 (1912).
ee SO eee eee
some Mediterranean Bryozods 101
Lepralia oranensis, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 11-13.)
The zoarium grows as a hollow cylinder (2-3 mm. diam.),
or irregularly, in places forming more than one layer.
The oral aperture is exceedingly long with a marked con-
traction about the middle, the lower edge being nearly straight
or slightly curved upwards, and the distal half of the oper-
culum is very thick, almost semiglobular. On each side of
the zocecium there is a long narrow avicularium, directed
distally and extending beyond the line of the aperture.
Although there are several specimens, no ovicells have been
found. ‘The surface of the zocecium is irregular, but cannot
be called granular, and in the Oran specimens pores are
seldom visible, whereas in the Liberia specimens they are
more easily followed, there being three or four on the front
and some by the avicularium.
There are two distal rosette-plates near the basal wall.
When only some of the tubular specimens had been seen
there was thought to be some similarity to Fedora excelsa,
Jull., but this idea was abandoned on finding more material.
There is often a groove-like mark on the dorsal surface.
In a box in Jullien’s collection from Petit Tahou, Liberia,
there were a considerable number of specimens, together with
Cupularia canariensis and an erect Porella, and specimens
therefrom of ZL. oranensis were given to me in the Musée
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
Loe. Oran, “ zone coralligene,” 54 fathoms ; Petit Tahou,
Liberia.
Lagenipora tgnota, Norman. (PI. XII. figs. 15-17.)
Layenipora ignota, Norman, “ Polyzoa of Madeira,” Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool. vo]. xxx. p. 309, pl. xlii. figs. 10-13 (1909) ; Osburn, “ Bry. of
the Tortugas Islands,” Pub. Carnegie Inst. of Washington, No. 182,
p- 214 (1914).
The zocecia are small, and there are very narrow vicarious
avicularia placed upon a kind of mound. No zoecia have
been found with two peristomial avicularia, whereas the
central peristomial avicularium is well-marked, having a
chamber much the same shape as that figured by Savigny
for his Cellepora lancreti, in which the ovicells are different.
The ovicells have a row of pores within the ridge, as is
usual in Lagenipora, whereas L. socialis, Uincks, to which I
have frequently referred *, has a pore at each corner, and as
* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxx. p. 174 (1907); Proc. Zool. Soc.
1913, p. 51]; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914, p. 856.
102 On some Mediterranean Bryozoa.
this has not been figured a somewhat diagrammatic figure is
given (fig. 14). In various species besides the usual row of
pores there may be one or two near the centre of the area,
and in a specimen from Glenelg, South Australia, the whole
of the ovicell area has numerous pores. ‘This last is very
closely allied to my J. caminata, in which a few pores may
be seen between the rows. In L. costazii, Aud., besides the
usual row of pores at the distal edge of the area, there is
frequently another row at the proximal edge, as is also the
case in L. lacinosa, Calvet, which may be costazii, Aud.
Tle two straight sclerites of the mandible (fig. 16) are
quite similar to those of Z. lucida, and I only know them in
these two species and LZ. caminata. Something of the kind
occurs in Thalamoporella roziert, Aud.
The oblique peristomial avicularium, figured by MacGilli-
vray in his Lagenipora nitens, occurs also in the ‘ Challenger’
L. bilabiata, B.; in what has been called C. granum; in the
L. lucida, H.; in L. diadema, MacG.
I. ignota, may be only an erect form of L. lucida, and
there are many cases of Cellepora in which the young and the
adult forms have received different names. Both have the
diagonal peristomial avicularium and the long narrow
avicularium.
Loc. Madeira, 70 fath. (V.) ; Tortugas, 12 fath. (O.) ;
Oran, 54 fath. From material given by Mons. Canu.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
Fig. 1. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, x 85. a, spines, xX 250. From
Naples.
Fig. 2. Lepralia bifurcata, sp. n., X 25. a, natural size. From Capri.
Fig. 3. Ditto. x 25, Showing the bifurcation and large round
opening.
Fig. 4, Ditto. x 50, Showing an ovicell and two spathulate
avicularia. i
Fig. 5. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien. x 12.
f
Fig. 6. Lepralia circumeimcta, Neviani. Xx 12. From Oran.
Fig. 7. Ditto. x 85, Operculum.
Fig. 8. Ditto. X 85. Operculum of ovicelligerous zocecia.
7
na
Fig. 9. Ditto, Lateral wall, showing rosette-plates.
10. Ditto. Distal wall, 4 5
Fig. 11. Lepralia oranensis, sp.n. X 25. From Oran.
Fig. 12. Ditto. x 85. Operculum.
Fig. 13. Ditto. x 85. Mandible.
fig. 14. Lagenipora socialis, Hincks. Showing ovicell, somewhat
diagrammatic. .
Fig. 15. Lagenipora ignota, Norman, x 50. From Oran.
Fig. 16. Ditto. x 85. Mandible.
Fig. 17. Ditto. x 85. Operculum.
Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 103
V.—WNotes on Asteroideaa—Il. By Watrer K. FIsuer,
Director, Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University,
California.
[Plate XIII. ]
The Genus Freyella—In a revision of the Brisingide *
recently published in this Magazine, I divided the old genus
Freyella into two groups, Freyella and Freyellidea. I made
Freyella spinosa, Perrier, the type of Freyella, since no type
was designated originally. ‘he old generic name was
retained for those species which are distinguished by having
united first adambulacral plates, a syzygial joint between the
first and second adambulacral plates, conspicuous proximal
marginals, the first of which is closely joined with its vzs-d-vis
to form a pair directly above the united first adambulacral
plates, and by having, instead of two gonads to a ray, a
considerable series along either side of each ray. Untortu-
tunately none of these points except the first is brought out
in Perrier’s figures or mentioned in the description, since
such details have generally been omitted as of no particular
importance. In part they furnish a key for a natural generic
analysis.
Through the courtesy of Dr. H. L. Clark, of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, I recently examined an authentic
example of Freyella spinosa received trom the Muséum
d’Histoire Naturelle. It belongs to the group which I called
Freyellidea. This specimen, no. 1447, has two gonads to
each ray, each gonad consisting of a good-sized clump of
tubules with a single aperture to the exterior. There is no
syzygy between the first and second adambulacral plates ; no
syzygial joint between tle upper end of the second and third
amnbulacral ossicles, although the interval is very narrow ;
there are no supero-marginals directly above the first adambu-
lacrals. ‘The first and second, and in one interbrachium also
the third, adambulacral plates are joined to tle corresponding
adjacent plates of the next ray, although not so closely as
in the other generic group, there being considerable tissue
between the supposed plates. It was tiis feature, figured by
Perrier, which led me to suppose that F. spinosa belonged
with the group containing J. fecunda, F. spatulifera, and
others, in which the first adambulacrals are always tightly
joined. For the present it is best to consider this character
* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. p. 418,
104 Mr. W. K. Fisher's Notes on Asterordea.
as of secondary importance in true Freyella, which is really
not very closely related to the genus containing F. fecunda.
The latter is distinguished by a syzygy, well-developed
marginals for the interbrachium, and serial gonads.
For the genus, which I called Freyella, I propose the name
Freyellaster, with Freyellaster fecundus (Fisher) as type. In
this group belong Freyellaster spatulifer (Fisher), Macassar
Strait, 901 fathoms; Freyellaster scalaris (A. H. Clark),
Galapagos Islands, 812 fathoms ; and probably also Freyella
polycnema, Verrier.
The group which I termed Freyi/lidea will therefore become
Freyella, with Freyella spinosa as. type, and Freyellidea will
drop out as a synonym.
The Genus Hymenodiscus, Perrier.—In the paper on the
Brisingide above referred to, this genus was not placed in
the synoptical key owing to lack of data. I have since
Fig. 1. Fig. 2,
Fig. 1.— Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from above first
marginal plates, dotted.
Fig. 2.—Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from actinal side.
a, adambulacral plates; am, ambulacral plates; 7, interradial ;
m, marginals; 0, mouth-plates.
examined Perrier’s type in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology (no. 1448) *. The type of Hymenodiseus agassiz
is almost certainly a very immature specimen, as it is small,
and there are no gonads. ‘here are no skeletal arches on
the rays and the greater part of the thin abactinal integument
* For description see Perrier, 1884, ‘ Mémoire sur les étoiles de mer
recueillies dans la mer des Antilles,’ p. 189, pls. i. & ii,
Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 105
has been removed. The fine spinulation of the disk extends
upon the base of the ray. The abactinal integument of the
ray, although very delicate, contains a single layer of lattice-
work holothuroid plates, some of which at the very base of
the ray bear minute spinelets. From this it would seem
that the abactinal wall of the ray is destined to be similar to
that of Freyed/a, unless in the fully adult animals the plates
retain their embryonic character.
The interbrachium resembles that of Brisingella, but
differs in having the first marginals (those which bound the
apex of the interbrachial angle) unequal in size, as shown in
the accompanying figures (figs. 1 and 2). In Brisingella
these plates are equal, and the suture between the interradial
ends is on a line with the interradial, or median oral, suture.
There is a distinct syzygy- between the first and second
adambulacral plates. The interbrachia are not so open as in
Brisingella, as the inner ends of the first adambulacral plates
are normally in contact, or very nearly so. In an adult
specimen we would expect to find these plates still closer
together. It is worth noting that in Freyel/aster and in
Brisinga, s. s., the first marginal plates are of unequal size
(see figs. 1 and 2, m, of “New Genera and Species of
Brisingide ”). Yet in its present juvenile form the inter-
brachial angle is different from that of either Wreyellaster or
Brisinga, while the entire absence of costal arches, as well
as of gonads, may reasonably be attributed to immaturity.
It does not seem possible to identify this problematical form
with any other genus, except the even less known Gymno-
brisinga of Studer.
Gymnobrisinga sarsii (Abhand]l, Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
Anhaug, Abth. 2, 1884, p. 13, pl. iii., fig. 5) is based upon a
brisingoid ray only. Thus lacks a dorsal skeleton, and while
the large pedicellaria figured by Studer is different from those
of Hymenodiscus agassizi, I am quite unprepared to offer an
opinion as to the generic distinctness of the two species.
The Relationships of Labidiaster.—Aithough Labidiaster
is very generally considered to be a member of the Brisingide,
I would suggest that it has few esseutial characters in common
with that family. The genus to which it exhibits greatest
structural similarity is Coronaster*, Perrier. Coronaster
* See Fisher, “The Asteroid Genus Covonaster, Perrier,’ Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, vol. xxx. pp. 28-26, Feb. 21,1917. Coronaster includes
the following nominal species:—C. parfartz, Perrier, type, C. antonit,
Perrier, C. driareus (Verrill), C. volsellatus (Sladen), C. octoradiatus
(Studer), C. disprnosus, Ives, C. halicepus, Fisher. I have examined
106 Mr. W. K. Fisher's Noles on Asteroidea.
seems to be more nearly allied to Pedicellaster than to either
Heliaster or to any of the recently proposed genera of
Asteriidee. I would therefore place Labidiaster in the Pedi-
cellasterida. I have dissected a large example of Labidi-
aster radiosus, Liitken, from the Straits of Magellan.
Labidiaster differs from Brisinga, Odinia, Freyella, and
similar genera in the following important particulars :—
(1) Its abactinal skeleton is not duplicated in the Brisingidee ;
(2) forficiform, or straight, pedicellaria are present ; (3) the
adambulacral plates are crowded, very short in proportion to
width, and entirely unlike in form and armature the same
highly peculiar plates of all Brisingide ; (4) the ambula-
cralia are shorter, especially the dorsal ends, which overlap,
or imbricate with, the next adoral ambulacral plate, while in
the Brisingide there is no sign of imbrication, the ambula-
cralia resembling the centra of chordate vertebra, with vertical
articulating adoral and aboral facets.
In the Brisingide (in the narrower sense) the abactinal
skeleton of the rays is variable, being in the form of trans-
verse, independent, parallel ridges or coste, separated by
areas of integument without plates ; or the intervals may be
partially or completely filled in with more or less imperfectly
developed plates immersed in the body-wall ; or the arches
may be absent and a tessellation of thin plates may cover
the genital region of the ray ; or there may be thin plates,
more or less spiniferous, together with differentiated transverse
coste.
In Labidiaster the skeleton of the ray is closely similar to
volsellatus, briareus, and halicepus. Cvoronaster includes Heterasterias,’
Verrill, type Asterias volsellata, Sladen. In the above paper the following
remarks occur :—“ The family affiliations of Coronaster are not easy to
determine, its lineage being somewhat involved. The tendency to
crewding in the arrangement of pedicels partakes of the Asteriidz, while
its mouth-plates are quite as ‘ brisingoid ° as those of Odinia, and perhaps
more so than the oral angles of Labidiaster, two groups placed in the
Brisingide. Its skeleton is more like that of a simplitied Pedicellaster
than like that of Asterias or allies. Parenthetically, the mouth-plates of
Pedicellaster are more ‘prominently ‘adambulacral’ than those of any
genus of the Asteriide, even of Coscinas/erias, and are nearly or quite as
prominent, relatively, as the oral angles of Brisinga. In Pedicellaster
and Coronaster the ambulacral plates are more ‘ brisingoid,’ uncrowded,
and the pedicel-pores are in two series, even if later the feet themselves
lie in four ranks. In very large specimens of Coronaster the pedicel-
pores form two slightly zigzag rows, much less pronounced than in small
specimens of Coscinasterias (in the broader sense), and the ambulacralia
are less crowded. My own feeling is that, until we arrive at a more
satisfastory basis for the subdivision of the Asteriidz than is now current,
it will be much better to leave Coronaster in the Pedicellasteride.”
ee ee ee a ee a ae
Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 107
that of Coronaster. There is a longitudinal series of tri-
lobate infero-marginal plates, one of quadrilobate or cruci-
form supero-marginal plates, and one of cruciform median
radial plates. ‘The marginals and radials form regular
_transverse series. On the basal portion of the ray there is a
more or less irregular zigzag series of trilobate dorso-lateral
plates. The primary plates either connect directly by their
slender lobes, or these are joined by one or two overlapping,
oblong, intermediate ossicles. There results an open, fairly
regular, reticulate skeleton having large tetragonal meshes
(except where the dorso-lateral plates frame pentagonal
openings). On the outer part of the ray the longitudinal,
intermediate, connecting plates and the longitudinally oriented
lobes of the marginals and radials gradually disappear, so
that there remains only a series of independent, transverse,
slender skeletal bands, simulating those of Brisinga, but
having a very different history*. The skelefal meshes
contain numerous papule. The form and armature of the
adambulacral plates are as in Coronaster, ‘The arrangement
of the pedicellarie either in retractile wreaths surrounding
the spines or in retractile transverse cushions is not unlike
that found in Coronaster+. Vhe mouth-plates of the Bri-
singide, of Coronaster, Pedicellaster, aud of Labidiaster are
similar in general form, those of Labidiaster being relatively
the smallest.
The features which are chiefly relied upon to distinguish
the Brisingide, and to which the family in part owes its
characteristic appearance, are conspicuous by thei different
form in Labidiaster. Such, in the Brisingide, are the
elongate and peculiarly formed adambulacral plates; the
long needle-like subambulacral and marginal spines, with
their characteristic sacculate sheaths; the variable but always
non-reticulate abactinal skeleton of the rays; the presence
of only crossed or forcipiform pedicellarie.
The genus Rathbunaster (type Rathbunaster californicus,
* VerrilJ, in his ‘ Monograph of the Shallow-water Starfishes of the
North Pacific Coast,’ 1914, p. 352, proposes a new genus, Labidastrella,
for Lubidiaster annulvtus, Sladen. ‘‘It differs considerably in structure
from ZL, radiosus, especially in haying the dorsal and superomarginal
plates nearly abortive distally, on the rays, beyond the genital regions.”
It is evident that this tendency to lose the dorsal skeleton of the distal
part of the ray manifests itself in Z. radiosus, and is carried further in
L. annulatus, I agree with Koehler that it does not form a safe basis
for a generic division between two otherwise similar species (Kxcehler,
Ann. de l’institut océanographique, vol. vil., fase. 8, May 1917, p. 8).
+ See Sladen’s figures of Asterias (= Coronaster) volsellata, ‘ Challen-
ger’ Asteroidea, pl. evii.
108 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea.
from off California, deep water) was described by me as a
neighbour of the curious polybrachiate Pycnopodia of Stimp-
son. I think the genus is related, instead, to Coronaster.
It is notable for the suppression of the alternate supero-
marginal plates and the reduction of the abactinal skeleton to ~
spaced circular plates without trace of connectives. The
marginal and abactinal plates bear an acicular spine surrounded
by a retractile sheath with an expanded distal crown covered
with numerous pedicellaria. ‘Uhe ambulacral, adambulacral,
and oral plates are similar to those of Coronaster.
In Labidiaster, Coronaster, Rathbunaster, and certain
genera of the Brisingide there are two gonads to each ray ;
each gonad opens upon the side of the ray at some distance
from the base. All three genera, as well as the Brisingide,
have a single ampulla to each tube-foot.
The family Pedicellasteride, if these views are correct,
would consist of the subfamily Pedicellasterina with Pedi-
cellaster, Lytaster, and Gastraster, and of the Labidiasterinz
with Labidiaster, Coronaster, and Rathbunaster.
Asterina coronata and Asterina cristata.—In the ‘ Archiv
fiir Naturgeschichte,’ vol. xxxti., 1866, p. 73, von Martens
describes Asterina coronata from Batjan, Molucca Islands,
and from Larentuka, Flores Island, and records its occurrence
at Amboina. His description states that the relation of the
minor to the major radius is as 1 to 2 or 24, that the abactinal
plates are so arranged that the dorsal surface has a honey-
combed appearance, the plates bearing five or more spinelets,
and that scattered over the dorsal surface are groups of two
to four heavy spinelets with a common base, such groups
being found on the sides and radial regions of the ray, but
not close to the border. On the disk these special spinelets
outline an irregular pentagon.
In the ‘ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-
ton,’ vol. xxix., p. 27, Feb. 1916, I described Asterina cristata
from the Caroline Islands, the special peculiarity of which is
the presence of a variable number of abactinal plates (upward
of fifty to a ray), elevated and tubercular in form, and sur-
mounted by one to five unequal, robust, pointed spines, the
largest being four or five times as long as the spinelets of the
other plates, and many times greater in diameter. These
elevated plates, with their tuft of enlarged spines, 1 take to
be the same as von Martens’s “ Biischel von 2-4 starken
Stacheln mit gemeinsamer Basis,” which he says, “ stehen
auf den Armen ziemlich zerstreut, sowohl auf dem Riicken
als an den Seiten, aber nie ganz nahe am Rance.” Thus
Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asterotdea. 109
the chief character of the two species is the same. As
Dr. H. L. Clark has suggested in a letter, the two species
are probably the same, although there exist certain discre-
pancies. Von Martens does not mention subambulacral
spines, but states that the furrow-spines are “in einer Reihe,
4 oder 5 fast gleich Grosse auf jeder Platte,” and that the
actinal intermediate plates have two relatively long sharp
spines. The type of Asterina cristata has two to four,
mostly three, actinal intermediate spinelets, usually six
furrow-spinelets webbed for about half their length, the
three or four median conspicuously longer than the laterals,
and usually four subambulacral spinelets, of which the two
median are much longer than the laterals. I think it is
possible that von Martens overlooked the small lateral
furrow-spinelets, although not likely ; but certainly in no
specimens seen by me are the furrow-spinelets ever subequal.
The case is somewhat complicated by two specimens of a
race of coronata which I saw some years ago in the British
Museum. One was contained in a box witli Wepanthia macu-
lata, labelled “* Migupou, 7 to 12 fathoms, fine sand and coral
—Cuming.” The other was labelled ‘ Port Essington,
Australia.” In the first specimen there are twenty or
twenty-five of the prominent plates to each fifth of the body.
‘The actinal intermediate plates have, in the neighbourhood
of the furrow, about five or six spines in a rude circle, one
spine being longer than the others; near the ambitus there
are three spinelets, with often one or two standing mesad
from the principal comb. The furrow-spinelets are five or
six, webbed, the laterals shorter than the mesial spinelets ;
the subambulacral spinelets are four or five, shorter and
stouter than the furrow-spinelets, and also graduated in size,
the mesial spinelets being longest*. I made no notes on the
Australian specimen, but my impression is that it does not
materially differ from the other.
Thus the actinal intermediate spinelets are more numerous
than in the types of coronata and cristata, while the adambu-
Jacral armature is about the same as that of cristata. The
prominent abactinal plates are fewer than in er/stata, and
more like the condition in Japanese specimens,
Dr. Seitaro Goto, in his work on Japanese Asteroidea,
earefully figures and describes a species from the southern
parts of Kyushu and adjacent islands which he calls Asterina
nove-zelandie, Perrier, but which I believe is a form of
* For the privilege of examining these and many other specimens of
Asteroidea in the British Museum (Natural History) I am indebted to
Professor F, Jeffrey Bell,
110 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asterotdea.
coronata, as it possesses the prominent abactinal plates so
characteristic of coronata. Thus there are records from
southern Japan to northern Australia.
As a beginning towards straightening the tangle of appa-
rent races, I would suggest the subjoined scheme. Any
further evidence for or against it, or in any way bearing upon
the status of As/erina coronata, will be most welcome :—
a’, Abactinal spiniform pedicellarize present ;
8 adambulacral furrow-spinelets ; 8 or 9
marginal mouth-spinelets; 12 to 14 en-
larged abactinal plates ..............+. Asterina coronata eu-
erces* (Fisher). (Palawan.)
a*. No spiniform pedicellarie present ; furrow-
spinelets 4 to6; marginal mouth-spinelets
5 or 6,
b‘. Actinal intermediate spinelets usually
more than 3; near the furrow 5 or 6,
forming a circle or group (not a straight
comb); furrow-spinelets 5 or 6; 20 to
25 prominent abactinal plates to each
fifths of body) 2 Peo 6 Gs ed Asterina coronata fasci-
cularis*, subsp.n. (Migupou; Port Essington?)
b*, Actinal intermediate spinelets 2 or 3, but .
not often 4,
c'. Furrow-spinelets 4 or 5; actinal inter-
mediate spinelets usually 2; promi-
nent abactinal plates moderate in
number (up to 25 to each fifth of
body) and with as many as 25 spinelets
to BIRSS Fey os olen cis pee epee Asterina coronata coro-
nata, yon Martens. (Southern Japan, Batjan, Larentuka.)
* Fisher, Proc. Biological Society of Washington, vol. xxx., May 23,
1917, p. 91. Ulugan Bay (near mouth of Baheli River), Palawan Island,
Philippine Islands, 2 to 5 feet, mud, sand, sea-weeds.
+ This new race is certainly different as regards the actinal inter-
mediate armature. Von Martens states that there are two spinelets in
coronata, Of course, specimens may prove to be variable.
M. Alvin Seale, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, who has
lived many years in the Philippine Islands, tells me he has sailed past a
fairly well-known Migupou Point ; but I have not been able to locate it,
with available maps, on Mindanao or on Luzon. Mr. Seale does not
recall upon which of the two islands the point isfound- It is quite
possible that this is the locality from which so many of Gray’s types
were derived. ’
t So far as true coronata is concerned, the remarks concerning the.
number of prominent plates and the number of spinelets on these plates —
are conjectural. These ebservations refer to the Japanese form, described
and figured by Dr. 8. Goto (‘A Descriptive Monograph of Japanese
Asteroidea,’ 1914, p. 650, pl. xix., figs. 279-281), which may, of course,
be quite distinct from typical coronata of the Moluccan region,
-
Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum. Tit
ce’, Furrow-spinelets 6; actinal interme-
diate spinelets usually 3 (2 to 4);
prominent abactinal plates numerous
(more than 30 and as many as 50 to
each fifth of body) and with not more
than 15 spinelets to a plate, frequently
DOME MORE snc 0a hs a Lon ah gat eee Asterina coronata cris-
} tata (Fisher) *. (Caroline Islands.)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
Type of Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher).
VI.—Is Dicroceelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat?
A Note on a new Variety. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
[Plate XIV. ]
REFERENCES have occasionally been made in helminthological
literature + to the occurrence of “ Distomum lanceolatum ” t
in the cat. These cases have, however, in recent years been
generally discredited, and it has been suspected that the
arasites recorded belonged to one or other of the species of
Opisthorchis or Clonorchis (O. felineus and C. sinensis) known
to occur in cats, these forms being more or less similar to
Dicrocelium lanceatum in size and superficial appearance,
though differing widely from it in their internal structure.
The typical D, /anecatum is a well-known parasite of sheep
and cattle, and of variougother herbivorous mammals; it is
also an occasional, and probably accidental, parasite of man,
having been met with some six times. Its occurrence in a
carnivore, however, is a point with regard to which some
scepticism is not unnatural. Whien, therefore, I received
some time ago some ‘l'rematodes taken from the liver of a
eat, I was greatly interested to find that they belonged un-
doubtedly to the genus Dicrocelium, and differed from the
typical D. lanceatum only in certain very small anatomical
* This form is probably distributed over western Oceania. It seems
to be readily separable from the Japanese form, which has been classed
as true coronata, although it probably is not.
+ See, e.g., Leuckart, ‘Die Parasiten des Menschen,’ I., Abth. 2,
p- 860; von Linstow, ‘ Compendium der Helminthologie,’ p. 30.
$¢ Synonymy: Fasciola lanceolata Rudolphi, 1803; Distomum lan-
ceolatum Meblis, 1825; Dicrocelium lanceolatum Dujardin, 1845 ;
Dicrocelium lanceatum Stiles & Hassall, 1897,
112 Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum.
details. These specimens, of which there is a considerable
number, were collected at Georgetown, British Guiana, by
Mr. G. E. Bodkin, Government Biologist, during November,
1915. ‘They were kindly handed to me for determination by
the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.
On a consideration of the many resemblances between
these examples and the typical D. lanceatum, and of the minor
points in which they differ from it, I am inclined to regard
them as belonging to a well-marked variety of that species,
rather than a distinct form. The one salient feature is
the position of the testes, which in the specimens under
consideration invariably lie symmetrically opposite to each
other in the same transverse plane. All authorities are
agreed in describing the testes of D. lanceatum as being
placed nearly “tandem,” 7.e. one behind the other, but
somewhat diagonally, near the longitudinal axis of the body *,
The exact position of the testes is, as a rule, a very constant
specific character in Trematodes; but in this case the almost
complete correspondence between the rest of the anatomy and
that of the typical form seems to outweigh such a considera-
tion. ‘The only other differences that I have been able to
find are in the somewhat smaller size of the cirrus-sac and
the slightly larger average size of the eggs. Even the coils
of the uterus show complete agreement, as far as they can be
traced. Forthe sake of comparison, however, with the type,
it may be worth while to give a fairly full description of the
new variety.
The length of the worms varies between 5 and 7 mm., and
the maximum widths for these lengths respectively are
1:62 mm. and 2mm. The body is flattened dorso-ventrally,
narrowing considerably from side g side in front, and less
so behind. The posterior end is frequently somewhat
rounded; sometimes, however, it is more pointed than in
the example figured. ‘lo the naked eye the body is whitish
and semi-transparent (in spirit), the masses of fully-formed
eggs in the uterus being visible as blackish or brownish
patches. The skin is smooth.
The oral sucker is subterminal, and has a diameter of
* Neveu-Lemaire (‘Précis de Parasitologie humaine’) gives a figure
of D. lanceatum (reproduced in Brumpt’s ‘Précis de Parasitologie,’
2nd ed. 1915, p. 335), in which the testes are symmetrically arranged ;
but there is no reference to the source of the specimen from which the
original figure was drawn, and no description of the internal anatomy is
given in Neveu-Lemaire’s work, The figure is, in other respects, very
rough and inaccurate.
Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium Janceatum. 113
0°37 mm.*. The ventral sucker is situated 0°7 mm. behind
it, and measures 0°4 mm. across. The month is followed
immediately by a small, almost globular pharynx, measuring
0°15 mm. in length, and this is succeeded by an cesophagus
0°2 mm. long. ‘The two simple intestinal diverticula extend
backwards to within a little more than 1 mm. from the
posterior end. They lie, for the greater part of their length,
near the lateral margins of the body. ;
The excretory vesicle is small and inconspicuous. Its
pore is terminal.
The genital pore is median, situated between the two
suckers and at about the level of the bifurcation of the intes-
tine. The testes are large compact bodies, slightly lobulated,
especially on their lateral margins. They lie, as has been
noted already, symmetrically opposite to each other, imme-
diately behind and at the sides of the ventral sucker, and
between the intestinal diverticula. Hach testis. measures
about 0°8 mm. in length and 0°6 mm. in width. The ovary
is a body of variable shape, but usually somewhat lobate;
it is situated close behind the testes, but its position shows
considerable variation. It appears to be rather more com-
monly situated on the right side than on the left, but in
three out of eight stained examples the ovary was placed
behind the left testis. There is a rather large rounded
receptaculum seminis, situated just dorsally to the posterior
edge of the ovary. Laurer’s canal is present, and a shell-
gland, not differing from that of the typical D. lanceatum.
The cirrus-sac is about 0-4 mm. long and 0°15 mm. wide. It
contains a coiled vesicula seminalis. The cirrus-sac partici-
pates in the variability of position shown by the ovary and
its associated organs. ‘Thus, when the ovary is on the right,
the cirrus-sac lies to the right of the terminal portion of the
uterus; when the ovary is on thie left, the positions of the
genital ducts are generally reversed.
The vitelline glands lie within the middle third of the
body, and extend along the sides as a series of lobes of
various sizes. The two vitelline ducts are given off somewhat
in front of the middle of the glands, and cross the body to
unite into a much wider single duct just behind the ovary.
The ‘uterus fills almost the whole of the middie and
posterior portions of the body, from the level of the anterior
end of the vitelline glands to the tail. Its coils, for the most
* This and the following measurements are taken from an example
5 mm. long, and are therefore to be regarded as somewhat below the
mean.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 8
114 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eggs and
part, take the form of transverse folds and lateral loops. In
the middle region these are confined to the space between
the vitelline glands, but more posteriorly they sometimes
extend laterally beyond the intestinal diverticula. The
ascending limb of the uterus passes forward between, and
ventrally to, the testes. The eggs are roundish-oval in
shape, and when fully formed have a rather thick brown
shell, usually showing an indentation on one side, so thatin
profile one side is convex, the other concave. ‘he eggs
measure 42°5-50 uw X 30-35 mw.
The variety described above I propose to call
Dicrocelium lanceatum St. & Hass., var. symmetricum,
in allusion to the arrangement of the testes. te
This variety being at present known only from specimens
collected from a single host, a cat, it is doubtful whether it
should be regarded as a ‘‘ local” variety or asa form peculiar
to cats. An examination of examples of D. lanceatum from
sheep or other herbivorous animals in the same locality would
be of great interest from this point of view, as well as a
further investigation of the parasites of cats. In any case,
it would appear that the older helminthologists may have
been correct in reckoning the cat among the hosts of
“ Distomum lanceolatum.”
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Dicrocelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum. Ventral view of a stained
specimen. C.S., cirrus-sac; Int., intestinal diverticulum; Ov.,
ovary; R., receptaculum seminis; 7’, left testis; V., vitelline
glands; V.S., ventral sucker.
VII. — The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish
(Naucrates ductor). By J. D. F. Giicurist, M.A.,
D.Sc., Ph.D.
In the course of a general enquiry into the spawning-
habits of Cape fishes, a mature female of the pilot fish was
found. The eggs and larve of about thirty Cape fishes
have been described in local publications, but, as the pilot
and its peculiar habits are so well known, and have attracted
attention in all parts of the world, a description of the
mature eggs of this fish, hitherto unrecorded, may be
worthy of a special note, and interest a wider circle of
readers, more especially as the nature of the eggs seems to
Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish, 15
throw light on some peculiarities in the behaviour of the
fish.
The pilot fish is not uncommon in the Cape seas. The
young are frequently abundant in the summer months,
being found in company with the young of Lichia amia,
which they somewhat resemble in the characteristic markings
of the body. The adults are well known, under the name
*Lootsman,” to Cape fishermen, who state that they are
always found accompanying a large shark, called the “ Tor-
nijn Haai”’ or porpoise-shark (Charcharias melanopterus).
They take up a more or less constant position near the body
of the shark, and remain within a few inches of the base of
the pectoral fin. The fishermen have also noted that they
have the habit of darting away from the shark towards any
strange object, and then returning to their former position.
This well-known behaviour, interpreted in other parts of
the world as a guiding or piloting of the shark to its food,
the Cape fishermen believe, is for the purpose of a preliminary
tasting or testing of the food on behalf of the shark.
On one occasion, in the month of December, a specially
large pilot fish was caught on the hook by some fishermen
fishing off Cape Point. It was in the company of a porpoise-
shark. By placing the fish in a bucket of water, it was
possible to keep it alive, and convey it to the Marine
Laboratory at St. James, where it was placed in a large
tank, and seemed none the worse for its capture. It proved
to be a mature female with ripe eggs, which were extruded
on slight pressure.
These extruded eggs were readily seen, being large, though
quite transparent. When placed in water, however, they
became almost invisible. They did not float, and they
adhered to each other and to objects with which they came
in contact. The shape of the eggs was distinctly oval,
though a few were more rounded, <A typical example, shown
in the accompanying figure (p. 116), measured 1°74 mm. in
length and 1°3 mm. in greatest breadth. In another case
the measurements were 1°65 1°39 mm. There were very
minute dots on the surface of the egg, and from one pole
originated a single fine filament. This was of considerable
length, being in one case six times the length of the
ege, or about 10 mm. In most cases it was shorter,
and in some it appeared to have broken off close to the egg.
The filaments readily became entangled with each other, so
that it was difficult to separate out any particular one with-
out breaking it. At its base the filament had a broad
attachment to the outer membrane, of which it is apparently
116 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eqgs and
a modification. At this point it was about ‘04 mm. in dia-
meter, but soon diminished to about ‘O16 mm. ‘The filament
appears to be homogeneous throughout, but, if treated with
hot caustic potash, it has the appearance of a thick-walled
tube.
At the distal pole of the egg, opposite that from which
the filament arises, there is a marked differentiatioa of the
surface of the egg, on a small terminal area about ‘2 mm.
in diameter. This area is covered with clear polygonal
markings, which vary in size, being large towards the
periphery, where they fade off into the surrounding surface.
Near the centre they become smaller and less distinct, and
\F
Egg and filament of Nauerates ductor.
pass into a small thickened ring, in the centre of which the
micropyle may be clearly seen.
There is a large perivitelline space, about a fourth of the
diameter of the whole egg in breadth at the middle of the
egg. In the specimen figured this breadth was ‘32 mm.
The egg proper or yolk is an ovoid mass, somewhat more
oblong in shape than the outer shell of the egg. Itis clear,
but granular, and no traces of vesiculations nor oil-globules —
were seen. In preserved material several cases were ob-
served in which the yolk had shrunk away from its
surrounding perivitelline substance, and, in such cases, at
the distal end opposite the micropyle, a small funnel-like
Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish. 117
projection appeared, which in the normal condition would
penetrate the yolk-mass to a slight’extent. It doubtless
has some function in the mechanism of fertilisation, though
no canal connecting it with the microphyle was detected
in the perivitelline substance. .
The mode of origin of the filament of the egg is different
from what is found in some other filamentous eggs of Teleosts.
Thus, in the egg of the South African species of Hemz-
rhamphus and Atherina, I have noticed that, in the immature
and even fairly small ovarian eggs, the filaments occur as
irregular streaks on the surface of the zona radiata, but, in
those of Nawerates, the filament is already free, and serves
to attach the egg to the wall of the ovary. A number of
such filaments are inserted at one spot, so that the ovarian
eggs are often grouped in grape-like clusters, or the fila-
ments become twisted on each other to form a rope-like
structure, round which the eggs are grouped.
The presence of filaments on fish-eggs, as a rule, has been
found to be associated with the fact that they are anchored
to each other or to foreign objects, floating or lying at the
bottom of thesea. Thusthe eggs of Henurhamphus, Belone,
and Exocetus have been found attached to each other and
to sea-weed in this way, though Scombresox, another member
of the same family, is said to have pelagic eggs provided
with filaments. Another family, the Atherinide, all the
members of which have eggs provided with filaments, so far
as is known, have demersal attached eggs.
There is thus a reasonable presumption that the possession
of filaments indicates that the eggs are, ultimately at least,
attached to some object fixed or floating in the sea, and, if
we suppose that the filamentous eggs of the pilot fish are
attached to the shark, with which the fish is so intimately
associated, it may explain some peculiarities in its habits
which have received a variety of explanations. These are
not entirely convincing, partly on account of this variety,
but chiefly on account of conflicting facts or of lack of
confirmation.
Thus the explanation that the pilot feeds on the fragments
of the food of the shark is not in accordance with the fact
that small fish have beev found in its stomach. The same
* objection applies to another conjecture that it feeds on the
excrements of the shark, and still another that it feeds on
the parasites on the skin of the shark. An explanation of a
different nature, that the pilot keeps close to the larger fish
for the purpose of protection from its enemies, is a more
plausible one, but is somewhat strained when its very close
118 On the Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish.
proximity is explained as a precaution against the attack of
the shark itself. It is not in accordance with the supposed
amicable arrangement whereby the pilot is allowed to have
a share of food or excrement, in return for its piloting
services. According to actual observation, the shark is not
at all disconcerted by the absence of the pilot, but the pilot
is said to be greatly agitated by the loss of the shark. It
has even been observed “clinging to the side of a shark,”
and, on one occasion, it is stated that it was seen to leap
out of the water in an endeavour to follow a shark which
had been caught by hook and was being hauled on board
a ship.
Another peculiarity in the behaviour of the fish, which
seems to be of some significance in this enquiry, is the well-
known fact that it sometimes accompanies large sailing-ships,
which it follows so persistently that it is drawn far away
from its natural habitat. It even follows the ship into the
harbour, where it is easily caught.
Most of these peculiarities would be sufficiently explained
if we suppose the pilot’s eggs to be attached to the rough
skin of the shark, or to the bottom of the ship, which is
so persistently followed. We may recall in this connection
the solicitude of such fishes as the Blennies for the safety of
their eggs, how they keep close guard over them, driving
off any approaching intruder. The close proximity of the
pilot to the shark, the darting forward towards any strange
object (which seems to be an undoubted fact), the persistence
in following the shark or the ship in circumstances which
are unfavourable to its own welfare, would seem to indicate
a very powerful motive, not dissimilar to that of the fishes
which guard their eggs.
The fact that the young stages of Naucrates are frequently
got, but that no pelagic eggs such as those above described
have, so far as 1 can ascertain, been procured in tow-nets,
seems to have some further significance in this-enquiry and
to indicate that the eggs of Naucrates are not floating.
The only sufficient proof of the suggestion here offered
would, of course, be the finding of such eggs attached to
the body of a large shark or ship, which had been accom-
panied by a pilot fish, and it may be that, with the above-—
mentioned facts in view, the opportunity may arise for the
solution of the long-standing mystery of the pilot fish.
-
e — = .
a iS eS ee eee eS ee ee ee ee ee) a
|
5
On the Cee. Dear of North China. 119
VIIL.—Notes upon the Sika- Deer of North China.
By ARTHUR DE CARLE Sowersy, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.
THE opportunity has recently been afforded me of examining
a fully adult Sika stag, shot by Mr. J. Holmberg, of ‘Tien-
tsin, in the Fen-chou Fu district of West Shansi, during
December 1916. ‘
Previous to this, I believe, no complete specimen of this
animal has ever been secured by a Kuropean ; while, as far
as I know, the only reference to it in any publication is that
by Pere Heude in his ‘ Mémoires concernant | Histoire
Naturelle de ?VEmpire Chinois’ (tome iv. p. 210, pl. xxxvil.
fig. 13), wherein he names the species Cervus grassianus,
from a single-pair of antlers from '['ching-lo-hsien (‘T'sing-lo
Hsien), Shansi. In a paper written by me on Pére Heude’s
collection of pigs, sika, serows, and gorals in the Sikawei
Museum, Shanghai, and published in the ‘ Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London,’ April 1917, pp. 7-26, I
suggested that the Shansi sika should be classed for the time
being with Milne-Edwards’s Cervus mandarinus, though 1
stated then that winter skins that I had seen were lighter in
colour than the figure given by Milne-Hdwards.
The stag which Mr. Holmberg so kindly allowed me to
examine is, however, fully as dark as Milne-Edwards’s winter
figure, though in this connection it is interesting to note that
Mr. Holmberg states that the hinds and young that he saw
with the stag were very much lighter. This agrees with my
own observations. I have had no opportunity of determining
whether or not the hinds and young of the Chihli sika are
lighter than the stags; but as a result of my examination of
Mr. Holmberg’s specimen I do not hesitate to confirm Pére
Heude’s separation of the Shansi sika from the other Chinese
forms, and, although he gave no description, the fact that he
gives a figure of a pair of antlers from T'sing-lo Hsien, West
Shansi, makes his name hold good. Following is a diagnosis
and description of the species :—
Cervus grassianus, Heude.
Cervus grassianus Heude, ‘ Mémoires concernant l’Histoire Naturelle
de Empire Chinois,’ tome iv. p, 210, pl. xxxvil. fig. 18,
A single fully adult male in winter pelage examined, also
two winter skins of fully adult females, and a summer skin
of a male, as well as two fully developed pairs of antlers, all
from West Shansi.
g complete, from mountains 100 miles 8.W. of Fen-chou
Fu, Shansi, N. China.
120 Mr. A. de Carle Sowerby on the
Measurements in the flesh :—Head and body 60”, height
at shoulders 42”, tail 8”, hind foot 163", ear 7”. Weight
165 catties=220 lbs. (about).
Colour. A general greyish brown on the head, going into
brown on the forehead and a pale buff at the base of the
horns and the base and backs of the ears, the inside of
the ears being white. Nose dark brown ; chin dark brown,
almost black, with a small white patch on either side. Area
round the eye buffy-grey. The general colour gets darker
on the neck, but it still retains a wash of buff or ochre. The
body is dark greyish brown, with a slight indication of a
darker median dorsal line. The spots are almost invisible,
showing up in certain lights and quite invisible in others.
The dark greyish brown of the body shades into a rich brown
on the back and lower portions of the legs, getting lighter
and more ochraceous on the fetlocks. There is a peculiar
patch of long white hairs surrounded by black on the outer
surface of the hind leg about 6 inches below the heel. The
tail is black above, white beneath, the hairs being long and
making the tail somewhat bushy. The croup disk is white, .
edged with black on its upper half, the black joining up with
that of the upper tail surface, so that there is no white
between the tail and the back. The under surface of the
belly and inner surface of thighs are white; the chest is a
dark brownish grey.
The hairs of the neck are considerably longer than on the
rest of the body.
Horns. The horns in this specimen are not very well
developed, being past their prime. They measure :—
Right, 193” in length.
Left, 193” 5
Right, above the brow-tine 33” in circumference, below
54”.
Hight points, 4+ 4. .
Other horns examined are large, graceful, and heavy, but
not so large as is usual in C. mandarinus. |
Skull. Condylo-basal length 322 mm.; zygomatic width
136 mm.; interorbital space 100 mm.; length of nasals
125 mm.; greatest width of palate (at post-molar) 54 mm. ;
greatest width of cranium 84 mm.; length of upper tooth-
row 99 mm.; length of lower tooth-row 103 mm. Teeth
well worn.
Type. A pair of antlers in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai,
no number, from Tching-lo-hsien (Tsing-lo Hsien), Shansi.
The habitat of this species may be considered as confined
to the forested and mountainous areas of that part of Shansi
Sika-Deer of North China. 121
that lies west of the Fen Ho. Even here it occurs only in a
few isolated districts, namely :—
1. The forest to the south of Ning-wu Fu, west of Tsing-
lo Hsien and north of Ko-lan Chou, where Heude’s specimen
was doubtless secured.
2. In the forested area 90 miles west of Tai-yuan Fu,
known as the Chiao-ch’éng Shan,
3. In the forested area 100 miles south-west of Fen-chou
Fu, known as the Ning-hsiang Hsien mountains.
Formerly its range extended throughout the whole of the
mountainous area of West Shansi,as well as in the moun-
tains that extend in a north and south line between Shansi
and Chilli; but it has been almost exterminated by native
hunters for the sake of its horns, which are highly valued
as medicine. Only a few isolated herds occur in the districts
above mentioned, where they keep to the densest parts of the
forest. Even so, they are being steadily exterminated.
This sika ruts in November and December, sheds its horns
about March, the new growth commencing about the end of
July. Itis during August and September that this species
is most sedulously hunted by the natives, for then the horns
are considered to be in their prime.
Following is a diagnosis of the sika occurring in the
Chibli forests :—
Cervus mandarinus, Milne-Edwards.
Cervus mandarinus Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherches pour servir a l’His-
toire Naturelle de Mammifeéres,’ vol. i. (text), pp. 184-186, vol. ii.
pls. xxii. et xxii.a.
This sika differs from C. mantchuricus, Sw., in having the
white spots larger and fewer in number, in being generally
lighter in colour, with less white on the croup disk, and in
having tle parts below the belly the same colour as the
flanks, instead of white. The differences in the winter pelage
are not so marked.
Milne-Edwards states that the spots in C. mantchuricus in
the winter pelage are so invisible as not to have been given
in Sclater’s figures. (In this it resembles the Shansi stag.)
In C. mandarinus, in spite of the general darkening of
the pelage, the spots remain plainly visible.
In a letter published in the P. Z.S. 1865, No. 1, p. 142,
Swinhoe retains the name mantchuricus for the Manchurian
sika, having examined a living specimen at New-chwang in
South Manchuria. He makes the statement that he suspects
it to be the same as the deer, skins of which he secured in
the Summer Palace, and which Blyth called mantchuricus
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 9
122 Mr. C. Chubb on new
(P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 109), but which Swinhoe himself subse-
quently called hortulorum (P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 1).
As there is no telling where the deer confined in the Summer
Palace came from originally, it being just as likely that they
were brought from Manchuria as from the Imperial Hunting
Grounds, owing to the fact that part of the tribute annually
paid to the Imperial Manchu household from Manchuria con-
sisted of game of various kinds, and since Milne-Edwards
finds the Chihli species so distinct from the Manchurian
form, it seems more than likely that Swinhoe’s surmise as
regards the common identity of his skins from the Summer
Palace and his New-chwang specimen was correct ; in which
case his name hortulorum applying to the Manchurian sika
is later than his name mantchuricus, and so becomes a
synonym, thus leaving Milne-Edwards’s name mandarinus
clear for the Chihli specimen.
This species occurs in a wild state only in the Imperial
Hunting Grounds, north of the famous Tung Ling (Hastern
Tombs), and in the Wei-ch’ang to the north of Jehol, both in
Chilli province, to the north and north-east of Peking. It
occurs in a semi-domesticated state in the magnificent park
at Jehol.
Up to recent times this deer has been strictly preserved,
but in 1911-12 the Manchu soldiers that were sent out of
Peking and were camped in the Eastern Tombs and Imperial
Hunting Grounds were allowed to kill as many as they liked,
while since that date native hunters have been allowed to
hunt in these districts, with the result that in the wild state
the species is practically extinct.
It may here be stated that unless immediate and very
stringent steps are taken for their protection, both C. gras-
sianus and C. mandarinus will become extinct, and the sika
no longer remain on the list of North China mammals.
IX.—Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of
South American Birds. By Cuartes Cuuss, F.Z.8.,
M.B.O.U.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
PSEUDOCONOPOPHAGA, gen. Noy.
The proposed new genus, which is based on Conopophaga
melanogaster, Meuetr., is distinguished from Conopophaga,
founded on Turdus auritus, Gmel., by its long and narrow bill,
the long tarsi and toes, the larger size, and different coloration.
Type, P. melanogaster (Menetr.).
South American Birds. 123
MACKENZILENA, gen. nov.
Reichenbach, in 1850, proposed the generic name JVisius,
and gave a figure in his Av. Syst. Nat. Vég. pl. Ixxi., which
has been associated by previous authors with Thamnophtlus
leachi, Such, as the type; but, when that bird is compared
with the figure, it will be easily seen that Reichenbach could
not have founded it on that species, as it is not anything like
it. The species was originally, and has for many years been,
placed in the genus Zhamnophilus, Vieillot, where it was
equally out of place, as it is so entirely different from that
genus, which was founded on Laniwus doliatus, Linn. I
propose, therefore, the new generic title Mackenzicena, with
the following characters:—Head not crested, no concealed
white dorsal patch, tail much longer than the wing. Bill
short and stout, the depth about two-thirds the length of the
exposed culmen. ‘The wing, which is rounded, has the fifth
primary longest. The tail is also rounded and much gradu-
ated, the two middle teathers longest. Coloration: the male
is black, with ovate white spots and bars to the feathers, and
the female is brown marked with buff.
Type, J. leachit (Such).
FREDERICKENA, gen. nov.
The species which I propose to separate as a new genus
under the above title has also been previously placed in the
genus Thamnophilus, Vieillot, with which it has no near
affinity ; it may be characterized by the absence of a concealed
white dorsal patch. The nuchal crest is composed of rather
broad feathers with rounded tips. The bill is short and stout,
the depth being equal to about one-half the length of the
exposed culmen. ‘lhe wing is rounded, the fourth, fifth, and
sixth primaries longest and subequal; the seventh is longer
than the third, but shorter than the fourth. The tail, which is
rounded and graduated, is about two-thirds the length of the
wing. The male is almost uniform in colour, but the female
has the tail and entire under surface barred.
Type, Thamnophilus viridis, V ieillot.
PICROTES, nom. noy., pro Lochites, Cab. & Hein. 1859
(nec Gistel, 1848).
Type, Lanius severus, Licht.
SAKESPHORUS, nom. nov., pro Hypolophus, Cab. & Hein.
1859 (nec Miiller & Henle, 1837).
Type, Lantus canadensis, Linn.
124 On new South Americin Birds.
POLIOLZMA, gen. nov.
This form is readily distinguished in having the throat
uniform with the rest of the under surface. The bill, which
is long compared with the other genera of this group, has the
exposed culmen about equal in length to the hind toe and
claw. The wing is rounded, the third, fourth, and fifth quills
longest, the second about equal to the seventh. The tail
is short and nearly square, the outer feather on each side is
only very slightly shorter than the rest. The feet are small
and weak, ‘he male and female are entirely different in
colour. I propose, therefore, that this form be separated
generically under the name of Poliolema.
Type, Myrmotherula cineretventris, Sclater & Salvin.
DIcHROPOGON, gen. nov.
The species which I propose to separate generically have
hitherto been associated with Hypocnemis of Cabanis, but
it differs altogether in colour as well as in its proportionate
measurements. The bill is small and narrow. ‘The wing,
which is slightly pointed, has the third, fourth, fifth, and
sixth primaries longest, the second about equal to the eighth.
The tail, which is nearly square at the tip, is about two-thirds
the length of the wing. The legs and feet are proportion-
ately strong, the tarsus exceeds the length of the exposed.
culmen by about two-fifths. Male and female quite different
in colour of plumage.
This genus is based on Hypocnemis pacilonota, Cabanis.
Rhopias fulviventris salmoni, subsp. n.
Adult male. Differs from the adult male of PR. f. fulvi-
ventris (Lawr.) in being uniform olive on the top of the head,
back, and sides of face, instead of greyish brown ; upper
ving-coverts pale brown, not blackish ; tail paler; the white
on the throat more extensive; breast buff instead of slate-
grey ; abdomen and under tail-coverts paler and inclining to
buff; under surface of quills pale brown, not blackish brown.
Total length 110 min.; exposed culmen 12; wing 50;
tail 37; tarsus 17.
Adult female. Differs from the adult female of R. f. fulvi-
rentris in being paler both on the upper and under surface.
Wing 50 mm.
Hlab. Colombia and Ecuador.
The type, which is in the British Museum, was collkeeted
by T. K. Salmon at Remedios, Northern Colombia.
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[NINTH SERIES.]
No. 8. AUGUST 1918.
X.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
—Part If. The Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine,
124
with a Note on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neo-
tragine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.
Tue first part of this series of papers, supplementary to the
account of the “ Cutaneous Glands of Ruminants” published
in 1910 (Proc. Zool. Soc. pp. 840-986), was issued in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June of this year, pp. 426-435.
It dealt with the Cephalophine, Neotraginz, Oreotraginz,
and Madoquine. ‘The present communication comprises
the Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, the most inter-
esting forms described being the two Rupicaprine genera
Capricornis and Budorcas, of which 1 had only defective
material for examination in 1910.
As in the previous paper, the pagination inserted after -
generic and specific names refers to the original treatise
published in 1910.
Subfamily 4 wrrzoprya.
Genus Gazeua, Licht.
In 1910 (P. Z. 8S. pp. 887-893) I described the preorbital,
inguinal, pedal, and carpal or knee-glands in the following
species of this genus :—G. bennettii, subgutturosa, marica,
muscatensis, dorcas, pelzelni, cuvieri, rufifrons, and saemme-
ringit. My descriptions were based upon fresh examples of all
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 10
126 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
the species except G. semmeringii, for which I was dependent
upon a dried skin. Since that date I have been able to
confirm my observations upon additional and fresh material
of G. bennetti, subgutturosa, rufifrons, dorcas, pelzelni, and
semmeringii, and can now add to the list one previously
unexamined species—namely, G. dama.
Some notes upon the examples of G. se@mmeringii and
G. dama may be of interest.
Gazella semmeringii berberana.—Specimens from Somali-
land (R. E. Drake Brockman). The preorbital gland is of
moderate size or small. The pedal glands are quite normal.
The inguinal glands are shallow wide-mouthed pouches
external to the mamme. The carpal glands are thick pads
of skin, covered with a mat of convergent hairs.
In a male example the secretion from the inguinal glands
smelt like sour milk. In a female the secretion from the
same glands, like that from the knees, had a strong ovine
scent, like that of a pen of domestic sheep, whereas the
waxy secretion from the pedal glands resembled dogs’ dung
in odour.
The rhinarium (fig. 1, I) is a little less reduced than in
typical gazelles, in which it consists of hardly more than a
small irregularly pentagonal area of naked skin restricted to
the septum between the nostrils (fig. 1, G, H). But in
G. semmeringii its upper edge is slightly expanded and
spreads a little to the right and left, partly hanging over the
nostrils above.
In the penis (fig. 1, B) the tubular prolongation of the
urethra is short, barely projecting beyond the tip of the
slightly swollen termination of the glans. It is shorter than
in ordinary gazelles—e. g., G. bennettii (fig. 1, D) and
G. rujina, figured by Lonnberg in 1904.
Gazella dama ruficollis.—Examples (g ? ) from the Soudan
(G. Blaine). The preorbital gland is a shallow pit, quite
small as compared with that of the typical gazelles. The
pedal glands are quite normal. The inguinal glands consist
of a pair of very shallow wide-mouthed pouches, one on each
side just external to the corresponding mamma. The carpal
or knee-glands, on the contrary, are rather exceptionally
well developed, consisting of a pad of thick skin, overgrown
with a mat of mesially convergent hairs covered with scurfy
secretion.
The end of the penis in this species is slightly enlarged
and the urethra is prolonged as a thin tube a little beyond
the tip of the glans (fig. 1, C).
It has been suggested that the three large white-rumped
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 127
SSA
"2 .
Zee <
°
Ny
we
SUN
wa
Wy)
—~
A. Extremity of penis of Antilope cervicapra.
B. The same of Gazella semmeringit.
C. ‘The same of G. dama.
D. The same of G. bennettiz.
E. The same of Antidorcas marsupialis.
F. Section of the fore foot of Lithocranius walleri.
G. Rhinarium of Gazella rujifrons from the front, x 2,
H. The same from the side.
I, The same of Gazella semmeringii from the front, x 3,
K. The same of Antilope cervicapra from the front, x 3,
L. The same from the side.
t 10*
128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
African gazelles—G. granti, semmeringii, and dama—connect
the smaller typical African and Asiatic gazelles with the
springbuck Antidorcas; and Lydekker and Blaine (Cat. Ung.
Mamm. iii. p. 85, 1914) adopt for them the subgenerie title
Nanger, remarking that the group is replaced in South Africa
by Antidorcas. Although I am only acquainted with the
normal pedal glands of G. granti, I am unable to find in
G. semmeringii and G. dama any justification for the view
that they lessen the differences between the typical gazelles
and Antidorcas, or that they represent the latter in north
and east Africa more nearly than the other gazelles of that
area represent it.
In the same Catalogue another subgenus of gazelles is
admitted under the name Procapra, comprising the three
central Asiatie gazelles picticaudata, przewalskii, and guttu-
rosa, none of which is known to me apart from dried skins
and skulls.
Procapra was established by Hodgson for the reeeption
of picticaudata, which, according to his description, differs
from other gazelles in having no preorbital, inguinal, or
carpal glands ; no trace of moist rhinarium, and the inter-
digital fossz, described in one place as “ pores,” small.
Moreover, on the positive side it possesses a large postcornual
sinus, by which is meant apparently a gland behind the
horns analogous to that of Rupicapra and Oreamnos. Ad-
mitting the truth of these observations, and I do not see on
what grounds they are to be disputed, picticaudata must be
recognized as generically distinct from Gazella, and prze-
walskii, which at least resembles it in the absence of pre-
orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, must be associated with
it—at all events, provisionally. Thespecies named gutturosa,
on the other hand, resembles the typical gazelles in having
preorbital, carpal, and inguinal glands, the first two being
small and the last-mentioned large. Clearly, therefore, it
must be severed from picticaudata and przewalskii, for which
the name Procapra must be retained. But, according to
Pallas, gutturosa possesses a preputial glandular sack, re-
calling that of Moschus, Nototragus, and Sus. In this respect
it differs, so far as is known, from all the species of Gazella.
~ I propose, therefore, to dismember guélurosa from Gazella
under the generic title Prodorcas.
Genus Antiporcas, Sund.
Antidorcas marsupialis, Zimm. (p. 893).
Several fresh examples of this species confirm in every
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 129
respect the constancy of the characters established in 1910,
showing that, so far as the cutaneous glands are concerned,
the genus Aniidorcas differs from Gazella in the absence of
inguinal and carpal glands and the presence of the great
dorsal gland.
I may add that the rhinarium resembles that of Gazella
in consisting of a small irregularly pentagonal area on the
narial septum, and that the penis is also like that of Gazeda,
the urethral canal projecting a short way beyond the tip of
the slightly swollen glans (fig. 1, E).
Genus AntTILoPE, Pall.
Antilope cervicapra, Linn. (p. 894).
My observations upon the cutaneous glands of this antelope
were based in 1910 upon two dried skins. Since that date
I have seen several fresh specimens, confirming in all respects
the characters previously established as distinguishing the
genus Antilope from Gazella. Two other differences are,
however, supplied by the rhinarium and the penis. The
rhinarium (fig. 1, K, L) is considerably better developed,
and therefore less specialised than in Gazella and Antidorcas.
Not only is it broader between the nostrils, but it is extended
along their upper border nearly as far back as their posterior
notch.
In the penis, figured by Lénuberg in 1904, the urethral
prolongation is longer and thicker than in Gazella and
Antidorcas (fig. 1, A).
Genus Lituocranivs, Kohl.
Lithocranius walleri, Brooke (p. 896).
I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore
and hind feet and the skin of the inguinal area of this
species from British East Africa. These show that the
foot I examined and described in 1910 was, as suggested,
distorted with respect to the glandular interdigital space.
This space (fig. 1, F) differs from that of Gazella, Anti-
dorcas, and Antilope im that it gradually deepens from its
upper (or proximal) to its lower (or distal) end, where
the thick interungual fold curves forward. In other words,
the skin of the front of the pastern above the depression
passes imperceptibly into the latter by a gradual inclination,
without showing a sign of the abrupt descent seen in the
other genera. ‘lhe pedal gland recalls that of Rupicapra.
There are two pairs of mammz, but no inguinal glands.
130 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
By their external characters, dealt with in this paper, and
by their horns the genera of Antiloping here admitted may
be briefly diagnosed as follows :—
Genus Gazeuxa, Licht.
Preorbital, inguinal, carpal, and pedal glands present, the
pedal glands in the form of long and deep interdigital clefts
of even depth throughout ; rhinarium a small irregularly
pentagonal moist area on the narial septum, and not, or
only to a very small extent, bordering the nostrils above ;
urethral canal usually only surpassing the glans penis to
a small extent; horns in males with concavo-convex, usually
sigmoid, curvature.
Type, G. subgutturosa.
Distribution. From Central and South-western Asia into
India and North and East Africa.
Far too many species of this genus appear to me to be
admitted by Lydekker in the British Museum Catalogue.
Genus Proporcas, nov.
Distinguishable from Gazella by the presence of a preputial
gland and a shorter tail, the structure of the pedal glands
being unknown.
Type, P. gutturosa, Pall.
Distribution. Mongolia and Northern China.
Genus AnTILOPE, Pallas.
Distinguishable from Gazella by the nakedness of the
integumental web tying the hoofs together, by the larger
rhinarium which borders the nostrils above, by the much
longer and thicker elongation of the urethral canal of the
glans penis, and by the spirally twisted horns.
Type, A. cervicapra.
Distribution. India.
Genus Anriporcas, Sund.
Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of inguinal
and carpal glands and by the presence of a large distensible
glandular area on the back, which is peculiar to the genus.
Type, A. marsupialis, Zimm.
Distribution. Africa south of the Zambesi.
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 131
Genus Lirnocrantus, Kohl.
Distinguishable from Gazella by the structure of the pedal
glands, the floor of which gradually slopes downwards from
the front of the fetlock, the cleft beimg deepest at its lower
end, where it is walled in by the heel-tie; also by the
absence of inguinal glands and the presence of four mamme.
Type, L. walleri.
Distribution. British East Africa and Somaliland.
Genus Procarra, Hodgson.
Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of the pre-
orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, the presence of a gland
behind the horns, the reduced size of the pedal glands
which apparently have a pore-like orifice, as in Ovis and
Nemorhedus, and, it is stated, by the rhinarium being over-
grown with hair.
Type, P. picticaudata, Hodgs.
Distribution. Mongolia, China, Tibet.
Subfamily Rurrcaprivz.
Genus Rupicarra, Blainv.
Rupicapra rupicapra, Linn. (p. 848).
Several examples of the typical race of this species from
the Tyrol have enabled me to verify, and in the case of some
characters to extend, my observations, which in 1910 were
based upon the carcases of two newly born kids and upon
adult specimens living in the Zoological Gardens.
Preorbiial and inguinal glands are absent and the structure
of the pedal glands is constant, the floor of the depression
slopes gradually downwards from the front of the fetlock to
the heel-tie, where the integument is folded forwards and
upwards to form a ridge constituting the distal well of the
depression. The walls of the depression are covered with
soft, short, silky hair. Elsewhere the hair of the foot is long
and coarse, and it is noticeable that the space between the
hoofs and the heel-tie itself are covered with long hair. In
this character the feet of Rupicapra differ from those of
other genera of Rupicaprines. Even in Oreamnos, where
the greater part of the interdigital cleft is hairy, the heel-
tie at least is naked *.
* My figure of the foot of the newly born chamois shows the point of
the heel-tie to be naked. I am, unfortunately, unable to verify the
accuracy of the drawing in that respect.
132 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
In 1910 I figured and described the postcornual gland of
the male example then living in the Zoological Gardens
when at their maximum of development, and a figure of the
head of a female sketched on the same day was added to
show the absence of the swelling. But in an adult female
that died on Dec. 4th, 1912, I discovered the gland to be
much better developed than would be expected from looking
at the living animal, in which it is covered with the hair of
the parietal region. The glandular area is superficially
like that of the male, consisting of a subcircular area of skin
marked with grooves. In section it is seen to be composed
of thickened skin thrown from front to back into four folds,
making ridges separated by valleys, the ridges gradually
increasing in height from the base of the horn posteriorly.
It may be remembered that I described this gland in the
adult female in 1910 as consisting of a crescentic groove
behind the horn on each side, this description being taken
from the historic preparation in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons. J have no doubt that this preparation
was made from a female that died during the period of
inactivity of the gland, and that the difference between this
specimen and the one I examined, which died in December,
is purely a question of seasonal development*.
The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) is small. It borders the
nostril above as a narrow band, and it reaches inferiorly to
the edge of the upper lip as a narrow vertically grooved
philtrum ; but beneath the nostrils it only extends a short
distance on each side of the middle line, the rest of the
lower rim of the nostril being formed by hairy skin.
The extremity of the penis (fig. 2, F) is slightly depressed,
and the urethral canal is prolonged beyond the extremity as
a pointed process which is a little longer than that of Nemo-
rhedus, but shorter than that of Budorcas described below.
But in the sketch published by Gerhardt in 1906 the process
is at least as long as in Budorcas,
Genus Capricornis, Ogilb.
Capricornis sumatraensis jamrachi, Poc. (p. 855).
In 1910 I gave a brief account of the superficial appearance
of the pedal and preorbital glands of an example of this
* It appears to me to be probable that the “postcornual sinus” —
described by Hodgson as present in Procapra picticaudata resembles in
structure the postcornual gland of the female Rupicapra when it is in the
stage of a crescentic groove. It is detectable in the newly born young of
Rupicapra in this condition.
Eater nal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 133
Fig. 2.
TP}
Lary.
Bo ihas AB
A. Rhinarium of Rxpicapra rupicapra from the front, x 3.
B. The same from the side.
C. The same of Nemorhedus goral from the front, x 3.
D. The same from the side.
E. The eye and preorbital gland of Nemerhedus goral, the gland in sec-
tion showing the thickened integument overgrown with hairs,
holding secretion at their bases.
F. Extremity of penis of Rupicapra ruptcapra.
G. The same of Nemorhedus goral.
H. The same of Budorcas taxicolor.
I. Section of preorbital gland of Capricornis thar.
K. Section of fore foot of the same, showing the large interdigital gland
with its small orifice.
134 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
race, named C. thar jamrachi, which was then living in the
Society’s Gardens. The death of the animal in July 1913
enabled me to make a detailed examination of these glands,
The preorbital gland (fig. 2, 1) consists of a comparatively
deep, thick-walled, nearly spherical sack, the cavity of which
is absolutely packed with long hairs, growing nearly verti-
cally from its walls and protruding as a tuft from the small,
circular, non-valvular orifice.
The pedal glands (fig. 2, K), alike on the front and hind
legs, open by a small circular orifice on the front of the
pastern at the summit of the interdigital cleft exactly as in
Ovis and Nemorhedus, and, as in these genera, the orifice
leads into a well-defined cylindrical tube or duct. But,
whereas in Ovis and Nemorhedus this duct gradually passes
into a comparatively small saccular portion of the gland
bent upon the duct at an acute angle, in Capricornis the
duct communicates abruptly with an immense saccular
gland which occupies the entire space, bounded laterally by
the bones of the feet and above and below by the anterior
and posterior integument of the pastern. Inferiorly the
sack reaches into the angle formed by the fold of integument
constituting the heel-tie, and above it extends almost up to
a point on a level with the upper edge of the false hoofs.
The cavity of the sack was sparsely hairy and filled with
brownish-yellow secretion.
So closely are the walls of the glandular sack applied to
the integument of the pastern, that I am convinced the
explanation of my failure to detect the gland in the dried
skin of C. argyrochetes, mentioned on p. 855 of my previous
paper, lies in the occurrence of a similar condition in that
species. Hence the idea I then provisionally entertained,
that possibly that species has no pedal glands, may be finally
dismissed.
I am unable to find any justification for Lydekker’s
opinion that the various forms of Capricornis should be
referred to two species, C. sumatraensis, comprising nine
subspecies ranging from Kashmir to Sumatra and an un-
known number from China, and C. argyrochetes from
Kansu and Szechuan in China. The latter does not differ
so much from some of the subspecies of C. sumatraensis as
some of the Jatter differ from each other. In the present
state of our knowledge it appears to me that the only
courses open to us are to regard these forms as local races
of one species, the course I adopted, or as so many distinct
species—a course which I prefer to leave to him who has
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 135
the time and leisure to discover and define the characters to
which specific rank may be assigned.
Genus Carricornutus, Heude.
Capricornulus crispus, Temm. (p. 855).
Heude separated this species of serow from Capricornis
as a distinct genus Capricornulus, which Lydekker and I
adopted as a subgenus. But it appears to me that the
discovery of the structure of the pedal glands in Capricornis
throws a different complexion on the question.
In 1910 I figured and described the pedal glands of
Capricornulus crispus, and pointed out that they resemble
in all respects those of Nemorhedus. Moreover, the
discovery of the presence of preorbital glands in Nemo-
rhedus (cf. infra) lessens the differences between that genus
and Capricornis, and results in the occupation by C. crispus
of a position intermediate between the two so far as
cutaneous glands are concerned, the pedal glands resembling
those of Nemorhedus and the preorbital glands those of
Capricornis.
Genus Namoruenus, H. Smith.
In 1910 my examination of material of this genus was
limited to dried skins of WV. goral and N. raddeanus. Since
that date I have seen a fresh adult male example of the
former species, which enables me to amplify and, in one
particular, to correct my previous observations.
Nemorhedus goral, Hard. (p. 853).
A male example from Chamba, presented by Major Rodon
in 1904, which died Nov. 4th, 1915.
The preorbital gland was declared to be absent in this
genus by Owen, Hodgson, and Ogilby. That statement,
which I accepted, proves to be untrue, strictly speaking,
although the gland is so small as to account for its being
overlooked on dried skins or even on fresh material.
Externally the gland is marked by a very small patch of
nearly naked skin covered with dry scurf-like secretion.
There is no invagination of the integument, but beneath
the patch of bare epidermis, the dermis is thickened and
glandular (fig. 2, E). The gland, although relatively
smaller, may be compared in its development to that of
136 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
Adenota kob or Hippotragus niger ; but whether it repre-
sents a rudimentary or vestigial condition of the pouch-like
preorbital gland of Capricornis must be left an open
question.
The pedal glands and the structure of the feet resemble in
every respect those of N. raddeanus, described and_ figured on
p- 854 of my previous paper. Inguinal glands, as noticed in
1910, are absent.
The rhinarium (fig. 2, C,D) is large and naked on its
upper surface almost as far back as the posterior angle of
the nostril, but in the middle line above, the hair grows
forwards, foiming an angular point, Beneath the nostril
laterally there is a comparatively wide area of smooth naked
skin. In front the rhinarium extends to the edge of the
upper lip as a narrow grooved strip of corrugated integu-
ment which expands above to right and left beneath the
inner angle of the nostrils, and the expanded portion is
flanked on each side by an area of smooth naked skin,
The penis (fig. 2, G) is cylindrical, slightly expanded
distally, then gradually narrowed to the apex, beyond which
the end of the urethral canal is prolonged as a tube for a
short distance.
Two points of special interest may be noticed in con-
nection with these observations: namely, the similarity of
the penis to that of Budorcas, described below, and the
presence of the preorbital gland, which serves to link Nemo-
rhedus closer with Capricornis than was previously supposed
to be the case.
Genus Buporcas, Hodgson.
Budorcas taxicolor, Hodgson (p. 856).
The death of a male example of this species from N.W.
Bhotan enables me to verify and extend my account of the
external characters of this genus published in 1910, and
based partly on this example when alive and partly upon
a dried skin of B. tazicolor tibetanus lent to me by
Mr. Gerrard.
The rhinarium (fig. 3, A, B) is continued inferiorly to
the edge of the upper lip as a narrow mesially grooved strip,
which is longer than in Nemorhedus owing to the
greater depth of the upper lip. Laterally an area of naked
skin, narrower than in Nemorhedus, is continued with a bold
curve beneath the widely expanded nostrils, and curving
round their posterior extremities passes into the dorsal
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
137
portion of the rhinarium, which is much shorter from before
backwards than in Nemorhedus, being considerably more
overgrown with hair.
Fig. 3.
ee NA Des
& , on i ies J
Be =a: gS
1 I:
Mp iisiinn: C5
MWA yy \ y OWite, via
BE: Yd YS Yh
‘Ss
—
SS
ae
—_
S
<3
=
xs
BSS
yes m =
“ig 3
ZZ |
.o
A. Muzzle of Budorcas tazicolor from the front, x
B. The same from the side.
C, Genital area of Budorcas taxicolor.
p., pendulous extremity of penis ;
t., long tuft of hair protruding from the prepuce ; m., mamme
arising from glandular elevation ; s., scrotum.
The feet resemble in essential particulars those of the dried
example figured in 1910 (p. 852) and described (p. 856),
except that on the fore foot there is no trace of the
138 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
transverse ridge of integument just where the hair of the
pastern ceases in the interungual space. There is no
trace of definite pedal gland, although the hair at the
bottom of the interdigital depression in front is stuck
together with secretion, indicating activity of the skin at
that spot. The hind foot is like the front foot.
There is no trace of preorbital gland or of inguinal glands
in the ordinary sense of that term ; but the two mamme
(fig. 3,C, m.) on each side, set as far out from the middle
line as the outer edge of the scrotum, are close together,
one in front of the other, in the centre of a distinct swelling
like a small udder. When the skin is cut away, this
swelling is seen to be caused by a blackish glandular mass
like a small bunch of grapes, and blackish secretion could be
squeezed through a single pore on the posterior teat with
the use of considerable pressure. This unusual condition of
the mammary gland in the male is worth putting on record,
although, pending the examination of other specimens of
Budorcas, it must be regarded, I think, as pathological in
one individual.
The penis (fig. 3, C, p.) is provided with a pendulous
prepuce, three inches long, rising trom the abdomen six inches
in front of the scrotum. Just within the orifice of the pre-
puce the skin is highly glandular and overgrown with long
hairs, which protrude from the aperture to form a tuft
three or four inches long. The glans penis (fig. 2, H) is
apically attenuated and provided with a straight, moderately
stout, urethral prolongation projecting some little way beyond
the tip of the glans. Except for the greater elongation of
the free portion of the urethral canal, the glans penis is very
like that of Nemorhedus.
One of the chief interests connected with Budorcas is
involved in the claim that the genus is related to Ovibos,
whose uncertain position in the Bovidee was expressed by
Liéunberg’s ascription of it to a special subfamily Ovibovinze
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, pp. 142-167). Judging from the
characters dealt with in this paper it does not appear to me
that the claim of close relationship between the two forms
can be maintained, and I am disposed to regard the resem-
blances between them in horn-growth, robustness of build,
etc., as independently acquired. The differences between
them may be tabulated as follows. For most of the
characters relating to Ovibos I am indebted to Lénnberg’s
paper :—
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
Budorcas, ad. 3.
Rhinarium well developed, about
14 mm. deep above the nostrils,
26 mm. wide between them, and
extended beneath them as a naked
strip of skin and passing inferiorly
to the edge of the upper lip asa
mesially grooved band (philtrum)
about 7 mm, wide.
Preorbital gland absent.
Hoofs narrower, more pointed in
front, integument between them
naked.
Mamme 4, the anterior and
posterior on each side almost in
contact, but very widely separated
from those of the opposite side,
the four together arranged in a
transverse oblong about five times
as wide as long.
Prepuce distally pendulous, distal
portion of its cavity not provided
with longitudinal ridges, but
thickly beset with coarse long hairs
protruding at all seasons some
4 inches from the orifice as a long
tuft.
Glans penis markedly attenuated
at the apex, the urethral canal pro-
longed for a considerable distance
beyond the tip.
139
Ovibos, ad. ¢.
Rhinariumgreatly reduced, about
8 mm. deep above the nostrils and
only a little more between them,
not extending beneath them and
not continued inferiorly to the edge
of the upper lip.
Preobital gland present, invagi-
nated,
Hoofs broad, wide in front, in-
tegument between them thickly
hairy except for the naked heel-tie.
Mamme 4, arranged so as to
form the normal four-sided figure,
which is only a little wider than
long, the anterior being separated
from the posterior on each side by
a considerable space.
Prepuce distally pendulous, distal
portion of its cavity provided with
longitudinal folds and clothed with
fine hairs only in the winter, but
these do not form a long protruding
tuft.
Glans penis blunt at the end, the
urethral canal not extending be-
yond its tip.
But although the differences above tabulated exclude the
idea of relationship between Budorcas and Ovibos, sufficiently
intimate to warrant the removal of Budorcas from the
Rupicaprinz, as now understood, and its association with
Ovibos in a special subfarhily, they by no means justify the
conviction that Ovibos is not a specialised Rupicaprine.
The description, for example, of the preorbital gland applies
to that of Capricornis or Capricornulus, and the termination
of the urethral canal in Nemorhedus is nearly intermediate
in development between those of Budorcas and Ovibos ; the
arrangement of the mamme is normal for the Ruminantia,
as a whole, including the typical Rupicaprines ; the
structure of the feet may be easily derived in imagination
from that of Oreamnos or even of Nemorhedus,in which the
gland has reached the retort-like stage, which in the Caprinze
precedes its total suppression, as attested by Ovis and Capra,
and the reduction of the rhinarium in Ovidvs is foreshadowed
140 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some
in Rupicapra, except for the total suppression of the phil-
trum. In this respect Ovibos is highly specialised and
unique, so far as its possible allies are concerned.
On the evidence before me, I consider that if the Ovi-
bovinee be maintained as a special subfamily of Bovidee, the
Rupicaprinz, as at present understood, should be split up
into three subfamilies, the Rupicaprine for Rupicapra and
Oreamnos, the Neemorhedine for Nemorhedus, Capricornulus,
and Capricornis, and the Budorcine for Budorcas. But if
the conservative course of maintaining the Rupicaprine in
its recognised comprehensive sense be followed, then OQvibos
should, I think, be one of the genera of this somewhat
heterogeneous assemblage.
Subfamily Carrivz.
Genus Ovis, Linn.
Ovis musimon, Schr., and O. vignei, Blyth (pp. 859-861).
Since 1910 I have examined representatives of the two
species previously recorded, namely Ovis vignei and OU. musi-
mon, without finding anything to add or alterations to make
to my previous description of the cutaneous glands, except
to remark that in the case of O. musimon the naked
condition of the interungual integument noticed in one
specimen is quite exceptional, and that as a very general
rule that species and O. vignei are alike with respect to
the hairiness of the areain question. Possibly the variation
noticed is seasonal, as appears to be the case in Ammotragus
lervia.
The rhinarium of O. vignei is quite characteristic of the
genus. It extends as a narrow bar above the nostrils
almost back to their posterior termination, the internarial
septum is narrow, the area beneath the septum is a little.
expauded, and a narrow philtrum cleaves the upper lip, but
there is no naked area of skin bordering the nostrils below.
The penis of O. vignei (fig. 4, D), as in O. aries, ends in
a blunt gland-like enlargement, bent downwards distally.
From its underside the very long filiform termination of
the urethral canal arises, aud passes forward on the left side
of the glandular thickening.
Genus Pszupois, Hodgson.
Pseudois nayaur, Hodgs. (p. 863).
Specimens examined since 1910 confirm in every respect
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 141
the constancy of the characters upon which I separated
this species from Ovis—namely, the suppression of the
preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands.
The rhinarium (fig. 4, F, G) resembles in a general way
that of Ovis vignei, but the nostr ls are more dilatable and
the “philtrun” less well defined, hardly a trace of it
remaining. In one specimen the hairs.of the upper lip are
only separated by a very narrow parting, which is com-
pletely overlapped and concealed by the hairs to the right
and left of it.
The naked underside of the tail (fig. 4, H) is marked on
each side above the anus with a wide and moderately deep
glandular depression, corresponding with the subcaudal gland
of Capra, but smaller.
The glandular portion of the end of the penis (fig. 4, B)
is longer and straighter than in Ovis vignei, but the filiform
termination of the urethra is approximately as long as in
that species, and much longer than in the following genera.
The length of this tube and the absence of strong “ Caprine”
smell in the male are two points in which Pseudois comes
nearer Ovis than Capra. In the suppression of the specialised
cutaneous glands Pseudois is Caprine and not Ovine.
Genus Ammorracus, Blyth.
Ammotragus lervia, Pall. (p. 862).
My notes upon this species, published in 1910, were taken
from the examination of a living specimen. Several dead
examples that have passed through my hands since that
date confirm in every respect the statement then made as to
the absence of the preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands.
A peculiarity I drew attention to in 1910—namely, the
smoothness of the interdigital depression in the example
examived—proves to be inconstant, although the hairs of
this area when developed are not so long as in Ovis and
Pseudois. Possibly the variation is seasonal. For instance,
in a specimen ( ¢) that died on Nov. 11th, the interdigital
cleft was clothed with short hairs down to the heel-tie, as is
normal in the Caprine series. In a second that died on
March 5th, the interdigital cleft was naked. A third,
which died on Feb. 10th, exhibited a condition intermediate
between those of the other two. In the newly born young
_ the space is covered with hair.
The rhinarium (fig. 4, M) presents no features of special
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, 11. ae hk
142 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
Fig. 4.
A, Extremity of penis of Hemitragus jemlaicus.
B. The same of Pseudois nayaur.
C. The same of Ammotragqus lervia.
D. The same of Ovis vignet.
E. The same of Capra egagrus.
F. Rhinarium of Pseudois nayaur, showing absence of philtrum, x 2.
G. The same from the side.
H. Lower side of base of tail of Pseudois nayaur, showing the pair of
glandular depressions above the anus.
J. Rhinarium of Hemitragus jemlaicus from the side, x 3.
K. The same from the front.
L. The same of Capra egagrus, X 3.
M. The same of Ammotragus lervia, X 3
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 143
interest, being typically Ovine or Caprine in structure, with
the narrow “ philtrum ” well developed.
There is a well-marked subcaudal gland above the anus as
in Pseudois.
The gland-like termination of the penis (fig. 4, C) is very
like that of Ovis vignei in shape and curvature, but the
filiform termination of the urethra is a little shorter than
in that species.
According to Lydekker, the males of this animal are not
malodorous (Cat. Ungulates, i. p. 123). That is quite
untrue. The males have a very decidedly goaty odour in
the breeding season. It is also untrue that the typical race
of this species is distinguished by “an indistinct median
face stripe.” A pair imported from Morocco and exhibited
in the Gardens a few years ago showed no trace of such a
stripe.
Genus Capra, Linn. (p. 864).
I have nothing to add to what I said in 1910 regarding
the suppression of the preorbital, pedal, and inguinal glands
in various species of this genus.
The rhinarium conforms in type to that of Ovis and
Ammotragus, the “ philtrum” being better defined than in
Pseudois. In an example of C. egagrus from Crete, I found
the supranarial extension of the rhinarium (fig. 4, L) larger
than in most examples of domesticated goats; but this
varies to a certain degree in the Jatter, as also does the
width of the naked area of skin beneath the nostrils laterally
The subcaudal gland was a deeper pocket than those
observed in Ammotragus and Pseudvis.
The penis (fig. 4, E) also is constructed very much as in
those genera, and has a well-defined, but rather short, glan-
dular termination, which, on the riglit side, as in the other
genera, curls beneath the tubular filiform termination of
the urethra, which is shorter than in Ovis, Ammotragus, and
Pseudois.
Genus Hemitracus, Hodgson.
Hemitragus jemlaicus, Hodgs. (p. 866).
Additional specimens confirm my previous statements
with regard to the suppression of the preorbital, inguinal,
and pedal glands.
Hodgson’s assertion that the rhinarium (fig. 4, I, K) is
larger in Hemitragus than in Capra is perfectly true. The
supranarial extension is considerably deeper, and, similarly,
Eee
144 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
the extension beneath the inner angles of the nostrils in
front is wider.
In the penis (fig. 4, A) the glandular termination is more
elongate and less bulbous than in Capra and the filiform
termination of the urethra is shorter. It is the shortest,
indeed, that is found within the limits of the Caprine.
The subcaudal gland is represented externally by a shallow
depression above and at the sides of the anus.
Note on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine.
In my paper published in the issue of this Journal for
June 1918, L regret that I overlooked at the time Lénnberg’s
descriptions and figures of the penis of Cephalophus natal-
ensis and of Sylvicapragrimmia (Ark. Zool. Stockholm, (5) v.
no. 10, pp. 2-3, figs. 1-2, 1909). He shows that in C, natal-
ensis the urethral canal has a very long filiform prolongation
resembling that of Guevei mazxwelli figured by Garrod
(P. Z. S. 1877, p. 10, fig. 20), whereas in S. grimmia the
tubular prolongation is quite short, only overlapping the
glans to a small extent. Now, C. natalensis is so closely
related to C. dorsalis as hardly to admit of a doubt as to
identity in the structure of the penis in the two species. In
that case the penis of C. dorsalis I described as being without
the tubular urethral prolongation must have been defective,
owing to mutilation. Ldénnberg’s observations show that
Cephalophus differs from Sylvicapra not by the suppression
of the urethral prolongation, as I stated, but by its develop-
ment and length, which affiliate the former genus with
Guevei. .
In the case of the Neotraginz, it may be recalled that
Garrod (op. cit. p. 11, fig. 21) described the penis of
Ourebia nigricaudata as possessing a long slender urethral
prolongation considerably overlapping the slender tip of the
glans penis, whereas, according to Lonnberg’s observations
(op. cit. p. 4, figs. 3-4), the urethra does not surpass the tip
of the glans in Raphicerus campestris and Neotragus living-
stonianus. The penis of the example of Nototragus mela-
notis in which [ found the preputial gland agrees with that of
Raphicerus campestris.
hi
*,
7
On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex. 145
XI.—On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen.
By Sranuey Hirst.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Demodex soricinus, sp. n.
9. A small species, the cephalothorax being fairly wide.
Body a little more than three times the width of the cephalo-
thorax. Abdomen pointed posteriorly and somewhat longer
than cephalothorax+capitulum. Capitulum much wider
than long. (The spines on the capitulum cannot be seen in
the unique specimen, which lies ventral side uppermost.)
‘Total length 119 yp.
Host: Sorex vulgaris.
Demodex apodemi, sp. n.
?. A very minute but fairly elongated species. Body
about 44 times as long as the greatest width of the cephalo-
thorax. Abdomen a little less than twice the combined
length of cephalothorax and capitulum. Capitulum (at base)
wider than the length. Spines on dorsal surface of capitulum
well developed, being pointed at the end as in D. musculi
etc.
Total length 139 p.
36. Body from a iittle more than 4 up to about 5 times as
long as width of cephalothorax. Capitulum when fully
extended about as long as wide.
Male sexual aperture situated above interval between
second and third pairs of legs. Penis fairly long and
slender,
Host: Apodemus sylvaticus.
Demodex longior, sp. n.
9. An elongated species of comparatively large size,
resembling J). canis in many respects.. Body sometimes
nearly nine times as long as the width of the cephalothorax.
Abdomen about 22 times the combined length of cephalo-
thorax and capitulum. Capitulum wider than long; the
spines on its dorsal surface are short and somewhat curved.
Total length 280 p.
3g. Abdomen about twice as long as the cephalothorax+
capitulum. Body more than 6 times as long as the cephalo-
146 Mr. O. Thomas on
thoracic width. Male sexual orifice situated above the
interval between the legs of the first and second pairs.
Note—In one male specimen the tracheal tubes leading
from the capitulum are quite distinct; each is at first double,
but afterwards fuses to form asingle wide lateral main trunk.
Host: Apodemus sylvaticus.
Demodex nanus, sp. n.
¢. A minute species very like that present in Sorex vul-
garis casteaneus. Length varying from less than 3 up to
slightly more than 3} times the width of the cephalothorax.
Abdomen considerably shorter than combined length of
cephalothorax and capitulum. Capitulum usually much wider
than long ; the spines on its surface apparently obsolete or
absent.
Total length 87-102 yp.
Host: the black rat (Rattus rattus), a number of specimens
collected by the author from a freshly killed rat.
Note.—Hahn has already described a species of Demodex
(D. rattc) from a house-rat said to be Mus rattus. I have
not been able to consult his original description, which is
referred to by Gmeiner. ‘The latter says the species is like
that of the dog. From this one would infer that it was an
elongated form of comparatively considerable size, similar to
that found in Rattus norvegicus.
It is probable, indeed, that the rat from which Halhn’s
specimens were taken was really Rattus norvegicus, the brown
or Norwegian rat (syn. Mus decumanus). It is, of course,
possible that two species occur in Lattus rattus, as is certainly
the case in Apodemus sylvaticus.
XII.—New Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum, )
Gerlillus allenbyi, sp. n.
A small species, with short feet and tail; probably allied to
G. agag.
General colour much more mouse-grey than the usual tone
of gerbils, markedly greyer than G. gerbillus; head, shoulders,
and most of the upper surface near “ cinnamon-buff,” but
“
new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 147
the middle dorsal area greyer, though this difference may be
less marked in older specimens. Under surface less absolutely
pure white than usual, the hairs, especially in the inguinal
region, with a slight tinge of buffy. Postorbital light patches
present, but not very sharply defined ; below them on each
side, between eye and ear, there is a distinct patch of grey
hairs. Kars with proectote buffy, the rest whitish ; post-
auricular white patch sharply defined. Hands and feet
white, but a slight tendency to buffy appears on the wrists ;
soles all hairy except for a small round patch on the heel.
Tail not proportionally long; dull buffy, little lighter below ;
its terminal dark crest inconspicuous.
Skull of the general build of that of G. gerbillus, but the
bullee smaller. Supraorbital beads little developed.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 70 mm. ; tail 95; hind foot 24; ear 9.
Skull: greatest length 26:2 ; condylo-incisive length 23 ;
zygomatic breadth 14°5 ; nasals9°6 ; interorbital breadth 5:2 ;
breadth of brain-case 13°3 ; zygomatic plate 3°9; palatal
foramina, anterior 4°4, posterior 2°2; greatest horizontal
diagonal diameter of bulla 9:2; breadth of bulla at right
angles to last, exclusive of meatus, 5-7 ; upper molar series 4,
Hab, Coast region of Palestine. Type from Rehobot, near
Jaffa.
Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 14.5.29.5. Original
number 8. Collected 3rd February, 1914, by T. Aharoni.
Presented by the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild.
This is evidently the species which Nehring * assigned to
G. longicaudus, Wagn. But Wagnuer’s animal, which I have
seen in Munich, was from Egypt, and was clearly referable
to G. gerbillus, as has been shown by Anderson and de Winton.
The Palestine gerbil seems to be related to G. agag, Thos.,
but is readily distinguishable by its less bright colour, greyer
back, and the greyish patches between eye and ear.
I have named it in honour of the general to whose forces
the country where it occurs owes release from the barbarian
domination under which it has suffered for so many centuries,
Gerbillus acticola, sp. n.
Near G@. pygargus, but the bullze larger.
Size and colour as in G. pygargus, of the same light
desert-colour—quite unlike that of G. dunni of Central
* SB. Ges. Fr. Berl. 1901, p. 173.
148 Mr. O. Thomas on
Somaliland. Compared with a series from Shendy, the
ground-colour is warmer, being near ‘‘ warm buff” in py-
gargus, while it is “ pinkish cinnamon” in actécola; but the
variation in the colour of these desert-animals is so great that
not much stress can be laid upon it. Sides lighter, line of
demarcation high up. Postorbital and postauricular white
patches well marked. Fore limbs wholly, hind limbs mostly
white. Hind soles with a nearly naked stripe running along
the inner side almost to the base of the hallux. Tail buffy
above, white below; the terminal crest inconspicuous,
brown.
Skull of the same stoutly built elongated form as in
pygargus, the supraorbital beads similarly strongly developed.
Bulle of similar shape, but decidedly larger than in any of
the considerable series available of pygargus and pyramidum.
Dimensious of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 118 mm.; tail 144; hind foot 29;
ear 15.
Skull: greatest median length 32°53; greatest diagonal
length 32 ; condylo-incisive length 28°5 ; zygomatic breadth
17-4; nasals 12°7; interorbital breadth 6°6; breadth of
brain-case 14°5; breadth between meatal edges 16°3 ; zygo-
matic plate 4°7 ; palatal foramina, anterior 5°4, posterior 3 ;
bull, horizontal diagonal length 12 ; breadth at right angles
to last, excluding meatus, 7; greatest diameter in any
direction 12-7; upper molar series 4°1.
Hab. Coast region of N. Somali. Type from Berbera,
other specimens from Bulhar.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.11.5.4. Original
number 32. Collected 30th July, 1905, and presented by
Dr, R. E. Drake Brockman. Nine specimens.
‘his Somali representative of G. pygargus, distinguished
by its larger bull, is the species mentioned on p. 119 of
Dr. Drake Brockman’s ‘Mammals of Somaliland’ (1910) as
the Coast Gerbil, a title I have Latinized as above.
Gerbillus vallinus, sp, n.
A Gerbillus with an unusual amount of the soles naked and
with very large bulle.
Size about as in G. peba. Fur long and loose. General
colour strong sandy buffy, near “ cinnamon-buff,” not so
inclined to russet as in G. pela. Line of demarcation on
sides not very sharply defined. Lighter postorbital and post-
auricular markings scarcely perceptible. Ears short, their
new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus, 149
proectote buffy like the general colour. Fore limbs wholly
in the white area, without any darker colour on their front
surface. Soles less haired than in other members of Gerbillus,
the naked area extending from the heel along the middle
of the sole to the level of the base of the hallux, but the
region of the pads is closely and profusely hairy, as usual
in the genus. ‘'ail at base pale buffy above, whitish below—
its terminal portion lost in the type.
Skull remarkable for the great size of the bulle, which
tend to recall those of Desmodillus and far exceed those of any
other member of this genus. ‘I'he posterior breadth of the
skull is therefore unusually great. Muzzle slender. Supra-
orbital beads present. Zygomatie plate more projected
forward than in most species of Gerbillus, and almost
approaching the projection characteristic of Zaterillus; the
same is the case in G. peda. Palatal foramina, both anterior
and posterior, large and well open. Bulle greatly swollen,
the anterior edge of the meatus also inflated; a well-marked
vacuity just beneath the opening of the meatus.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 92 mm.; tail (60+); hind foot 30;
ear 15.
Skull: greatest median. length 29; greatest diagonal
length 30; condylo-incisive length 27 ; zygomatic breadth
16; nasals 11°2; interorbital breadth 6; breadth of brain-
case 14:3; breadth between outer edges of meatal inflations
16°8; zygomatic plate 4°8; palatal foramina, anterior 5°2,
posterior 2°53; greatest horizontal diagonal diameter of
bulla 10°7 ; greatest diameter in any direction 12°2 ; upper
molar series 4°2.
Hab, Bushman-land. Type from Tuin, near Kenhart,
Hartebeest River, near 29° 8., 21° E.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 12. 1. 11. 2. Presented
alive by Maj. H. A. P. Littledale to the Zoological Society,
by whom it was transferred on death to the National
Collection.
This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its
greatly enlarged bulla, which tend to approach in size those
of Desmodillus auricularis, obtained in the same region by
Major Littledale. The hind feet of this animal are also
more naked than in other members of Gerbillus, but- have,
however, the characteristic distal cushion which distinguishes
the genus from Dipodillus.
150 On new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus.
Taterillus gyas, sp. n.
A Tateri/lus with decidediy larger skull than any other,
Size rather, but not conspicuously, larger than in 7’. eminé.
General colour above strong and dark, near “cinnamon,” or
even approaching “tawny”; sides cinnamon-buff. Ears
rather large. Hands and feet white; soles quite without
any trace of the usual transverse band of fur. ‘Tail long, its
basal half brownish above, dull buffy below; terminal tuft
well developed.
Skull conspicuously larger and more heavily built than in
any known Taterillus. Interorbital region rather more
parallel-sided than usual, the supraorbital ridges strongly
developed. Posterior palatal foramina extending from the
level of the front root of m! to the middle of m?. Bulle of
average proportional size.
Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 127 mm.; tail (damaged in type, 175 mm.
in another specimen of about the same size) ; hind foot 34;
ear 21.
Skull: greatest length 39; condylo-incisive length 35;
zygomatic breadth 19°5; nasals 15:6; interorbital breadth 7°3;
breadth of brain-case 158; zygomatic plate 7:3; palatal
foramina, anterior 7:2, posterior 4°6; horizontal diagonal
diameter of bulla 10°2; upper molar series 5°5.
Hab. Kamisa, Dinder R., Sudan.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 3. 8. 24. Original
number 55. Collected 26th December, 1913, by Willoughby
P. Lowe, and presented by Abel Chapman. Two adult and
six young specimens examined.
This Zaterillus is remarkable for its large size and the
complete absence of the hairy band across the soles. It thus
considerably resembles the members of the genus Taterona.
But its elongate posterior palatine foramina show that ifs
place really is in this genus, all the more that 7. gracilis
proves to be variable in the development of the same hairy
band. In that species the band is commonly absent, fairly
often slightly or partially developed, and occasionally fully
developed, all extremes occurring in any one locality.
This species ranges eastwards from the Gambia to Upper
Nigeria, where it occurs side by side with 7. nigeri@ on the
Bauchi Plateau. ‘The latter was first described from a
single specimen, but about a score of gerbils have been more
recently sent by Mr. Fox, and were all supposed to be of
the same species as the first. I now find, however, that they
On a new Duiker from Zanzibar. 151
are mostly referable to 7. gracilis, only four belonging
to JT. nigerie, which may be distinguished by its larger
size, longer anterior palatine foramina, and uniformly longer
feet, and these in all four examples have well-developed
sole-bands.
XUL—A new Duiker from Zanzibar.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Tue British Museum has received from Dr. W. M. Aders,
Government Biologist at Zanzibar, native skins of three local
Ungulates, two antelopes and a Potamochwrus. One of the
former is that of a Nesotragus moschatus, but the other repre-
sents a duiker quite distinct from any species hitherto
described.
In honour of its donor, to whom the Museum is indebted
for many Zanzibar mammals, it may be called
Cephalophus adersi, sp. n.
Allied to C. weynst*, but with whitish bands across thighs
and a white tufted tail.
Size and general characters about as in C. weynsi of the
Congo. Line along nape with reversed fur, as in that
species. General colour of withers and nape dark brown
(near mummy-brown), which gradually becomes more rufous
(darker than ‘‘ avellaneous ”) on the shoulders and flanks, and
posteriorly on the rump passes into deep rich chestnut-rufous
(“ mahogany-red” where richest), Under surface whitish,
not sharply defined laterally, the hairs pale drabby at base,
whiter terminally ; a mesial rufous patch on the chest. Fore
limbs with the avellaneous rufous of the shoulders passing
down without interruption, but on the hind-quarters there is
a broad whitish band running across the outer side of the
hips and separating the chestnut-red of the rump from the
rather paler red of the legs ; this band is more or less rufous
white where it commences on the sides above the inguinal
glands, but becomes nearly pure white posteriorly, where it
* Figured and described, Ann. Mus. Congo, ii. p. 14, pl. vi. (1901).
152 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schinh.
contrasts prominently with the mahogany-red rump. Fore
and hind feet deep rufous speckled with white, but how far
these white specklings may be an individual abnormality I
have no means of judging. Tail, without tuft, about 2 inches
in length, the tuft well marked, its hairs rather more than an
inch long, wholly white, though there is a narrow rufous line
running along the top of the tail basally.
Middle of neck to rump about 24 inches.
Hab. Zanzibar.
Type. Native skin. B.M. no. 18, 5.25.1. Presented
and collected by Dr. W. M. Aders.
By its reversed nape-hairs and general type of coloration,
with brown fore back and rufous rump, this striking duiker
shows relationship to C. weynsi, but it is at once distinguished
by the whitish bands which run across the thighs and show
up the brilliant rufous of the rump, and by the wholly white
tail-tuft, that of C. weynsi being prominently blackish above.
These characters are so marked that, although the specimen
is a native skin, without head or hoofs, I feel justified in
describing it, but hope Dr. Aders may soon be able to obtain
a complete example of so striking an animal, on whose
discovery he is to be congratulated.
XIV.—WNotes on Alcides, Schénh. (Curculionide, Coleoptera).
By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, D.Sc.
ConsIDERABLE confusion exists in collections with reference
to the strikingly marked species of Alcides related to
A. delta, Pase. Pascoe’s original description (Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond., Zool. x. 1870, p. 460) was based on three speci-
mens, from Ceylon, Ceram, and Amboyna respectively ; of
these he selected the Ceylon specimen as his type, and the
other two examples now prove to belong to a quite distinct
species. Subsequently he gave a figure of A. delta (ibid. xi.
1871, pl. ix. fig. 10), but instead of illustrating his type he
unfortunately selected a so-called ‘variety,’ which turns
out to be yet a third species, and was later described by
Kirsch under the name of triangulifer (Mitt. Mus. Dresd. i.
1875, p. 40). Probably misled by Pascoe’s figure, Aurivil-
lius in 1891 (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (3) iii. p. 218) sunk
triangulifer as a synonym of delfa, and thus it stands in
Bovie’s ‘ Catalogue of Alcidine ’? (Wytsman, fase. 71).
Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh. 153
As a matter of fact, A. delta differs from both the other
forms mentioned above in a very striking character ; nor-
mally in Alcides each tarsal claw is deeply cleft, but in
A, delta the claws are simple and soldered together at the.
base. This character is also found in yet another new and
allied species, likewise from Ceylon. I have not so far
observed it elsewhere in the genus, though Lacordaire men-
tions its occurrence without citing any species. A. triangu-
lifer presents a somewhat intermediate condition, the inner
division of the claw being very much reduced.
The following table will serve to discriminate the mem-
bers of this group, all of which possess a similarly-shaped
large patch of silvery-white scales on the side of the meso-
and metasternum, and this also occurs in the very differently
marked A. kirschi, Pasc., from Labuan :—
1 ( 4). Tarsal claws simple, connate at the base ;
sides of prothorax not constricted in
front; genze of g not produced down-
wards at the apex.
2 ( 8). Transverse impression at base of elytra
shallow, base of prothorax not lower
than the apex; apical edge of rostrum
produced into a short ‘point in the
MENU oe ee ee ten hae eae estes se delta, Pase.
8 ( 2). Transverse impression on elytra very
deep, base of prothorax distinctly lower
than the apex; apical edge of rostrum
shallowly emarginate in the middle.. ephippiatus, sp. n.
4 (1). Tarsal claws cleft; sides of prothorax
markedly constricted in front; gen
of ¢ with a tusk-like downward pro-
cess at the apex.
5 (14). Elytra with a large common triangle
formed of broad pale stripes enclosing
a black triangle ; front tibize with an
internal tooth placed nearly in the
middle.
6( 9). Peduncle of submentum narrowly ob-
long (2X1) and shallowly constricted
at the extreme base only; anterior
pale stripe on prothorax running trans-
versely upwards along the edge of the
granulate area, not covering the post-
ocular lobe.
7( 8). Apical margin of rostrum rounded;
scutellum pointed at apex; post-hume-
ral stripe on elytra not uniting behind
with posterior angle of the pale tri-
Pers evies sb eet ur 6 > we ceramodelta, sp. n.
154 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schinh.
rounded at apex ; post-humeral stripe
on elytra uniting broadly with the
osterior angle of the triangle ...... muirt, Sp. D.
9 ( 6). Petitincle of submentum subtriangular,
broad at apex and very strongly nar-
rowed behind; prothorax with an ill-
defined pale stripe covering the whole
ostocular lobe and running obliquely
Backend on to the disk.
10 (11). Shoulders of elytra produced outwardly
into a sharp angle; setz at apex of
tibia blaokish. yu. kinsyiears wuss stamodelta, sp. n.
11 (10). Shoulders of elytra obtuse; sete at apex
of tibize reddish.
12 (13). Elytra broader, broadest at the shoulders
and narrowing gradually behind;
edeagus of g with the median lobe
narrowed to a point at the apex ; pro-
thorax with an oblique blackish stripe
running from the eye almost to the
BABA 2 e pawaig ad Monn tina en ahr triangulifer, Kirsch.
13 (12). Elytra narrower, almost parallel-sided
from the shoulders to beyond the
middle; edeagus of g with the me-
dian lobe dilated at the apex, its
apical margin very broad and sinuate ;
prothorax with the black mark behind
the eye contined to the non-granulate
BYRCRL ALOR pvp ssh ols sep ko bomen Javanodelta, sp. 2.
14 ( 5), Elytra without any distinct triangular
markings, the oblique discal pale
stripes diverging from the middle to
the shoulders instead of converging
towards the scutellum; the internal
tooth on the front tibize much nearer
to the base than to the apex ........ magicus, Pase.
Alcides delta, Pasc.
So far as is known at present the true A. delta is confined
to the lowlands of Ceylon.
Alcides ephippiatus, sp. n.
3 ¢. This species has the same general facies and pat-
tern as A. delta, as well as the simple and connate claws, but
differs as follows:—The pale markings are usually covered
with a dark pink or pinkish-brown powdering, and the stripes
on the elytra are generally narrower, so that the enclosed
black triangle is larger; the infra-humeral stripe is reduced
to one-half the length or less; in the V-shaped apical patch
the outer arm (on interval 7) is only half as long as the
WL. BEE: MarshallontAleides, @ehonh. 185
inner (on interval 3), whereas in delta they are equal or
nearly so. The rostrum is proportionately much shorter,
and the apical edge is shallowly emarginate in the middle.
The dorsal outline of the prothorax is much more convex, so
that the basal margin is well below the plane of the apical.
The elytra are proportionately shorter, the basal transverse
impression being much deeper, so that the dorsal outline is
strongly convex; intervals 3 and 4 are not so markedly
costate at the base, and the scales that form the pale
markings are much smaller, most of them being very deeply
fringed at the apex.
Length 10-134 mm., breadth 43-55 mm.
Cryton: Dikoya, 4000 ft. (type), and Bogawantalawa,
5000 ft. (G. Lewis) ; Kandy (E. E. Green).
The deeply sinuous dorsal outline of this species renders
it easily recognizable. It appears to be the mountain
representative of A. delta in Ceylon.
Alcides siamodelta, sp. n.
2. Closely resembling Pascoe’s figure of A. triangulifer
(i. c.), except that the shoulders of the elytra are produced
outwardly into a sharp angle. Other distinctions are :—In
triangulifer the 7th joint of the funicle is elongate and equal
to or longer than the club (4: 3-4), in the transverse pale
band forming the base of the triangle on the elytra the
intervals are distinctly granulate, the apical sete on the
tibiz are reddish, and the tarsal claws have the inner divi-
sion unusually short and slender; in siamodelta the 7th
joint of the funicle is transverse and distinctly shorter than
the club (24:4), the intervals are not granulate in the
transverse band of the elytra, the apical sete on the tibiz
are blackish, and the tarsal claws are normal, the inner
division being about three-fourths the length of the outer.
Length 93-103, breadth (at shoulders) 54-6 mm.
Frencu Inpo-Cuina: Laos (type) ; Sram.
Alcides triangulifer, Kirsch.
So far as I know at present this insect is confined to
the Malay Peninsula, Burma, and the Nicobars. Insects
recorded from Borneo under the name of A. delta will
probably be found to belong to a distinct species.
Alcides javanodelta, sp. n.
3 ¢. Apart from its narrower form and shorter rostrum,
156 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh.
extremely similar to A. ¢triangulifer. In addition to the
characters given in the key, the following distinctions have
been noted:—The mentum is quite flat (in ¢riangulifer it
bears a shallow longitudinal impression); the proportions
of the 7th funicular joint to the club are 2-23: 34-4 (in
triangulifer 4: 3-4), and the intermediate tibiz are simply
angulate in the middle internally (in ¢riangulifer there is a
sharp tooth). But its most striking character is the broad
dilatation at the apex of the median lobe of the wedeagus,
for in all other species of the group this organ is pointed at
its tip, as is usual in the genus,
Length 84-124 mm., breadth 33-53} mm.
JAVA.
All the specimens of this group that I have seen from .
Java belong to this species. There isin the British Museum
a single specimen labelled Singapore (Coll. Atkinsun), but
it seems possible that the locality may be erroneous.
Alcides ceramodelta, sp. n.
3 2. While this species agrees with triangulifer, as com-
pared with delta, in the structural characters mentioned in
the key, it differs from it in the pattern of the prothorax,
which quite resembles that of delta and ephippiatus, the
general colour being blackish brown, with the usual oblique
lateral pale stripe above the cox, a transverse subapical
pale band running along the anterior edge of the granulate
area, and a pale central stripe.
The general form is broader in proportion to its length
than in any of the other species. The rostrum is propor-
tionately short and stout, and its apical margin is rounded,
with traces of very feeble undulations ; the peduncle of the
submentum differs from that of all other members of
the group (except A. muiri) in its more narrowly oblong
form. In the antenne the 7th joint of the funicle is shorter
than the club (3:4)*. The prothorax is very similar in
shape to that of triangulifer, but the granules are slightly
smaller and there is no trace of the shallow median stria.
The scutellum is bluntly pointed at its apex, whereas in
all the other species it is broadly rounded. ‘The intervals
on the elytra are more distinctly granulate than in delta
and rather less carinate than in triangulifer, thus giving the
* By actual measurement; owing to the club being pointed, it appears
relatively shorter than it really is.
Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Aleides, Schénh. «157
elytra a somewhat smoother appearance. The legs are
markedly shorter than in ¢riangulifer, but the tarsal claws
are similar, the inner division being much reduced; the
median tooth on the middle tibiz is almost as long as that
on the front pair.
Length 123-13; breadth 63-6? mm.
Ceram (type); AmsBorna (A. R. Wallace).
Alcides muiri, sp. n.
6. Pattern similar to that of A. delta and A. ceramodelta,
except that the post-humeral stripe on the elytra unites
broadly with the posterior angle of the pale triangle on each
side; the edges of the pale markings rather ill-defined.
Very similar in structure to A. ceramodelta, but the
elytra distinctly narrower. The rostrum proportionately
longer and its dorsal outline less convex than in that
species, the length equal to that of the middle dorsal line of
the prothorax (4 mm.), whereas in the latter the rostrum is
4mm. and the prothorax 5 mm.; the apical margin of the
rostrum with a short sharp central projection, and the genz
produced downwards. The prothorax with comparatively
fine and close granulation, its dorsal front margin rather
strongly rounded. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex.
The intervals of the elytra with low granules throughout.
The tooth on the middle tibize only slightly smaller than that
on the front pair, the hind pair distinctly angulate internally,
the apical fringe of a chestnut colour; tarsal claws cleft, the
inner division very small.
ABdeagus about half the width of that of A. ceramodelta ;
the spiculum fine and hair-like, more slender than in any
of the other species, its median width one-third of that of
A, ceramodelta.
Length 13, breadth 6 mm.
Timor-Lavut Is.: Larat (F. Muir).
The following corrections must be made in Bovie’s
‘ Catalogue of the Alcidinz’ (Wytsman, fase. 71) :—
(A. wahlbergi, Chev. 1881=humerosus, Ancey, 1881, nec
Har. 1880 = anceyi, Bovie, 1908) = A. olivaceus,
Gerst. 1862.
(A. curialis, Pase. 1883) = A. transversus, Walk. 1859.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. 11. 12
158 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties
(A, parilis, Pasc. 1882) is the g of A. indigaceus, Pase.
1882.
(A, rubrirostris, Pape, 1907) = A. lameerei, Faust, 1899.
(A. trilineatus, Faust, 1891)= A. segnatus, Boh. 1836.
A. signatus, Boh., is cited by Bovie (on the authority of
Faust) as an African species, but in reality it is
Indian; and all the specimens identified by Faust
under this name (cf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899,
p. 415) will almost certainly prove to be A. arcuatus,
Boh.
A. roelofsi, Lewis, is omitted from Bovie’s Catalogue ; it
was proposed (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, p. 465)
as a new name for A. albolineatus, Roel. 1875 (nee
Boh. 1836), and A. sexvittatus, Faust, 1894, falls as a
synonym of it.
The genus Acerus, Pasc., should not be included in the
Alcidinz ; it belongs to the Hylobiine, being nearly
related to Paipalesomus, Schh.
XV.—On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén.
By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Tus lizard, the type of the remarkable genus Ophiops
established by Ménétriés in 1882, the distinguishing feature
of which resides in the apparent absence of eyelids *, varies
* “Palpebra inferior nulla, superioris tantummodo rudimenta,”
Ménétriés.—“ Oculi palpebris destituti, capsula oculari instructi,”
Wiegmann.—“ Pas de paupiéres,” Duméril & Bibron.—“ Eyelids none,”
Ginther. I have long ago set right this misconception. The only
character distinguishing this genus from Cabrita, Gray, is the fusion of
the lower eyelid with the upper, a state of things conveying the appear-
ance of an absence of the eyelids. What was supposed to be the cernea
of the eye in Ophiops is the transparent disc of the lower lid, neither
more nor less developed than in Cabrita. Although united with the
upper, the lower eyelid is, however, not absolutely immovable. On
touching the transparent disc in an Ophiops occidentalis which I had
alive, I observed this to be at once lowered, the upper haif of the eye
being then covered by the granular portion of the lid.
of the Lizard Opliops elegans, Mén. 159
considerably in the lepidosis, more or less according to the
districts it inhabits, and has, in consequence, given rise to
the establishment of a certain number of species, untenable as
such. However, with a large material (I have carefully
examined about 350 specimens) it is just possible to draw up
definitions justifying the retention of some of these forms,
whilst degrading them to a subordinate rank.
The typical Ophiops elegans was founded on specimens
from Transcaucasia, in which, according to Boettger, the
number of scales and plates round the body varies between
34 and 40*. Those examined by me are from Asia Minor
(Angora, Kaisarieh, Albistan, Giaour Dagh).
The varieties which I recognize are four in number.
Their characters are contrasted with those of the typical form
in the following synopsis, inteuded to apply to series of
specimens :—
382 to 41 (usually 34 to 40) scales and plates round
middle of body; 7 to 13 (usually 9 to 12)
femoral pores oa each side; collar distinct only
ou the sides ; occipital small or very small .... Forma typica.
28 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body ; 8 to
12 (usually 9 to 11) femoral pores on each side ;
collar distinct only on the sides; oczipital small
MERELY S003, choc iso's, « won tin were meen hela Var. ehrenbergii.
30 to 37 (usually 31 to 36) scales and plates round
middle of body; 8 to 11 (rarely 12) femoral
pores on each side; collar often distinct, some-
times free across the throat; occipital rather
large, sometimes 2 to 24 times the width of the
SOGOU PORIOGEL ste cteul asta viy y's Wied ees a ti4G ds a's Var. persicus,
30 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body; 11
or 12 femoral pores on each side; nostril be-
tween 8 shields, a single postnasal being present. Var. mizolepis.
38 to 49 (usually 40 to 46) scales and plates
round middle of body; 10 to 16 (usually 11 to
15) femoral pores qn each side ; collar and gular
fold often distinct ; occipital small or very small. Var. schlueter.
Var. ehrenbergit.
Amystes ehrenbergii, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, ii. p. 1.
As has'been pointed out by Boettger, the specimens from
Western Asia Minor and the Southern Sporades differ from
* Having counted them in 70 specimens from Angora, I find 16 speci-
mens with 36 scales and plates, 12 with 37, 11 with 38,8 with 40,7 with
39, 6 with 35, 6 with 34, 2 with 33, 1 with 32,1 with 41. 10 femoral
pores in 58, 11 in 46, 9 in 22, 12 in 9, 13 in 4, 8 in 1, is
12
160 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties
the typical form in having larger scales on an average. The
same form occurs also in Syria (Amystes ehrenbergii, Wiegm.),
together with the small-scaled O. schlueteri, Boettg.
I count 28 to 34 scales and plates round the middle of the
body ; the posterior dorsals are sometimes nearly as large as
the upper caudals, forming 7 to 10 longitudinal series between
the hind limbs. The lower border of the subocular is usually
longer than in the typical form, } to 3 the length of the
upper border, rarely 3.
The specimens examined by me are from Constantinople,
Smyrna, Xanthus, Meander Valley, Zebil Bulgar Dagh
(Cilician Taurus), Lebanon, Mt. Hermon, Mt. Tabor, Samaria,
Galilee, Jerusalem.
Var. persicus, nov.
The specimens from Persia (Superghan, L. Urmi, Ispahan,
Shiraz, Karman) are distinguished by the larger occipital,
which may be twice or twice and a half the width of the
interparietal, and the more extensive share taken by the sub-
ocular in the border of the mouth, agreeing with the var.
ehrenbergii in the latter respect. The collar is often more
distinct, sometimes free across the throat. 30 to 37 scales
round the middle of the body, usually 31 to 36. 8 to 11,
rarely 12, femora] pores on each side. )
Var. mizolepis.
Gymnops meizolepis, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 124.
Ophiops meizolepis, Blanf. E. Persia, p. 369, pl. xxv. fig. 2.
A single specimen from the low country S. W. of Kalabagh,
on the Indus, has been made the type of a distinct species,
and even referred to a distinct genus, on account of the
presence of a single postnasal instead of two. I have not
seen the specimen, stated to have 34 scales and plates round
the body and 12 femoral pores on each side, but there is
nothing in the description to warrant a separation from
V. elegans, and I should have felt inclined to regard the
presence of one postnasal instead of two as an individual
peculiarity, such as I have noticed in the var. schluetert and
in O, occidentalis, were it not that Blanford has rediscovered
the same form at Basra, Mesopotamia, where it is said to
occur in abundance, aud where the character appears to be
fixed*, It is also noteworthy that the only two specimens
* According to Blanford, it occurs as a rare exception in S. Persia:
of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mdén. 161
from Haifa in Palestine examined by Boettger are distin-
guished from all other Syrian individuals by the same
character. In view of the constancy of the single postnasal
in individuals from certain localities, [ retain O. mizolepis
under a varietal name, but provisionally only and with some
doubts as to its validity.
I have examined two of Blanford’s Basra specimens, as
well as two recently obtained at tle same place by Col. Wall *
and one from Amara, Mesopotamia, received from Capt. P. A.
Buxton.
Var. schlueteri.
a schlueteri, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 176, pl. iii.
g. 3.
This is the most distinct of the various forms grouped
under O. elegans, and one might feel inclined to regard it as
a valid species. There is, however, an overlap in the
numerical character of the scales as compared with the
typical form, and no constancy in the other characters
pointed out in the original description ; so that it is better to
treat O. schluetert as a variety, completely connected with
the typical form and the var. ehrenbergii.
The dorsal scales are small, the posterior always much
smaller than the basal caudals; they form 10 to 14 longitu-
dinal series between the hind limbs ; 38 to 49 scales and
plates round the middle of the body, usually 40 to 46. The
femoral pores number 10 to 16 on each side, usually 11 to 15.
The temporal scales are usually smaller than in the typical
form (50 to 90 instead of 34 to 63, 27 to 50 in the var.
ehrenbergti). A more or less distinet gular fold ; collar
usually distinct, but very rarely quite free. The subocular
borders the mouth very narrowly, its lower border is rarely
more than one-fourth the length of the upper. One specimen
has a single postnasal instead of two.
This variety is confined to Palestine (I have examined
specimens from Mt. Hermon and Baalbeck) and Cyprus. It
should be regarded as, on the whole, the most primitive of the
forms included under O. elegans.
“In two specimens... . the lower nasal is joined to the lower postnasal,
so that the nasal shields resemble those in Chondrophiops { = Gymnops |
or Eremias.”
* Preserved in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society.
162 On a new Lizard from Yunnan,
XVI.—Deseription of a new Lizard of the Genus Acantho-
saura from Yunnan. By G,. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Acanthosaura varcoe.
Head once and one-third as long as broad ; snout a little
longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis and
superciliary edge sharp ; tympanum nearly as large as the
eye-opening ; upper head-scales unequal, granulate and
keeled, a few, near the ear, raised and spine-like ; 14 or 15
scales in a transverse series between the superciliary edges ;
8 upper and as many lower labials ; gular scales smaller than
largest ventrals. A strong oblique fold in front of the
shoulder. Body neither compressed nor depressed; dorsal
scales very unequal in size, imbricate, strongly keeled ;
nuchal crest very low, continued on the body as a series
of enlarged, strongly keeled scales; two interrupted series of
strongly enlarged, strongly keeled scales along each side of
the back ; ventral scales strongly keeled and mucronate, the
median smaller than the laterals. Fourth finger a little
longer than third. Hind limb reaching the ear in the-male,
the shoulder in the female. Tail cylindrical, not crested.
Yellowish or reddish brown above, male with a cream-
coloured dorso-lateral band ; 5 chevron-shaped blackish bars
across the back; sides with a wide-meshed black network ;
an oblique black streak from the lower eyelid to the com-
missure of the jaws; upper lip cream-colour; limbs with
black cross-bars ; lower parts white.
3 9.
mm. mm,
Total length... ..i0s)4.is0sps as} sek LOS 187
Head, 2.5202 oa eran ace eae 19 19
Width af head! 057 eee ee 14 14
Boy 3 , od Fan MES sy wee eee 44 53
Bore limb. 02s 340 vite RA AS Fe 31 31
SA 6d Teas 5:0. «-Vie ba ripe i ee 43 43
Bil eae wae. aiken. sate er robe Ce 105 115
Two specimens, preserved in the British Museum—a male
from Yunnan Fou and a female from Wuting Chu,—received
from Mr. J. Graham in 1914.
The species is named after Mrs. Graham (maiden name,
Varcoe).
On the Braconidex in the British Museum. 163
XVII.—Notes on the Biaconidee in the British Museum.—
IV. On new Helconine, mostly Australian. By RowLanp
KE. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Key to the Australian Genera of Helconine.
1. Recurrent nervure received by second cubital
ROR pee ee fed 2 $9) iss Hae ie aptels . Megalohelcon, gen. n,
Recurrent nervure received by first cubita
RP eies i 31.5 5. = shh a ea, o/s’ <1 6 = Gina seat 2,
2. Median lobe of mesonotum depressed below
mis tatetel loos... 2c. Sdn tod as . Paraheleon, Kokuj.
Median lobe of mesonotum not depressed ., 3.
3. Anal cell of fore wing with two fully deve-
loped transverse neryures; first tergite
large, constricted at one-third from the
base, the basal portion bilobed and mas-
sively subtuberculate on each side of the
MeORVOn TISTPTH! «2's 92.2 ek wraceieie« soe .. Calohelcon, gen. n.
Anal cell of fore wing with one transverse
nervure, rarely with indications of the
second; first tergite not abnormal...,., 4.
4. Frontal excavation present...........+.00+ ;
Frontal excavation absent ............055. Aspidocolpus, Wesm.
5. Anal cell of fore wing with indications of a
second transverse nervure ............ Gymnoscelus, Forst.
Anal cell of fore wing without any indication
of a second transverse nervure ........ 6.
6. Median segment and two basal tergites clothed
with dense grey pubescence ; second ter-
gite with a median longitudinal carina.. Trichiohelcon, gen. n.
Median segment and abdomen without dense
pubescence; second tergite without a
PAEUR! sO. ike Bad) seit & der bls ne ».... - Austroheleon, gen, n.
Typical Gymnoscelus has the second transverse vein of the
anal cell fully developed.
MEGALOHELCON, gen. nov.
Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth much
longer than the outer; anterior margin of the clypeus straight.
Face produced into a spine above the base of the clypeus,
with a curved carina on each side near the inner margin of
the eyes; cheeks as long as the third joint of the flagellum.
Head large, transverse, as broad as the thorax ; eyes broadly
oval, ocelli very large ; frontal depression not well defined.
Antenne about 77-jointed. Median lobe of the mesonotum
164 Mr. R. E.-Lurner on the
broad, slightly depressed in the middle, the parapsidal furrows
very broad and deep. Median segment areolated. Abdomen
elongate-fusiform, slender at the base; the apical dorsal
segment narrow, with short cerei, terebra very short. Radial
cell not quite extending to the apex of the fore wing ; first
cubital cell only divided from the discoidal on the apical
half, the cubital nervure obsolete on the basal half of the
cell ; second cubital cell long and narrow, about half as long
again on the cubitus as on the radius; second transverse
cubital nervure oblique, sloping outwards from the cubitus
to the radius, less than half as long as the second abscissa of
the radius ; recurrent nervure received near the base of the
second cubital cell; anal cell with only one transverse
nervure, nervulus slightly postfureal.
Megalohelcon torresensis, sp. n.
Q. Testacea; mandibulis apice nigris; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis ;
cellula radiali margine costali anguste infuscata.
Long. 22 mm.
9. Antenne as long as the thorax and abdomen combined,
second joint of the flagellum a little longer than the third,
twice as long as the first. Face rugulose, mesonotum finely
and closely punctured ; pleurze almost smooth, the grooves
very coarsely crenulated. Dorsal surface of the median
segment about equal to the scutellum in length; with a
median carina and a slightly oblique lateral carina on each
side, all meeting the strong apical transverse carina ; on each
side of the segment is a strong carina reaching from the base
to the very large elongate spiracle ; the apical slope of the
segment has a small oval area at the base, with a median
longitudinal carina beyond it; near the lateral margins are
two longitudinal caring on each side. First tergite more
than three times as long as its apical breadth, the spiracles
just beyond one-third from the base, subtuberculate. Apical
ventral segment strongly compressed laterally, the terebra
very short, only slightly exserted, probably usually with-
drawn.
Hab. Islands in Torres Straits.
In the position of the recurrent nervure this resembles th
genus Brulleia, Szépl., but is very distinct otherwise.
Doubtless the large ocelli, the long antenne, and the pale
colouring indicate nocturnal habits. All other Helconing
recorded from Australia are from §.E. Australia and Tas-
mania, and I never saw any species of the group during my
long residence in North Queensland.
Or
Braconidae tn the British Museum. 16
Genus PARAHELCON, Kokuj.
Parahelcon, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent, i. p. 14 (1901).
Parahelcon konowi, Kokuj.
Paraheleon konowi, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent. i. p. 15 (1901). °.
Opius euthyrrhini, Cum. Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S5.W. xxxvii. p. 19
(1912). 2.
Hab. Gosford, N.S.W.
This genus is easily distinguished by the strongly depressed
median lobe of the mesonotum. The neuration is as in
Gymnoscelus ; the anal cell has two cross-nervures, but the
second is incomplete. The second transverse cubital nervure
meets the cubitus at right angles, not oblique as in typical
Gymnoscelus.
CALOHELCON, gen. nov.
Anal cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures ;
nervulus interstitial or very slightly postfureal ; second trans-
verse cubital nervure slightly oblique, not quite at right
angles to the cubitus ; first discoidal cell with a very short
petiole, almost sessile. Frontal excavation fairly deep ;
median lobe of the mesonotum normal ; parapsidal furrows
not very deep, not crenulated. Median segment smooth, not
areolated. First tergite as broad at the apex as the second,
narrowed at about one-third from the base, the basal portion
bilobed on the anterior margin and swollen on each side, at
least as long as the apical breadth, twice as broad at the apex
as at the base. Terebra at least as long as the whole insect.
‘Type of the genus, C. obscuripennis, ‘Turn.
Calohelcon obscuripennis, sp. n.
2. Nigra; capite rufo, antennis nigris; segmento mediano dimidio
apicali, segmentoque abdominali primo, macula mediana dorsali
subapicali nigra, albidulis ; alis fusco-hyalinis.
3. Femine similis.
Long., 9, 15 mm., terebre long. 17 mm.; ¢, 14 mm.
?. Clypeus narrowly depressed at the apex, the apical
margin straight, not reaching the mandibles in the middle.
Head massive, broader than the thorax, vertex and front
smooth and shining, a short longitudinal carina between the
antenne; face finely punctured, with an impressed longi-
tudinal line on each side from the base of the antenne to the
166 Mr. R. E. Turner on the
clypeus; posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from
each other. Antenne about 50-jointed, second joint of the
flagellum fully three times as long as the first. A large
curved depression, longitudinally striated, at the base of the
scutellum. Thorax and median segment smooth and shining.
Abdomen smooth and shining, the valvule clothed with
short hairs. Spiracle of the median segment small and
round.
Hab. Victoria (French), ex coll. Turner.
A variety in the British Museum collection without data
has the prothorax and mesonotum red and measures 18 mm,
in length. This may prove to be distinct or a local race.
The length of the second abscissa of the radius seems to be
variable in this species.
AUSTROHELCON, gen. nov.
Very near the genus Gymnoscelus, Forst., differing in
having only one transverse nervure in the anal cell of the
fore wing instead of two, and the second transverse cubital
nervure straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus, not
oblique. The genus Edyia,Cam., from Borneo, is somewhat
intermediate between the two genera, having the second
cubital cell as in Gymmnoscelus, but the second transverse’
vein of the anal cell almost obsolete. The frontal excavation
is shallower and less sharply defined than in Gymnoscelus and
Edyia. The nervulus in Ldyiaand Austrohelcon is distinctly
postfurcal, not interstitial as in Gymnoscelus.
Type of genus, A. meridionalis, Turn.
Key to the Species of Austrohelcon.
1 Head black; thorax almost entirely rufo-
WESLACOOUS 02 seis tip cc's ole 6's Bini ol e's :
Thorax almost entirely black .......... 4,
2, Joints 2-4 of the hind tarsi yellowish
Wess sae eS ooo eae ae
Third and fourth joints of the hind tarsi
ONLY Wine 7 Ss Soke cvs sos bebe A. australianus, Kokuj.
3. Pronotum, base of scutellum, and the
middle of the mesosternum black.... A. indultor, Erichs.
Thorax entirely rufo-testaceous ........ A. inornatus, Kokuj.
4, Head, except the ocellar region, red ..., A. erythrocephalus, Tome
Head Diack, 5.5 s4« Suen ees cots A. meridionalis, Turn.
s
Braconidie in the British Museum. 167
Austrohelcon meridionalis, sp. n.
@. Nigra; clypeo apice mandibulisque basi fusco-ferrugineis ;
abdomine rufo-ferrugineo, valvulis terebre nigris; antennis
43-articulatis, articulis 14-22 albido-flavis; pedibus rufo-testa-
ceis, tibiis posticis tertio apicali, tarsis posticis articulo apicali,
unguiculisque nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; tegulis testaceis.
Long. 9-11 mm.; terebre long. 13-14 mm.
9. Clypeus short, the apical margin deflexed and straight,
not reaching to the mandibles, leaving a space in which the
ciliated labrum is exposed. Face closely punctured, with
more or less developed strize, and a low but distinct longi-
tudinal carina, Front and vertex smooth and shining, the
frontal depression large but not very deep, the lower portion
distinctly margined laterally. Pronotum rugose ; the median
lobe of the mesonotum rather prominent, shining in front,
coarsely and irregularly reticulate posteriorly, the parapsidal
furrows very coarsely crenulated ; lateral lobes of the meso-
notum smooth and shining ; pleura rugulose, the mesopleuree
smooth and shining in the middle; scutellum finely punctured,
with a longitudinally striated depression at the base. Median
segment coarsely and irregularly rugose reticulate. Abdomen
smooth and shining ; the first tergite with two longitudinal
caring from the base to beyond the middle, the basal half
finely punctured, about three times as long as its apical
breadth. Hind metatarsus not quite as long as the three
following joints combined. Radius not quite reaching the
apex of the fore wing; second abscissa of the radius distinctly
longer than the first, about equal to the second transverse
cubital nervure ; first discoidal cell distinctly petiolate.
Hab, Victoria (French).
The colour varies considerably, some specimens having the
hind tarsi whitish yellow except at the extreme apex and
some having the upper portion of the propleurz fusco-
ferruginous. A specimen from Hobart differs in having the
hind metatarsus black and the second abscissa of the radius
nearly half.as long again as the second transverse cubital
nervure.
Austrohelcon erythrocephalus, sp. 0.
@. Rufo-testacea; thorace nigro, propleuris supra ferrugineis ;
segmento mediano nigro-suffuso ; tibiis posticis tertio apicali,
metatarso postico dimidio basali, unguiculisque nigris ; antennis
168 Mr. R. E. Turner on the
43-articulatis, articulis 15-25 albido-flavis; terebre valvulis
nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, tegulis testaceis.
Long. 9 mm. ; terebre long. 10 mm.
Q?. Differs from A. meridionalis in having the face very
finely punctured, without a carina; the median lobe of the
mesonotum finely punctured, not reticulate posteriorly ; the
first tergite transversely rugulose, the two longitudinal carinee
stronger than in meridionalis and reaching almost to the apex,
and the second cubital cell longer, somewhat narrowed to the
apex, the second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long
as the second transverse cubital nervure, and about two-
thirds of the length of the cubital margin of the cell.
Hab. Victoria (C. French).
A specimen from Franklin, Tasmania, has the hind tarsi
whitish yellow except at the base and apex, but in the type
also they are much paler than the other tarsi, and would
probably be whitish yellow in life.
I have not seen either A. indultor, Erichs., or A. australi-
anus, Kokuj. A specimen of A. inornatus, ’Kokuj. . differs
from the type in having joints 15-21 of the antenne whitish
instead of 15-24 as in the type, and the antenne only 39-
jointed instead of 45; but another specimen has 41 joints
with joints 15-22 whitish. The female of inornatus has the
terebra equal in length to the whole insect. Probably, as
Kokouyew suggests, inornatus will prove to be a variety of
indultor. he three species of Austrohelcon known to me all
have the clypeus short and the labrum exposed.
TRICHIOHELCON, gen. nov.
9. Closely allied to Austrohelcon, differing in the deeper
frontal excavation, in the strong longitudinal median carina
of the second tergite, and in the dense hairy covering of the
median segment and of the first and second tergites.
‘Type of the genus, [phiaular phoracanthe, Frogg.
Trichiohelcon phoracanthe, Frogg.
Iphiaulax phoracanthe, Frogg. Agricult. Gazette of New South Wales,
xxvii. p. 565 (1916). 9.
2. Nigra; capite rufo; segmento mediano, tergitisque primo
secundoque albo-cinereo- hirsutis ; ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris.
Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 11 mm.
¢. Antenne 48-jointed; head shining, the face finely
Braconidse in the British Museum. 169
punctured ; clypeus short, the anterior margin straight, not
reaching the mandibles, labrum exposed. Mesonotum and
pleuree shining, smooth, tle median lobe of the mesonotum
prominent, parapsidal furrows deep. First tergite less than
twice as long as its apical breadth.
Hab. S.K. Australia and Tasmania.
A parasite on Phoracantha larve. Placed in Iphiaulax by
Froggatt on the determination of C. Morley.
Genus GYMNOSCELUS, Forst.
Gymnoscelus rufoniger, sp. n.
9. Nigra, capite thoraceque rutis ; antennis, postscutelloque nigris ;
segmento mediano nigro, dense albido-piloso ; coxis anticis rufis ;
alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis ; autennis 45-articulatis.
Long. 10 mm.; terebre long. 8 mm.
?. Head broader than the thorax, smooth and shining,
the face very minutely punctured. Clypeus truncate at the
apex, the labrum slightly exposed; cheeks long, only a little
shorter than the eyes; frontal excavation deep. Thorax
smooth and shining, the median lobe of the mesonotumn
rather prominent; parapsidal furrows well marked, very
finely crenulated in the middle, the extremities smooth ; a
curved and strongly longitudinally striated depression at the
base of the scutellum. Median segment densely covered
with whitish hairs, not areolate. Abdomen smooth and
shining, not quite as long as the head, thorax, and median
segment combined, fusiform ; the first tergite about half as
Jong again as its apical breadth, covered with close-lying
white hairs, not carinated. Hind coxe subopaque, closely
and minutely punctured, sparsely covered with white hairs.
First discoidal cell sessile, nervulus slightly postfureal, anal
cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures, the second
partly obsolete. First abscissa of the radius very shoit,
second half as long again as the second transverse cubital
nervure, the latter straight, forming a right angle with the
cubitus.
Hab, Hobart, Tasmania (J. J. Walker) ; Victoria (French).
In the Victorian specimen the white hairs spread on to
the sides of the second tergite. The species is not a typical
Gynmoscelus, differing in the shape of the second cubital cell
and in the partial effacement of the second transverse vein of
the anal cell. It forms a link between Gymmnoscelus and
Lrichivhelcon, differing from the latter in the absence of a
170 Mr. R. E. Turner on the
carina on the second tergite and the partial development of
the second transverse vein of the anal cell.
Gymnoscelus rufithorax, sp. n.
¢é. Gracilis, niger; thorace rufo ; segmento mediano nigro, rugoso ;
alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; antennis 32-articulatis; tarsis inter-
mediis articulis tertio quartoque pallide brunneis.
Long. 6 mm.
6. Head broader than the thorax, finely and closely punc-
tured, the face more closely punctured than the vertex and
clothed with short white pubescence ; clypeus truncate at the
apex; cheeks about half as long as the eyes; frontal excava-
tion very shallow and ill-defined, a low carina from between
the antenne to the anterior ocellus. Thorax finely and closely
punctured ; the median lobe of the mesonotum not prominent ;
parapsidal furrows clearly defined, finely crenulated. Basal
half of the scutellum depressed and strongly longitudinally
striated ; median segment very coarsely rugose, not areolate.
Abdomen very slender, as long as the head, thorax, and
median segment combined ; the first tergite nearly as long as
the remainder of the abdomen, gradually broadened from the
base, three times as long as its apical breadth, transversely
rugulose, with two longitudinal carine from the base ex-
tending for fully three-quarters of the length of the tergite,
the extreme apex smooth and shining. Hind coxee closely
and finely punctured and sparsely clothed with white hairs,
hind calcaria very short. First discoidal cell sessile, anal
cell with two transverse nervures; second abscissa of the
radius nearly twice as long as the first, equal in length to the
second transverse cubital nervure, only half as long as the
cubital margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure
straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus.
Hab. Melbourne, Victoria (French).
This differs from typical Gymnoscelus in the very shal!ow
and almost obsolete frontal excavation, in which point it
approaches Aspidocolpus. But the second transverse vein in
the anal cell is present as in Gymuoscelus.
Genus ASPIDOCOLPUS, Wesm.
Aspidocolpus penetrator, Sm.
Rhogas penetrator, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 5 (1878). 9°.
This was erroneously placed in Rhogas by Smith. The
Braconide in the British Museum. Pe
head is smaller and more transverse than is usual in the
Helconine, and the abdomen is placed lower on the median
segment, almost as low as in the Diospiline, to which sub-
family the species shows some approach ; but the abdomen is
long and slender, and I think it is best placed here.
Hab. New Zealand.
Genus BruLueta, Szépl.
Brulleia chinensis, sp. 0.
3. Rufo-ochraceus; flagello, articulo basali excepto, mandibulis
apice, abdomine segmentis tertio, basi excepto, sequentibusque,
tibiis posticis dimidio apicali, tarsisque posticis, articulo apicali
excepto, nigris ; alis flayo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis, stigmate
costaque nigris.
Long. 20 mm.
3d. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the upper tooth
distinctly longer than the lower ; clypeus short, truncate at
the apex, the labrum exposed. Head transverse, broader
than the thorax, the whole, including the labrum, very finely
aud closely punctured; frontal excavation not very deep, but
well defined ; eyes about three times as long as the cheeks.
Antenne long, broken at the apex beyond the thirty-sixth
joint. ‘Thorax finely and closely punctured ; middle lobe of
the mesonotum not prominent ; parapsidal furrows deep,
crenulated ; postscutellum distantly longitudinally striated.
Median segment rugose, with an indistinct semicircular basal
area and two indistinct longitudinal carine very close together
near the middle; these carinz diverge on the apical slope,
enclosing a small semicircular area ; the lateral margins of
the segment with strong carine, the spiracles large and oval ;
a longitudinal striated groove below the spiracles. First
tergite rugose, broadened from the base, three times as long
as its apical breadth, with a longitudinal carina running
from each of the basal angles nearly to the middle ; second
tergite finely punctured-rugulose in the middle, the remainder
of the abdomen very finely and closely punctured. Hind
metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints combined.
Anal cell with two transverse nervures. First discoidal cell
sessile; recurrent nervure received by the second cubital cell
near the base ; second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as
long as the first, fully as long as the second transverse
cubital nervure, which is oblique, but not bent; nervulus
interstitial.
172 On the Braconidee in the British Museum.
_ Hab. North China.
The type of the genus is from New Guinea, but this appears
to be congeneric.
Genus HeEtcon, Nees.
Helcon unicornis, sp. n.
@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, coxis trochanteribusque posticis,
femoribusque posticis, apice nigro excepto, ferrugineis; tegulis,
palpis, segmento abdominali primo, pedibusque anticis inter-
mediisque testaceo-ferrugineis ; tarsis posticis, articulo apicali
excepto, albidis; antennis 37-articulatis, articulis 10 basalibus
fusco-brunneis, 11-18 albis, apicalibus nigris; alis hyalinis,
venis fuscis,
Long. 9 mm. ; terebre long. 6 mm.
@?. Face rugose, with a few oblique stria on each side ;
vertex and front smooth and shining ; the frontal depression.
not very deep, but strongly margined laterally, from the
anterior portion of the depression rises a strong blunt horn,
which rises higher than the raised lateral margins of the
depression. Cheeks more than half as long as the eyes.
Thorax closely and rather finely punctured ; median lobe of
the mesonotum not prominent; parapsidal furrows crenu-
lated ; mesopleuree smooth and shining; the mesonotum
behind with distinct transverse strie in the middle; basal
half of the scutellum occupied by a deep longitudinally
striated depression. Median segment transversely rugulose,
with four strong longitudinal carinze on the dorsal surface,
the sides of the segment rugose-reticulate. First tergite
rather coarsely punctured-rugulose, a little more than twice
as long as its apical breadth; second tergite indistinctly
punctured-rugulose at the base, shining at the apex; the
apical tergites smooth and shining. Hind femora very finely
serrate in the middle beneath, with a stout spine beneath
before the apex. The second transverse nervure in the anal
cell of the fore wing is only faintly indicated. First discoidal
cell distinctly petiolate; second abscissa of the radius less
than twice as long as the first, as long as the second trans-
verse cubital nervure, less than half as long as the cubital
margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure oblique ;
nervulus slightly postfurcal.
Hab. French Indo-China (received from A. Vuillet).
The frontal excavation is smaller than is usual in the genus,
and does not extend as high as the anterior ocellus, differing
in this respect from the Japanese H. cornutus, Cam., in which
the excavation is very large and deep. |
On the Rthynchotal Family Ly geide. 173
Genus C@LosTePHANUS, Kieff.
Celostephanus, Kieff. Ann, Soc. Entom. France, p. 232 (1911).
This genus, created by Kieffer for the Mexican C. rufus,
Kieff., must sink asa synonym of Gymnoscelus. ‘The hind
femora are missing in the type. The first tergite is smooth,
and the second transverse cubital nervure is not oblique ;
otherwise it does not differ appreciably from Gymnoscelus.
Kieffer placed his genus in the Stephanidee, quite erroneously.
XVIII.— Contributions to a further Knowledge of the
_Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant.
[Continued from vol. i. (ser. 9) p, 424. ]
Atthalotus apicimaculatus, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium black, finely, more
palely pilose; bases of the pedunculated eyes and narrow
base of head, an obscure narrow central line to pronotum, an
apical spot to scutellum, connexivum, lateral areas of head
beneath, broad lateral margins to sternum, and body beneath
more or less dark ochraceous; legs, rostrum, and antennz
black ; antenne with the second joint longer than the third,
which is almost subequal in length to fourth joint ; eyes
strongly pedunculate ; the pale apex to the scutellum some-
what globose; pronotum finely, obscurely punctate; mem-
brane slaty grey, the veins black, not reaching abdominal
apex.
Long. 5 mm.
Hab. East Africa [German]; Lulanguru (G. O. ZZ.
Carpenter).
Lygeus moniislune.
Spilostethus montislune, Bergr. Rev. Zool. Afric. iii. p. 456 (1914).
This species originally described from Uganda has also
been received by the British Museum from Abyssinia ;
Managasha (P. C. Zaphiro).
Lygeus fimbriatus. f
Lygeus fimbriatus, Dall. List. Hem. ii. p. 646 (1852); Dist. Faun,
Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 7 (1904).
This species has now been received from Ceylon; Pera-
deniya.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 13
174 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
Lygeus negts, 8). 1.
Sanguineous; apex of head and a spot at inner margins
of eyes, anterior margin of pronotum and two large sub-
quadrate spots on disk not quite reaching posterior margin
and anteriorly, outwardly, narrowly connected with lateral
margins, scutellum (excluding apex), posterior half of clavus,
lateral margins, and a central rounded spot connected with
the same black ; body beneath sanguineous, posterior sternal
areas greyish white and laterally spotted with black ;
antenne, legs, and lateral margins of abdomen black ;
antennz with the second joint longest, third and fourth
almost subequal in length ; pronotum centrally longitudinally
earinate; scutellum robustly carinate on apical half; mem-
brane passing abdominal apex, fuliginous, the veins on
extreme basal area black.
Long. 8 mm.
Hab. Abyssinia; Higo Samula (R. J. Stordy).
Allied to L, bettoni, Dist., from Brit. E. Africa.
Lygeus dives, sp. n.
Ochraceous ; apex of head and a large spot at inner
margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal
area and two large. subquadrate spots (anteriorly nearly
united to each other centrally and to the lateral margins
perfectly), scutellum (excluding apex), corium with the outer
claval margin and a darker spot at inner claval apex, lateral
margin (not extending to apex), a darker spot near middle
of lateral area, membrane, rostrum, and legs black; head
beneath and sternum black, margins of the sternal segments
greyish white, a prominent ochraceous spot near lateral
margins of each segment, and a few darker black spots;
abdomen beneath dull testaceous with a broad central fascia
and narrow lateral margins black; antenne mutilated ;
biack markings above more or less obscurely punctate; an
oblique incision on each side of the anterior pronotal area
between the black markings ; rostrum reaching the posterior
coxee.
Long. 7 mm.
Hab. Uganda; Mutanda (C. H. Marshall).
Allied to the preceding species, L. negus, Dist.
Graptostethus pictus, Dist. (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii.
p- 538, 1901).
This species, formerly only known from Natal and Trans-
vaal, can now be also recorded from N.E. Rhodesia; Upper
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 175
Luangwa R. (S.A. Neave). East Africa [German] Rd. to
Kilossa, Usagara Dist. (S. A. Neave).
Graptostethus carpenteri, sp. n.
Head and antenne black; pronotum testaceous with a
large basal black spot at each posterior angle; scutellum
black; corium greyish ochraceous, an elongate black spot
on apical half of clavus and a central rounded black spot
abutting on middle of costal margin; membrane black with
a transverse spot attenuated interiorly and a somewhat large
apical spot greyish white ; connexivum ochraceous with
black spots; body beneath pale purplish red, coxa] areas
paler and more greyish in hue ; head beneath, rostrum, legs,
two sternal spots on each lateral. margin, small lateral
abdominal segmental spots, and the apical abdominal seg-
ment black ; antenne with the second, third, and fourth
joints almost subequal in length; scutellum longitudinally
carinate on apical half; membrane passing abdominal
apex.
Long. 45-5 mm.
Hab. East Africa [German], Lulanguru (G. D. H.
Carpenter).
Allied to G. pictus, Dist. -
Graptostethus flammatus, sp. n.
Testaceous red ; apex of head and a small spot at inner
margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal
area and a large spot on each side of disk, scutellum (ex-
cluding apical central carination), corium with the clavus,
internal area and a sublateral marginal spot beyond middle,
membrane, body beneath, rostrum, antenne, and legs black ;
lateral margins of sternum and abdomen and abdominal
disk more or less testaceous ; sternal and coxal margins
greyish white ; antenne with the second joint about three
times as long as the first ; head and pronotum more or less
obscurely punctate ; basal angles of pronotum moderately
rounded, the lateral margins moderately thickened and
slightly recurved ; scutellum prominently centrally carinate.
Long. 12 mm.
Hab. Uganda; Kampala (C. C. Gowdey and S. A. Neave).
A species somewhat superficially resembling above the
well-known palearctic Lygeus familiaris, Fabr.
Graptostethus swynnertoni.
Lygeus swynnertuni, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 504
(1915).
The typical specimen described did not afford me a good
176 Mr. W. L. Distant on the ©
opportunity of detecting the posteriorly obliquely truncate
metapleure, I have now had the opportunity of examining
a good series of specimens.
Hab. South Rhodesia (C. F. M. Swynnerton). Gaza Land;
nr. Chirindi Forest (G. A. K. Marshall). Nyasaland;
Mlanje (S. A. Neave).
The British Museum also now possesses & specimen
labelled ‘‘ near Sfax, ‘Tunis (de Boerio),” a locality which I
consider doubtful.
Pyrrhobaphus guttaticollis, sp. n.
Dull purplish red, more or less pale ochraceously or
greyishly pilose ; eyes black; pronotum with the anterior
marginal area piceous and containing two dark black spots,
two somewhat similar spots in transverse series on pronotal
disk, and two larger and somewhat subquadrate spots at
base, scutellum and membrane black, the latter with its
basal angle and apical margin greyish white ; body beneath
thickly greyishly pilose, sternal and abdominal segments
with prominent lateral black spots; legs black, greyishly
pilose; antenne with the basal joint ochraceous and its
extreme base sanguineous, remaining joints black, extreme
base of second joint ochraceous, second joint a little longest,
third and fourth almost subequal : anterior marginal area of
pronotum posteriorly defined by a waved, obliquely rounded
incised black line ; scutellum more thickly pilose, with a
T-shaped discal carination ; rostrum black.
Long. 14 mm.
Hab. Malay Archipelago; Damma Isld. (J. J. Walker).
Cenocoris torridus, sp. 0.
Above dull testaceots red; antennz, eyes, anterior area
of pronotum (excluding extreme anterior margin), seutellum
(excluding apex), and membrane black or blackish ; sternum
pale sanguineous with large coxal blackish spots ; abdomen
beneath dull ochraceous, “the discal posterior areas of the
segments black; rostrum, legs, and antenne black ; fourth
joint of antenn considerably longest, second and third
almost equal in length; head above discally convex; pro-
notum coarsely punctate ; scutellum centrally longitudinally
carinate, the carination not reaching base, its apex san-
guineous; Clavus rather more very dull greyish than
remainder of corium ; membrane with the basal angle dark
indigo-blue, its apical margin hyaline ; rostrum reaching
apical margin of second abdominal segment.
Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 177
Long. 11-13 mm.
Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (7. P. Dodd). Cooktown
(Philip de la Garde).
Cenocoris floridulus, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium bright san-
guineous; membrane, antennze, rostrum, and legs (including
cox) black; head beneath, lateral areas of sternum, and
the abdomen beneath sanguineous, the stigmatal spots more
or less black ; basal joint of antenne reddish ochraceous,
apical joint about as long as second and third joints together ;
pronotum very coarsely punctate ; scutellum strongly,
centrally, longitudinally carinate, the carination not reach-
ing base; membrane somewhat bluish black, its extreme
basal angle testaceous, its apical margin subhyaline ; rostrum
very long, almost or quite reaching the apical abdominal
segment.
Long. 18-20 mm.
Hab. Indo-China ; Tonkin, Laos, Vientiane (R. V. de
Salvaza).
Allied to C. augur, Stal, from Queensland.
Macropes albosignatus, sp. n.
Black ; a large subquadrate spot on each lateral margin
of corium, a subbasal transverse arcuated fasia and a broad
apical fascia to membrane greyish white; basal joint of
antennze ochraceous (remainder mutilated) ; anterior lobe
and base of posterior lobe of pronotum shining black, and
sparsely punctate, the intermediate area opaque and thickly
coarsely punctate, on the anterior lobe are two discal foveate
impressions, posterior pronotal margin concavely sinuate
before base of scutellum which is longitudinally carinate ;
membrane almost reaching base of penultimate abdominal
segment.
Long. 95 mm.
Hab. N.E. Rhodesia; near Petauke, 200-400 feet (8. A.
Neave).
This fine species is represented by a somewhat strongly
carded specimen, so that it is not possible to describe the
under surface. It is allied to M. sultanus, Dist., from
~ Zanzibar,
178 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.
Macropes nigrolineatus, sp. 0.
Ochraceous ; three lineate, longitudinal spots between
eyes, narrow anterior margin, and two large spots at basal
margin of pronotum, inner claval margin, a_ transverse
macular fascia near middle of clavus, a submarginal nar-
row longitudinal fascia, and an apical central line to
abdomen above—visible through the transparent tegmina—
black; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type;
antenne ochraceous, apical joint claviform, scarcely longer
than the preceding joint; head and pronotum coarsely
punctate ; scutellum finely centrally longitudinally carinate ;
corium somewhat finely punctate; anterior femora incras-
sated and spined beneath.
Long. 5 mm.
Hab. East Africa [German]; Lulanguru, 17 miles W. of
Tabora—on bushes (G. D. H. Carpenter).
Germalus humeralis, sp. u.
Ochraceous; pronotum (excluding anterior marginal area),
clavus, outer claval area, and pale suffusion at base of
membrane pale bluish-grey ; eyes castaneous, inclining to
sanguineous; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,
abdomen beneath with a sublateral, sanguineous, linear
fascia; antenne ochraceous, the first and fourth joints .
darker, second joint longer than either third or fourth;
head above with an oblique dark line from ocelli to eyes and
in some specimens a cruciform dark spot on its apical area ;
pronotum with an anterior submarginal transverse series
of punctures, the bluish-grey area coarsely punctate, the
posterior angles distinctly black and subnodulose ; scutellum
coarsely and prominently carinate, obliquely from each
basal angle to before middle and thence longitudinally to
apex, the uon-carinate portion punctate, and sometimes
more or less testaceous; corium with the lateral margin
pale and impunctate; membrane hyaline reflecting the
testaceous abdomen beneath which has also a central longi-
tudinal dark fascia.
Long. 44-5 mm.
Hab. Queensland; Townsville (Ff. D. Dodd).
Germalus coloratus, sp. n.
Head ochraceous with three black spots—one near apex,
and one before each eye; eyes purplish red; pronotum
Bibliographical Notice. ye,
bluish-grey, coarsely darkly punctate, two slightly oblique,
impunctate, ochraceous spots in transverse series on apical
area, the posterior angles prominently black ; scutellum
bluish-grey, prominently, cruciately, ochraceously carinate ;
corium subhyaline with its apical margin black, reflecting
the dark abdomen beneath which is black, and with the lateral
margins and some central spots dark ochraceous; body
beneath and legs ochraceous ; antenne pale ochraceous, the
apical joint darkest, shorter than the second, but longer than
the third.
Long. 5 mm. ’
Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (T. P. Dodd).
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Report on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during 1917.
With 3 text-figures andl map. ByS. F. Harmer, S8c.D., F.R.S.,
Keeper of the Department of Zoology. London: printed by
Order of the Trustees of the British Museum. 1918.
Tus Report, the fifth in succession, records the stranding during
the year 1917 of 31 Cetaceans, belonging to at least 12 species, on
the coasts of the British Islands, Several of these are of quite
exceptional interest, and the male cachalot (Physeter catodon),
nearly 60 feet in length, which was found floating dead in the
Moray Firth and towed to the Caithness coast by a patrol boat,
heads the list in point of size. Other noteworthy records are those
of the rare northern white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus acutus)
from Skegness, Lincs, observed for the first time in English
waters ; the equally rare Risso’s grampus (G. griseus) and Cuvier’s
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris) from the coasts of South Devon
and Clare respectively ; and the large rorqual, probably Baleno-
ptera physalus, from the Scilly Islands. An interesting summary
of the occurrence and distribution of the commercially valuable
bottle-nosed whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) in British waters appears
on p. 16. Although some of the animals were, when found, in
very bad condition, it is satisfactory to learn that in many cases
it was found possible to preserve the jaws and other hard parts for
identification and future reference; and due acknowledgment is
given to the assistance of the coastguard and other authorities in
these observations, in the midst of more exacting duties.
180 Geological Society.
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
June 5th, 1918.—Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communication was read :—
‘The Kelestomine, a Sub-Family of Cretaceous Cribrimorph
Polyzoa.’ By William Dickson Lang, M.A., F.G.S.
The Kelestomine are a sub-family of Pelmatoporide. The
latter are a family of Cretaceous cribrimorph Polyzoa, whose cost
are prolonged upwards as hollow spines from the median area of
fusion of the intraterminal front-wall. The broken ends of these
spines form a row of pelmata (or, if small, pelmatidia) on the
intraterminal front-wall.
The Kelestominz are Pelmatoporide with an apertural bar each
half of which is bifid; and the proximal and distal forks of each
half are fused with the corresponding forks of the other half.
The fused distal forks are also fused with the proximal pair of
apertural spines, which are greatly enlarged.
The simplest known form of this arrangement is seen in the
genus Kelestoma Marsson. Kelestoma is characterized among the
Kelestomine by its great cecial length, and by the great number
of cost. Kelestoma has the following three species, which form
a single lineage:—(1) Kelestoma elongatum Marsson, with an
incrusting asty; (2) a new species, with a bilaminar, erect asty ;
(3) K. scalare Lang, with an erect, cylindrical asty. There is, in
this series, a slight catagenetic decrease in the number of coste,
and the avicularian aperture becomes somewhat more pointed. The
genus occurs in the Senonian, zone of Belemnitella mucronata, in
the island of Riigen.
Morphasmopora, unlike Kelestoma, retains a small number of
cost and a short ecium; but the thickness of the proximal
apertural spines, which are hardly recognizable as such, is enormously
increased; the thickness of the bifid apertural bar is also increased.
In Morphasmopora brydonei Lang, there are four circum-apertural
avicularia; and the proximal apertural spines and the apertural bar,
though enormously developed, are not so large as in IL. jukes-brownet
(Brydone). The latter species has fewer costx than the former,
and but one pair of cireum-apertural avicularia. There are also
differences in the interccial and interstitial secondary tissue of
the two species. I. brydonei occurs in the island of Riigen and
M. jukes-brownei at Trimingham ; both from the Senonian, zone
of Belemnitella mucronata.
re
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(NINTH SERIES.]
No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1918.
XIX.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily
Pyraustine. By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,
&e.
[Continued from vol. i. p. 280. ]
(3) Megastes erythrostolalis, sp. n.
2. Head yellow suffused with red; thorax and abdomen pale
red with a crimson tinge or sometimes with a red-brown tinge ;
palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
silvery white. Fore wing pale red with a crimson tinge, more or
less strongly suffused with silvery grey, the costa yellow from
before the antemedial line to the postmedial line; antemedial line
hardly traceable except at costa, red, oblique to discal fold and
with slight yellowish-white spots on its outer side in upper part of
cell, below the cell, and above inner margin; a bar-shaped yel-
lowish white spot in end of cell with its lower extremity rather
angled inwards and a large lunulate spot below end of cell, both
defined by crimson-red ; postmedial line formed by slight brown
lunules tinged with red, oblique to vein 6 and slightly incurved
at discal fold, a small yellow spot beyond it above vein 7 and
larger white spot above vein 6, then defined on each side by slight
yellow marks to vein 2; the terminal area yellow irrorated with
red, its inner edge waved; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish
white. Hind wing pale red with a crimson tinge and more or less
suffused with leaden grey especially just beyond the postmedial
line; a large yellowish white patch beyond the cell before the
postmedial line narrowing to a point at vein 1, defined on inner
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 14
182 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
side by an oblique crimson-red line and with some crimson-red
scales on it between veins 5 and 3; postmedial line crimson-red
defined on outer side by narrow yellow marks in the interspaces,
slightly waved, excurved to vein 3 then incurved and ending at
tornus; the terminal area yellow irrorated with red, its inner edge
waved; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish white. Underside
silvery white, the terminal half of fore wing and the hind wing
except the cell and costal and terminal areas faintly tinged with
brown; the fore wing with slight brown discoidal bar, waved
postmedial line bent inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell, and
wedge-shaped red-brown postmedial patch from costa to vein 5;
the hind wing with waved red-brown postmedial line, indistinet
_ except between veins 6 and 5.
Hab. VexezvueEta, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 2 2
type. Exp. 36-38 mm.
(6) Omphisa leucostolalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white mixed with some red-brown ; abdo-
men white with red-brown segmental lines except on terminal
segments and oblique blackish subdorsal streaks on segments 3
to 5, the anal tuft-with some red-brown at base; palpi with black
marks on the 1st and 2nd joints at sides and the 3rd joint black ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged
with brown. Fore wing white irrorated with a few cupreous-
brown scales, especially on basal area; antemedial line cupreous
brown, oblique ; a minute cupreous brown spot in middle of cell
and discoidal bar with white striga on it, a point beyond lower
angle of cell above base of vein 3; postmedial line cupreous brown,
forming a semicircular mark at costa, slightly angled outwards
below costa, then incurved, excurved between veins 5 and 4, then
oblique to vein 2 where it is retracted upwards to lower angle of
cell, then oblique to inner margin at the antemedial line; sub-
terminal line cupreous brown, slightly angled inwards at vein 6,
then obliquely excurved to vein 4, then oblique and sinuous to the
sinus of the postmedial line at vein 2 and excurved above inner
margin ; a slight cupreous brown terminal line. Hind wing white ;
an oblique dark cupreous brown discoidal bar with an oblique ~
slightly sinuous line from it to above tornus; postmedial line
cupreous brown, arising below costa and oblique to tornus, slightly
excurved between veins 5 and 4; subterminal line cupreous brown,
excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique to just beyond the post-
medial line at vein 2 where it terminates; a dark cupreous brown
terminal line and line near base of cilia.
Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 d type. Exp.
34 mm.
(5a) Evergestis dognini, n. n.
Evergestis obliqualis, Dogn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1905, p. 75 (nec Grote,
1883).
PERv.
Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 183
(56) Evergestis inglorialis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, andabdomen reddish brown mixed with grey ;
antenne dark brown; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing grey strongly
suffused with reddish brown ; faint obliquely placed dark subbasal
spots in and below the cell; antemedial line indistinct, dark,
faintly defined on inner side by whitish, sinuous, oblique to median
nervure, then inwardly oblique; a slight dark spot in middle of
cell and diffused discoidal patch; postmedial line dark brown
defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from below costa, where
it is met by an oblique whitish shade from apex, to vein 6, then
oblique; a rather triangular patch of dark suffusion on terminal
area from below apex to vein 4 with a faint dark subterminal line
from it to inner margin; a series of small dark spots before termen
in the interspaces and a series of terminal black points on the veins.
Hind wing semihvaline whitish tinged with brown, the terminal
area rather narrowly suffused with dark brown; a terminal series
of black points; cilia with a fine white line at base.
Hab. Peru, El Porvenir, 1 $ type, Chanchamayo, La Mercede
(Watkins),1 3. Exp. 36 mm.
(la) Azochis trichotarsalis, sp. n.
Hind tarsi of male fringed with hair above to extremity.
¢. Head and thorax white faintly tinged with brown, the frons
dark brown, the neck and shoulders red-brown; abdomen red-
brown with some white at base and a series of slight white dorsal
spots, the anal tuft black tinged with grey; palpi dark brown
above, white below; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white, the fore tibize tinged with brown and black at extremity,
the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing white, the costa suffused
with bronze-brown, the basal area with some dark brown suffusion ;
antemedial line black-brown, curved and slightly waved; a small
elliptical black-brown spot in upper part of cell towards extremity
with white striga in centre; a black-brown discoidal bar with
brownish white striga in centre and brown suffusion beyond and
below it, defined by the black-brown medial line, which arises
below the costa, slightly waved to vein 3, then retracted to below
the discoidal bar and angled outwards above vein 1; postmedial
line black-brown, waved, ending on termen at vein 1, with small
black-brown spots on it below veins 3 and 2; black-brown striz
before termen above veins 7, 6 and a line between veins 6 and 4;
cilia with a series of small dark brown spots. Hind wing semi-
hyaline white ; a faint sinuous brown line from lower angle of cell
and a rather diffused black-brown patch at inner margin; post-
medial line indistinct, brown, arising at vein 6, excurved from
vein 5 to below 3 where it terminates; black-brown striz before
termen above and below vein 7 anda line from below vein 6 to
above 4; cilia with a series of small black-brown spots at base to
vein 2.
14*
184 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
Hab. Venezveta, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1 3
type. Exp. 42 mm.
(6) Azochis cymographalis, sp. n.
Hind tibie of male at extremity and 1st joint of tarsi without
fringes of hair.
¢. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey ; abdomen rufous
mixed with some grey, some white at base and slight dorsal white
spots on 2nd and 8rd segments, the anal tuft white tinged with
brown; frons and palpi deep rufous, the latter white at base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore and
mid legs rufous above. Fore wing white with a faint rufous tinge,
the costa rufous; the base suffused with rufous and with a waved
blackish line near base; a slightly curved rufous antemedial line ;
a rufous spot in upper part of cell near its extremity and rufous
discoidal bar angled inwards on median nervure, some pale rufous
suffusion beyond it and a waved rufous line from vein 2 below end
of cell to inner margin ; postmedial line rufous, crenulate, erect to
below vein 3, then rather oblique to tornus; a rufous terminal
line expanding into a slight spot at discal fold and a line near base
of cilia. Hind wing semihyaline white with a faint rufous tinge ;
postmedial line rufous, arising at vein 7 and waved to vein 2,
slightly bent outwards at vein 5, at vein 2 bent inwards and
almost obsolete to below end of cell, then fuscous and forming a
slight diffused patch at inner margin; a rufous terminal line to
vein 2 and slight line near base of cilia.
Hab. Ecvavor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 1 3 type, El
Rozario (Palmer),1 ¢. Exp. 42-44 mm.
(20 a) Cocidophora ruficostalis, sp. n.
Fore wing of male with the retinaculum formed by a fan of
seales, but without fan at upper angle of cell or postmedial costal
swelling.
3g. Head and thorax yellow suffused with rufous; abdomen
yellow tinged with rufous; palpi rufous with some white at base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow, the fore
tibie with rufous band at extremity. Fore wing yellowish suffused
with rufous, the base, costal and terminal areas deeper rufous; an
indistinct diffused rufous antemedial line ; a brown discoidal striga ;
postmedial line rather diffused rufous, obliquely curved to vein 2,
then erect. Hind wing pale yellow tinged with rufous; an oblique
rather diffused rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a
rufous terminal band from apex to vein 2; cilia rufous except
towards tornus.
2. Fore wing clearer yellow except the costal and terminal
areas, the postmedial line more curved between veins 5 and 2;
hind wing clear yellow except the terminal band, the postmedial
line excurved between veins 5 and 2.
Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustines. 185
Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 2 ; Port. E.
Arnica, Ruo Valley (Neave), 4 3,1 9, Mt. Chiperone (eave),
35,3 2 type. Hep. 30-34 mm.
(206) Crocidophora megaptyona, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous ;
palpi rufous, narrowly white in front to extremity of 2nd joint;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing
yellowish suffused with rufous, the costal area deeper rufous; an
indistinct rather diffused rufous postmedial line, incurved below
vein 3; a fine rufous terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white
tinged with rufous; an indistinct diffused rufous postmedial line
from costa to vein 2; the terminal area rufous to submedian fold;
cilia tinged with rufous and with a slight rufous line near base to
submedian fold. Underside of fore wing with the fan of scales
very large and silvery leaden grey.
Q. Fore wing with dark discoidal striga.
Hab. “Gero. E. Arrica,” Dar-es-salaam, 1 ¢ ; Br. C. AFRICA,
Mt. Mlanje (eave), 1 9; Porv. HE. Arrica, Mt. Chiperone
(Weave), 45,12 type. Hap. 22-26 mm.
(28 a) Crocidophora rufitinctalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax pale rufous ; abdomen whitish tinged with
rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white. Fore wing pale rufous; an indistinct brownish
postmedial line, excurved to vein 38, then retracted to median
nervure before end of cell and erect to inner margin; cilia white at
tips. Hind wing pale rufous, the cell and inner margin whitish ;
an indistinct brownish postmedial line from discal to submedian
fold ; cilia whitish at tips. ;
Hab. Formosa, Tainan (Wileman),1 3 type. Exp. 24 mm.
(18 a) Polygrammodes purpureorufalis, sp. n.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale purplish red; palpi white
below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral surface
of abdomen white, the fore cox purplish red; (legs wanting).
Fore wing pale purplish red; a faint brownish spot in upper part of
cell towards extremity and discoidal bar; a faint obliquely curved
brownish line beyond the cell with another line beyond it, erect to
vein 5, then oblique. Hind wing pale purplish red, the costal area
to near apex and the inner margin white.
Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 2? type. Hap. 52 mm.
(23 a) Polygrammodes junctilinealis, sp. n.
Q. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous; abdomen
white tinged with yellow and with rufous towards extremity,
186 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
oblique black subdorsal streaks on 2nd to 5th segments ; antennz
rufous; sides of frons, the 2nd joint of palpi above towards base,
and the 3rd joint black; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous, the tibiz with
dark band at extremity, and the tarsi ringed with rufous. Fore
wing yellowish white, the basal area, costal area to end of cell,
the cell, and the veins of terminal half tinged with rufous; a red-
brown streak below basal half of costa and diffused red-brown
subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a red-brown spot in cell
towards its extremity with elliptical red-brown spot below it in sub-
median interspace, and a quadrate discoidal patch with yellowish
striga in centre; postmedial line strong, red-brown, waved, bent
outwards between veins 8 and 7,then incurved, angled outwards at
vein 5, then again incurved to vein 2 on which it is retracted to
lower angle of cell, then oblique and from inner margin curved
upwards to the spot below the cell; subterminal line red-brown,
waved, excurved at vein 5, then oblique and joined above inner
margin by an oblique bar from the angle of the postmedial line
at vein 2, bent inwards on inner margin for a short distance;
a red-brown terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white; a black-
brown discoidal bar with strong slightly curved line from it to
above inner margin; postmedial line strong, dark red brown,
rather oblique to vein 6, angled outwards at vein 5, then slightly
curved to inner margin. near tornus, joined at vein 2 by a waved
red-brown subterminal line, excurved at vein 5; a dark red-brown
terminal line.
Hab. Sierra Leone, Kennema (Mrs. Addison), 1 9 ; UGanpa,
Lake George (eave), 1 2 type. Exp. 38-50 mm.
(25e) Polygrammodes flavescens, sp. n.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow tinged with rufous ;
palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen ochreous white, the fore femora dark brown above and the
tibie with dark band at extremity, the tarsi ringed with brown.
Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous, the terminal area more
suffused with rufous; a faint curved rufous antemedial line; a
faint rufous point in middle of cell and discvidal bar; postmedial
line pale rufous, slightly waved to vein 5, then excurved and crenu-
late to vein 2 on which it is retracted to below end of cell, then
sinuous to inner margin; the inner edge of the rufous terminal
area dentate ; some yellow on termen in the interspaces ; cilia white
with a pale brown line at base. Hind wing pale yellow; a faint
waved rufous line from beyond lower angle of cell to inner margin ;
postmedial line rufous, waved, arising at vein 6, excurved between
veins 5 and 3, then oblique to termen above tornus; a slightly
waved rufous subterminal line from costa to vein 2, the veins
beyond it streaked with rufous ; cilia white with a pale brownish
line near base.
Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 2 9 type. Eup.
42 mm.
Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 187
Genus PacnyzaNctma, insert Type
Psara, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p.239 (1875) vcecsccceceesseveesev eee periusalis,
which has priority.
(la) Psara palpalis, sp. n.
Palpi of male curved outwards and widely separated to near tips,
where they almost meet, fringed with hair above and below.
Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown tinged with grey, the
last with white segmental lines; frons and palpi black-brown, the
latter fringed with white hair below to middle of 2nd joint; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown,
the fore tibie with black band at extremity. Fore wing white
suffused with fuscous brown, the costal area and terminal area
broadly fuscous brown tinged with grey; antemedial line blackish,
oblique to median nervure; a small blackish spot in middle of
cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish defined on outer
side by white, erect to vein 5, then excurved to below vein 3, where
it is retracted to below end of cell, then oblique to inner margin ;
a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing fuscous brown
tinged with grey; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial
line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, bent outwards and
slightly waved between veins 5 and 2; a slight blackish terminal
line and white line at base of cilia.
Hab, Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 2 36, 492; Br. C.
Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 1 ¢ type. Exp. 26-32 mm.
(1b) Psara barbipalpalis, sp. n.
Palpi of male with the second joint fringed with very long hair
in front.
6. Head and thorax pale glossy grey-brown; abdomen whitish
tinged with pale red-brown and with slight dark segmental lines,
the extremity tinged with fuscous, the genital tufts white; palpi
darker brown, white at base, the hair in front of 2nd joint reddish
brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the
fore tibize with black band at extremity. Fore wing pale glossy
grey-brown; a rather oblique dark antemedial line; a slight dark
discoidal lunule ; postmedial line dark, shghtly excurved to below
vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner
margin. Hind wing pale glossy grey-brown; an oblique dark
discoidal bar ; postmedial slight, dark, curved, incurved at vein 2;
cilia white with a brown line near base; the underside white faintly
tinged with brown.
Hab. Cotompia, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type. Exp.
22 mm.
(206) Psara normalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown with a faint
reddish tinge, the last with whitish segmental lines; palpi darker
188 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen white with a faint red-brown tinge,
the fore tibi brown. Fore wing grey-brown with a faint reddish
tinge; antemedial line blackish, oblique to median nervure; a
slight blackish spot in middle of cell and elliptical black discoidal
spot ; postmedial line blackish, erect to discal fold, then excurved
to below vein 3 where it is retracted to below end of cell and ex-
curved below submedian fold; a fine whitish line at base of cilia.
Hind wing grey-brown with a faint reddish tinge; an oblique
black discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, dark, rather
diffused, excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then retracted
to below end of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia with a
fine white line at base, the tips whitish towards tornus.
Hab. Ecvavor, Loja (4bbé Gaujon), 1 3 type. Exp. 36 mm.
(20c) Psara retrorsalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very pale reddish brown, the
anal tuft white faintly tinged with red-brown; palpi brown, white
in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale red-brown,
the marginal areas pale reddish brown; antemedial line pale brown,
oblique; an oblique black discoidal striga; postmedial line pale
brown defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from vein 5 to
below 3, then retracted to just below angle of cell and slightly
excurved above inner margin; cilia white tinged with brown.
Hind wing very pale reddish brown; a faint oblique dark discoidal
bar ; postmedial line pale brown slightly defined on outer side by
whitish, excurved and very slightly waved between veins 5 and 2,
then retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to above tornus ;
cilia white with a pale brown line near base ; the underside white
with a faint brownish tinge, a blackish discoidal point.
Hab. Ecvapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 2 3b type; Perv,
Carabaya, Huacamayo (Ockenden),1d. Exp. 26 mm.
(31) Psara melanosoma, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax orange-yellow ; abdomen orange-yellow
suffused with blackish brown except the three basal segments
dorsally ; antennz blackish ; frons with white lines at sides; palpi
grey-brown, the basal joint and the 2nd joint in front at base
white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale grey-
brown. Fore and hind wings uniform orange-yellow, the cilia
white tinged with brown.
Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 25 type. Ezp.
26-30 mm.
(6) Rhectosomia vau-signalis, sp. n.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with pale red-
brown and slightly irrorated with black, the last with white
‘
Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 189
segmental lines; antenne tinged with red-brown; palpi pale
reddish brown with some white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white mixed with pale reddish brown. Fore
wing white mostly suffused with pale reddish brown and irrorated
with a few black scales; a diffused band of black scales near base ;
an antemedial band of black scales, indistinct to submedian fold
where it is angled outwards, then more distinctly black ; a blackish
striga in middle of cell and V-shaped white discoidal mark defined
by diffused black; a pale reddish brown medial band, erect to
median nervure before the discoidal mark, then very oblique and
defined on outer side by a waved blackish line; elongate white
marks below end of cell above and below vein 2 ; a faint dark post-
medial line, oblique to vein 6, then erect, waved, and with some
black scales on it to tornus, a rather triangular pale red-brown
patch on terminal area between veins 7 and 3, Hind wing white ;
a terminal series of dark points to vein 2, a small black patch below
vein 2 with a line from it to tornus ; cilia with dark brown mixed
towards tornus.
Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 5 type. Exp.
38 mm.
Genus PHiycT®NODES will stand as Type
Pomosrege, Hubn.iVerz.p,co2 (1827) ...aeiiedtescccssrsssessccs. zruginalis,
(51a) Loxostege obliquivialis, sp. n.
g. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow, the patagia with red-
brown patches at base, the dorsum of thorax red-brown ; abdomen
reddish brown, the basal segment ochreous, rufous behind, the anal
tuft ochreous ; antenne brown; palpi with some blackish at tips ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white. Fore
wing pale ochreous ; the cell and fascia below it to middle reddish
brown ; three obliquely placed reddish brown antemedial spots from
below the cell to inner margin ; a very oblique reddish brown post-
medial band from below the costa to inner margin, conjoined to
spots beyond the cell and below base of vein 2; an oblique sub-
terminal series of reddish brown spots in the interspaces; a
terminal series of small brown spots. Hind wing white, the costal
area broadly and terminal area to submedian fold tinged with red-
brown. Underside white, the fore wing and costal area of hind
wing tinged with red-brown.
Hab. 'Transvaat, Waterberg Distr. (Zutrencka), 1 3 type.
Exp. 30 mm.
(53 a) Loxostege aureodiscalis, sp. n.
@. Head whitish ; thorax rufous mixed with whitish; abdomen
black with white segmental bands and some rufous at base; an-
tenn blackish ; sides of frons and palpi black, the latter white in
190 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with black-brown, the
mid and hind legs with red-brown. Fore wing whitish thickly
irrorated with rufous and dark brown, the costal area darker
towards base; a dark antemedial shade; a whitish medial band
thickly irrorated with rufous from subcostal nervure to inner
margin; dark bars before and beyond the discocellulars ; a whitish
band thickly irrorated with rufous before the postmedial line from
costa to below vein 3; postmedial line rather diffused black,
slightly inecurved at discal fold, below vein 3 retracted to lower
angle of cell, then erect; cilia white with dark line at middle, the
tips with brown mixed. Hind wing deep orange, the inner margin
and terminal area black, the latter very broad at costa with its
inner edge oblique to vein 4; a round black discoidal spot; cilia
white with a dark line at middle. Underside of fore wing black
irrorated with white,‘ the basal inner area and bands orange-yellow ;
hind wing orange-yellow, the black discoidal spot and terminal
band irrorated with white.
Hab. W. Avsrratia, Yallingup (R. W. Turner), 1 Q type.
Exp. 20 mm.
Genus CALLIPHLYCTA, nov.
Type, C. metarantha.
Proboscis fully developed; palpi slightly fringed with hair
above and below, in male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned ;
the 3rd porrect and long, in female downcurved and extending
about three times length of head; maxillary palpi minute; frons
smooth, rounded ; antenne of male ciliated and minutely serrate ;
hind tibie with the outer spurs nearly as long as the inner. Fore
wing with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3
from just before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly
stalked; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell, 11 anastomosing with 12;
the retinaculum of male bar-shaped. Hind wing with the cell
long; vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7
from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.
In key differs from Calamochrous in the fore wing having veins
6, 7 stalked and 11 anastomosing with 12.
Calliphlycta metaxantha, sp. n.
Head yellow, the frons white, the antenne brown ringed with
white, the palpi white tinged with yellow and slightly irrorated
with brown; thorax white, the tegule with their terminal half
black, the patagia black at tips and with black spot behind them ;
abdomen yellow banded with black; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with dark brown,
the mid tibie with black band at extremity, the abdomen with
blackish segmental bands. Fore wing silvery white; the costal
area dark cupreous brown to the postmedial band; a black-brown
Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 191
band near base; a cupreous brown antemedial band with darker
edges and line of silvery scales at middle, incurved just below the
cell ; a cupreous brown postmedial band with darker edges and line
of silvery scales at middle, incurved to vein 4, then bent inwards to
below end of cell and incurved to inner margin; a cupreous brown
subterminal band, arising from apex, its inner edge angled inwards
at discal fold and its outer edge dentate to vein 4, confluent with
the postmedial band below vein 4, then strongly incurved ; cilia
with series of black spots to vein 4, then a black line interrupted at
submedian fold, the tips with brown mixed. Hind wing yellow
with black terminal band to below vein 2; cilia white chequered
with black to vein 2, then yellow. Underside of fore wing brown,
the inner area white to near tornus; an oblique white subterminal
band from costa to vein 6, the termen with the interspaces indented
by white marks; hind wing yellow, the costal area white except
towards base, a black-brown subterminal band from below costa to
below vein 2, its outer edge slightly waved and with the termen
white beyond it.
Hab. W. Avusrratta, Yallingup (R. W. Turner), 15, 5 3
type. Exp. 26-28 mm.
(la) Liopasia apicenotata, sp. n.
Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with some yellowish ;
abdomen with the two basal segments yellow mixed with fiery red
and with subdorsal silvery white spots on basal segment, then
grey-brown with dorsal silvery white bar on 38rd segment and the
anal segment silvery white, the anal tuft fiery red and yellow;
antenne brown ringed with white; palpi red-brown, white at base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface a abdomen white, the fore cbEs
with some red-brown at base and a band at extremity. Fore wing
red-brown tinged with grey and irrorated with blackish; some.
white at base of inner margin; antemedial line black, oblique to.
submedian fold, then incurved and slightly defined on inner side by
yellowish ; a small annulus in middle of cell and oblique discoidal
lunule defined by blackish ; postmedial line dark, oblique to the
_ subterminal line at vein 5, then rather inwardly oblique and
slightly waved to vein 2 where it is bent inwards and oblique to
inner margin, with small yellow spots beyond it above and below
vein 7 and from below vein 3 to inner margin and sometimes slight
yellow and red-brown marks before it between veins 5 and 3;
subterminal line red-brown, waved, with yellowish-white spots
beyond it in the interspaces between veins 8 and 5, separated by
red streaks on the veins, and a spot beyond it above vein 2; a red-
brown line before termen; cilia yellowish white intersected with
brown at the veins and with red-brown line through them, wholly
brown between veins 5 and 38. Hind wing semihyaline white, the
termen suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a terminal series of
dark points except towards tornus,
192 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
Ab. 1. Head and thorax with more yellow, abdomen deep fiery
red from 3rd to 7th and base of 8th segment; fore wing yellow
mixed with some fiery red, the costal area rufous to the postmedial
line, no yellow and white spots beyond the postmedial and sub-
terminal lines, the postmedial line more crenulate between veins
5 and 2.
Hab. Trrxtpan (Jackson), 23,1 9 type; VENEZUELA, Palma
Sol, 1 ¢, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1d, 19.
Exp. 22-30 mm.
(16) Liopasia leucoperalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax rufous, the latter with some whitish at
extremity of patagia and on dorsum; abdomen with the three
basal segments silvery white with dorsal rufous streak and ‘seg-
mental lines, then rufous with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white
spots on drd segment and some white on terminal segments, the
anal segment with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white spots and the
anal tuft white and rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore tibia with red-brown
band at extremity. Fore wing rufous, the costal edge white to
end of cell, some white at base of inner margin; antemedial line
black, oblique to submedian fold, then incurved and with white
patch before it on inner margin; a slight black bar in middle of
cell, a small round spot at upper angle of cell and minute spot at
lower angle ; an indistinct waved red-brown postmedial line, oblique
to vein 5 at the subterminal line, then inwardly oblique, with
silvery white spots beyond it from costa to vein 5 and from vein 3
to inner margin; a waved red-brown subterminal line with rather
quadrate silvery white spots beyond it above and below vein 7 and
a triangular spot below vein 6, separated by rufous streaks on the
veins, a rather bidentate spot beyond it above vein 2; a rufous
terminal line ; cilia silvery white intersected by rufous streaks on
the veins, wholly rufous between veins 5 and 3. Hind wing semi-
hyaline white, the termen suffused with rufous to vein 3; a faint
curved rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a rufous
terminal line except towards tornus; cilia white, intersected by
rufous at the veins to vein 2.
Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. wp. 32 mm.
(5) Liopasia incoloralis, sp. n.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous and
faintly with rufous, the last with diffused blackish bands on 4th to
anal segments, the anal tuft with some blackish at extremity ;
palpi pale rufous, white towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale
olive-ochreous, the costal area white to the postmedial line; an
oblique olive-ochreous band from below costa before the postmedial
line to middle of inner margin; postmedial line rather diffused
Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 193
olive-ochreous, oblique to vein 6, then rather inwardly oblique.
Hind wing pure silvery white.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., [ala
(Weave), 7 3 type. Exp. 28 mm.
(8a) Anarmodia glaucescens, sp. n.
3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown with a greyish
tinge; palpi white in front to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with some red-
brown, the fore and mid tibize red-brown, the tibiz with blackish
band at extremity, the tarsi with red-brown bands. Fore wing
red-brown glossed with grey; a minute faint blackish spot in
middle of cell and two slight blackish discoidal points; an in-
distinct curved red-brown postmedial line; cilia silvery white, red-
brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; two slight blackish
marks in the cell and a slight black discoidal lunule; the median
nervure and veins beyond lower angle of cell streaked with red-
brown ; postmedial line dark brown, curved and slightly waved,
ending at submedian fold; the termen suffused with dark reddish
brown, narrowing to tornus ; the cilia silvery white with a series
of small dark spots at base to vein 2; the inner margin fringed
with black-brown hair; the underside with short black streak
followed bya point in the cell and small black discoidal lunule, the
postmedial line dentate to vein 5, then with blackish points in the
interspaces, the termen irrorated with dark brown.
Hab. Ecvapor, R. Pastaza, El Rosario (Palmer), 3 ¢ type.
Exp. 50 mm.
(11) Anarmodia tesselliferalis, sp. n.
do. Head and thorax rufous, the™latter with some whitish
behind ; abdomen red-brown mixed with some whitish and with
red-brown segmental lines ; antennz with the basal joint white in
front; frons with white lines at sides; palpi deep rufous, white
below to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white, the fore and mid tibie rufous, the abdomen
urorated with brown. Fore wing rufous, the costal area tinged
with whitish, the medial area with the submedian interspace and
the interspaces beyond the cell white tessellated with black spots,
the terminal area tinged with grey; antemedial line indistinct,
dark, oblique ; the terminal part of cell with a white fascia with a
black spot on it at middle of cell with some rufous scales in centre ;
a quadrate grey-brown discoidal spot, defined at sides by black ;
postmedial line formed by blackish scales, slightly sinuous, oblique
to vein 7 and incurved below vein 3; the terminal area with some
blackish irroration in the interspaces; cilia silvery white, dark
brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; a slight brown streak
on median nervure and oblique black discoidal striga ; postmedial
line dark, very slightly dentate, indistinct to vein 5, then blackish
194 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
and ending at vein 2; the termen narrowly red-brown except at
apex; cilia white with slight blackish spots at the veins to vein 2.
Underside of fore wing white, the costal and terminal areas grey-
brown, the spots in the cell black, the postmedial line black and
dentate ; hind wing with the medial area irrorated with some black
scales except towards inner margin, especially above end of cell, the
postmedial line produced to minute black streaks on the veins, the
termen irrorated with blackish except towards apex.
Hab. Peru, Acopampa (Watkins), 2 3 type. Hap. 52 mm.
(1a) Beotarcha microselene, sp. n.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a cupreous
gloss; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen silvery white. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous
gloss; a faint dark line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin; a
slight white discoidal lunule defined by blackish ; cilia whitish at
tips. Hind wing dark brown with a greyish gloss; a faint dark
postmedial line from costa to vein 2; cilia white at tips and the
hair on inner margin white ; the underside white, the terminal area
tinged with brown, a dark postmedial line from costa to discal
fold.
Hab. Cotometa, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 2 type.
Exp. 22 mm.
(4c) Beotarcha ceruleotincta, sp. n.
3. Frons grey-brown with white lines at sides, the vertex of
head white mixed with rufous, the antenne dark brown with white
points in front towards base and the basal joint white on outer side,
the palpi rufous, white above defined below by blackish; thorax
pale red-brown glossed with silvery blue; abdomen pale rufous
with some white towards extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore and mid femora suffused with
rufous, the fore tibiz banded with black, the mid tibie irrorated
with black, the tarsi banded with black. Fore wing semihyaline
whitish suffused with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue, the
‘costa and terminal area dark cupreous brown; antemedial line dark
brown, oblique ; a dark brown discoidal bar; postmedial line brown
with minute blackish streaks on the veins, defined on each side by
white marks at costa and incurved below vein 3; a white mark on
termen at submedian fold; cilia cupreous brown with a fine white
line at base to vein 2, then white. Hind wing semihyaline white ;
a series of black points on termen to vein 3.
Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 ¢ type, Snow
Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1 6. Exp. 28 mm.
(2a) Calamochrous fulvitinctalis, sp. n.
Head and thorax fulvous with a yellowish tinge; abdomen with
the three basal segments fulvous, white at sides, the 3rd with
silvery white band behind expanding rather triangularly on dorsum,
the 4th with small dorsal silvery white spot, the 4th to anal seg-
ments pale red-brown, the anal tuft white tinged with rufous;
Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 195
palpi white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with brown band at extre-
mity. Fore wing yellow suffused with fulvous, the costal edge
pure white, red-brown towards base; antemedial line fulvous
brown, very oblique to median nervure, then erect and with clearer
yellow before it; a minute fulvous brown spot in the cell towards
extremity and small discoidal lunule; a fulvous brown shade
beyond the cell between veins 8 and 8; postmedial line rather
diffused fulvous brown, slightly incurved from below costa to
vein 5, then excurved and waved to vein 8 where it is retracted to
the lower edge of the shade and erect to inner margin; a series of
minute fulvous spots before termen. Hind wing pure white with
a faint yellowish tinge on terminal area except towards tornus.
Hab. Apmirarry Is. (Meek), 2 8, 3 2 type; Sonomon Is.,
Choiseul I. (Meek), 4 g. Exp. 32-38 mm.
(14d) Metasia roseocilialis, sp. n.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white with a faint brownish
tinge, the last with the terminal segments tinged with pink; palpi
red-brown, white below except at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white slightly mixed with brown. Fore wing
whitish tinged with pale red-brown, the costa black towards base
with some pinkish below it; an indistinet curved red-brown ante-
medial line; a slight red-brown discoidal striga; postmedial line
indistinct, pale red-brown, rather oblique to vein 5, bent outwards
between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and
slightly excurved to inner margin ; a terminal series of slight pale
red-brown striz; cilia tinged with pink. Hind wing whitish
tinged with pale red-brown; a dark brown discoidal bar ; post-
medial line dark brown, slightly excurved to discal fold, bent out-
wards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell
and oblique to inner margin near tornus ; a terminal series of slight
brown striz ; cilia tinged with pink. Underside tinged with pink,
the discoidal lunule with white striga in centre, the postmedial
line dark brown.
Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap.
26 mm.
(1a) Gonopionea biconicalis, sp. n.
Head and thorax rufous, the latter with a silvery gloss except on
tegule; abdomen whitish suffused with rufous and with dark
brown towards extremity, the genital tufts yellowish white; an-
tenne ringed with black; sides of frons and maxillary palpi dark
red-brown ; palpi rufous, white below towards base ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with
brown band at extremity. Fore wing rufous glossed with silvery
blue; a conical yellow antemedial patch from costa to median
nervure, its inner edge angled inwards at costa, defined on inner
side by the blackish antemedial line which is obliquely excurved to
median nervure and ineurved just below the cell, defined on outer
side by a blackish line except at costa; a conical yellow postmedial
196: On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine.
patch from costa to vein 4, defined at sides by sinuous blackish
lines, the blackish postmedial line arising from its apex and strongly
incurved ; the termen with slight yellow spots from below apex to
vein 4 and with some yellow towards tornus; cilia yellow, red-
brown at apex and between veins 4 and 3. Hind wing white, the
terminal area tinged with red-brown to submedian fold.
Hab. Cotomata, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 3 3, 19
type: Exp. 22 mm.
(8a) Gonopionea flavidalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with pale rufous ;
palpi rufous, white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen pure white, the fore femora and tibize brown on
inner side, the anal tuft brown below. Fore wing yellow tinged
with rufous, the inner half clear yellow to the medial line; ante-
medial line brown, oblique, from cell to inner margin; a brown
medial line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin, angled outwards
below submedian fold; a rather lunulate white patch just beyond
the cell with clear yellow above it on costa, the yellow on outer
side and the white patch except above defined by a dark brown line ;
a red-brown terminal line ; cilia yellowish white, with some dark
brown at apex and dark brown between veins 4 and 2. Hind wing
white with a dark red-brown terminal line to submedian fold, above
which it forms a diffused wedge-shaped patch on vein 2, then a
faint red-brown terminal line to tornus ; the underside white with
postmedial red-brown line between veins 6 and 5.
@. Hind wing with the red-brown on termen rather diffused.
Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 6,12
type. Exp. 26 mm.
(5) Gonopionea coniferalis, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown ; palpi white at
base; proboscis white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
pure white, the fore tibie with black-brown band at extremity.
Fore wing glossy grey-brown; antemedial line brown, oblique to
submedian fold, then erect; a white bar in upper part of cell
towards extremity defined at sides by blackish ; a conical yellowish
white postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by black and
somewhat constricted below costa; a sinuous blackish line from
lower angle of cell to inner margin ; cilia dark brown, white from
below apex to vein 4 and at submedian interspace. Hind wing
pale glossy grey-brown, the cilia white at discal fold and towards
tornus ; the underside white slightly tinged with brown, a brown
discoidal bar, the postmedial line brown, excurved to vein 5, then
oblique to submedian fold.
Hab. Cotomepta, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 & type, Choko,
Juntas del R. Tamana and R. San Juan (Palmer), 19. zp.
16 mm.
[To be continued. ]
On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 197
XX.—New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide
in the British Museum. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S.,
FES,
Evania sericans, Westw.
Lvania sericans, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc, London, (2) i. p. 215 (1851),
Kieffer places this species in the section of the genus
without spines on the hind tibie, probably because West-
wood makes no mention of such spines ; but the spines are
really well developed. Though widely spread, the species
seems to be uncommon.
Hab. Kuranda, Queensland (Turner), May 1913; Mackay,
Queensland (Turner), March 1892; Victoria (Mrench) ;
Yallingup, S.W. Australia (Turner), December; Kala-
munda, S.W. Australia (Turner), February 1914.
Evania perfida, Westw.
Evania perfida, W estw.Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) i. p. 216 (1851). 3.
This is also erroneously placed by Kieffer in the section
without spines on the hind tibiz. Westwood states that his
type came from Tasmania, but the specimen marked by him
as perfida in the British Museum, which is undoubtedly the
type, is from S.W. Australia. | have taken it at Yallingup,
and it also occurs at Adelaide.
Pseudofcenus cylindricus, sp. n.
2. Nigra, gracillima; mandibulis, apice excepto, testaceis ; tibiis
macula basali, tarsisque anticis intermediisque pallide flavo-
brunneis ; terebra, valvulisque apice pallide flavis; alis hyaliuis,
iridescentibus, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo.
Long. 9 mm.; terebre long. 1:5 mm.
?. Second joint of the flagellum short, distinctly shorter
than the first, the third half as long again as the second, the
flagellum clothed with very short black hairs. Head very
‘long and narrow, about four times as long as broad; the
eyes elongate-ovate, separated from the hind margin of
the head by a distance about half as great as their length;
the anterior ocellus situated well behind a line joining the
summit of the eyes ; the hind margin of the head not cari-
nate. Neck as long as the distance between the tegulz
and the anterior angle of the mesonotum. Thorax long and
narrow, subcylindrical, the mesonotum rounded anteriorly ;
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 15
198 Mr. R. E. Turner on new
parapsidal furrows very shallow and narrow, almost obsolete;
scutum much longer than the scutellum; median segment
with a longitudinal groove. Head and thorax opaque,
without sculpture, the face below the antennz finely pune-
tured. Petiole 2-jointed, the basal portion formed by the
first sternite very slender throughout, the apical portion
fully half as long again as the basal, gradually widened
towards the apex ; second segment about equal in length to
the basal portion of the petiole; tergites 2-5 much longer
than broad. Terebra scarcely longer than the basal portion
of the petiole, slender. Hind tibiz strongly swollen ; hind
metatarsus nearly equal in length to the four apical tarsal
joints ; tarsal ungues small. Wings small and short, not
reaching beyond the apex of the second tergite.
The male has the second and first joints of the flagellum
equal, the third as long as the first and second combined.
Hab. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia (Turner), February
1914. Three females and one male. Easily distinguished
by the long narrow head and thorax and short terebra.
Not nearly related to the New Zealand group typical of the
genus, but nearer to American species such as angustatus,
Kieff. The species included in Pseudofenus by Kieffer
seem to fall into two groups, one, including the type of the
genus, approaching Hyptiogaster, the other much nearer to
Foenus. The first group is confined to New Zealand.
Pseudofoenus fluvialis, sp. n.
9. Nigra; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis macula basali,
tibiis anticis apice, tarsis anticis, metatarsisque intermediis
posticisque albidis ; terebra valvulisque nigris, apice albidis ; alis
hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris, stigmate brunneo; terebra
abdomine paullo breviore.
Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 6 mm.
2. First joint of the flagellum very little longer than the
second, the two combined distinctly shorter than the third.
Head long and narrow; cheeks very short, almost obsolete ;
head feebly margined posteriorly, narrowed behind the eyes, ~
which are separated from the hind margin of the head by a
distance equal to about one-third of their own length. An-
terior ocellus situated just in front of the line joining the
summits of the eyes. Head and thorax opaque, without
sculpture, clypeus finely and closely punctured. Neck as
long as the distance between the tegule and the front of —
the mesonotum; parapsidal furrows narrow, but distinct,
finely crenulate ; mesonotum rounded anteriorly, scutum as
r
Iymenoptera of the Fumily Evaniide. 199
long as the scutellum. Median segment very delicately
rugulose, with a low longitudinal carina, hind cox finely
granulate. Abdomen long and slender, the first tergite
twice as long as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the
four apical tarsal joints ; tarsal ungues small.
Hab. Perth, W. Australia (Turner), February. Two
ag taken on blossom of Eucalyptus calophylia in King’s
Park.
This is much nearer to the Mexican species, P. angustatus,
Kieff., than to P. cylindricus, but differs in the sculpture
of the thorax, the shape of the head, and other details.
Kieffer gives two species of Psewdofenus as Australian, but
P. unguiculatus, Westw., is from New Zealand, and darwinii,
Westw., belongs to Hyptiogaster.
Pseudofenus isthmalis, sp. un.
2. Nigra; mandibulis fuscis; palpis pallidis; tibiis anticis inter-
mediisque supra, metatarsis anticis intermediisque, tarsis anticis
articulo secundo, tarsis posticis, basi extrema articuloque apicali
nigris, valvulisque terebre tertio apicali albidis; pleuris sternoque
hie illic nigro suffusis, coxis, trochanteribus, femoribusque an-
ticis ferrugineis; tibiis posticis basi infra albo-maculatis; alis
hyalinis, leviter suffusis, iridescentibus, stigmate venisque nigris ;
terebra corpore vix breviore.
Long. 10 mm.; terebree long. 9 mm.
2. First joint of the flagellum as broad as long, half as
long as the second, third fully as long as the first and second
combined. Head long and narrow, feebly margined and
rather strongly emarginate on the hind margin; front
convex, subcarinate longitudinally in the middle; cheeks
almost obsolete. Anterior ocellus almost on a level with
the summit of the eyes, which are separated from the hind
margin of the head by a distance equal to slightly more than
one-third of their own length. Head opaque, finely coriaceous.
Neck nearly as long as the distance between the tegula and
the front of the mesonotum; thorax opaque, very deli-
cately rugulose, mesonotum with the anterior margin straight,
only rounded at the angles, wit two short impressed longi-
tudinal lines from near the middle of the anterior margin ;
parapsidal furrows distinct, crenulated ; scutum longer than
the scutellum, prescutum much longer than the scutum.
Median segment with a distinct longitudinal carina, trans-
versely rugulose. First abdominal segment twice as long
as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the four apical
tarsal joints; tarsal ungues small.
15*
200 Mr. R. EB. Turner on new
Hab. Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania (Turner), February
1913. One female.
Differs from fluvialis in the proportion of the antennal
joints, the shape of the head, the sculpture of the thorax
and median segment, the length of the terebra, in colour,
and other details.
Foenus autumnalis, sp. n.
Q. Nigra; mandibulis apice excepto, tegulis, pedibusque anticis —
intermediisque ferrugineis; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, —
tibiis posticis macula basali, tarsis anticis, tarsis intermediis —
artieulis tribus basalibus, tarsisque posticis, basi apiceque ex-
ceptis, albis; terebra, petiolo multo breviore, testacea ; valvulis
apice albidis, incrassatis; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; stigmate
“pallido, fusco-marginato.
Long. 14 mm.; terebre long. 2°5 mm.
9. Head opaque, somewhat elongate, slightly swollen
behind the eyes, the hind margin distinctly carinate. Eyes
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance
equal to about one-third of their own length ; posterior
ocelli level with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from
each other as from the eyes ; cheeks very short, not half as
long as the first joint of the fagellum ; a longitudinal carina
between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum more
than half as long again as the first, the third joint distinctly
longer than the first and second combined. Neck short;
pronotum with a very short and small spine at each angle ;
mesonotum opaque, coriaceous, with two very short longi-
tudinal impressed lines from the anterior margin; scutellum
with well-defined marginal carine ; median segment rather
coarsely rugose-reticulate, with a rather indistinct median —
carina ; hind coxe coriaceous. Hind metatarsus no longer
than the four apical tarsal joints combined, the basal third
black, the apical half of the fifth tarsal joint also black.
Terebra scarcely half as long as the petiole.
Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia (Turner), March 1914.
Four females.
Closely allied to valvularis, Schlett., but differs in the
lesser development of the angles of the pronotum, in the
sculpture of the median segment, and in the shorter cheeks.
F. fuscimanus, Kieff., has the terebra distinctly longer, the
cheeks longer, and the sculpture of the thorax rather
stronger; and F. valens, Kieff., is a much larger insect,
more robust, with the sculpture of the median segment
tending to transverse striz and the coxe black. }
Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 201
Fenus exilis, sp. a.
Q. Nigra, minuta; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis anticis
intermediisque, tibiis posticis basi, tarsis anticis intermediisque,
tarsisque posticis subtus pallide brunneis; terebra, petiolo multo
breviore, testacea ; valvulis apice albidis; alis hyalinis, iridescen-
tibus, venis fuscis, stigmate fusco-ferrugineo.
Long. 7 mm.; terebre long. 1°5 mm.
¢. Head elongate, opaque, the hind margin very feebly
carinate. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the head
by a distance equal to half their own length ; anterior ocellus
situated a little behind a line joining the summit of the
eyes ; cheeks very short, not as long as the first joint of the
flagellum; a Jow carina running from between the antenne
nearly halfway to the anterior ocellus. First joint of the
flagellum scarcely longer than broad, second scarcely half
as long again as the first, third distinctly longer than the
first and second combined. Neck rather short, angles of
the pronotum unarmed; mesonotum opaque, very finely
coriaceous, with two short, obscure, longitudinal raised lines
from the anterior margin, the curved line separating the
preescutum and scutum very shallow and not crenulate.
Seutellum without marginal carinze; median segment irre-
gularly transversely rugulose; hind coxa very finely coria-
ceous. Terebra more than half as long as the petiole;
hind metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints
combined.
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner),
January 1913. One female.
This is not nearly allied to the group of valwularis, Schlett.,
having the head slightly narrowed behind the eyes, the
scutellum without carine, and the groove between the scutum
and prescutum narrow and not crenulate.
Fenus steindachneri, Schlett.
Gasteruption steindachneri, Schlett. Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvy.
p- 300 (1885). 9.
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner).
March.
F. leptotrachelus, Kieff., is very near this, but cannot be
the male of this species, having the head much more strongly
narrowed behind the eyes.
Fenus macrocephalus, sp. 0.
Q. Maxima, nigra; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis
202 On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide.
anticis intermediisque apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, meta-
tarso tertio basali articuloque quinto exceptis, albidis; terebra,
corpore sesqui longiore, testacea, valvulis apice extremo albidis ;
alis hyalinis.
Long. 30 mm.; terebre long. 45 mm.
?. Head opaque, finely coriaceous, massive, slightly
swollen behind the eyes, the hind margin rather feebly
carinated. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the
head by a distance equal to fully half their own length;
posterior ocelli in a line with the summit of the eyes, fully
half as far again from each other as from the eyes. Cheeks
as long as the first joint of the flagellum; a longitudinal —
carina between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum
twice as long as the first, third nearly half as long again as
the first and second combined. Neck very short; angles
of the pronotum unarmed. Thorax opaque, coriaceous, the —
sides of the preescutum with fine transverse strie; preescutum —
nearly twice as long as the scutum, with two short slightly —
raised lines converging from the anterior margin; the curved
line dividing the seutum and prescutum broad and crenu-
lated. Median segment irregularly transversely rugose-
striate, with an indistinct median carina; hind coxe shining,
punctured at the base, finely transversely striated at the ©
apex; hind metatarsus about equal in length to the four
apical tarsal joints; the fifth joint long, about equal to the
second. Pleurz finely rugose; mesosternum coarsely trans-
versely striated, the sides of the median segment also coarsely
striated. .
Hab. Victoria (ex coll. Turner, received through C.
French).
This is the largest species of the genus known to me.
The head and thorax, especially on the sides, are clothed
with very short white pubescence, as in F. breviscutum,
Kieff. The radius is bent into a sharp angle at about two-—
thirds from its base, as in all the group of breviscutum.
Fonus calothecus, Kieff.
Gasteruption calothecus, Kieff. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxxx. p. 198
(1911). 9. |
Specimens of this species from Yallingup, 8.W. Australia,
are larger than the type, measuring up to 22 mm., with the
terebra 60 mm., but do not seem to differ appreciably in:
colour or structure. The type is from Queensland; the
cotype has been labelled Mexico, evidently by mistake.
A revised Classification of the Otomyine. 203
Fenus bicarinatus, sp. n.
Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, pedibusque anticis fusco-ferrugineis ;
tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis anticis intermediisque
apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, metatarsi tertio basali arti-
culoque quinto exceptis, albidis ; terebra rufo-testacea abdomine
paullo longiore, valvulis apice flavidulis et dilatatis.
Long. 22 mm.; terebre long. 15 mm.
9. Head not very strongly narrowed behind the eyes,
slightly swollen transversely behind the ocelli, opaque and
coriaceous, the hind margin distinctly carinated. Eyes
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance
equal to nearly half their own length; posterior ocelli in a
line with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from each
other as from the eyes. Cheeks half as long again as the
first joint of the flagellum, a longitudinal carina between the
antenne, the front depressed on each side above the base of
the antenne; second joint of the flagellum twice as long
as the first, third more than half as long again as the first
and second combined. Neck rather short; angles of the
pronotum almost unarmed. Mesonotum irregularly trans-
versely rugose-striate ; with two longitudinal carinze from
near the middle of the anterior margin not reaching the
middle of the prescutum, the space between the carinze
transversely striated and deeply depressed. Pleure rugose ;
median segment rather coarsely rugose, convex, with a
longitudinal carina, the sides of the segment above the hind
coxz with a few coarse strie. Hind coxe shining, rather
indistinctly transversely striated. Hind metatarsus as long
as the four apical tarsal joints combined. Radius sharply
bent upwards towards the costa at about two-thirds from
the base, as in breviscutum and other allied species.
Hab. Swan River, Western Australia.
Easily distinguished by the strong carine on the
mesonotum. ‘
XXI.—A revised Classification of the Otomyine, with
Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Oupririp
THOMas.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
THE very striking cranial and dental characters found
among the different species of what has hitherto been con-
sidered the single genus Otomys, have long seemed to indicate
that some subdivision of the genus would be advisable.
204 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised
In Mr. Wroughton’s admirable monograph of Otomys*,
the characters used are almost entirely dental, little attention —
being paid to the skull. Now, however, taking cranial
characters into full consideration, I find that the group
appears to be divisable into three genera, as shown below.
Although not easily defined in a key, the general shape —
of the skull is quite distinetive of the three genera, and is,
I consider, the best indication of their relationships. On
the other hand, the grooves on the incisors, and the numbers
of the molar laminz, used so effectively by Wroughton and —
Dollman for the sorting of the species, are so plastic, and
show so wide a range of variation, that, however useful for —
specific distinction, they have to be used with great caution
when generic divisions are in question.
On this account, while distinguishing as full genera the
obviously natural groups typified by O. brantsii and O. uni- —
sulcatus, I have thought it better only to consider those
represented by O. anchiete and laminatus as subgenera of —
Otomys, their distinction being almost entirely based on the
plastic dental characters. And the same with Parotomys
brantsii and littledalei.
A. Nasals not excessively expanded ante-
riorly. ‘Tendency to grooving of incisors
and extra lamination of molars less;
lower incisors not or very faintly grooved;
m® with 4 or, at most, 5 lamine.
a. Bulle very large. No special nasal
broadening. .M@% composed of two com-
plete laminze and a modified posterior
i os a |e 1. Parotomys, g. n.
a’, Upper incisors grooved .......... la. Parotomys, s. s.
b*. Upper incisors smooth ............ 1b, Liotomys, subg. n.
b. Bullz normal. A slight nasal broaden-
ing. M®° composed of three complete
laminz and a posterior trefoil ...... 2. Myotomys, g. n.
B. Nasals excessively broadened anteriorly,
the premaxille outside them not or
scarcely visible from above. Tendency
to grooving of incisors and extra lamina-
tion of molars at a maximum; lower
incisors, as well as upper, deeply grooved ;
m?* with 6 lamingz or moret...... ees. 3. Otomys.
c. M, composed of 4lamine .......... 3a, Otomys, 8. 8.
d. M, with more than 4 lamine. z
c?, M, with 5 lamineg, m? with7...... 3b. Anchotomys, subg. n.
d?, M, with 6-7 laminz, m’ with 9-10. 8c. Lamotomys, subg. n.
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. p. 264 (1906). See also Dollman’s
paper on the East African forms, op. cit. (8) xv. p. 149 (1915). i
+ Five in O. denti.
Classification of the Otomyine. 205
1. Paroromys*, gen, nov.
Genotype. B. brantsii (Otomys brantsii, Smith).
Skull short, high, considerably bowed. Its general shape
showing no trace of the characteristic form found in typical
Otomys. . Muzzle narrow, the nasals not particularly
broadened anteriorly. Interorbital region not specially
contracted, its edges with well-marked thickened beads
and postorbital projections. Interparietal nearly as long
as broad. Bulle very large; meatus with a strongly
projecting thickened collar on its anterior edge prominently
visible from above ; the meatal greater than the zygomatic
breadth of the skull.
Teeth. Upper incisors with either one distinct and one
indistinct groove (Parotomys, s. s.), or with none at all
(subgenus Liotomys). Lower incisors without any trace of
grooves.
Third upper molar with four laminal elements, the
posterior ones somewhat modified. Front lower molar also
with four, the two anterior partially coalesced. .
This genus is most distinct from the other Otomyine, no
forms being known at all intermediate in either skull or
tooth characters. It may again be subdivided into two, as
follows :—
la. PAROTOMYS, 8. 8.
Upper incisors with one distinet outer and one indistinct ©
inner groove. Zygomatic plate evenly convex anteriorly.
Palatal foramina short. Bullze nearly spherical.
Genotype as above.
1%. Lioromys +, subgen. nov.
3
Upper incisors quite without grooves, like the lower.
Zygomatic plate more or less cut back anteriorly. Palatal!
foramina of medium length. DBulle more or less oval.
Genotype :—
Parotomys (Liotomys) littledalei, sp. n.
Size and general appearance asin P. brantsii. Colour very
much as in the typical (Namaqualand) race of that species,
though slightly darker, and so verging towards that of
P. b. luteolus. The back rather darker than “ cinnamon-
buff,” the sides and belly paler buff, the hairs very broadly
* apa, beside+ Otomys.
tT Aetos + Otomys,
206 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised
slaty basally. Hands and feet buffy white. Tail apparently
longer than in dranésii, though satisfactory measurements
are not available ; well haired, dark buffy above, paler
below, a variable portion of the upper side of the end of
the tail brown or blackish, but this is sometimes scarcely
perceptible.
Skull and teeth as indicated in the synopsis and subgenerie
diagnoses above.
Dimensions of the type :—
Head and body 157 mm.; tail 97 ; hind foot 26.
Skull: greatest length 37°6 ; condylo-incisive length 36 ;
zygomatic breadth 20; nasals 12°8x4°2; interorbital
breadth 6; meatal breadth 21:5; palatilar length 17;
palatal foramina 7; bulle 12°3x8; upper molar series
(crowns) 7°2.
Hab. Bushmanland. Type from Tuin, Kenhart.
Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12.4.25.9. Original num-
ber 7. Collected 16th July, 1911, by Maj. H. A. P. Little-
dale. Five specimens.
The specimens of this remarkable animal were placed with
the collection of Ofomys brantsii without examination of the
skulls, which were cleaned and put away later. Now, how- —
ever, study of the skulls shows that Major Littledale’s —
animal is wholly different, and represents a really interesting
discovery.
2. Myoromys *, gen. nov.
Genotype. M. unisulcatus (Otomys unisulcatus, Bts.).
Skull with more indication of an approach to that of —
Otomys. But the muzzle is not modified in the peculiar
way characteristic of that genus, the nasals being but little
broadened anteriorly, so that the premaxille are always
clearly visible from above outside them. Interorbital region —
not specially contracted ; its edges with distinct beads, which
evenly diverge backwards instead of abruptly curving out-—
wards to form postorbital projections, as is the case in —
Otomys. These beads scarcely run any distance on ‘to the —
parietals. Other skull-characters much as in Otomys.
Teeth not very highly specialized. Upper incisors gene-
rally with one narrow groove, which is, however, occasionally —
obsolescent. Lower incisors not or very faintly grooved. |
Third upper molar not greatly laminated, the usual condition —
being three complete lamine and a posterior trefoil, which —
“
* nvs+ Otomys.
Classification of the Otomyinz. 207
may in some cases represent two laminal elements; the
total therefore usually four and never more than five. First
lower molar composed of four lamine or their equivalents,
as in Otomys.
This genus, although clearly worthy of being distinguished
as such, shows more relationship to Ofomys than is the case
with Parotomys. One species, indeed, M. turneri, both has
more expanded nasals than is normal and has clearly five
laminz in its m’ ; but even then there is no equality with
the specialized condition found in true Otomys, and the
frontal ridges are quite as in Parotomys, not as in Otomys.
The following forms belong to this genus :—
broom, Thos.
yranti, Thos.
sloggetti, Thos.
turnert, Wrought.
unisulcatus, Bts.
3. Otomys, F. Cuv.
Genotype. O. irroratus, Bts. _
Skull highly specialized. Muzzle with an exaggerated
expansion of the nasals in their anterior half, where they
are bent down laterally, and quite hide the premaxille from
above. Interorbital region contracted, its edges with high
ridges, which posteriorly turn abruptly outward to form
postorbital processes, and then run backwards across the
parietals.
Teeth. Incisors much grooved, the upper with one well-
defined groove just outside the middle, the lower with one
broad and deep outer groove and on the inner side either
the faint indication of a second groove, a shallow but distinct
groove, or a deep and distinct second groove, all stages
between the three being present.
Molars with great tendency to extra lamination, the
third upper molar with from six to ten lamine (five in
O. denti only) and the first lower with from four to seven.
It does not appear possible to separate satisfactorily the
species with two grooves on the lower incisors (typus and
its allies *) from the ordinary Utomys with only one, as the
intergradation in the depth and conspicuousness of the
grooves is too complete. On the other hand, two species,
anchiete and laminatus, show such differences in the number
of the molar lamine that I have thought they should be
* Representing Orveinomys, Trouess.
208 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised
subgenerically separated, thus making three subgenera, as
follows :—
3a. Oromys, s. s.
Genotype. O. irroratus, Bts.
First lower molar with four laminz ; last upper with
5 to 8.
36. ANCHOTOMYS *, subgen. nov.
Genotype and only species. O. anchieta, Boc.
First lower molar with five lamin ; last upper with seven.
3c. Lamortomys t, subgen. nov.
Genotype and only species. O. laminatus, Thos. & Schw.
First lower molar with 6-7 lamine; last upper with 9-10.
Otomys contains the great mass of the species of the
group, and has by far the largest range, extending from the
Cape to Abyssinia, while the other two genera are both
confined to South Africa.
The following new forms of this genus appear to need
description :—
Otomys irroratus cenosus, subsp. n.
Size averaging very large, the skull-length of large speci-
mens greater than in any other Ofomys.
Colour a dark muddy greyish, darker than in O. 7, auratus,
greyer, especially on the sides and rump, than in true
arroralus. !
Skull as in true irroratus, but averaging larger. Laminze
of m°® always 6 in number.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 201 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 32:7; —
ear 23°95. -
Skull: greatest length 46°3 ; condylo-incisive length 43°5 ;
zygomatic breadth 23:2; nasals 20°5x9-2; imterorbital —
breadth 4; upper molar series 9°2.
Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland. Alt. 4000’.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 4. 8. 13. Original
number 20. Collected 14th February, 1904, by R. B. —
Woosnam. Seven specimens.
By their great average size and muddy-grey colour these
Otomys seem distinguishable from the ordinary 0. irroratus, —
* ayxt, near+ Otomys.
+ Adpos, the maw (also voraciousness) + Otomys.
Classification of the Otomyinz. 209
although isolated individuals from elsewhere may be nearly
as large. The skull of the type even exceeds in length,
though not in bulk, that of the large O. (Anchotomys)
anchiete of Augola.
Otomys rowleyi, sp. 0.
Like O. irroratus superficially, but apparently really a
representative in Portuguese S.E. Africa of the 7-laminated
forms of the Zambesi and northwards.
General appearance and colour quite as in (. irroratus
cupreus, but the fur shorter and coarser. Lars and tail not
very heavily furred.
Skull of medium size, about equalling that of O. irroratus.
Nasals differing from those of other 8. African forms by
their even expansion anteriorly, and the absence of a definite
angle at the point where the narrow part passes into the
broad—this character quite uniform in the one adult and
four young specimens before me. All the other S. African
forms have a marked angle at the point referred to.
Teeth. Third upper molar with seven lamine in every
specimen, this number being that characteristic of the
Zambesi and more northward Otomys, only rarely and
exceptionally occurring in OQ. irroratus.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 167 mm. ; tail 92; hind foot 27 ; ear 20.
Skull : greatest length 40 ; condylo-incisive length 37-7 ;
zygomatic breadth 19°7; nasals 18x74; upper molar
' series 9°1.
Hab. Coguno, Inhambane, Portuguese S.E. Africa.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6.11.8.77. Original
number 1585. Collected 3lst July, 1906, by C. H. B.
Grant. Presented by Mr. C. D. Rudd.
Accidentally overlooking the fact that one of the series
was fully adult, Mr. Wroughton and I provisionally referred
this animal in 1906 to O. irroratus cupreus, but I now con-
sider that its constant possession of seven lamine in m!
indicates that it is a southern representative in the low hot
coast-lands of the more northern terms characterised by that
number of laminz, while only six is usual in zrroratus. The
absence of an angular corner halfway along the lateral nasal
sutures is also a character which affines it to some of the
more northern forms and distinguishes it from O. irroratus.
It is named in honour of Mr. F, R. Rowley, Curator of
the Royal Albert Memorial Museum at Exeter, to whom
both officially and privately the Mammal Department of the
National Museum is greatly indebted for assistance.
210 A revised Classification of the Otomy ine.
Otomys mashona, sp. n.
Most nearly allied to O. angoniensis, but greyer and with
differently shaped nasals.
Size about as in angoniensis or a little smaller. Fur
decidedly finer and softer than in that species. General
colour very much as in QO. irroratus auratus or a shade
darker, greyer and less brownish than in angoniensis ; sides
and hips distinctly greyer.
Skull with the nasals shorter and proportionately broader
than in angoniensis, the broad anterior part shorter and the
posterior part more rapidly narrowing backwards; lateral
sutures without a marked angle, this character distinguish-
ing the species from trroratus.
Third upper molar normally with seven lamine.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 171 mm.; tail 108 ; hind feet 30.
Skull: greatest length 41; condylo-incisive length 39 ;
zygomatic breadth 20°3; nasals 17x89; interorbital
breadth 4°3; height from supraorbital edge to alveolus of
m* 13°7; palatilar length 19; upper molar series 9:2.
Hab. Mazoe, Mashonaland, Southern Rhodesia. Alt.
4000’.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 95.11.3.18. Original
number 44 B. Collected 5th August, 1895, and presented
by J. tfolliott Darling.
This Otomys was identified by Mr. Wroughton with .
O. irroratus auratus of Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony,
a locality very much farther south, but I venture to think
it is more related to angoniensis and rowleyi, with which it
agrees in the number of its molar lamin and its non-
angular nasal sutures.
Otomys burtoni, sp. n.
A small species, isolated in the Cameroons.
Size comparatively small. Fur very long and soft, woolly
hairs of back about 20 mm. in length. General colour dull
grizzled brown with a slight coppery tint, very much as in
O. irroratus cupreus. Hands and feet dark brown.
Skull not strongly bowed, with rather short muzzle.
Nasals of medium broadening auteriorly, the lateral sutures
not strongly angular. Interorbital region not heavily
ridged.
Upper incisors more pointed backwards than is usual even
in this opisthodont genus, the angle (50°) lower than in any ©
On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. 211
other rodent I have measured ; their face with the usual
deep outer and obsolescent inner groove. Lower incisors
with one broad and partially doubled external groove and
the usual obsolescent inner one.
Dimensions of the type (measured on the dry skin) :—
Head and body 158 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 26; ear 20.
Skull: tip of nasals to back of frontals 27°5 ; zygomatic
breadth 18°5; nasals 16°5 x 7:5; interorbital breadth 4:1;
breadth of brain-case 14°5 ; height of supraorbital edge
from alveolus of m? 11°6; palatilar length 16°3; diastema
8°5; upper molar series 8:2.
Hab. Cameroons Mountains. Alt. 7000’.
Type. Old female. B.M. no. 7.1.1.196. Collected
by “Capt. Burton, H.M. Consul of Fernando Po,” later
Sir Richard Burton. Received with the collection of
Mr. R. F. Tomes.
This Cameroons Otomys, widely isolated as it is geographi-
cally from all other members of the genus, seems to be most
nearly allied to certain of the Central African species,
among which, by Dollman’s synopsis, it comes closest to
O. tropicalis nubilus of the Mount Kenya region. It is,
however, conspicuously smaller than that animal, nor can I
find any other to which it could be assigned.
I have named it in honour of its famous collector,
Sir Richard Burton, te whose ability and energies as a
naturalist too little credit has been generally given.
XXI.—The Hedyehog of Palestine and Asia Minor.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
WHEN writing his paper on the subspecies of Hrinaceus
europeus * Barrett Hamilton referred five specimens in the
British Museum from Mount Lebanon to Erinaceus concolor,
Martin, described from Trebizond. The type of the latter
* being wholly black it seemed abnormal, and on this account
Barrett Hamilton could not distinguish the Mt. Lebanon
specimens from it.
Since that date, however, further knowledge and further
material bearing on the question of H. concolor has accrued,
Miller has shown the definite distinction of FE. roumanicus
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) y. p. 360 (1900).
212 = On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor.
and the forms related to it from Z. europaeus and its allies,
This distinction rests mainly in the greater extension in the
former of the maxillary bones, which reach further back, so
as to coincide almost exactly with the muscular fossa * of
this region. In ewropeus, on the other hand, the fronto-
maxillary suture traverses the fossa a marked distance in
front of its hinder limit.
Examination of the typical skull of 2. concolor now shows
that its structure is as in 2. europeus, not as in LZ. roumani-
cus, and it therefore agrees with certain other forms of this
character which Satunin has shown to occur in Trans-
caucasia, so that it cannot be looked upon in any way as
abnormal. Moreover, the same author has described a dark
* #. ponticus” and a black “ #. ponticus abasgicus” from
the eastern shores of the Black Sea, which would show that
a naturally black hedgehog does occur in this region. Pro-
bably Satunin’s animals are, one or both, referable to
E. concolor.
This being the case, it is evident that the Palestine and
Asia Minor hedgehog, which belongs to the roumanicus type,
only needs comparison with the last-named species, of which
it may be considered a subspecies, as follows :—
Erinaceus roumanicus sacer, subsp. n.
General colour brown, about as in L. europaeus, the head
not blackened. Spines with one subterminal dark band.
Fur of face, chest, and fore-limbs with a considerable mixture
of white hairs, that of the sides and belly uniformly brown.
Skull, on the whole, like that of rowmanicus, but distin-
guished by the much greater length and development of the
lacrymal crests, which in that animal are reduced to a mere
projecting knob above the lacrymal foramen, but in the new
form are as long as in J. europaeus, running back quite to
the hinder corner of the muscular fossa above referred to,
and being traceable further back still as a ridge across the
frontals. Transverse occipital crest relatively higher, pro-
jecting above the level of the brain-case.
Dimensions of type :—
Hind foot (c.) 39 mm. ;
Skull: condylo-basal length 60 ; zygomatic breadth 37°5 5 —
nasals 19°5 x 4; premaxillo-nasal suture 11; maxillo-nasal —
suture 2°5; distance from posterior end of premaxille to —
upper hinder corner of maxillze 11°5 ; interorbital breadth 175
* Apparently, judging from Dobson, that of the upper half of the —
levator labtt superworis proprius.
On a new Jumping Mite from the Mendip Hills. 213
intertemporal breadth 14°7; palatal length 33:3; upper
tooth-row 31.
Hab. Palestine and Asia Minor. Type from near
Jerusalem.
Type. Adult female with worn teeth. B.M. no. 18.8.1. 2.
Collected May 1918 during the British campaign, and pre-
sented by Capt. Guy C. Shortridge.
Of this hedgehog the Museum contains five specimens,
with imperfect skulls, from Mt. Lebanon, presented by
Saleem Baroody, a fine old female from Tortoum near
Erzeroum, collected by R. B. Woosnam, and another from
Kara Dagh near Konia, presented by L. Ramsay, in addition
to the present specimen (the type). Ihave thought it wise
to select as type a specimen from the farthest southern
known extension of the group—that is, of the restricted genus
Erinaceus,—the hedgehogs from further south and east being
referable to Hemiechinus.
XXIM.—On anew Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorchestes
from the Mendip Hills. By StaAntey Hirsrv.
THE mite dealt with in the present note is of interest, owing
to the fact that the only species of the genus hitherto
described (viz. Nanorchestes amphibius, Topsent & Troues-
sart) lives on the sea-shore, between the tide limits or
slightly above them. This littoral species was discovered by
M. Topsent at Luc-sur-Mer (Calvados), France, and after-
wards found by the author at St. Catherine’s Point, Isle of
Wight. The new species described below has a very
different habitat, for it lives on the summit of the Mendip
Hills at an altitude of over 800 feet and more than eight
miles from the sea-coast.
’
Nanorchestes collinus, sp. n.
General appearance very like N, amphibius, Tops. &
Trouess., but smaller in size. Hairs on dorsal surface of ©
cephalothorax also very similar. The. curious unpaired
median structure between the clhieliceree is present and
strongly curved. This new species differs from NV. amphibius
in the following details of structure :—Dorsal hair on cheli-
cera slender and dividing close to the base into two plumose
branches, the outer one being considerably longer than the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 16
214 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
other (whereas in NV. amphibius the dorsal hair is rather —
stout, stiff, rod-like, and not divided). Hairs on abdomen —
very similar to those of NW. amphibius, being short and —
branched in the same way, but they are finer. ‘The sac-like —
structure placed immediately behind the eye is almost
circular (instead of being rather elongate-oval).
Length (slightly pressed by accident) 240 p.
Material. A single specimen collected by the author on —
the summit of the Mendip Hills, near Axebridge, Somerset, —
July 1918.
XXIV.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-
dactyla—Part II]. The Bubaline and Orygine. By
®. 1. Potock, F.R.S. }
Parts I. and II. of this series, supplementing my paper —
published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910, appeared in the
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June and August of this year.
As in those papers, the reference numbers inserted after the —
genera and species in the following pages apply to the —
treatise issued in 1910, ;
Subfamily Bozazrrmz.
Genus Damatiscus, Scl. & Thos. ©
In 1910 I described the preorbital and pedal glands of —
this genus from dried skins of D. korrigum. I am now able
to supplement that account from fresh material of two
South African species, J). albifrons and D. pygargus.
Damaliscus albifrons, Burch.
The muzzle (fig. 1, A, B,C) is long, broad, and depressed,
with mobile upper lip and fleshy, valvular, narrow, and
elongate nostrils, lined for some distance inside, both above
and below, with hair. The rhinarium is much reduced, but
is broad between the narrowed inner ends of the nostrils ;
beneath the septum it is continued down the upper lip as
a short mesially grooved philtrum, which rapidly narrow
from its wide base to its pointed lower end which reaches
the inferior edge of the upper lip. Dorsally it extends as
a moist band along the upper lid of the nostril, but falls
short of the posterior angle of the nostril by some distance;
on the lower lid of the nostril there is no rhinarial extension
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 215
of moist skin. From the dorsal aspect the rhinarium
appears as a crescentic band, thicker mesially in front than
posteriorly at the sides, the hairs on the upper side of the
muzzle spreading far forwards between the nostrils, forming
a well-defined field with an evenly convex antero-lateral
edge. The surface of the rhinarium is covered with a
reticulation of grooves defining low rounded eminences.
The preorbital gland is marked extervally by a slightly
Fig. 1.
- Oa oe
eK wT AVY i Ve
ores © sy Wy, SHY
ase Beat. Mi), ) eee
SASQ * 41 Sie
ope
ae
(Yaya Sra
a3 LG SSe
. Lee
<7
A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Damaliscus albifrons from the front. x 4.
Bb. The same from above.
C. The same from the side.
D. Extremity of the penis of D. pygargus from below.
i. The same from the right side.
aised circular naked area, with a central orifice leading
into a short cylindrical tube penetrating about halfway into
the substance of the thick gland.
Inguinal glands are absent, and there is a single pair of
mamme.
The pedal glands, like those of other Bubalines I have
already described, are well developed only on the fore feet,
where they consist of a deep and long interdigital pouch
overlapped to a great extent above by the folded integumen‘
16”
216 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some
of the pastern, but with a comparatively long slit-like orifice, ‘
On the hind foot the gland is represented merely by a
shallow naked depression.
Damaliseus pygargus, Pall.
Differs in none of the particulars described above from
D. albifrons, except that the philtrum fails to reach the edge q
of the upper lip. ;
In the male the penis (fig. 1, D, E) ends in a well- defined r
cordate thickening, broad at the base, narrowed at the apex. —
The urethral canal is not produced beyond the extremity of —
the glans, but terminates in a groove in the middle of its —
under side. 4
The figure of the penis of D. albifrons, published by
Garrod (P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 11, fig. 22), and apparently copied
by Gerhardt, represents this organ as apically attenuated —
and provided with a short tubular urethral process lying
along the left side of the end of the glans and free from it
to a very limited extent, but not projecting beyond it. if
It seems to me to be very unlikely that two species”
so closely allied as D. albifrons and D. pygargus differ in’
reality in the structure of the penis to the extent indicated
by Garrod’s observations and my own; and since Garrod’s ©
figure shows close agreement between the penis of D. albi-
frons and that of Connochates, I am disposed to think it
likely that the penis of D. pygargus I examined must have
been abnormal or, perhaps, mutilated with respect to the
end of the urethra.
There the matter must rest until the opportunity of
examining this organ in other examples of D. pygargus
occurs. Considering the rarity of the species we may have.
to wait long for such a chance to verify or disprove the
point at issue.
Genus Connocuares, Licht.
Connochetes gnou, Zimm. (p. 904).
I have very little to add to my original account of this
species except some facts regarding the rhinarium and pe nis
which were not described in 1910*. z
The muzzle (fig. 2, A, B, C) is a gross exaggeration of
the type seen in Damaliscus, being wider and having the
valvular lids of the nostrils more ‘protuberant and fleshy.
* Tn one specimen the surface of the preorbital gland showed a centra
saucer-like depression. Hence this surface is not always flat, as
described in 1910, F .
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 217
A further important and very interesting difference is the
presence of a well-developed pouch, lined with short hair,
penetrating the internarial septum on each side and opening
by a circular orifice within the anterior angle of the nostril,
nearly midway between the latter and the anterior end of
entrance to the narial passages. The orifice of this pouch,
A, Muzzle and rhinarium of Connochetes gnou from the front. x 2,
(The vibrissze shorter than in nature.)
B. The same from the side.
C. The same with the upper lid of the nostril raised to show the orifice
of the sack penetrating the septum.
D. Extremity of penis of the same from below.
E. The same of Gorgon taurinus from the left side.
like the entrance to the chamber itself, is revealed when
the upper lid of the nostril is raised and concealed when it
is in its normal depressed position (fig. 2, B, C).
Owing to the scanty clothing of hair on the dorsal side of
the muzzle, the rhingrium is not so well defined above and
behind as in Damaliscus; it extends less than halfway
218 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
round the upper lid of the nostril. Viewed from the front
it is exceedingly wide and laterally attenuated, with a
concayo-convex, sinuous upper edge. The philtrum, which
is broad, angular, and ungrooved, is inferiorly abbreviated,
ending in a point a little above the middle of the upper lip,
the lower portion of which is continuously hairy across the
middle line. The surface of the rhinarium is transversely
striated, not roughened and tessellated.
In his paper on the anatomy of the Gnu, Liénnberg
(K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv. no. 8, p. 48, 1901) paid no
special attention to the rhinarium, contenting himself with
a reference to the descriptions published by others, notably
by Sclater and Thomas in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ vol. i.
This brief description, however, contains no mention of the
pouches in the internarial septum, because they are com-
pletely concealed in dried skins. No doubt this fact
accounts for their having hitherto apparently escaped
detection. At all events I have not come across any record
of their occurrence.
J am unable to suggest any explanation of the function
of these pouches, unless they act as traps for the maggots of
parasitic dipterous insects (@strus) whose usual habit it
is to pass up the true nostril into the narial passages, where
they frequently set up serious disorders in Ruminants. At
all events, these parasites would be innocuous in the pouches.
The penis (fig. 2, D) differs from that of Damaliscus py-
gargus in being apically attenuated, without trace of the
cordate thickening at the end, and in the termination of
the urethral canal in a short process on the left side of the
apex, beyond which it projects for a very short distance.
Genus Goreon, Gray.
Gorgon taurinus, Burch. (p. 906).
An example of G. taurinus albojubatus, four and a half
months old, had the muzzle constructed as in Connochetes
gnou, except that the peculiarities were less exaggerated ;
it was less depressed and narrower and the rhinarium seen
from the front was deeper from above downwards and the
shortened philtrum showed a nairow groove.
The preorbital gland was scantily clothed with long hair
and its surface was mesially depressed and saucer-like.
The pents (fig. 2, E) of an adult male of the typical race
was less attenuated apically than in that of Connochetes
gnou and the urethral canal was not prolonged beyond the
end of the glans.
From evidence supplied mainly by the digestive tract,
‘47
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 219
Léunherg (K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxy. no. 3 (1901) ;
Arkiv. Zool. v. no. 10, p. 21 (1909)) was of opinion that the
Guus are phylogenetically related to the Bovinz, the latter
being the descendants of antelopes closely akin to Conno-
chetes and Gorgon. It appears to me, however, to be certain
that the Gnus must be regarded as highly specialised forms
of Bubalis; but I cannot admit that the latter are in any
way nearly affiliated to any form of Buhalinez. The evidence,
on the other hand, that the Bovine are specialised Tragela-
phine is, in my opinion, complete.
e The usually recorded differences between the Gnus and
Hartebeests in cranial and cornual characters are well known.
Using the muzzle as a basis the two groups may be distin-
guished as follows :—
a. Muzzle comparatively narrow; rhinarium
cleaving the upper lip approximately to its
inferior edge, its depth about half its width,
its surface roughened and reticulated ; no
pouches in the internarial septum within the
PURE 2s oa osha corte a5 wile wai an: Bubalis, Damaliscus.
a’, Muzzle comparatively very broad; rhina-
rium not extending to inferior edge of
upper lip, its depth less than half its width,
its surface transversely striated; a pair of
pouches penetrating the internarial septum
meathin the viostrils .............30 a0 Connochetes, Gorgon
The Bubaline constitute a compact group of Bovidee
showing comparatively slight range of variation so far as the
external features dealt with in this paper areconcerned. The
muzzle is expanded, the rhinarium is reduced, the nostrils
are valvular and lined within the orifice with longish hair
for the exclusion of foreign bodies. The preorbital gland
is large and is either provided with a narrow duct-like in-
vagination (Damaliscus, Bubalis) or has a flat, slightly convex
or slightly concave surface (Connochetes, Gorgon). Inguinal
glands are absent, and there is normally, at all events, a
single pair of mammz. Pedal glands are well developed
only on the fore feet, where they consist of a long deep
interdigital pouch with a long orifice, but not so long as in
the Antilopine, on the front of the pastern. In the hind
feet this gland is aborted and represented merely by a
shallow depression. The penis at most has a short tubular
urethral prolongation.
Subfamily Orrervz.
Genus Oryx, Blainville.
My account of the cutaneous glands of this genus pub-
lished in 1910 was based upon an examination of dried skins
220 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some . %
and living animals only. Since that date I have had the —
opportunity of seeing fresh carcases of two very distinct
species, namely O. gazella, the type of the genus, and ~
VU. leucoryx, which should rank, I think, as a distinct genus
Oryx gazella, Linn. : =
The muzzle (fig. 3, A, B, and 4, F) is broad and depressed, ~
Fig. 3.
pe ee
w ee Be :
Phra in Mee s
,
;/ ” ae 3.
/ *<
wh ‘al a rh “uy lit
See
we al
7,
!
is att Ware
SSA nh: rhe yr LLL,
“3 Brave wm USD 14) Y)
+
a
A. Muzzle of rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the front. x 3,
B. The same from above. :
with the nostrils narrow, elongated, valvular, and hairy
right up to their lower rim. The smooth rhinarium is ~
reduced in size, moderately broad between the nostrils, and —
extending laterally as a comparatively narrow strip all along |
the upper rim of the nostrils. From the dorsal aspect it is
crescentic, the hairs of the dorsal side of the face extending —
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 221
far forwards between the nostrils, more than halfway along
their length, forming a field with an evenly convex antero-
lateral border. From the front the upper edge has a sinuous
curvature, and the depth of the rhinari1um down the middle
line is about equal to the width of the internarial septum ;
the inferior edge is slightly angled, but is not continued as
a philtrum down the upper lip, which is continuously hairy
across the middle line *.
Preorbital and inguinal glands are absent, as Owen and
Ogilby correctly recorded.
The pedal glands ou all four feet consist of dilated hair-
lined pouches, opening by a narrow passage and a small
orifice on the front of the pastern just above the summit of
the folded interungual web. They resemble those of O. beisa
described in 1910, except that the orifice is small and sub-
circular (cf. infra).
Oryx beisa, Rupp. (p. 907).
I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore
and hind foot of an adult example of this species from
British East Africa. In these the glands were moderately
large and saccular, with a narrow cylindrical exit passage
and circular orifice. In 1910 I described the orifice of the
gland observed on the dried feet of an immature specimen
as consisting of an elongated slit. The shape assumed by
the orifice in this case was probably due to shrinkage of the
skin when drying. At all events, the glands of the specimen
brought for me by Mr. Selous resembled those of the fresh
specimen of O. gazella described above.
Genus Alcoryx, nov.
Differs from Oryx in possessing a preorbital gland, a
more reduced rhinarium, and curved horns.
Type, Aigoryx alyazel, Oken.
Aigoryx algazel, Oken (p. 909).
In 1910 my notes on this species were restricted to the
statement that an example living in the Gardens showed
the presence of preorbital glands by patches of secretion on
the face about one inch in front of the eye, thus disproving
the assertions of Owen and Ogilby that the preorbital gland
is absent.
* In the figures illustrating the muzzle of the antelopes described in
this paper, no attempt has been made to indicate by shading the trans-
ee and vertical convexity of the rhinaria, which thus appear to be
too flat.
229 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
In an example of the typical race of this species from
Northern Nigeria, the gland (fig. 4, B) consists of a
thickened area of skin concealed and overgrown by hair
basally adherent with secretion, The glandis about 30mm,
long and 6 mm, thick and slightly elevated, resembling the
on wo.
ery
Ro 7)
syed Ny 1
Gi IN
Hig) i ZB My, My
YC eee As
4
lle
A
OLA <a
4
RGN
¥ by
[Are
A. Muzzle and rhinarium of A%goryx algazel from the front. x 4,
B. Preorbital gland of the same in longitudinal section.
C. Extremity of the penis of the same from the left side.
D. The same from the right side with urethral process pulled down.
E. Extremity of a of Hippotragus niger with urethral process
straightened. ‘
F. Muzzle and rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the side.
corresponding gland of Hippotragus, although shorter as
compared with its thickness.
The muzzle (fig. 4, A) in its general features is like that
of Oryx gazella, but the rhinarium is considerably more |
reduced. When viewed from the front it is much wider as _
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 223
compared with its height, the height in the middle line
being slightly less than that of the upper lip and much less
than the width of the internarial septum.
As in other members of this subfamily the inguinal
glands are absent, there are two pairs of mamme, and the
pedal glands are present and constructed as in Oryz.
The penis (fig. 4, C, D) is remarkable for the thickness
and length of the tubular prolongation of the urethral canal,
which projects some distance, beyond the ovate termination
of the glans and is nowhere adherent to it. It rises from
the underside of the cylindrical portion of the penis, and,
although normally closely applied to the left side of the well-
defined terminal portion, is in reality separable from it. It
is thick at the base and gradually attenuated apically.
The penis closely resembles that of Addax as described
and figured by Garrod (P.Z.S.1877, p. 10, fig. 18) ; but
Gerhardt’s figure of the penis in Adda has a much shorter
urethral prolongation, not overlapping the tip of the glans
(Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi. p. 153, 1906).
Genus Hrrporraeus, Sund.
EMippotragus niger, Ham. (p. 909).
Specimens examined since 1910 confirm in every parti-
cular the facts stated in that year as to the structure and
incidence of the cutaneous glands. The new facts here
recorded relate to the rhinarium and the penis.
The muzzle (fig. 5, A, B) is less depressed than that of Oryz,
and the sculptured rhinarium is relatively larger and more
normal, with a better defined naked tract below the nostrils,
a well-developed philtrum mesially grooved, broad at the
base, and narrowed below where it reaches the inferior edge
of the upper lip; the nostrils are more expanded with the
upper lid more swollen, so that from the anterior aspect the
upper edge of the rhinarium appears to be biconvex with an
angular median depression and from the dorsal aspect the
anterior edge is seen to be transversely truncated. The hairs
of the upper side of the nose extend some distance between
the nostrils, although not so far as in Oryz, so that the
posterior border of the rhinarium is strongly concave.
The penis (fig. 4, E) resembles that of Aigoryx, described
above, in the thickness, length, and freedom of the tubular
prolongation of the urethral canal, but the termination of
the glans is less markedly bulbous.
The Orygine, apart from Addax which requires examina-
tion, are a remarkably uniform group with respect to the
224 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
structure of the penis, the presence of four mamma, the
absence of inguinal glands, and the presence on all four
feet of flask-shaped pedal glands with narrow exit passage = |
and small circular orifice just behind the summit of the \
interungual web.
+
Fig. 5. y
Pree
hy
i}
hye
1
S247
280 Pee,
A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Hippotragus niger from the front. X 3.
B. The same from above.
Setting Addaz aside, the genera discussed in this paper
may be distinguished as follows :—
a. Rhinarium sculptured, with distinct philtrum reach-
ing lower edge of upper lip; upper rim of dilated
nostrils swollen; horns rising erect from head .. Hippotragus.
a’. Rhinarium smooth, without philtrum, upper lip
entire ; upper rim of narrow nostrils not swollen ;
horns inclined backwards in the plane of the
forehead.
5. Preorbital gland present as a thickened pad of skin
like that of Hippotragus; rhinarium shallow;
horns curved ......, ee 7, oer coe MGOrYyx,
b'. Preorbital gland absent; rhinarium deeper;
horns straight .,...... jevie ey Sea ctasgu eas. Se
On new Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, de. 225
Addax differs from the three above enumerated genera in
having broad rounded hoofs, the interdigital web exceedingly
thick above, the pedal glands represented by a short narrow
cylindrical tube, corresponding to the duct of the gland in
Hippotragus and Oryx, and the horas spirally twisted (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1910, pp. 910-911).
XXV.— Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new
Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesperide, and
Two Genera of Syntomide. By W. J. Kays, F.E.S.
ALL the new species herein described will be figured after
the war. The striking new Chlorippe from Haiti is so far
unique. It is a 2 and could scarcely be a 2? ab. of
cherubina, the species it doubtless comes closest to. In
Cuba Chlorippe laure occurs, but the present insect is
certainly not a ¢ of that species, although it is highly
possible that /aure occurs in Haiti.
The new race of Anwa xenocrates from French Guiana,
although different in the g from the typical species, has a ?
(only a single specimen) that is exceedingly like the 9 at
Tring of the type-form from Bolivia. The female of this
species appears to be exceedingly rare, and it was rather
- surprising to get a single pair from quite a new locality.
Syntomide.
TIGRIDANIA, gen. nov.
Proboscis well developed, Palpi long, upturned, reaching
well above head, and separated widely at base, but meeting
above thehead. Antenne bipectinate in both sexes, longer
ing. Legs fairly long. Hind tibie with two pairs of
spurs of nearly equal lengtli and strong spines on the tarsal
joints. Fore wing with vein 3 a long way before end of cell
and distance between veins 2, 3 less than that between 3 and 4.
Veins 4,5 from angle of cell ; a fold between 5,6, extending
across cell; 11 from cell; 7, 8, 9,10 stalked. Costa greatly
bulged at base. Hind wing with the lower discocellular
very short and oblique; veins 2 and 4 on a long stalk,
3 absent, 5 present, 6 and 7 from upper angle.
Type, guadricincta, Kaye.
The genus comes nearest to Sarosa, from which it differs
markedly in the position of veins 2 and 3 of the fore wing.
226 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new
Tigridania quadricincta, sp. n.
Fore wing smoky transparent, with the costa broadly
black from before discocellular to apex, which is very
broadly black, Discoidal spot black ; outer margin with an
extension inwards along vein 2, and inner margin with an
extension along vein 16 heavy black. Hind wing bluish
transparent with hardly any smoky appearance; outer and
inner margins heavily black and costa clothed with pale
yellowish hair. Abdomen with four yellowish segmental
rings. The last four segments black. Fore cox whitish
beneath. Frons’ white; gule pale yellowish ; tegule with
two pale yellowish spots. Mesothorax with a long central
pale spot and patagia with a pale area at base and a pale
stripe beyond middle. Metathorax witli two pale spots.
Expanse 66 mm. |
Hab. Upper Amazons, Rio Ucayali.
Type in Coll. Joicey.
Autochloris crinopoda, sp. n.
Head black with blue scaling at vertex ; tegule black
with blue patches ; shoulders with white spots. Thorax and
patagia black. Abdomen black with indistinct sublateral
blue patches; last four segments crimson. Hind tibize with
dense orange tufts of hair. Fore wing hyaline with heavy -
black margins; a heavy black discoidal blotch and a similar
blotch between cell and inner margin. Hind wing hyaline,
with the outer margin broadly black and a small black
discoidal mark. Abdomen below with only, the last two
segments crimson. Fore coxe with exterior patches of
white scales.
Expanse 41 mm.
Hab. Cayenne.
1.
Ab. lutea, nov.
Abdomen with the last three segments yellow, the fourth
only yellow laterally.
Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (C. Buckley).
Saurita pebasa, sp. n.
Head black, tegule black ; patagia with large red patches ;
shoulders with red patches. Abdomen black. Fore wing
smoky black, darker about the discocellulars and with a pale
og
Species of Syntomidee, Nymphalide, dc. 227
transverse area across the disc. Hind wing smoky black,
darker at apical area and inuer margin.
Expanse 22 mm.
Hab. Peru, Pebas Loreto, 1913.
Chrostosoma guianensis, sp. Nn.
Head black with some blue scaling behind the eyes.
Thorax black; patagia with red spots and a red spot on the
shoulder. Metathorax with a blue spot. Abdomen black,
legs and palpi black. Fore wing hyaline, smoky, with dark
scaling at base, along inner margin, and at apex. Hind
wing smoky hyaline, with apex and inner margin narrowly
darker.
Expanse 28 mm.
Hab. British Guiana.
Chrostosoma halli, sp. n.
Head and thorax black. Shoulders with red patches.
First abdominal segment with a pair of subdorsal red spots.
Abdomen black with some metallic-green scaling, especially
on last three segments. Abdomen beneath white on first
three segments and with orange sublateral patclies on fifth
and sixth segments. Fore wing yellowish hyaline, with the
costa narrowly black beyond the cell and with the apex black.
Outer margin very narrowly black. Hind wing yellow
hyaline; outer margins narrowly black, becoming broader at
anal angle.
Expanse 33 mm.
Hab. Guatemala, Barrios, 22. xii. 12 (A. Hail).
Pheta serpensis, sp. n.
Head black ; frons metallic green. Tegule orange with a
few blue-green scales. Patagia orange. Coxe vermilion-
red. Abdomen above orange witha broad expanding median
stripe of blackish brown. Abdomen beneath with a large
white valve covering the basal segments. Last five seg-
ments black-brown. Fore wing with costa as far as discoidal
cell orange, and inner margin for half the distance orange.
Wings hyaline. Discoidal spot black, rather rectangular.
Outer margin broadly black; apex broad, black. Hind wing
transparent, the margins black. Antennee with the tips white.
Expanse 26 mm.
Hab. Lower Amazon, Serpa, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall).
228 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new
Pheia nanata, sp. n.
Head black with vertex of head, tegule, frons, and shoulders
with metallic-green spots. Abdomen with first segment with
sublateral red spots and a series of faint dorsal green spots.
Fore coxe brilliant vermilion-red. A large white valve
covering basal segments beneath. Fore wing transparent
with costa, discoidal spot and outer margin black, the last
broad at apex and expanding inwards at vein 2. Hind wing
with the costa and cell filled up with dark scaling. Apex
rather broadly black.
Expanse 26 mm.
Hab. Peru, Rio Pacaya, Lower Ucayali, Aug.—Sept.,
1912.
Related to Pheta hemapera, Schs.
Rhyncopyga discalba, sp. n.
Frons black, vertex of head black. Collar orange, tegule
orange. Thorax and abdomen black. First two joints of
palpi orange. Coxe and valve covering basal segments
white. Underside of last five abdominal segments orange.
Fore wing with the basal half transparent. Discal half of
wing dull black, containing a large white discoidal spot.
Median vein heavily scaled with blackish. Hind wing
transparent with a broad black apex.
Expanse 19 mm.
Hab. Panama, Bugaba.
Related to 2. flavicollis, Druce.
Cosmosoma ochreipennis, sp. n.
Palpi orange ; frons yellowish. Blue spots behind antenne.
Tegule black with metallic-blue spots. Patagia black with
a central orange streak. Hind tarsus black above, orange
beneath. Thorax black. Abdomen black, segmented with
orange and with subdorsal metallic-blue spots, the last five
segments with a subsidiary second row of blue spots, Fore
wing transparent yellowish, the costa yellow, apex broadly
black, and outer margin narrowly black, wider at tornus.
Hind wing transparent yellowish with a narrow black outer
margin.
Expanse 32 mm.
Hab. Peru, Contamana, Rio Ucayali, xi.—xii, 1912.
Gymnelia semicincta, sp. n.
Frons black, between antenne bluish black. Tegule
with brilliant blue patches. Patagia black. Thorax black.
Species of Syntomidie, Nymphalide, &e. 229
Abdomen with first segment above orange, becoming paler
at sides. A broad black dorsal fascia running down the
yemaining segments, edged on the sides with orange seg-
mental bands and interspaces of bluish seales, especially on the
sixth and seventh segments. Fore wing with a small bunch
of white scales at base. Costa yellowish, becoming orange
beyond the cel]. Inner margin orange on basal half. Outer
margin black, the apex very broad, the remainder very
narrow. Wing-membrane yellow. Hind wing slightly less
yellow than fore wing. Inner margin rather broadly black,
outer margin narrow.
Expanse 25 mm.
Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso.
Mesothen demicostata, sp. n.
Palpi black; vertex of head metallic blue-green; legs
orange. Tegule and patagia edged orange. Metathorax
and first five segments of abdomen with orange segmental
bands. Fore wing yellowish transparent. Costa on the
central area bright orange; basally and on apical third black.
Apex rather narrowly black and outer margin very narrowly
black. Inner margin narrowly orange, except at base, which
is black. Hind wing yellowish transparent, with outer
margin narrowly black.
KExpanse 28 mm.
Hah. W. Colombia (San Antonio), 5800 ft., Nov. 1907
(M. G. Palmer).
Rhyncopyga semirufa subochrea, subsp. n.
Fore wing lighter, more ochreous than in semirufa. No
dark discoidal mark and with the dark marginal band greatly
narrowed at tornus. Between discocellulars and marginal
band a broad ochreous shade. Hind wing paler than semd-
rufa and with a slightly narrower marginal band. Fore
wing below with distinct ochreous postdiseal band.
Expaise 26 mm.
Hab. N. Peru, River Tabaconas, 6000 ft. (A. L. & F.
Pratt), 1912.
PSEUDODIPTERA, gen. nov.
Proboscis absent; pzlpi slightly downcurved ; anterne
bipectinate, with long bianches. Vhorax and second seg-
ment of abdomen clothed with hair. Fore wing jong ; vein 3
long before end of cell; 4, 5 on a short stalk ; 6 from middle
of discocellulars, curving down greatly towards vein 5; 7,8,
9, 10, and 11 stalked. Hind wing small, greatly cut away
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 17
230 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new
at apex; veins 3 and 5 widely separated, 4 absent, 6 absent.
A short veinlet in the cell.
‘Type, muszforme.
Pseudodiptera comes nearest to Apisa, from which it differs
in having veins 3 and 5 of hind wing widely separated at
origin and in having vein 6 of fore wing from middle of
discocellulars.
Pseudodiptera musiforme, sp. n.
Palpi black; frons with large white spot. Head black
with metallic-blue spot between antenne. Tegule with
white patches, Patagia black with white spot at base of
wing. Below, fore coxze white and white patches at base
of tibiz. A broad orange stripe on underside of abdomen.
Abdomen above black with dark green metallic segmental
bands. Fore wing transparent, tlhe margins narrowly black.
Discoidal spot narrowly black, connected with outer margin
by a short black streak along vein 5. Inner margin with a
black extension inwards midway. Hind wing transparent,
with the costa and cell filled up with blackish.
Expanse 24 mm,
i ere
Hab, Congo, Oubangui-chari, Tschad.
‘T'ype in Coll. Joicey,
Family Hesperida.
Subfamily Paweurztrz.
Pseudosarbia camptcola, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brownish black. Fore
wing above dull brownish black, with a broad, macular,
creamy-whitish, transparent, median band, commencing on
costa as a small whitish dot succeeded by a rather square
spot within the cell; a much larger and more transparent
spot between veins 2, 3, and a creamish-white, more opaque
spot lying beneath, but not reaching the inner margin by
about 1-2 millimetres. Cilia same as the ground-colour,
except for a large white area at tornus. Just beyond cell is
a broad regular white band from costa to vein 4, with the
veins showing through brownish. Between veins 3, 4 near
ce}] is a small white comma-like mark. Fore wing below as
above, except that instead of a small white dot on costa at
commencement of band there is a pale yellow streak.
Hind wing above dull brownish black with a broad white
band from vein 8 to vein 2 divided up into sections by the
dark brewn veins. Cilia at apex brown, becoming white
tleuce to tornus, where it is considerably longer. Hind wing
Species of Syntomide, Nymphalidee, &e. 231
below as above, except for a straight yellow streak within
the cell which runs beyond the discocellulars along the fold
in place of vein 5.
Abdomen beneath with paired white spots on sternites 4,
a, 0,-7, and 8,
?. Like the male, except that all the white markings are
broader.
Expanse, f 52 mm., 2 58 mm.
Hab. 8. Brazil, Parana, Ponta Grossa, 1 ¢, 30. 3.1910
(W. J. Kaye). Uruguay (EL. Trimen).
3 type in Coll. Kaye. @ type in Coll. Joicey.
The habitat of this striking “ skipper”’ is open grassy
campo in 8. Brazil at 3000 ft. elevation, Hardly another
butterfly was to be seen where the ¢ was caught, although a
close search was made at the time for further specimens of
what I recognized at the time as a rarity.
On the label of the 9 specimen labelled Uruguay it is
stated “* Mr. W. C. Hewitson had this Hesperid from me
[Rowland Trimen] to describe and figure together with the
specimen of Papilio hellanichus (also from Uruguay); but
although he attached to it the label ‘ Apheka’? I have not
found that he published any description or figure of it——
R. Trimen.”
The type of Papilio hellanichus, once in the Trimen col-
lection, was acquired with the whole collection by Mr. Joicey,
Family Nymphalidae.
Chlorippe speciosissima, sp. 0.
9. Fore wing ochre-yellow with two black transverse
marks, the one within the cell flat V-shaped, the other lying
along discocellulars, A pale transverse band across disc,
straight to vein 3, then set back and broken; a conspicuous
blackish spot surrounded with reddish ochreous near tornus
between veins 2 and 3. A dark shade in subapical area
containing two pale round spots. Subterminal black line
regular preceded by a crenulated black band which merges
in the dark subapical area. Hind wing ochre-yellow with a
small round black spot within thie cell, lying close to origin
of vein 7. Costal area brownish black with a square whitish
patch in middle, which represents the end of a transverse
band which is almost obliterated. A large black spot sur-
rounded with reddish ochreous between veins 2, 3. Sub-
terminal line black, regular to vein 2, where it is strongly
toothed and edged externally with grey. A heavy black
inner crenulated band also strongly toothed at vein 2. Outer
margin crenulated. Underside of hind wing pinkish silvery
232 Mr. R. Broom on the
with the upperside markings showing through, and with a
well-defined central whitish band becoming more or less
merged with the ground-colour at anal angle.
Expanse 82 mm.
Hab, Haiti, no precise locality.
Type in Coll. Joicey.
Anca wxenocrates punctimarginale, subsp. n.
3. Differs from xenocrates wenocrates from Bolivia in the
fore wing by having no blue scaling at tornus and in the
blue subapical spots being widely separated and showing no
tendency to unite inwards. Hind wing with a series of
rather small triangular blue marginal spots, not a band as in
the Bolivian form.
@. Shows much less difference from type-form. The
margin of hind wing is yellow banded as in the 2 from
Bolivia. There is an extra yellow spot between veins 3, 4,
smaller than that between veins 2, 3.
Expanse 82 mm.
Hab, French Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni.
ioe? .
Type in Coll. Joicey.
The oceurrence in French Guiana of a species only known
hitherto from Bolivia and the Upper Amazons (Pebas) is
strange, and at first suggests specific difference and not sub-
specific. But the species is rare, the 2 exceedingly so, and
its range may lie across the interior of Brazil where it could
easily remain undetected. The species has been chiefly
known from Eastern Bolivia, but the few specimens known
from Pebas belong to the same form with a blue marginal
hind-wing band in the ¢.
XX VI.— Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope.
By Rozsertr Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W. J. Sous.
So much has already been written about this little vertebrate
by Broili, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, Finney, and Williston
that it might seem doubtful wisdom to add another paper
to the already extensive literature, and more especially as
my observations are on specimens already carefully examined
by Case and v. Huene; but when one considers that
Lysorophus is the most remarkable land vertebrate that has
been discovered for many years, and that opinions not only
differ as to its affinities but also as to the interpretation of a
number of the cranial elements, a further review of even the
present evidences seems justifiable.
ae
Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 233
There is no lack of material. The Chicago Museum has
200 nodules, each containing much of the skeleton of a
specimen: the American Museum, New York, also has
many nodules, and in the American Museum nine skulls
have been chiselled out, one or two in very good condition.
In Tiibingen there are 24 skulls, and at Munich a consider-
able number more.
As the extensive literature has been reviewed by Williston
aud others, it will be unnecessary to enter into this in detail.
To Broili we owe the first really good figures of the skull,
but there are one or two points in his interpretation that I,
in common with all later writers, do not accept, and from
his conclusion as to the affinities of the genus I also differ.
Case gives a brief description of the more conspicuous
elements of the skull, and reproduces Broili’s and Williston’s
figures. As these two figures differ in a number of points,
one could have wished that Case had given an original
figure of his own interpretation, and his description, while
pointing out the different views, does little to clear up the
matter.
Williston gives us clear definite views as to the structure
of the skull and skeleton, and equally clear opinions as to
the affinities of the genus.
Von Huene, the latest worker on the genus, has just issued
a paper on Lysorophus in the ‘ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ and
another paper is in the press describing the specimens in
the American Museum. ‘Though these two papers are
appearing in the same year, I believe that the one in the
‘Anatomischer Anzeiger’ to be the later. On one or two
points the opinions expressed differ in the two, and it is
therefore well to know which is the latest. Von Huene has
figured a number of the better skulls in the American
Museum, and gives us clear opinions not only on the
structure, but also on the affinites of the genus.
The skulls in the American Museum, though comparatively
‘few in number, are mostly well preserved, and there is
scarcely a point in the structure that cannot be made out
in one or other.
The best figures published of the top of the skull are those
of Broili and Williston, and they differ, apart from inter-
pretations, only in the relative width of the nasal region.
While neither is altogether correct, a composite of the two
would give the truth. The difference arises from the
peculiar state of affairs in front of the prefrontal. Broili
correctly recognises a round opening here which he regards
as the nostril. It is also shown in Williston’s specimen.
The most natural conclusion would seem to be that this is
234 Mr. R. Broom on‘the
the nostril, but two of the American Museum specimens seem
to indicate that the opening extends somewhat inwards and
forwards, and one would like to see a specimen showing
the perfect snout to feel quite sure that this opening is
the nasal opening and not perhaps also an opeuing for some
sensory organ,
There is a small premaxilla—possibly toothed. It is
figured by v. Huene. The maxilla is slender and carries
about ten teeth. Its posterior end articulates, I believe,
with the palatine. It forms the floor of the nasal opening
Fig. 1.
a
Sev
SS
S S
Ss
\
Parasp.
|;
My,
Restoration of the underside of skull of Lysorophus tricarinatus,
Cope, x 5
and perhaps its posterior border. The doubt lies in the fact
that in the specimens it is impossible to be quite sure
whether the bridge of bone which connects the prefrontal
with the maxilla is a part of the prefrontal or a part of the
maxilla or a small independent bone.
One specimen shows most of the palate. The bones area
little crushed and fractured, and the interpretation I give is
made with some hesitation (fig. 1). Von Huene figures the
specimen, but his interpretation differs somewhat from mine,
Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 235
which agrees pretty closely with Broili’s. I consider
v. Huene in error in regarding that there are “ two large,
elongate internal nares, separated by a narrow bridge.” The
large supposed left choana of vy. Huene I regard as the
median vacuity between the prevomers, and the narrow
bridge as the right prevomer. The figure I give will show
how I interpret the palatal structures. The prevomers form
a horseshoe-like arrangement with posterior processes passing
back to the parasphenoid and apparently articulating with
the pterygoids. The teeth on the prevomers are well shown
in this specimen. In front there are about 6 and about
8 on each side. ‘The paiatines are delicate bones extending
from the maxille to the pterygoids. Between the palatines
and prevomers are, I believe, the internal nares. The ptery-
goids extend back as rather delicate bones to meet the
quadrates. The parasphenoid is a very large bone, which
forms nearly the whole of the base of the posterior two-
thirds of the skull. The supposed suture figured by
v. Huene between the parasphenoid and the basisphenoid
is, I think, a fracture merely.
The figure I give of a transverse section of the skull
(fig. 3) shows the relations of the pterygoid to the para-
sphenoid, and also the elements of the back of the mandible.
In Broili’s figure A of the side view of the skull, there are
seen in the orbital region some deep-seated elements. These
are also shown in two of the American Museum specimens.
In what might be regarded as the sphenethmoid region
there appear to be three elements with a deep posterior
notch. In one of the New York specimens an almost
exactly similar appearance is shown, and further back an
elongated element very like an epipterygoid in appearance.
Though these elements have been seen by Broili, neither he
nor anyone else appears to have expressed any opinion as
to what they were. After considering many possibilities I
have come to the conclusion that they are ossifications or
calcifications in the cartilaginous brain-case. The anterior
elements look as if separated by sutures, but, whereas all
true sutures in the skull and even cracks are filled with the
red clayey matrix, these divisions are formed of clear calcite
which probably indicates that they were originally formed
by hyaline cartilage. Further, in a second specimen the
ossification appears to be entire. The posterior narrow
vertical element is also, in my opinion, an ossification of
the cranial cartilage. It certainly has much superficial
resemblance to a reptilian epipterygoid. It articulates with
the parietal above and passes down to at least near to the
pterygoid. It thus answers in position to the epipterygoid.
236 Mr. R. Broom on the
But though in front it has a smooth edge the posterior edge
is irregular, asif indicating an ossification in cartilage. The
anterior ossification or ossifications probably correspond to
the sphenethmoid of Siredon or the frog, and the posterior
to the ossification seen in Dinosaurs, Crocodiles, and birds,
and usually, but I think wrongly, called alispbenoid.
The quadrate is Jarge and its upper half is largely hidden
by the squamosal. ‘There need not, I think, be the slightest
Fig. 2.
5. Ang.
ean(( Jj :
Ange.
A
~ Lower jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, X 5. A represents a
section at aa.
Ang., angular; D, dentary; P.Art., prearticular ; S.Ang., surangular,
Fig. 3.
ee ee 4
‘i a
f fa.Sp. ~ \
Fe. Pe. (\
2 Art.
P Art. SJ
= Ang.
Section across skull and jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, x 5. The
section of the lower jaw is near the point indicated by 66 in the
figure of the jaw. The outer corners of the parasphenoid are sepa-
yated by cracks or sutures. They are believed to be parts of the
parasphenoid.
Ang., angular; Pa., parietal ; Pa.Sp., parasphenoid ; P.Art., prearticular ;
Pt., pterygoid ; S.Any., surangular,
doubt about this bone being the squamosal—the view also
held by Williston and v. Huene,
The occiput has recently been figured by v. Huene from
one of the American Museum specimens and also from one
of the Tiibingen specimens. His drawing of the American
Museum specimen is not in my opinion quite accurate, the
American specimen agreeing closely with his figure of the
Tiibingen specimen. ‘The main difference between the two
Genus Lysoroplus, Cope. 237
is that in the drawing of the American specimen the ex-
occipital is represented as very small, ‘This is, I think, wrong,
the exoccipital being large, as represented in the drawing
of the Tiibingen specimen. The drawing v. Huene gives
of the occipital condyle is thoroughly satisfactory, showing
that the articulation is as much basi- as _ exoccipital.
Von Huene’s identifications of the fenestra ovalis and fora-
men for the vagus are probally correct.
The large bone situated by the sides of the supraoccipital
has been very variously identified. By Broili and Case
they have been called squamosals, by Williston epiotics, and
by v. Huene supratemporals. That they cannot be squa-
mosais requires no argument, the undoubted squamosals
lying in front. Nor can they, I think, be regarded as
supratemporals. From their being quite behind the parie-
tals, and at the sides of the supraoccipital and far behind
the jaw, it is very doubtful if they m any way roof the
temporal region. They may be epiotics, but we do not
know any forms in which epiotics take up this position.
They further appear to overlap the supraoccipital, and to
be thus membrane bones. It seems to me that they, how-
ever, answer all the requirements of the tabulares. They
lie on the outer part of the paroccipitals, are behind thie
parietals, and articulate with both the parietals and squa-
mosals, and to form the upper lateral parts of the occiput.
The lower jaw has never been fully described. Von Huene
figures one of the specimens in the American Museum, but
with one or two of his interpretations I do not agree. He
has also examined some jaws in the Tiibingen Museum, but
they have apparently not yielded any fresh light. The
American Museum specimen, no. 4761, shows something of
the jaw, but not nearly so much as two other specimens not
numbered. Between these tliree specimens practically all
details can be made out (fig. 2).
The dentary forms about two-thirds of the jaw. It comes
to a sharp point in front and forms with its neighbour a
short feeble symphysis. It articulates on the outer side
behind with the surangular and angular. The splenial is a
small bone lying on the inside of the lower part of the
dentary just behind the symphysis. It forms the lower
margin of the jaw in this region. The angular forms nearly
the whole of the lower border of the jaw, passing in front
between the dentary and the splenial. From two of the
American Museum specimens I incline to differ from
v. Huene, and believe that the splenial does not form part
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 18
238 Mr. R. Broom on the
of the symphysis. The surangular forms the upper half of
the back of the jaw as indicated in the figure. Von Hueneis,
I think, in error in regarding the large opening in the side
of the jaw in specimen 4716 as natural. Only a small part
is, | believe, a natural opening, the rest due to faulty pre-
paration. In other specimens the lateral opening is quite
small, as indicated in the figure. I find no evidence of a
coronoid element. Inside the jaw is a large prearticular.
The articular is evidently quite small, and possibly carti-
laginous.
Though the structure of the skull of Lysorophus may now
-be said to be pretty well known, there is still some little
doubt as to the affinities. Lysorcphus agrees closely with
no known animal, recent or extinct. With Williston ] agree
in holding that Lysorophus is not a reptile. All known
reptiles are either Cotylosaurs or are manifestly derived from
Cotylosaurian ancestors, but Lysorophus is neither a Cotylo-
saur nor can it have been derived from a Cotylosaur. The
supposed reptilian resemblances are entirely fallacious.
Von Huene in his recent paper, though correctly figuring
and describing the occipital condyle, says: “ tlis condyle is
intermediate between the true reptilian condyle and the
true amphibian condyle .... The structure of the condyle
shows a great resemblance to that of the Theromorphs and
of Turtles.”” In Theromorphs and Turtles the condyle is a
tripartite condyle, of which the upper two-thirds are formed
by the exoccipitals and the lower third by the basioccipital.
Tu most Chelonians and Theromorphs the exoccipitals come
close together, and the basicecipital is squeezed out from
the foramen magnum. Inall generalised forms the condyle
is a projecting rounded structure which articulates with the
arches of the atlas and with the intercentrum. In Lyso-
rophus the whole articulation is with the centrum of the
atlas, which fits close into the broad hollowed out surface
formed by the basi- and exoccipitals. ‘The presence of a
large articular surface on the basioccipital seems at first
sight to be a nou-Amphibian character, but, as Watson has
recently pointed out, this is the primitive Amphibian
condition. The early Stegocephalians of the Lower Car-
boniferous, such as Pteroplax, have the basicccipital forming
practically the whole of the articulation, the exoccipitals
only very gradually in later forms taking the place of the
basioccipital. So that, so far from the occipital condyle of
Lysorophus indicating any reptilian affinities, it is really in a
more primitive condition than is found in any other Permian
or later Amphibian.
Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 239
Doubtless Williston is right in regarding Lysorophus as‘a
mud-borrowing animal, and many of its specialisations are
due to this habit, such as the greatly elongated snake-like
body with very numerous vertebrae, great reduction of the
limbs, relatively small size of skull, loss of the arches, and
advanced position of the quadrate. And the somewhat
similar characters, acquired by convergence in other groups
which have similar habits, have given rise to some striking
superficial resemblances to Lysorophus in the Gymnophiona,
the Amphisbenans, and the ''yphlopide.
But, apart from all modifications in Lysorophus due to a
burrowing habit, the skull is undoubtedly fundamentally an
Amphibian skull, and the only known Amphibia, recent or
extinct, with which it seems at all allied are the Urodela,
and, more remotely, the Anura and the Gymnophiona.
Note by Prof. W. J. Souas.
Some years ago Dr. Broom obtained, through the kindness
of Dr. Matthew, two specimens of Lysorophus, and these he
. presented to me for investigation by serial sections; at the
same time he made a most generous a ldition to this gift by
placing in my hands, to dispose of as I thought fit, a paper
embodying the important conclusions to which he had been
led from his study of the specimens in American museums.
My own study is now completed, and I hope soon te give
a full and exact account of the structure of the skull in all
its details. This will confirm all the more important con-
clusions of Dr. Broom, and in justice to him I can no longer
withhold from publication the paper which he entrusted to
me in 1914.
One or two minow emendations ought, perhaps, to be
made. ‘Thus, the vacuity between the vomers, as it is repre-
sented in fig. 1, does not really exist; these bones are
without thickened margins and meet in the middle line;
and, again, the articulare of the lower jaw is a comparatively
large and important bone. :
On the other hand, there can be no doubt that the cranial
walls include, as Dr. Broom suggests, a large “sphen-
ethmoid” and “alisphenoids.” These are shown in section
in the accompanying figures (figs. 4 & 5).
The whole anatomy of the skull recalls im a striking
manner that of Siren or Menopomus, and to my mind Lyso-
rophus is without doubt an ancestral Urodele. It presents
some remarkably interesting primitive characters,
240 On the Genus Lysorophus, Cope.
Fig. 4.
P Fr. Fr. 2Fr: Pa. ’
A ARE n a
LIQ) i i
ff ‘
-A.S."
Sp. E.--
Transverse sections of skull of Zysorophus, to show the sphenethmoid and
“ alisphenoid ” bones, ;
A. Sphenethmoid: /'r., frontal; Pa.S., parasphenoid; P./r., prefrontal ;
Ht., pterygoid ; Sp.£., sphenethmoid. B. ‘ Alisphenoid ” (44.8.7):
Art., articulare of lower jaw; Pa., parietal ; Qu., quadrate.
Fig. 5.
ey i
E.o. Aa i ‘
‘Pr. At.
Three horizontal sections superposed. |
4
|
;
?
Vo., vomers; Pr.Ot., pro-otie ; Sq., squamosal; S.o., supra-occipital ;
E.o., exoccipital ; Tab., tabulare; Pr.At., pro-atlas.
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[NINTH SERINS.]
No. 10. OCTOBER 1918.
XXVIT.—On the Ruces and Variation of the Edible Frog,
Rana esculenta, L. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
AFTeR all I have written in the past on this common
Batrachian, it may seem surprising that I should think it
worth while to revert to the subject. The reason is that it
is far from exhausted ; that [ have never ceased accumu-
lating material *, in the course of recently reviewing which
I perceived characters hitherto overlooked; that it was
desirable to test the value of certain differences appealed to
within the last few years by advocates of the extreme multi-
plication of species ; and that it is always useful to deal with
individual variations, when large series of specimens are
available, in order, by. showing the instability of certain
characters, to ensure a more correct appreciation of their
inportance when treating of allied species represented by less
extensive material. Not that I think inconstancy in one
case invariably follows in another, but such examples teach
caution, and should be a warning to the inexperienced.
Considering modern tendencies in zoography, it cannot be
too often repeated that the method of describing so-called
Species and subspecies from single specimens f or from at
* About 800 specimens are now before me, selected from at least
twice as many that have passed through my hands.
f¥ “On aura beau multiplier les espéces, on arrivera toujours ace
résultat que la description exacte d’un sujet pris au hasard, parmi
soixante récoltés sur des points divers dun meme rivage, ne pourra
conyenir & aucun des cinquante neuf autres.” Duvyal-Jouve, Mém, Ac,
Montpell, vii. 1871, p. 511.
Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 19
242 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
most a very few, when large series can be examined, or
without reference to the data available through the labours
of other investigators, is unfair to those who make use of
works written on such lines. Systematics, if scientific, must
take into full consideration the exceptional, aberrant, or
annectant specimens, so often passed over without a word,
though of so great an importance from the taxonomic an
evolutionary points of view. It does not matter if thereby
our definitions are obscured, the object to be attained is to
depict the true state of things in Nature.
To the four forms which 1 have previously * distinguished,
as forma typica, var. ridibunda, Pall., var. lessonw, Camer.,
var. chinensis, Osb., I have recently added a fifth, var.
saharica T, founded on specimens obtained by Dr. E. Hartert
in the far interior of the Algerian Sahara (El Golea, Tedikel
oases), a small race nearly related to the var. ridibuvile of
the northern parts of Algeria but differing in the shorter
tibize, constantly less than half the length of head and body
and not overlapping when the limbs are folded at right
angles to the body ; the membrane between the toes is very
deeply notched, so much so that many specimens may be
described as having the foot only three-fourths webbed.
The Vomerine Teeth.
I have never seen these teeth in two series on the round
or elliptic bony bases that bear them, as described and
figured by Fatiot. They form a single series, composed of
3 to 8; in exceptional cases I find only 1 or 2 teeth (speci-
mens of the typical form from St. Malo, Brussels, and Basle).
Leydig § gives the number 3 as normal, but he cannot have
oxaniined many specimens, those on wien he drew up his
description being probably mostly of the var. lessonar, as the
figure of the foot given in his book indicates, and this number
is very frequent in the variety in question, although it may
rise to 5. In 8 frogsci the typical form from Basle I find
only 2 to 4 teeth, whilst in 35 from other pa:ts of Switzer-
land, from France, ard from Germany I count 3 to 7, 4 to 6
being the usual number; I have also seen a_ toothless
specimen from Vienna. In about 30 specimens of the var.
ridibunda from Germany and Austria I count usually 4 to 6
teeth ; 3 specimens have only 3, one has 7 on one side and
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 374, and Taill. Batr. Eur, p. 270 (1898).
t+ Nov. Zool. xx. 1918, p. 84.
{ Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 313, pl. v. fig. 7 7 (1872).
§ An. Batr. Deutsehil. p- 112, pl. iii. tig. 20 (1877).
or ROR aaa em Ae! ne a
. - - ain ed EEE EEE
Variation of the Edible Frog. 243
8 on the other, and one (from Vienna) has but a single tooth,
3 to 5 is the usual number in the var. chinensis. The
series of teeth are usually nearer to each other than to the
choanze, but thev are sometimes equidistant in the typical form
and the var. ridibunda and usually so in the var. saharica ;
an arrangement such as is represented on the figures in
Schreiber’s book * [ am sure never occurs. In a female
from Cadillac, Gironde (var, ridibunda) the teeth form long,
slightly curved series, extending almost right across the
space between the choane. The series are sometimes hori-
zontal, sometimes more or less oblique though seldom very
Fig. 1
a b Cc
® sea ®@ ee’ @ NY bead
d e £
Vomerine teeth in specimens fro.n St. Malo (a, b), Cadillae (c),
Basle (d), Oporto (e), and Dead Sea (f).
much so; a male from St. Malo has the series oblique on
the right side, horizontal on the left. ‘The teeth are usually
exactly between the choanz, but they may extend backwards
beyond a line connecting the posterior borders of the latter,
or, more exceptionally, they may be ona line with their
anterior borders (specimens from Oporto and Pekin). There
is no difference whatever in the disposition of the vomerine
teeth that could help in the definition of the various forms
of R. esculenta,
The Tongue.
The tongue varies much in size: it may nearly cover the
floor of the mouth or its width may be only about one-third
that of the latter. Bedriaga Thas already mentioned that
the posterior processes .aiso vary much in length according
* ‘Herpetologia Europza,’ 2nd ed. (1912).—So much in this book is
merely careless compilation that I need not further allude to it except
to express amazement at the suggestion there made that the Spanish-
Portuguese frogs named vars. h*spanica and perezi may be the same as
the var. /essone; also at reading that the males of 2. grecu and
R. tberica are distinguished from those of allied species in having
external vocal sacs.
+ Lurchfauna Europa’s, i. p._36 (1891).
194
244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
to individuals; this is well shown by two specimens from
Florenee, representing the two extremes. A more or less
distinct process between the two horns is sometimes present,
as in a specimen of the var. lessone from Noville, Switzer-
land *,
c da e
Showing the shape of the tongue in specimens from Berlin, var. ridi-
bunda (a, b), Florence, f. typrea (ce, d), and Noville, var. lessone (e).
The Head.
According to Bolkay f, the three forms distinguished by
him as species differ in the following points :—
R. esculenta. Head comparatively narrow, tip of snout
ending in a blunt point ; interorbital space equal to half, or
frequently to three-quarters, the breadth of the upper eyelid.
R. ridibunda. Head broad, short, tip of snout bluntl
rounded ; interorbital space equal to one-third the breadth of
the upper eyelid.
_R. chinensis. Head narrow, long, and very pointed at the
end ; interorbital space equal to half the breadth of the upper
eyelid.
“Wen is no constant difference in the shape of the head
between the two first, and although it is a fact that R. chi-
nensis usually has a narrower head and a more pointed snout,
* This process is usually distinct in the Indian R. hevadactyla, Less.
It has been regarded as a specific character in a Central American frog
(R. trilobuta, Mocquard), which may be merely a young &. halecina, L.
+ Proc. Washingt. Ac. Se. xiii. 1911, p. 75.
Variation of the Edible Frog. 245
this is by no means always so, and specimens are to be found
in which the snout is much more rounded than in some
R. ridibunda. I have selected three specimens, of which
outline figures are here given, to show that the above
definition of the three forms cannot be relied upon.
Upper views of heads of typical form, ¢, St. Malo (a); var. ridibunda,
Q, Capljina, Herzegovina (b); and var. chinensis, 2, Broughton
Bay, Corea (c), 3 nat. size,
The width of the head varies between 1 and 1} times its
length in the typical form (28: 32 in ? from Havre), be-
tween 1 and 1} times in the var. ridibunda (=in some
specimens from Herzegovina, France, Portugal, Algeria,
Asia Minor, Persia, 36 : 43 in 2 from Kiev), between 1 and
1,4, in the var. chinensis. The width of the interorbital space
is 4 to $ that of the upper eyelid in specimens of the typical
form from St. Malo and Paris, 4 to 2 in others from Poitiers,
In the var. ridibunda, taking only specimens from Germany
and Austria-Hungary into consideration, it is between dand 3,
but it may be exceptionally 4 (¢ from Laaerberg near
Vienna) ; 3 (in a large ¢ from Damascus) is another excep-
tion. In the var. chinensis it varies between ? and 2.
The head varies much in shape, and exceptionally may
even be not unlike that of a typical &. temporaria (2, var.
ridibunda, from Crete). The canthus rostralis is always
very obtuse ; I have never seen a specimen in which it may
be said to be “strongly marked,”’ as stated by Bolkay in his
description of R. chinensis.
The Hind Limb.
That there are very considerable differences in the pro-
portions of the hind limb, [ was the first to point out, and
Ihave proposed to make use of these for defining varieties,
with the necessary restrictions in the diagnoses imposed by
246 Mr. G. A, Boulenger on the Races and
the many exceptions. The following figure shows how
striking these differences between the extremes are :—
Hind limbs of var. ridilunda, 2 from Astrakhan (a), and var. lessone, |
2 from Stow Bedon, Norfolk (b). 4 nat. size,
These differences reside in the length of the tibia compared
to that of the head and body, to that of the thigh (causing
the heels to overlap, to meet, or to fail to meet when the
limb is folded at right angles to the body), and to that of the
foot ; also in the size and shape of the inner metatarsal
tubercle, its basal length being compared to the length of
the inner toe (measured from the base of the tubercle).
There is another character, not made use of before, derived
from the thickness of the crural or tibial part of the limb ;
this varies, like other characters, within certain limits, accord-
ing to the actual length of the bone and the degree of plump- —
ness of the individual, but, comparing extreme forms, it
will be found that the length of the tibia is usually over
3 times its width in the var. rédibunda and under 3 times
in the var. lessone.
When a large material is carefully examined, it is found, —
however, that these differences break down for the sharp —
definition of the various forms; there is considerable over-—
lap between one form and the one next to it in the series,
When the measurements are tabulated, thus precluding rigid
definitions :—
Variation of the Edible Frog. 247
1. 2 3. 4. 5
V. ridibunda .. 3-4 14-31 1-14 9-l4 *24-4
V. saharica .... 23-3 21-22 1-1} 9-13 23-44
F. typica. ..... 3- 13-25 14-14 7-10 2-3
V. lessone...... 23-3 2,4,-22 142 5-8 ] -2
V. chinensis .... 23-33 2-23 11-15 5-8 1-1?
1, Width of tibia in length,—2. Length of tibia in length from snout
to vent.—3. Length of tibia in length of foot (measured from
tarso-metatarsal articulation).—4. Length of metatarsal tubercle
in length of tibia.—5. Length of metatarsal tubercle in length of
inner toe.
Bolkay gives the following characters for distinguishing
his three species :—
R. esculenta. Heels never meet; tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches space between tympanum and posterior corner of
eye (2), or, at the utmost, space between anterior corner
ot eye and nostril ( g) ; inner metatarsal tubercle large, com-
pressed, projecting, always longer than distance between it
and subarticular tubercle of first toe.
Lt. ridibunda. Heels always overlap ; tibio-tarsal joint just
reaches back corner of eye (2), or end of snout (¢); inner
metatarsal tubercle small, of fiattish cylindrical form, not
very projecting, always shorter than space between it and
subarticular tubercle of first toe.
It. chinensis, Heels never meet ; tibio-tarsal joint reaches
posterior corner of eye or as far as space between anterior
corner of eye and nostril; inner metatarsal tubercle very
large, projecting, compressed, liard and sharp, always a good
deal longer than its distance from subarticular tubercle of
first toe, frequently equal to length of first toe.
The proportion of the tibia to the thigh, expressed by the
meeting or otherwise of the heels, is most useful for dis-
tinguishing the races, but it varies like most other characters,
aud we must not shut our eyes to exceptions to the rule.
To take &. ridibunda as an example, I now find that the
overlapping of the tibize is not so constant as I ges
believed. Mxceptions have already been noticed by Méhely *
in specimens from Southern Hungary, and I find the
character to break down in + out of 13 examples from
Angora and in 3 from Damascus which have lately been
submitted to me by M. H. Gadeau de Kerville; besides,
Tam now convinced that the var. susana, proposed by me
for specimens from Persia {, in which the tibize simply meet,
# Zichy’s Zool. Forschungsr. p. 61 (1901),
+ Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. 1906, p. 552.
248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
does not deserve to stand. ‘hese exceptions, occurring in
Asia, cannot be disposed of by an appeal to hybridity, as in
the case of critical specimens from Germany and Austria-
Hungary, where the var. ridibunda occurs side by side with
the typical form, which fact would render such an assumption
legitimate. From what I have myself observed in the Spree
lakes near Berlin, I have no doubt the two forms cross in
exceptional cases, notwithstanding the asyngamy which
maintains their segregation when living together, but we
have no practical means of discriminating between such
mongrels and truly annectant specimens.
I may mention that the tibie feebly overlap in one
specimen of the typical form from Warsaw and in another
from Mestre. As regards the 2. chinensis, 1 am greatly
surprised at Bolkay’s statement, which is contrary to the
descriptions by myself and by Wolterstarff*, although
supported by the description of one specimen by Stejneger T;
the two first authors agree as to the heels meeting, W olter-
storff even adding that they sometimes slightly overlap ;
the only specimens in which I find the heels not to meet are
from Kobe, Japan (two), and Pekin (6 out of 26), and they
must be regarded as exceptions to the rule,
Although the hind limb is often shorter in the female than
in the male, this is by no means generally the case; I can
show no end of female specimens of the var. ridibunda from
Central and Eastern Europe and Asia in which the tibio-
tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, and even one,
from Alemtejo, Portugal, in which it extends to the tip of
the snout—that is, farther than in most males ; in a male
from Corunna it reaches the eye, whilst in a female of
identical size and locality it reaches between the eye and
the nostril. ;
Bolkay’s way of expressing tle length of the inner meta-
tarsal tubercle as compared to the inner toe originates from
me, with certain reservations, however ft, but I have aban-
doned it long ago, having found many specimens of the
typical form in which the tubercle is not longer than its
distance from the subarticular tubercle of the first toe, whilst,
on the other hand, it may be as long in specimens of the
var, ridibunda.
It has been pointed out by Bedriaga §, Wolterstorff, and
Bolkay that the usually highly developed, shovel-shaped
* Abh. Mus. Magdeb. i. 1906, p. 140.
+ Herp. Japan, p. 97 (1907).
t Proce. Zool. Soc, 1885, p. 668.
§ Wiss, Res. Przewals ki E xped., Zool, iii. i, p. 15 (1899),
Variation of the Edible Frog. 249
inner metatarsal tubercle of the var. chinensis is remarkable
for a certain mobility, the distal part of its base being more
less detached from the metatarsal of the inner toe with
which it is connected by a web-like membrane. = ‘This
character is not only inconstant in this variety, as I was able
to demonstrate to the second author by sending him for
identification a cut-off foot of a specimen from Broughton
Bay, Corea, which he returned to me named var. lessona,
but it is also found in some specimens of the latter (from
Cambridgeshire and Norfolk) when the tubercle is very
strongly developed, a fact also observed by Fejervary * in
the case of his var. bol/kayi from Switzerland (=lessone).
This character is correlative of the transformation of the
tubercle into a fossorial organ, as already recognised by
Wolterstorff, who fully admits the true state of things in the
var. chinensis, from a diagnostic point of view, although
unfortunately not acquainted with the amount of variation
in the var. /essone. It lias also been observed that tie base
of the tubercle of the var. chinensis does not run parallel
to the axis of the longest toe, but is oblique to it ; this is-
however only more or less so in the Chinese-Japanese frog,
again in relation with the degree of development of the
tubercle, and a similar disposition, varying in degree, is like-
wise to be observed in the var. lessone.
Although the metatarsal tubercle may be identical in the
two varieties, I quite agree with Wolterstorff, and have
always held the view that the var. chtnensis cannot have
been derived from the var. lessone, the two forms repre-
seuting independent extremes in the parallel evolution of the
same adaptive character; but the var. /essone is there to
illustrate the steps through which the character has been
evolved out of a type such as the var. ridibunda, now so
completely separated from the easternmost form of J?. escu-
lenta. Wolterstorff seems to look upon the typical form, or
rather its hypothetical direct ancestor, as the origin of the
races in question; Bolkay, in my opinion, is nearer the
truth when he suggests 2. ridibunda being nearer to
Rt. chinensis, but at the same time he inverts the drift of
evolution in regarding the former as derived from thie latter,
owing to theoretical considerations based on the now ex-
ploded “ preepollex ” and ‘ prehallux”’ theory.
In his description of R. nigromaculata (chinensis), Stej-
neger says the toes are about 3 webbed. It is so in some
eases, but rather the exception than the rule, and similar
* Beitr. Herp. Rhoénetal, p. 20 (1909).
250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
exceptions occasionally occur in the typical form (Poitiers,
Bologna) and in the var. ridibunda (Alemtejo, Majorca,
Rahamna in Morocco). The outer metatarsals are separated
nearly to the base in R. escu/enta, only in their distal half in
R. temporaria and R. arvalis, the other European species
filling up the gap between the two extremes,
Integument and Markings.
The elongate glandules or interrupted longitudinal glan-
dular folds on the back *, afford, generally speaking, a good
distinctive character for the var. chinensis, but they may be
very feebly marked or almost obsolete in some specimens
(Kin Kiang, Yokohama), and they are occasionally fore-
shadowed in the var, rédibunda (Beit Jenn, near Damascus),
so that the two formsare completely connected in this respect,
I may point out another character, hitherto overlo>ked,
which affords an absolutely constant distinction between the
typical form and the var. chinensis.
Posterior extremities of dorso-lateral folds in specimens from Berlin,
var. ridibunda (a), Cadillac, var. ridibunda (b), and Vienna,
f. typica (C).
In the former, and also in the var. lessona, the glandular
dorso-lateral fold ends abruptly at some distance in front of
the thigh, and it is often followed by a detached portion
parallel with it but nearer to the mid-dorsal line and extend-
ing on the base of the thigh. In the var. chinensis the fold
extends uninterrupted to the hip, or, if broken up posteriorly,
without any deviation from the straight line. Now, this
striking difference is completely bridged over when we take
the var. ridibunda,as well as the var. saharica, into con-
sideration. Some specimens have the fold continuous and
* A very variable feature in the American representative of 2. escu-
lenta, It. haleeina, L.
Variation of the Edible Frog. 251
extending to the hip (fig. 5, a), others have a detached posterior
part as in the typical form (c), whilst others again (b) con-
nect the two conditions, the posterior part of the “told, though
deviating, being confluent with the anterior and forming a
bend before reaching the thigh.
Bolkay mentions among the specific differences between
R. esculenta, R. ridibunda, and R. chinensis, that the dorso-
lateral fold is wider (as wide as the upper eyelid) in the
second than in the two others. This character is absolutely
worthless, for in specimens of the typical form from France
and Switzerland its width usually measures $ to 2 that of
the upper eyelid, but may be equal to it (St. Malo, Havre,
Basle, Zofingen), and in German and Austro-Hungarian
specimens of the var. rédibunda 4 to 2? that width is by no
means unfrequent. The fold is always narrower than the
upper eyelid in the vars. chinensis and (essone.
In my previous descriptions of the var. ridibunda I have
drawn attention to the fact that the dorso-lateral fold, though
usually broader than in the other forms, is less prominent :
I should add that it is sometimes so flat that it cannot be
traced without the use of a lens, when the pores with which
it is studded indicate its course. It has not been pointed out
however that these folds are rendered more inconspicuous
still owing to the spots on the body being disposed quite
irrespective of them, whilst in the typical form and the vars.
lessone and chinensis they stand out on account of their
lighter colour, hardly ever encroached upon by the spots,
which may be arranged more or less in relation to them,
especially when forming longitudinal bands. Whien a
speciinen of the var. ridibunda is seen at a short distance
there is usually nothing to reveal the presence of the dorso-
lateral folds, which strike the eye in the typical form and
the vars. lesson and chinensis,
These facts have a bearing on the question of the derivation
of the forms which constitute the species 2. esculenta, and
contirm the view I have held ever since I took up the study
of the subject that the var. r7débunda is the most primitive
form, out of which the others have been evolved, In a paper
recently published * on the derivation of characters in the
genus Lana as a whiole, tlie absence of the dorso-lateral fold
is considered by me as the primitive condition, and the
North American 2. catesbiana, in which it is totally absent,
is, for this and other reasons, regarded as nearest the hypo-
thetical prototype among all the species of Wurasia and
* Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1918, p, 111.
252 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
America. Close to J. catesbiana, there is another North
American species, 2. septentrionalis, in my opinion derived
from it,in which the fold is either present or absent, according
to individuals, but when present is short and very flat, with
the spots and marblings irregularly distributed over the body.
Such a type leads to the state of things in FR. esculenta,
var, vidibunda. .
Bolkay alludes to the transverse expansion of the dark
spots on the back as an important character of 2. chinensis,
but such transverse markings are by no means the rule in
this variety, some specimens of which are, on the contrary,
longitudinally streaked, as is often the case in the typical
form and the var. lessone, but never in the vars. ridi-
bunda and saharica, I may here mention that specimens’
with the black markings forming cross-bars on the back
are exceptionally met with, not only in the var. ridibunda,
lut also in the typical form (females from Rivoli and
Verona). :
The light vertebral streak or band is very frequent in the
typical form and the vars. /essone and chinensis, less s> in
the var. ridibunda, in which it is generally broader, and
usually absent in the var. saharica. I do not think this light
vertebral streak, which occurs in so many species, is to be
looked upon as a primitive character ; the frequent cases of
deviation of its course from the straight line (most strongly
inarked in specimens from Calcinaro and Cadillac) suggest
a different interpretation, and, in the present state of our
knowledge, its signification is highly problematic, as is that
of a light line along the inner side of the upper surface of
the leg which, in many Oriental and African species, often
accompanies the vertebral streak, and exceptionally occurs
in R. esculenta, var. chinensis (¢ from Japan). Both streaks
are absent in all American species, with the single excep-
tion of R. cantabrigensis, Baird, the representative of the
Kuropean &. arvalis, Nilss.
,
The Skull.
The osteological characters appealed to by Bolkay are
evidently derived from an examination of a very smail
number of specimens; put to the test of a larger material
they prove to be worthless for defining species,
I am especially surprised at his statements concerning the
nasal and fronto-parictal bones. Although usually in con-
tact with each other in full-grown specimens of the typical
form, as described and figured by Ecker, Fatio, and others,
Variation of the Edible Frog. 258
the nasal bones are not always so; there are frequent ex-
ceptions, as my own description implies *, but such exceptions
occur as well in the var. ridibunda, even in large specimens
(? from Vienna, 90 mm. from snout to vent, ? from
Prague, 120 mm.), and I have come across adults of the
var. chinensis in which the nasal bones are completely
separated from each other, as is usually the case in immature
or small specimens of all the forms. As to the presence or
absence of the anterior notch between the frontoparietals, this
is a mere individual peculiarity, usually dependent on the
size of the specimen; yet I wish to draw attention to the
figures given by Camerano + of small specimens of the var.
lessone from Italy in which the anterior extremity of the
frontoparietals answers to Bolkay’s definition of R. chinensis.
The Size.
I append-the measurements, from snout to vent, of the
largest specimens of the different forms in the British
Museum. According to Werner, the var. ridibunda may
reach a length of nearly 150 mm. in Austria.
3 Ge
War, T2diDU2de -. +. «vate oe 95 mm 125 mm,
Wearel SACI CH <<t 5 st ee 58 80
CT, oes nse ss 2 wees 78 95
Warsless0ne@~<s.4).5) 0.2 Ree 64. 78
Wir CAIMENSIS!) oeaia » fins, «cc sole 70 85
The Tadpole.
I have examined large series of tadpoles of the vars.
ridibunda and chinensis without succeeding in finding any
characters by which to distinguish them from those of the
typical form. ‘The characters pointed out by Annandale§
for the var. chinensis are not confirmed as regards the mouth-
disc, the position of the spiraculum, or the length of the tail
compared to that of the body.
Conclusions.
When dealing with polymorphic species, botanists often
distinguish between forms (species, some term them) of first,
second, third, and fourth rank. Applying this concept to
Rana esculenta, the typical form representing of course the
* Taill. Batr. Eur. p. 279.
t Mem. Acc. Torin. (2) xxxv. 1883, p. 60.
} Rept. Amph., Oesterr.-Ung. p. 88 (1897).
§ Mem. As. Soc. Beng. vi. 1917, p. 147.
254 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and
first grade, we may place the var. chinensis in the second,
the var. ridivunda in the third, and the vars. sahariea
and fessone in the fourth. Looking at things from a
practical standpoint, we must-regard the var. saharica as
but a slight modification, a geographical race distinguishable
from its nearest neighbour but impossible to define if
specimens from the whole range of distribution of the
var. ridibunda are taken into consideration. ‘I'he typical form
is completely connected with the var, ridibunda, and where
the two co-exist in a locality, annectant individuals may be
regarded as the result of crossing, such as undoubtedly
must take place ; but this explanation fails when we have
to deal with specimens from France, S8.E. Europe, aud
Asia, where individuals of uneertain identification like-
wise occur, although the discrimination of the two forms is
in most cases quite easy. It is no longer so when we come
to the typical form compared with the var. lesson@, and in
this case the naming of certain specimens is_ perfectly
arbitrary, as those who have had to deal with a considerable
material from places where the two forms co-exist fully
admit *; yet, the extreme, what some would call the “ pure
lessone,” such as it occurred in the Cambridge fens and is
still found in a very few loealities in Norfolk, is well entitled
to varietal rank, its structural characters being fixed and so
considerable in degree when compared with the typical form
that it would undoubtedly be looked upon by many as a
species were we not acquainted with the annectant examples
from the Continent. ‘These extreme specimens of the var,
lessone represent the terminus of an uninterrupted series
starting from the var. r¢dibunda and passing through what
is called the typical form.
Another terminus form, in which the principal characters
of the var. lessone are repeated, is the var. chinensis, which
in all probability is also derived from the var. ridibunda,
but the connecting-links of which have disappeared or are.
still unknown. If we appeal to the existence of a hiatus
between forms as a sole criterion for deciding on what
is a species, then J’. chinensis is entitled to stand as such ;
however, considering the many points of agreement, and
preferring to keep an eye on resemblances rather than
on differences, the rank of variety or subspecies appears to
me the more appropriate for this form, as it did to Lataste
many years agot. Owing to the state of things in the
* Cf. Wolterstorff, Schr. Nat. Ges, Danzig, (2) xi. 1904, p. 46.
+ Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1880, p. 61. “ Cette forme, que quelques
auteurs regardent comme une espece distincte, d'autres comme une
no
Variation of the Edible Frog. 255
European forms, the course I have follewed is surely the
better from a philosophical point of view, whilst the use of a
varietal designation precludes all fear of the distinction being
overlooked, ‘
The following diagram expresses the relationship between
the five forms, as I conceive them :—
Vay. lessone. Var. chinensis.
I’, typica.
Var. saharica. |
—,
Pa :
Var. ridibunda.
We cannot yet apply the test of crossing experiments
in justification of the subordinate position assigned to
PR. chinensis, as Pfliiger was able to do in the case of
RR. esculenta and its var. ridibunda, but another physiological
argument has been put forward by Wolterstorff: the large
and often sharp-edged metatarsal tubercle of J. chinensis is
an adaptation to burrowing habits unlike those of R. esculenta.
We are told that Dr. Kreyenberg observed the Chinese frog
to dig and retire deep into the ground of dried-up rice-fields,
and this habit is regarded as an important ethological
differentiation from its European representatives. Curiously,
however, Féjervary very shortly after redescribed the var.
lessone wider the name of var. bolkayi, from specimens living
in marshes at the mouth of the Rhéne in Switzerland, and
observed the behaviour of this frog on land to be different
from that of the typical /?. esculenta, the large and somewhat
movable metatarsal tubercle being used to burrow in the
ground after the manner of Pelobates. It is interesting to
note, in this connection, that Wolterstorff, who (1906)
seemed to attach so great an importance to this peculiarity
in the case of the Chinese frog, had (1904) only reluctantly
recognised J?, lessone’s rank as a variety, a term which for
him expresses mere individual variations, such as his colour-
simple variété de Rana esculenta, L., a des caractéres propres et con-
stants qui lui méritent une description particuliére et un nom spécial ;
elle me semble cependant assez voisine de Rana esculenta pour que je
crois utile de ne l’en point séparer spécifiquement ..... Lt si, aprés
quelques hésitations, je me décide a classer [ 2. chinensis] comme sous-
espéce de 2. esculenta, cest par cette seule considération qu’elle me
parait beaucoup plus voisine de cette derniére que de toutes les autres
vrenouilles,”
256 On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog.
varieties siréata and nigromaculata in R. arvalis *, and
refused to admit it as a subspecies.
These observations on the fossorial habits of the vars.
chinensis and lessone should be borne in mind by those
who appeal to the behaviour of the Indian 2. erassa,
compared to that of the typical 2. t¢g7/na, as an argument in
favour of its specific distinction +. These supposed species
offer a perfect parallel to the lines of evolution which can be
traced in R. esculenta, as I have recently pointed out ¢.
Although we must not expect to find among the species of
the present day the actual types out of which their allies
have been evolved, yet I think it legitimate speculation to
look upon certain species, or certain small groups of species,
as a sufficiently near approximation to help us towards an
elucidation of the phylogenetic relationships, the expression
of which should be the aim of taxonomy. In this sense, and
with this reservation, I consider R. catesbiana, Shaw, and
LR. grylio, Stejn., as representing the most primitive forms of
America and Kurasia; the species that cluster round them,
R. septentrionalis, Baird, R. clamitans, Daud., R. onca, Cope,
R. virgatipes, Cope, R. montezume, Baird, would be derived
from the same stock; they constitute a distinct section, which
is perfectly natural, though not susceptible of a very strict
definition, From this section we may imagine the one of which
Rk. esculenta is the type to have been derived, and there is
little doubt in my mind that the Chinese &. plancy?, Lataste,
is a connecting form, nearly allied to, but in most respects
less modified than, R. esculenta, both having been evolved
out of the same ancestor, possibly related to the Oligocene-
Miocene R&R. meriant, H. von Mey. The chief distinctive
features of AR. esculenta compared to &. plancy? reside ina
reduction of the nasal bones, the more obtuse fingers, and the
very peculiar external vocal sacs. By what steps this last
* Such modifications represent varieties only in the sense taken by
horticulturists, and should not be given names in scientific nomenclature.
Eliminating these cases, I apply the term varietas to every division of
the system subordinate to the species, without any further consideration
of hierarchy, in order to avoid complicating nomenclature by the use of
tri-, quadri-, or even quinquenomials. In so doing, I simply adhere to
the Linnean method which has so long been followed, and is still used
by most of the botanists for whose work I have the greatest respect.
“ Les variétés des systématistes sérieux sont les espéces de M. Jordan,
au moins du Jordan des Observationes et du Pugillus..... Le mot
variété employé par les botanistes pour désigner une race sauvage laisse
peut-étre 4 désirer, mats i jouit de la priorité.” J. Briguet, Questions
de Nomenclature, Bull. Herb. Boissier, ii. 1894, p. 84.
+t Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. xv. 1918, p. 63.
t Ree. Ind. Mus, xv. 1918, p. 51,
On the Rhynchotal Family Lygzeide. 257
character was reached, 7. halecina, L., is there to show us,
for within the limits of this highly variable species, tle vocal
sacs may be said to be still in process of evolution ; situated
behind the commissure of the jaws, asin RP. esculenta, R. monte-
zume, FR. areolata, B. & G., and R. capito, Leconte, but unlike
those of all other frogs, they are either internal or external,
showing every degree of development, and when external
they form folds which, in certain individuals, have a tendency
towards the invagination characteristic of the sacs in
R. esculenta. We may well assume the direct ancestors
of A. esculenta to have passed through such stages in the
course of parallel evolution.
XXVIII.— Contributions to a further Knowledge of the
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant.
[Continued from p. 179.]
Lygeus degeni, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, corium, and body beneath
griseo-fuscous, two small central spots on pronotum, two
larger spots on clavus, and two still larger spots on corium—
one on each side of claval apex—black; basal third of
lateral margin to corium, connexivum beneath, and legs pale
testaceous or ochraceous ; membrane pale fuscous, narrow
base, lateral margins, and an irregular discal, transverse,
angulated spot greyish white; antennz ochraceous, the
apical joint fuscous, second joint a little longest, third. and
fourth joints subequal in length; pronotum and scutellum
centrally longitudinally carinate ; the upper surface is more
or less finely and obscurely very shortly pilose.
Long. 8 nm.
Hab. Abyssinia ; Taddecha, Mullka (Degen).
IxoPpaMERA, gen. nov.
Head robust, about as long as broad; eyes projecting
beyond the anterior angle of pronotum but not reaching its
anterior margin ; antennze with the basal joint stoutest and
considerably passing apex of head, second joint longest;
rostrum with the basal joint not quite reaching base of
head, its apex scarcely passing the anterior coxe ; pronotum
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 20
258 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
elongate but very little longer than broad at base, lateral
margins narrowly laminately carinate, anterior collar very
narrow, subobsolete, anterior much longer than posterior
lobe, convex, its lateral margins rounded, lateral margins of
the posterior lobe obliquely straight ; scutellum longer than
broad, subtriangular ; anterior femora thickened, spined
beneath, anterior tibiz distinctly curved, their apices dilated
and inwardly a little angulate, intermediate and posterior
tibiz moderately spinulose.
Type, EL. ethiopica, Dist.
Allied to Psewdopamera, Dist., from Central America.
Exopamera ethiopica, sp. n.
Head black, moderately shortly palely pilose; eyes darker
black ; ocelli purplish red ; pronotum ochraceous, the lateral
and anterior margins and the posterior lobe paler in hue,
punctate, especially the posterior lobe, the basal margin and
lateral basal angles more or less shining black ; scutellum
ochraceous, basal and apical areas black, more or less
coarsely punctate ; corium ochraceous, clavus more or less
closely blackly punctate, two prominent spots before claval
area, an irregular transverse subapical spot, and the apical
angle shining black, the whole corium more or less coarsely
punctate ; membrane black, its apical margin ‘pale fuligi-
nous ; head and abdomen beneath opaque black; sternum
shining black and coarsely punctate ; coxee, trochanters and
legs, narrow lateral sternal margins and posterior sternal
segmental margins ochraceous ; rostrum ochraceous ; mem-
brane moderately passing the abdominal apex; antennz
with the first, second, and third joints ochraceous, their
apices black, fourth joint greyish white, it apical half black,
second joint longest, third and fourth joints almost subequal
in length.
Long. 9-10 mm.
Hab. Brit. E. Africa; Kibwesi (S. A. Neave).
Exopamera mirabilis.
Aphanis mirabilis, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 471
(1903).
Hab. Fernando Po.
ALBANYARIA, gen. nov.
Body elongate; head subtriangular, apical area distinctly
narrowed aud apex of central lobe distinctly prominent ;
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 259
eyes moderately prominent and slightly passing the anterior
augles of the pronotum; antennz moderately robust, basal
joint only a little passing apex of head; rostrum with the
basal joint almost reaching base of head ; pronotum a little
longer than broad at base, and transversely constricted near
base ; corium extending only to about three-fourths of the
abdomen ; membrane absent; anterior femora incrassated
and finely spined beneath; anterior tibie a little curved but
not centrally spined; scutellum elongate, longer than
broad.
Allied to Fontejus, Stal, but the pronotum much shorter,
anterior tibiz not centrally spined, &c.
Albanyaria multicolorata, sp. n.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, a:d the scutellum black ;
the narrow posterior pronotal lobe and the extreme apex of
seutellum greyish white ; antenne ochraceous, apex of third
joint and more than apical half of fourth black ; corium
ochraceous, the lateral marginal areas with three prominent
black spots, the smaller near base, the largest near middle,
and the third at apex, the exposed apical area of the abdo-
men black; body beneath black ; posterior sternal segmental
margins very pale ochraceous ; legs reddish ochraceous,
apical halves of the anterior femora and apices of the tibize
and tarsi black; antennze with the second joint slightly
longer than the third and about subequal with the fourth ;
scutellum more or less rugosely punctate ; clavus linearly
somewhat coarsely punctate ; rostrum ochraceous, the basal
joint black, remaining joints imperfectly seen in carded
type.
Long. 54 mm.
Hab. W. Australia; Albany (J. J. Walker).
Genus Laryneopus.
Laryngodus, Herr.-Scheeff. Wanz. Ins. ix. pp. 191, 212 (1853).
The short description given by Herrich-Schzffer and
some imperfections in the figure given of the type of the
genus render a fuller description of both necessary.
Laryngodus australie, Herr.-Scheff. Wanz. Ins. ix. p. 212,
fig. 967 (1853).
Head fuscous brown; eyes black ; antennz dark casta-
neous, apices of the first, second, and third joints very
20*
260 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
narrowly black, fourth joint ochraceous with nearly apical
third black; head and anterior lobe of pronotum fuscous
brown, posterior pronotal lobe black, with two central spots
and the lateral margins creamy white or very pale ochra-
ceous; eyes black ; scutellum fuscous brown; corium dull
ochraceous, darkly punctate, inner area of clavus more
densely darkly punctate, disk of corium with an oblique
longitudinal fascia—neither reaching base nor apex, a sub-
central, transverse, very irregular fascia, and the apical angle,
black ; membrane fuscous, the veins, and some irregular
suffusions and spots, pale dull ochraceous ; body beneath
and legs dark castaneous, basal spine to antenne beneath,
anterior margin of prosternum, cox, posterior angles of
meso- and metasterna, and the greater part of basal joints of
intermediate and posterior tarsi pale ochraceous.
Head elongate, longer than basal breadth including eyes,
narrowed on apical area, and with a short spine at base of
antenn ; eyes prominent, almost reaching base of head ;
antennee with the basal joint shortest and stoutest, second
joint a little longer than third, which is again longer than
fourth; pronotum punctate, with anterior lobe much nar-
rower, more globose, and about twice as long as the posterior
lobe which is more strongly punctate, anterior lobe with a
central, longitudinal, fasciate, flat impression ; scutellum
about as broad as long, subtriangular, thickly punctate,
extreme apex ochraceous ; corium broadened on apical area ;
membrane with the venation very prominent; anterior
femora strongly thickened, narrowed at base and apex,
distinctly spined beneath ; anterior tibiz flattened and sub-
spinosely dilated at apices; rostrum about reaching the
intermediate coxz. ;
Long. 10 mm.
Hab. 8.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. £. Turner).
Bosbequius australis, sp. n.
Head, anterior area of pronotum, scutellum and sternum,
black or blackish; anterior margin and posterior ‘area of
pronotum and corium brownish ochraceous ; lateral pronotal
margins and a spot near inner angle of apical margin to
corium very pale Juteous; abdomen beneath brownish
ochraceous ; femora castaneous, their apices and the tibiz
and tarsi ochraceous ; antennze dull ochraceous, second joint
longest, first joint slightly passing apex of head*; head —
* In the typical Oriental species the basal antennal joint did not
reach the apex of head,
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 261
(including eyes) narrower than anterior margin of pronotum ;
first joint of rostrum extending beyond base of head ;
posterior area of pronotum, scutellum and corium coarsely
punctate ; anterior femora strongly incrassate.
Long. 8 mm.
Hab. Australia; Adelaide River (J. J. Walker).
The type of the genus Bosbequius was from Tenasserim
(Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 65, fig. 1).
Thebanus nigrinus, sp. n.
Dull ochraceous; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and
anterior area of scutellum black ; head beneath and sternum
black ; legs ochraceous ; abdomen beneath dark slaty-grey ;
antennz ochraceous, second joint a little longest, third and
fourth almost subequal in length; pronotum thickly, some-
what coarsely punctate; scutellum punctate, black before
the anterior branches of the cruciform carination, and dull
ochraceous behind them; posterior margin of pronotum
concave before scutellum ; corium (excluding lateral mar-
ginal areas) darkly punctate ; membrane slaty-grey, slightly
passing the abdominal apex.
Long. 34 mm.
Hab. Burma; Karennee.
Genus LacHNOPHOROIDES.
Lachnophoroides, Dist. ‘ Nova Caledonia,’ Zool. i. p. 381 (1914).
Type, L. ornatipennis, from New Caledonia (ibid. pl. xi.
fig. 9 9).
I am now able to amplify the description of this genus by
sexual characters, having only seen a single ? specimen
previously.
g. Pronotum distinctly longer than breadth at base ;
anterior tibize strongly sinuately curved and armed
with a short robust spine near middle of under
surface.
2. Pronotum about as long as broad at base; anterior
tibize unarmed.
Lachnophoroides crudelis.
Pachymerus crudelis, Hagl. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1895, p. 462.
Hab. W. Africa; Gaboon (fide Haglund). Lagos; Ondo
(A. B. S. Powell). N.E. Rhodesia; Upper Luangwa R.
(S. A. Neave). Uganda Protect. between Junja and
Busia, E. Busoga (S. A. Neave). Abyssinia (Lake Rudolph
Exped.—Ph. C. Zaphiro).
bho
oe
nN
Mr. W. L. Distant on the
Lachnophoroides rudolfianus, sp. n.
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum dull, dark ochraceous,
posterior pronotal lobe paler ochraceous with darker pune-
tures in somewhat transverse series and with three central
longitudinal darker series, lateral margins broadly and basal
margin narrowly pale ochraceous, a black spot near each
basal angle ; scutellum ochraceous, darkly punctate, a large
castaneous spot at base and two linear black spots on apical
area; corium very pale ochraceous, more or less darkly
punctate, clavus with a black and greyish spot at base, —
beyond middle of corium a broad transverse dark castaneous
fascia and the apical margin narrowly and irregularly of the
same colour; membrane pale shining ochraceous; head
beneath and sternum piceous ; abdomen beneath dull dark
testaceous ; legs and rostrum ochraceous ; antenne ochra-
ceous, apices of the second and third joints and apical half
of the fourth black, second joint a little longest, third and
fourth joints subequal in length; anterior femora robust,
strongly spined beneath near apex, anterior tibiz in g strongly
curved, and with a prominent spine beneath near middle.
Long. 8 mm.
Hab. Soudan; Kaig (Lake Rudolph Exped.—C. Singer). —
Aphanus littoralis, sp. n.
Head black or very dark castaneous, eyes griseo-fuscous ;
antenne dull ochraceous, apices of first, second, and third
joints more or less fuscous, fourth jomt dark fuscous with a.
broad subbasal greyish annulation ; pronotum ochraceous, —
prominently brownly punctate, the lateral margins almost
impunctate, anterior half (excluding margins) dark casta-
neous and almost impunctate, with a small central pale
ochraceous spot at anterior margin; scutellum ochraceous,
prominently brownly punctate, the basal area black; corium
ochraceous, rather finely brownly punctate, extreme lateral
margins almost impunctate ; membrane brownish ochra-—
ceous with somewhat paler mottlings ; body beneath casta-—
neous, the lateral margins, posterior sternal segmental
margins, rostrum, and legs ochraceous, the lateral abdominal —
margin with large castaneous spots; second, third, and
fourth joints of antenne gradually decreasing in length,
the second a little longest; first jomt of rostrum about
reaching base of head; membrane about reaching abdo-
minal apex ; pronotum with a more or less distinct-central
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 263
longitudinal narrow carination ; scutellum a little foveately
depressed at base.
Long. 84-10 mm.
Hab. Blue Nile (EZ. S. Crespin), nr. mouth of Dinder R.
and Roseires (S. S. Flower). N.W. shore of L. Nyasa, from
Florence Bay to Karonga (S. A. Neave).
Aphanus ferrugineus, sp. 0.
Head black; antennze with the basal joint black, second
and third joints ferruginous ; pronotum pale ferruginous,
coarsely darkly punctate, the anterior area (excluding
margins) black ; scutellum black, coarsely darkly punctate,
becoming paler and more ferruginous on apical area, and
with an ochraceous spot on each lateral margin near base ;
corium brownish ochraceous, darkly punctate, with two
small obscure black spots in oblique series on apical half,
the lateral margins narrowly impunctate; body beneath
black, the posterior sternal segmental margins, rostrum,
and legs ferruginous; second joint of antenne considerably
longer than third; apex of central lobe of head distinctly
prominent ; in some specimens the femora are distinctly
darker—almost black —than the tibie ; basal joint of rostrum
‘passing base of head ; membrane, a little paler than corium,
reaching abdominal apex.
Long. 8-8} mm.
Hab. Nyasaland (Cotterell) ; W. shore of L. Nyasa between
Domira Bay and Kotakota (S. A. Neave). N.E. Rhodesia ;
Mid-Luangwa Valley (S. A. Neave).
Aphanus apicalis.
Rhyparochromus apicalis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 562 (1852).
Rhyparochromus turgidifemur, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 32. 1.
Ethyparochromus nigromaculatus, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1856,
p- 32. 2.
Beosus apicalis, Stél,em. Afr. ii. p. 165 (1865).
Aphanus erosus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 501 (1901).
In deseribing my A. erosus I wrote, “ Allied to A. apicalis,
Dall., differing by the exceedingly coarse punctuation on
the lateral margins of the pronotum and corium, &c.”
Compared with the type of Dallas, that held good at the
time of writing, but since then a large number of species
have reached the British Museum, and intermediate varieties
occur.
Hab. 8. Africa (Brit. Mus.). Ovampo L. (Lriksson).
264 Mr. W. LL. Distant on the
Transvaal; Pretoria (Distant), Lydenburg (Krantz). N.E.
Rhodesia ; Mid-Luangwa Valley (Neave). Blue Nile;
Roseires (Flower). Congo (Richardson).
Aphanus albigera, sp. n.
Head and anterior area of pronotum black, posterior
pronotal area ochraceous, brownly punctate, and at the
lateral marginal junctions of these two areas a somewhat
large pale ochraceous spot; scutellum black; corium
ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, extreme lateral margin
impunctate, inner claval margin for about half its length
from base pale ochraceous and impunctate, from thence to
apex very thickly blackly punctate, a short elongate black
line near outer claval margin, followed by a large black spot
near and outside claval apex, the apical margin of corium
narrowly black, the two last markings separated by a small
pale impunctate spot ; membrane brownish with the venation
somewhat paler in hue; body beneath, rostrum, and legs
black, coxal spots and narrow, irregular posterior margins
to sternal segments pale ochraceous; antennze with the
third joint shortest, second and fourth subequal in length.
Long. 6-63 mm.
Hab. South Africa; Grahamstown. Natal; Durban >
(F. Muir).
Allied to A. apicalis, Dall., but a smaller and narrower
species, maikings of the pronotum and short third joint of
antenne different.
Aphanus nigrellus, sp. n.
Head, antenne, pronotum, and scutellum black, lateral
pronotal margins ochraceous ; corium dull] ochraceous, two
short claval lies and the apical area black, the latter con-
taining a prominent, central, transverse greyish-white spot,
and the extreme apical angle also of that, colour ; membrane
griseo-fuscous, with an apical white spot; body beneath,
rostrum, and legs black; antennz somewhat robust, third
joint a little shorter than second or fourth joints ; pronotal
Jateral margins distinctly, somewhat longly pilose.
Long. 6 mm.
Hab. Nyasaland; between Ft. Mangoche and Chikala
Boma (S. A. Neave).
Allied to both A. apicalis, Dall. and the preceding species ;
here described—A. albigera, but differing by the colour of
the pronotum and its longly pilose lateral margins, &ce,
‘
,
Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 265
MAXAPHANUS, gen. noy.
Allied to Aphanus, Lap., from which it differs by the
longer and more elongate body; the longer and more robust
basal joint of the antenme, which is as long as the head and
projects considerably beyond its apex; anterior femora
shortly spined beneath, with a long and very distinct spine
before apex, anterior tibiz also shortly spined beneath
beyond base.
Maxaphanus africanus, sp. n.
Dark castaneous, in some specimens almost piceous ;
lateral margins (excluding basal areas) of pronotum and
sometimes a small central spot to same, corium with about
basal half of lateral margin, a small lateral spot beyond it
and nearer apex, a small discal spot outside the apical
claval area and a minute spot before posterior margin,
extreme apex of scutellum, rostrum and legs, ochraceous ;
apical areas of femora and the tibiz and tarsi darker and
more brunescent ; antenne dark castaneous, fourth joint
(excluding apical area) pale ochraceous, second and third
joints almost subequal in length and longest, fourth longer
than first which considerably passes the apex of head ;
pronotum distinctly, broadly, transversely impressed near
middle, the anterior area smooth, the posterior area finely
wrinkled, lateral margins distinctly laminate ; corium dis-
tinctly punctate ; ; membrane pitchy-brown, the veins pro-
minent, the two inner veins strongly curved at base.
Long. 13-14 mm.
Hab. Nyasaland ; Mlanje (S. A. Neave). N.E. Rhodesia;
Upper Luangwa R. (S. A. Neave). Uganda; Tero Forest
(C. C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins).
Metochus holsti, sp. n.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum black,
posterior pronotal lobe piceous, darkly punctate, and with a
pale central longitudinal line ; corium ochraceous, clavus, a
broad irregular transverse fascia connecting apex of clavus
with lateral margin, and the apical margin black, the
anterior area between the clavus and lateral margin is
ochraceous, brownly punctate, the area between the trans-
verse fascia and apex creamy-white; membrane fuscous
with obscure paler mottlings; head beneath and sternum
black ; abdomen beneath dark castaneous, with some lateral
266 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
marginal ochraceous macular markings ; rostrum ochraceous,
basal and apical joints piceous; femora black, their bases
and the whole of the tibize and tarsi more or less ochraceous ;
antenne piceous, basal half of apical joint ochraceous,
second joint longest, third and fourth almost subequal in
length ; anterior femora robust, shortly spinose beneath.
Long. 10 mm.
Hab. Japanese Archipelago ; Tsushima Island (P. Holst).
Dieuches \relatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii.
p. 505 (1901).
Hab. Mashonaland; Umfili River (G. A. K. Marshall).
Nyasaland; Valley of N. Rukuru, Karonga District (S. A.
Neave). Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Abyssinia ;
Gibe River (Ph. C. Zaphiro).
The type was from Mashonaland.
Dieuches parvipictus, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; anterior half of
lateral margins and some small spots (usually two but some-
times four) on disk of pronotum, two spots near base and —
extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous ; antennez ochraceous,
apex of third joint black, more or less mutilated in the
twelve specimens now before me; corium ochraceous,
brownly punctate, extreme lateral margins pale and im-
punctate, a spot at base of clavus, a large spot near inner
posterior angle, a very small spot in a line with it on lateral
margin, and the apical margin black; body beneath black :
rostrum and legs ochraceous, apex of rostrum and usually
apical areas of the femora—more or less—black ; antennz
with the second and third joints almost subequal in length ;
scutellum with a more or less distinct, central, longitudinal
carinate line.
Long. 7-8 mm.
Hab. Katanga; Kamboveand Luffra River (S. A. Neave).
Allied to D. patruelis, Stal, but a smaller species with
both the pronotal lobes black.
Dieuches consimilis, sp. D.
Allied to the preceding species in general markings and
coloration, but a larger species with the basal joint and
apices of the remaining antennal joints black; posterior
pronotal lobe more strongly and coarsely punctate ; scutellum
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 267
without the central carinate longitudinal line which is
always more or less pronounced in D. parvipictus.
Long. 9-10 mm.
Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Katanga;
Kambove (S. 4. Neave). Abyssinia (C. Singer).
Dieuches smithi, sp. n..
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum testaceous, posterior
pronotal lobe ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, lateral
pronotal margins pale, impunctate; scutellum testaceous,
‘extreme apex pale ochraceous ; corium dark ochraceous or
brownish ochraceous, lateral margins and a large irregular
spot before apex pale ochraceous; membrane brownish
ochraceous; body beneath testaceous ; lateral margins of
sternum, posterior margin of metasternum, and lateral
abdominal margins ochraceous; rostrum and legs ochra-
ceous, apical areas of femora and apices of the tibiz piceous ;
antennze ochraceous, the basal joint and apices of remaining
joints dark testaceous or piceous, second and fourth joints
jongest and subequal in length; pronotum with a central
longitudinal carinate line on posterior lobe ; first joint of
rostrum about reaching base of head ; membrane not quite
reaching abdominal apex in 4, distinctly shorter in ?.
Long. 10-11 mm.
Hab. S. Africa (Dr. Smith’s Coll.). Gyraham’s Town
(F. Pym).
Allied to D. umbrifer, Stal.
Dieuches sloggetti, sp. n.
Black ; lateral margins of pronotum and corium, second
joint and base of third joint of antenne (fourth joint muti-
lated), tibize and tarsi stramineous or pale ochraceous ;
second joint of antenne much longer than third ; pronotum
somewhat narrow and elongate, posterior lobe thickly punc-
tate ; corium and clavus more or less thickly punctate;
first joint of rostrum about reaching base of head.
Long. 9 mm.
fiab. 8. Africa; Deelfontein (Col. Sloggett).
METADIEUCHES, gen. noy.
Head robust, about as long as breadth between eyes, which
almost reach anterior margin of pronotum or are not far
removed from same, in front of eyes laterally strongly
obliquely sinuate, the apex of the central lobe prominent ;
268 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
antenne with the basal joint moderately stoutest, slightly -
apically curved, shorter than second joint which again is a
little shorter than third, fourth almost subequal in length
to first ; rostrum reaching the anterior cox; pronotum
elongate, longer than breadth at base, lateral margins of
anterior lobe slightly oblique, those of the posterior lobe
more prominently oblique, the posterior angles subnodulose,
basal margin almost truncate, very slightly concave, anterior
margin truncate ; scutellum moderately long and slender,
slightly longer than broad at base, lateral margins straightly
oblique; legs elongate, anterior femora finely spined beneath,
anterior tibiz slightly dilated at apex; membrane passing
abdominal apex.
Type, M. dispar, Hag).
Metadieuches dispar.
Dieuches dispar, Hagl. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1895, p. 460.
Hab. Gaboon (Sjéstedt). Cameroons (/scalera). Uganda;
Entebbe (Dr. C. A. Wiggins and C.C. Gowdey), Mwera,
Kyanja, Mabira Forest, Katanga River (C. C. Gowdey),
shores of L. Isolt or Wamala, 3800 ft., and S. of L. George
(S. A. Neave).
Poeantius variegatus, sp. n.
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black ; posterior lobe
of pronotum dark castaneous and coarsely punctate, the
anterior and posterior lobes separated by a transverse ochra-
ceous fascia; scutellum black ; corium ochraceous, a longi-
tudinal fascia in clavus, and nearly the apical half of corium
black, the latter containing a narrow transverse pale ochra-
ceous fascia a little beyond its middle; membrane dull
greyish; head beneath and rostrum dull, dark castaneous,
posterior margin of metasternum more or less greyish white ;
abdomen beneath black; legs black, apices of anterior and
intermediate femora and the anterior tibiz ochraceous ;
(posterior legs mutilated in type) ; antennz with the basal
joint ochraceous, second and third joints black, second a
little longer than third (fourth joint mutilated in type) ;
head deflected, immersed to eyes, a little longer than broad ;
pronotum with a central longitudinal, ill-defined carimate
line; scutellum a little longer than broad ; rostrum about
reaching the intermediate coxe.
Long. 64 mm.
Hab. Gaza Land; near Chirinda Forest (G. A. K, Mar-
shall).
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 269
Letheus longirostris.
Letheus longirostris, Reut. Ent. Tidsky. viii. p. 102 (1887).
Hab. Madagascar (fide Reut.). Rodriguez ((rullion).
Natal (Bell-Marley). N.E. Rhodesia; Lower Luangwa
River, near Petauke, N.W. shore of L. Nyasa (S. A. Neave).
This species is warabie; in size; specimens now before me
in length range between 9 and 12 mm.
Letheus descriptus.
Rhyparochromus descriptus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 103 (1872).
Rhyparochromus alienus, Walk. tom. cit. p. 105.
Letheus signatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 506 (1901).
Letheus descriptus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904).
Hab. N. India. Ceylon. Tenasserim. North Borneo.
Sula Island. Natal; Durban (Bedl-Marley). N.E. Rho-
desia; Upper Luangwa River (S. A. Neave).
We are now able to record the distribution of this species
(previously only known from the Indian and Malayan
regions) to the southern Ethiopian habitats of Natal and
Rhodesia.
Bergroth (Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 95 (1918)) has devoted
nearly three large octavo pages to the description of a species
from the Philippine Islands (Z. robustus) which is apparently
to be separated by the longer rostrum, ‘‘ reaching middle of
third ventral segment.” In descriptus the rostrum only
extends to about the posterior coxz as described by Walker.
Genus ABANUs.
Abanus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. v. p. 81 (1910).
In describing the type of this genus from specimens
received from Bengal, I wrote “pronotum elongate, about
as long as bréad at base.” This character from an examina-
tion of a series of specimens of another species received
from tropical Africa appears to be of a sexual (female)
character only, while in the male the pronotum is consider-
ably longer than broad at base.
Abanus ugandensis, sp. n.
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black, basal area of
pronotum brownish ochraceous, blackly punctate, and witha
central ill-defined pale Jevigate longitudinal line, lateral
pronotal margins pale ochraceous ; scutellum black, punctate,
elongate, with two small discal spots and the extreme apex
270 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.
ochraceous ; corium very obseure ochraceous, thickly black
punctate, the lateral margins pale ochraceous, apical margin
more distinctly black ; membrane dark fuliginous, some-
times with small ochraceous suffusions ; apical area of
abdomen aboye—as seen beyond membrane—black, the
apical margin dull ochraceous ; body beneath black, narrow
lateral sternal and abdominal margins, very narrow posterior
margin of prosternum, coxal margins, rostrum and legs,
ochraceous ; antennz ochraceous, extreme apices of first
and second joints, apical third of third joint, and fourth
joint, excluding broad basal annulation, black, first joint
passing apex of head, second longest, third and ‘fourth’ sub-
equal in length; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe,
first joint about reaching or slightly passing base of head ;
prosternum thickly, coarsely punctate at base.
Long. 9-10 mm.
Fah: Uganda; Mabira Forest, Chagwe, Tero Forest (C.
C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins), Mpumu (Miss M.
Robertson). Katanga (S. A. Neave).
Genus GonatTAs.
Gonatas, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch, i, p. 219 (1882); Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904),
This genus, originally described from entra America ~
and subsequently received from the Oriental Region, is now
also represented by a species from Natal.
Gonatas natalensis, sp. n.
Head black ; antenne with the first and second joints
stramineous, remaining joints mutilated in type; pronotum
with the anterior area black, posterior area ochraceous ;
scutellum black; corium dull greyish white, clavus pale
ochraceous ; membrane dull greyish white ; body beneath
black ; rostrum and legs pale ochraceous, apical abdominal
segment castaneous ; head including eyes scarcely narrower
than anterior margin of pronotum, which is distinctly
strongly darkly punctate on the pale posterior area, its
lateral margins moderately ampliated and slightly sinuate
at the junction of the anterior and posterior areas, its
posterior margin distinctly moderately concave ; scutellum
longer than broad, moderately elevated, and distinctly foveate
on the basal area, basal and lateral margins punctate ;
membrane reaching the abdominal apex.
Long. 53 mm.
Hab. Natal; Durban (Bell-Marley).
The Myth of the Ship-holder. 271
XXIX.—The Myth of the Ship-holder*: Studies in Echeneis
or Remora.—l. By E. W. Gupeer, State Normal College,
Greensboro, N.C., U.S.A.
[Plates XV.-XVIL]
ConTENTS.
Introduction.
The Myth of the Ship-holder.
The Myth explained.
First Explanation: Foul Bottoms.
Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a Rudder,
Third Explanation: Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras.
Fourth Explanation: “ Dead-Water.”
Bibliography.
Explanation of the Plates.
INTRODUCTION.
Ever since the time of Aristotle, the ship-holder or
sucking-fish, because of its peculiar structure and habits,
has greatly interested men both scientific and unscientific.
Possessed of a suctorial disk on the head and the shoulder
region, it is able to attach itself to whales, porpoises, turtles,
rays, and sharks, or to large fishes of any kind, and thus
secure transportation and opportunity to obtain food without
exertion. It likewise attaches itself to boats, ships, floating
wrecks, or even logs in the same way and for the same
purpose. From this it is an easy transition to the belief of
the ancients that attaching itself thus to a vessel it might
retard or even hold it back. Hence the name Echeneis, one
that holds back a ship, and Remora, a holding back.
“There is scarcely a fish of the existence of which the
-ancients have been equally certain, and which has so much
occupied their imagination—from a power thought to be
inherent in the creature to counteract the strongest physical
agencies,—as the Echencis of the Greeks or the Remora of
the Latins.” f
* In gathering the material for this paper, I am under much obligation
to Dr. C. R, Eastman of the American Museum of Natural History, New
York City, and to Dr. H. M. Lydenberg, Reference Librarian of the New
York Public Library. In his work for the American Museum on the
great bibliography of fishes, Dr. Eastman ran across and kindly trans-
mitted to mea large number of the references made use of in this paper.
Dr. Lydenberg has, as heretofore, been a court of last resort for obscure
and seemingly unintelligible references, every one of which he has, by
reason of his large knowledge of matters bibliographical, been able to
clear up. My best thanks are hereby rendered to him and to Dr. East-
man for their many kindnesses.
+ Gunther, ‘On the History of Echeneis,’ 1860.
272 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
The earliest references to this interesting fish are to be
found in Aristotle’s ‘ History of Animals.’ A fish having
such an extraordinary structure as the sucking-disk and
having such unusual habits could hardly be expected to
have escaped the keen observation of the Father of Natural
History. Yet there is nothing in Aristotle’s writings
to indicate that he ever saw or at any rate that he ever
examined the Echeneis with the care which he bestowed on
the other animals of which he wrote. In Prof. D’Arey
W. Thompson’s scholarly translation (Oxford, 1910), one
may read (Book II. 14, 505 6, 19-22): ‘Of fishes whose
habitat is in the vicinity of rocks there is a tiny one, which
some call the Echeneis or ‘ship-holder’.... Some people
assert that it has feet, but this is not the case: it appears,
however, to be furnished with feet from the fact that its
fins resemble these organs.” Again (Book V. 31, 5574,
30-31): “In the seas between Cyrene and Egypt there
is a fish that attends on the dolphin which is called the
‘dolphin’s louse.” This fish gets exceedingly fat from
enjoying an abundance of food while the dolphin is out in
pursuit of its prey.”
In a footnote, Prof. Thompson identifies this fish as
Naucrates ductor, a pilot-fish found in the Mediterranean.
Now the term pilot-fish is applied rather indefinitely to a
number of different fishes. The Echeneis or Remora is
possibly the one best known, from its habit of sticking to
dolphins, sharks, or any large fishes and swimming before
their snouts. In our waters Seriola zonata and S. carolinensis,
amber-fishes of the family Carangide, are found associated
with sharks and are called pilot-fishes. They are likewise
found around the rudders of vessels and hence are also called
rudder-fishes. The Naucrates ductor of Prof. Thompson
is a pilot-fish of the same family but of a different genus.
Jt is found in warm waters throughout the world and has
the same habits as the other pilot-fishes.
Thompson’s footnote thus leads one away from the idea
that the “ dolphin’s louse” is a sucking-fish, but it should
be noted that this last reference comes in a section devoted
to sucking insect parasites, lice, ticks, and fleas, and con-
cludes with those crustaceans, “ sea-lice”’ so called, which
live parasitically on fishes. So from this internal evidence
it seems probable that the fish referred to is an Echeueid, a
sucking-fish, which attaches itself in a louse fashion to the
dolphin as these fish are known to do*,
* In a short note published in ‘ Science’ for September 1, 1916, the
present writer endeavoured to show that Prof. Thompson’s identification
Myth of the Ship-holder. 273
In corroboration of the foregoing, Hasselquist may be
quoted, In his ‘Journey to Palestine’ (1757) he notes
that the Arabs at Alexandria called the sucking-fish
(Echeneis neucrates) “Chamel | Ferrhun.” Dr. Frank R. Blake
of the Johns Hopkins University has been good enough to
pass on this Arabic name. He writes that Chamel means
louse, and that ferrhun is probably—or, at any rate, possibly
—an erroneous transliteration for theArabic ferihun, meaning
agile or nimble. And that this meaning fits the actions of
the fish, anyone knows who has ever tried to catch with a dip-.
net a shark-sucker from off its selachian host--it dodges as
expertly as a squirrel around a tree. However, Dr. Blake
says that there is an Ethiopic word ferihun, meaning terrible,
and that Hasselquist’s name may mean “ the louse of the
terrible ove,’ and since this fish is found most frequently
adhering to the shark, this translation seems the most logical
one.
-In further corroboration of the contention that the
“‘dolphin’s louse” is the Hcheneis, another eastern traveller,
Forskal (1775), may also be quoted. At Djidda, a town on
the eastern side of the Red Sea about milway between Suez
and Aden, Forskal collected Echeneis neucrates, and was at
especial pains to note that the Arab fishermen there called
it‘ Keide ” or “ Kaml el Kersh,” which he translates “ the
lonse of the shark ”; while at Loheia, a town on the same
side of the sea, but further towards the south-east, it is called
“Keda.” Dr. Blake has further obliged me by passing on
these terms also. He finds that “ Kaml el Kersh” means
“ the-louse of the fish of prey,” which fish Forskal tells us
in the context was a shark belonging to the genus Carcharias.
Keda, he thinks, is probably a trausliteration of the Arabic
Keide, a fetter or band, hence ‘‘ the attached one.’ Still
other testimony may be adduced as to the even more recent
use of this name. ‘he German traveller Riippell in his
‘Fische des Rothen Meeres’ (1835), published only some
eighty years ago, says of Echeneis: ‘In the northern part
of the Red Sea it is called Delka or else Gammel el Kersh,
of the dolphin’s louse as Naucrates ductor is erroneous as is Aristotle’s
calling the little fish which lives among rocks Echeneis. The latter
was identified as a goby and the “ dolphin’s louse” was shown to be a
sucker-fish. Prof, Thompson on receiving this short paper very kindly
wrote me that, while there might be still some uncertainty about the
rock-dweller, he agreed as to the identity of the ‘ dolphin’s louse.”
And now it seems well to incorporate this note in these introductory
paragraphs and to add certain other data which have come to hand since
the above article was published.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 21
274 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
in the southern part Ated.” The latter names are, of course,
variations of those noted above. Dr. Blake has not been
able to throw any light on the word Delka.
From all this we see that, in the near East where changes
take place slowly, Echeneis was still called ‘louse’? some
two thousand years after Aristotle. While to-day in our
own waters, as well as in most tropical seas, there is a certain
small Echeneid fish which Gill (1862) has named Phthier-
ichthys lineatus, the striped louse-fish.
To return now to Prof. Thompson’s ‘tiny fish whose
habitat is in the vicinity of rocks.” It seems to me that
this fish cannot possibly be an Echeneis. The Echeneis is
not a tiny” fish, since the adult forms generally range
in length from ten inches to three feet ; likewise, so far as
is known to naturalists, it does not dwell among rocks. In
fish hterature of the medieval and renaissance times, how-
ever, we (o frequently run across references to Echeneis as
a dweller among rocks, but I take these accounts to be
merely echoes of Aristotle, since they are in other respects
mere copies of preceding writers. Furthermore, this fish is
said to have feet or, at any rate, fins resembling such organs.
To the present writer there is no doubt that the fish here
referred to is a goby, for gobies are small fish, are found in
or near rocks, and have their forwardly-placed pelvie fins
transformed into hand-like or sucker-like prehensile organs*,
Tue Myrnu or tHe SH1P-HOLDER.
It will be remembered that Aristotle (384-322 B.c.) calls
our fish Echeneis, ship-holder, but that he nowhere refers
to the miraculous power alluded to by other but later writers,
So it is doubtful whether he knew of these alleged powers,
but if that be true why should he have named it ship-holder ?
His words are “ which some call the Echeneis or ‘ ship-
holder,’ and he is evidently quoting some previous writer,
or giving the name in common or everyday use. One thing
is clear, 7. e. he is not the originator of the term, nor is it
very evident that he knew the fish by personal observation.
Before bringing to the attention of the reader the
various stories ascribing miraculous powers to our fishes,
* Since writing the above I have found that Lowe, so long ago as
1843, expressed the belief that Aristotle’s Echeneis was a blenny ora
goby or a Chironectes and that the dolphin’s louse was an Tcheneis.
On both of these points Giinther (1860, 1880) likewise is in agreement
with the author of the ‘ History of the Fishes of Madeira,’ Day —
(1830-84) also has briefly expressed his belief in this identification.
Myth of the Ship-holder. 275
figures of the fishes themselves are presented. PI. XV.
of this paper shows Leptecheneis naucrates (fig. 2) and
Remora brachyptera (fig. 3), which are commonly found
in our Atlantic waters. The essential external differences
between tlie fishes are readily seen from the figures. Fig. 1
shows the sucking-disk of the Remora. Consideration of
the structures of these fishes is reserved for a later paper.
The first definite reference to the ship-retarding power of
the Echeneis is in a poem on fishing, “ Halieutica,” by the
Latin poet, Ovid (43 B.c.-17 or 18 a.p.). Verse 99 reads :
“Parva Echeneis adest, mirum, mora puppibus ingens” ;
which may be translated, “ The small Eclheneis is present,
wonderful to say, a great hindrance to ships.”
Pliny the Elder (23-79 a.p.) twice refers to the Echeneis.
In Book 1X. Chapter 41 of his ‘ History of Animals’ he
says: “It is believed that when it (Echeneis) has attached
itself to the keel of a ship its progress is impeded, and that
it is from this circumstance that it takes its name.” This
(together with other data extraneous to our subject) is taken
from Aristotle. Then Pliny quotes one Mucianus (about
whom nothing has heen obtained) that a murex, a kind of
gasteropod mollusk, has a similar ship-retarding power, and
gives from this writer an alleged instance of a ship being
held by it. Pliny in the same chapter quotes one ‘Trebius
Niger that the fish is about one foot in length and that it
ean retard ships. [have been unable to find out anything
about this writer; this reference, like the one to Mucianus,
is entirely obscure *.
In Book XXXII. Chapter 1, Pliny gives what is the first
detailed account of the ship-holding power possessed by the
Echeneis, and it seems well to quote him in extenso as given
in Bostock and Riley’s translation (1857).
“And yet all these forces [winds, tides, &c.] ..... a
single fish, and that of a very diminutive size... . the fish
known as the ‘ Echeneis’.... possesses the power of
counteracting ..... A fish bridles the impetuous violence
* Pliny also gives two other uses of the Echeneis, which though
outside the scope of this paper, are of enough interest to appear in a
footnote. The first (which he seems to have had from the Greeks) is
its use in love philters, and for the purpose of delaying judgments and
legal proceedings ; all of which he justly says are evil properties, compen-
sated for, however, by its use to stay the flow of blood in pregnancy and
for the preservation of the foetus 7m utero. The second use, quoted from
Trebius Niger, is that when preserved in salt it is able to draw up gold
from the bottom of the deepest well. These fictions are gravely
repeated by many writers down to the middle of the seventeenth
century .... at least as late as the time of Rabelais (1553).
21*
276 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
of the deep, and subdues the frantic rage of the universe—
and all this by no effort of its own, no act of resistance on
its part, no act at all, in fact, but that of adhering to the
park ./.'. 05
“At the battle of Actium, it is said, a fish of this kind
stopped the praetorian ship of Antonius in its course, at the
moment he was hastening from ship to ship to encourage
and exhort his men, and so compelled him to leave it and
go aboard another. Hence it was, that the fleet of Caesar
gained the advantage in the onset, and charged with re-
doubled impetuosity. In our own time too, one of these
fish arrested the ship of the Emperor Caius (Caligula) in its
course when he was returning from Astura to Antium: and
thus, as the result proved, did an insignificant fish give
presage of great events; for no sooner had the emperor
returned to Rome than he was pierced by the weapons of
his own soldiers. Nor did this sudden stoppage of the ship
long remain a mystery; the cause being perceived upon
finding that, out of the whole fleet, the emperor’s five-banked
galley was the only one that was making no way. The
momeut this was discovered some of the sailors plunged
into the sea, and on making a search about the ship’s sides,
they found an Echeneis adhering to the rudder. Upon its
being shown to the emperor, he strongly expressed his
indignation that such an obstacle as this should have im-
peded his progress, and have rendered powerless the hearty
endeavours of some four hundred men. One thing too, it is
well known, more particularly surprised him, how it was
possible that the fish, while adhering to the ship, should
arrest its progress, and yet have no such power when brought
on board ” *.
This full and circumstantial account by Pliny is of great
value, and the more so since everything leads one to believe
in Phiny’s full credence in the wonderful power of the ship-
stayer. In the paragraph following the above, our old
Roman naturalist thus refers to its Latin name: “ Some of
our own authors have given this fish the Latin name of
‘mora’ [delay], another reading gives “ remora.”
The next of the ancients to write of our fish is the famous
historian, Plutarch (46 a.p.). In his ‘ Symposiaes,’ Book II.
* Bostock and Riley say in a footnote, “ And well might it surprise
him. If there was any foundation at all for the story, there can be
little doubt that a trick was played for the purpose of imposing on
Caligula’s superstitious credulity and the rowers as well as the diving
sailors were privy to it.” Later it will be shown how entirely erroneous
is this conjectural explanation of Pliny’s translators.
RNS
ecw $
—s OPPS Pe ine we eters cee,
Myth of the Ship-holder. 274
question 7, he says: “ Cheremonianus the Thrallian, when
we were at a very noble fish dinner, pointing to a little,
long, sharp-headed fish, said the Hcheneis (ship-stopper) was
like that, for he had often seen it as he sailed in the Sicilian
sea, and wondered at its strange force ; for it stopped the
ship when under full sail, till one of the seamen perceived
it sticking to the outside of the ship and took it off’ But
there was incredulity even in that day for Plutarch adds,
“Some laughed at Chaeremonianus for believing such an
incredible and unlikely story.” Then Plutarch offers for
this phenomenon an exp!anation of his own which will be
given later.
Next we come to Oppian, who flourished late in 200 a.p.
In his poem Halieutica—‘ On the Nature of Fishes and the
Fishing of the Ancients’’—as translated by John Jones,
there are some 38 lines in which in very poetical and effusive
fashion the action of the “ sucking-fish”’ is described. In
short, he tells how the fish clings to the keel of the swift
ship and retards it, though the wind causes the sails to belly
out. He seems, however, to have confused with the
Kcheneis the lamprey eel which has a round suctorial
mouth.
The last of the ancients to catalogue the myth of the
ship-detainer was Aelian, a Roman author contemporary
with Oppian in the latter part of the third century a.p.
In his ‘De Natura Animalium,’ Book I. Chapter 36, he
refers to “that fish which all men call remora because it
holds back and delays ships.” And, again, in Book III.
Chapter 17, he tells us in very interesting fashion that:
* cheneis is a pelagic fish, black in appearance, equal in
length to an average-sized eel, and named for the thing it
does. For adhering with its teeth to the extreme stern of a
ship driven by a following wind and full sails, just as an
unmastered and unbridled horse is held in with a strong
rein, so the fish overcomes the most violent onset of the winds
and holds the ship as if tied fast to her wharf. In vain the
middle sails belly out, in vain the winds rush forth, it
holds steady the thing to which it adheres. The sailors
know this indeed for the cause of this matter. Hence the
name given to this fish, which, hecause of their experience
with it, they call Echeneida (Remora).”
We next hear of the ship-holder in the writings of the
early Christian Fathers, and I am able, thanks to the kind
help of Dr. Eastman, to quote herein from two. The first
of these seems to have been Saint Basil, sometimes called
the Great, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia. In _ his
278 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
Hexameron *, Homily VII. paragraph 56, he writes: “If
now you hear say that the greatest vessels sailing with full
sails are easily stopped by a very small fish, by the Remora,
and so forcibly that the ship remains motionless for a long
time, as if it had taken root in the middle of the sea, do you
not see in this little creature a like proof of the por of the
creator ?”’
St. Ambrose (840-397) in his ‘ Hexameron, i the first
edition of which bears the imprint Basilez, 1566, describes
Jchinus (probably a misspelling of Echeneis) as a foreteller
of storms. “ At the approach of a tempest the fish lays hold
of a rock and sticks fast to it until calm weather returns.
The sailors, noting this, govern themselves accordingly.”
This is probably an echo of Aristotle’s little fish found
among rocks, and seems to be the first of a long succession
of similar stories, ascribing to this fish weather-forecasting
powers. St. Ambrose, however, does not seem to give the
ship-holding story.
Jorath, who was probably an Oriental Christian of the
twelfth century, speaks of a fish called Achandes which
sticks fast to ships in the sea, thus making them to stand
stock still T.
About the year 1250, Bartholomew Anglicus wrote his
encyclopedic work ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus,’ which was
translated by John Trevisa in 1397, and printed at Win-
chester in 1491. The following is his interesting account
of the ship-holder, for which also I am indebted to the
kindness of Dr. Eastman :—
“ Enchirius is a little fish unneth [only] half a foot long ;
for though he be full little of body, nathless he is most of
virtue, For he cleaveth to the ship, and holdeth it stil]
steadfastly in the sea, as though the ship were on ground
therein. ‘Tho’ winds blow, and waves rise strongly, and
wood [violent] storms, that ship may not move nother
[neither] pass. And that fish holdeth not still the ship by
no craft but only by cleaving to the ship.”
In 1475, Johann von Cuba (or Cube) published at Metz
his * Hortus Sanitatis.’ In the edition of 1536 on page 78
of chapter 34 he discourses of Echeneis or Echinus. This,
* “ Hexameron is the title of nine homilies delivered by St. Basil on
the cosmogony of the opening chapters of Genesis...... Basil read
the book of Genesis in the light of scientific knowledge of his day.”
He was born in 329 and died in his fiftieth year.
+ For this reference I am indebted to Dr. Eastman, who ran across it
on page 71 of Von Cuba’s ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’ to which reference will be
made later.
Myth of the Ship-holder, 279
he says, is a little foot and a half long fish which lays hold
of ships and causes them to stand still as if rooted in the
sea, being held by nothing save the little fish. His story
adds nothing to what we already know, but he does one
thing which is of great interest, he gives us a quaint
figure, which so far as I have been able to find, is the first
and only effort to illustrate the myth. It is reproduced as
fig. 4.(P]. XV.). And in this connection one is led to wonder
why this story, so interesting to these old-time writers, was
not also a favourite theme for illustrators, why it has come
down to us with but one picture.
In the ‘ Annotationes’ of Francisco Massari, published at
Basiliz in 1537, there are in chapter 35 some three or four
pages of data on tle Hcheneis, but careful perusal shows
that this is but a revamping of the ancients with not a single
new legend added, so Massari may be passed without further
comment.
In the year 1550 there was published at Lugduni ‘ Liber I.
De Sympathia et Antipathia Rerum’ by Hieronymous
Frascatorius, on page 24 of which is the statement tliat,
“ Furthermore it seems to be beyond all doubt that Echeneis
is that little fish which we call Remora, which causes to
stand still in mid-ocean the ship moved by the force and
impetus of the wind ” *.
According to both Gesner and Aldrovandi, there is to be
found an account of the ship-holding power of Echeneis in
Adam Lonicer’s ‘ Naturalis Historia Opus Novum in Quo
Tractatur de Natura,’ etc., Frankfurt, 1551. The only
edition found in New York is the German translation, which
appeared as ‘ Kreuterbuch’ in 1560. Dr. Lydenberg kindly
looked through the 1682 edition of this in the New York
Public Library, but could not find any reference to Echeneis.
I have not been able to locate another copy. However, in
Gesner’s ‘Historia Animalium,’ IV. (1558), and also in
Aldrovandi, there is a considerable quotation from Louicer
with reference to Echeneis. Careful study of this, however,
shows that no new data are given.
The account of Edward Wotton (1552) is but a rehash of
Aristotle, Pliny, and the other Greek aud Romau writers.
His one statement worthy of repetition reads ‘ Let the
winds rush and tle tempests rage, the Remora dominates
the furor, overcomes these great forces, and compels the
vessels to stand still, which no chain and anchor have been
* For a transcript of Frascatorius | am indebted to the courtesy of
Mr, Charles Perry Fisher, Librarian of the College of Physicians,
Philadelphia,
280 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
made heavy enough to do.” This, however, seems to be
taken from Pliny.
In the sayings of Pantagruel, Rabelais (1553), in Book IV.
Chapter 62, has the following:—‘....an Echeneis or |
Remora, a silly, weakly fish, in spite of all the winds that )
blow from the thirty-two points of the compass, willin the —
midst of a hurricane make you the biggest first-rate remain
stuck still, as if she were becalmed, or the blustering tribe
had blown their last.’ And again, in Book V. Chapter 26:
**.,... there (in the country of Satin) I saw a Remora, a
little fish called by the Greeks Echeneis, near a big ship
which was motionless although under full sail, on the high
sea.”
We now come to Rondelet (1558), who attempts to show
that the retardation of ships might have been effected by the
Echeneis of Pliny, the great shell-fish of Mucian, or the eel
of Oppian. Indeed, he asseverates (page 313) that he has
known a lamprey to thus hold back a boat: ‘*.. .1t [Oppian’s
eel] stops it and holds it [a boat] back ; a thing which
corresponds to our lamprey, and which T have kuown
through experience, for if it puts its mouth against a boat it
stops it, aud I have seen it thus.” ‘Then he adds, ‘* There is
no need to marvel that various fishes are called by different
authors by the same name, nor that the same fish be called
by many and divers names, for that often happens.” For
the rest, Rondelet quotes and comments on the accounts of
Pliny and others on the true Echeneis (pp. 334-5), but adds
nothing of himself. More might be expected of this great
ichthyologist ; but it seems that he never saw the fish (he
gives 10 figure of it) aud knew nothing of it at first-hand.
Conrad Gesner was the greatest of the encyclopedic
writers of natural history, and his ‘ Historia Animalium,’
Books I.—L1II., was published Basel, 1551-1558*. In
Book IILl. he discourses at considerable length “Con-
cerning Echeneis or Remora,” but there is nothing in his
writings to indicate that he ever saw the fish. He adds no
new data; but this section of his book is of value because
in it he quotes a large number of the writers previously
cited in this paper. However, even here his value to the
student of ichthyological archzology is crippled by the fact
———eE————
* [t will be noted that the works cited of both Gesner and Rondelet
are dated 1558, and yet Gesner quotes Rondelet at considerable length.
However, the apparent discrepancy disappears when it is remembered
that Rondelet’s ‘ L’Histoire Entiére des Poissons’ is but a translation
ae his native French of his original work first published in Latin in
oo4. i: Is tale
Myth of the Ship-holder. 281
that he quotes his predecessors by name only, rarely by book
or chapter. He adds nothing to our knowledge ‘of the
Myth.
Gesner, however, is the first writer since the ancients to
attem pt a description of Echeneis. This description, which
‘is found in the last paragraph of his section on the Echeneis,
is evidently that of a coby, aud is quoted here that the
reader may judge for himself, and not be led into the error
of crediting Gesner with the first description.
“There is a little fish found in the ocean at Emda in
Frisia (so a certain fricud has related tome) four digits long,
of very slimy skin, without scales, having a head large in
proportion to its body, eyes small, the rest of the body cone-
shaped. Under its chin it had the form of a sucker by
which it probably adheres to rocks, for when he pressed this
cavity with his finger (so my friend narrated it) it adhered
to it so that it could be carried about.”
In Chapter XXX VII. of Liber X. of his ‘Operum,’ pub-
‘lished at Lugduni in 1564, Jerome Cardan writes of the
action of the Remora as if it were a settled fact, but adds
nothing of value to detain us here. He will be referred to
later as offering ai explanation of the ship-staying powers
of the fish.
Departing trom the beaten track of repeating what some
previous writer had copied, the Dutchman, Jan Huygen van
Linschoten, or, as his name is Latinized, Joannes Hugo
Linscotanus (1596), gives the following interesting and
detailed account of the ship-holding power of the Remora :—
** And because I am now in hand with the Fishes of India,
‘I will here declare a short and true Historie of a Fish,
although to some it may seeme incredible, but it standeth
painted; in the Viceroyes Pallace in India, and was set downe
by true and credible witnesses that it was so, and therefore
it standeth there for memorie of a wonderful thing ; ; together
with the names and surnamés of the ship, Captaine, day, &
yere when it was done, and as yet there are men living at
this day, that were in the same shippe and adventure, for
that it not long since, and it was thus. That a ship sayling
from Mosambique into India, and they having faire weather,
a good fore winde, as much as the Sayles might brave before
the winde, for the space of fourteene dayes together, directing
their course towards the Equinoctiall line, every day as they
tooke the height of the Sunne, in stead of diminishing or
lessening their degrees, according to the Winde and course
they had and held, they found themselves still contrarie,
and every day further backwards then they were, to the
282 Mr. KE, W. Gudger on the
great admiration and wondering of them all, and contrarie
to all reason and man’s understanding, so that they did not
ouly wonder thereat, but were much abasht beeing stead-
fastly perswaded that they were bewitched, for they knew
very well by experience that the streame or course of the
water in these countries did not drive them back, nor with-
holde them coutrarie to all Art of Navigation, whereupon
they were all in great perplexity and feare, standing still and
beholding each other, not once knowing the cause thereof.
** At ye last the chiefe Boteson, whom they call the masters
mate, looking by chance overbord towards the beakhead of
the ship, he espied a great broad taile of a Fish that had
winded itselfe as it were about the beakehead, the body
thereof beeing under the keele, and the heade under the
Ruther, swimming in that manner, and drawing the shippe
with her against the wind and their right course: whereby
presently they knewe the cause of their so going backe-
wards: so that having at last stricken long with staves and
other weapons uppon the fishes taile, in the ende they stroke
it off, and thereby the fish left the ship, after it had layne
14 dayes under the same, drawing the ship with it against
wiud and weather: for which cause the Viceroy in Goa
caused it to be painted in his pallace for a _perpetuall
memory, where | have often read it, with the day and the
time, and the name of both shippe and Captaine, which I
cannot well remember, although it bee no great matter” *,
Ferrante Imperato, a pharmacist of Naples, having a taste
for natural history, formed a collection of such objects, and
made the description of these the basis of his book ‘ Historia
Naturale, published at Venetia, 1599. In this he writes ;
“Although the Remora of the ancients has by many been
described under the forms of different fishes, there is, how-
ever, no description that fits except the one proposed by us.
It has on the upperpart of the head tentacles similar to the
vibratile combs {cirri, literally ringlets] of the polyps by
which it attaches itself to ships or the bodies of large whales
and other fishes.”
With the above description Imperato published a figure of
* Linschoten’s book was first published in Dutch at Amsterdam in
1596, but was translated into English and published in London in 1598,
while in the following year (1599) a Latin version appeared at Amsterdam.
The above account is taken literally from the English edition, For
photostats of it and of the original Dutch edition I am indebted to the
kindness of Dr, Lydenberg, who not only sent these, but who had pre-
viously in a most skilful manner run down Linschoten from an exceed-
ingly indefinite and obscure reference in Nieremberg to the “ Pro-Rex of
Joannes Hugo,”
(Php
Myth of the Ship-holder. 283
Echeneis or Remora which, so far as I have been able to
find, is the earliest portrayal of the sucking-fish. This is
reproduced herein as fig. 5 (Pl. XVI.). It correctly shows
the projecting lower jaw, the position and general make-up
of the sucking-disk, and the position of all fins, especially
the long dorsal and ventral ones. ‘The tail is not good. It
is probably a Remora, since there is no effort to portray the
lateral stripe of Echencis. The crudity of the figure is, of
course, apparent, but it is the first, and it is a fair portrayal.
The disk is clearly shown, and in the description its function
is definitely indicated for the first time in history *.
We come now to another original story of the wonderful
power of the Remora. It is quoted from Kkman (who will
be referred to later), who says that it was told by Bartolomeo
Crescentio Rowano in his book ‘ Nautica Mediterranea’
published at Rome in 1607. ‘his book | have nci seen.
“.,...and I must tell you about another deed of the
devil, because you must know in how many ways this enemy
of mankind works against poor seamen.
“On a voyage from Gaeta to Napoli, the galley ‘S. Lucia,’
wheu sailing before a fresh wind and being two miles from
port, stopped quite immovable in spite of her sail being
stramed. The steersman examined the rudder to see
whether there was some rope or net fastened to it, and as
nothing was found, he commanded the oars to be got out
and the gailey slaves to be forced on with hard blows. But
the galley did not move from the spot, and when she had
been lying motionless for a quarter of a hour er more, the
other gallevs, which had sailed on, shortened sails, waiting.
Then a man named Catelano told the captain .... to have
three monks removed from the deck of tle. galley, and
averred that the galley would then immediately begin to
move ; and when the captain had them removed, the galley
certainly did begin to speed like an arrow.
“Then all the men were about to throw these three poor
fellows into the sea, saying that they were excommuni-
cated; but the same man Catelano helped them saying, that
this was a strategem of the devil to the detriment of the
monks ; and he obtained permission that they should only
be taken from the vessel.
“This occurrence would have caused scientific men to
suppose that a very small fish, resisting the progress of the
* The above figure and description are taken from the 1599 edition of
Imperato’s book found in the library of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia. Vor it I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Edward J,
Nolan, Librarian.
284 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
vessel, had got the better of the force of the sails and oars
and made the vessel stop.”
We next come to another great ichthyological encyclo-
pedist of the Renaissance, Ulyssis Aldrovandi, whose huge
folio, * De Piscibus et de Cetis,’ was published in 1613 at
Bononie. This author devotes to the Remora some five
pages, which are taken chiefly from Gesner. He discourses
at considerable length of the ship-holding power of the
Remora, and quotes Aristotle, Pliny, Rondelet, and several
others of the authors previously considered in the present
paper. However, it seems probable that he never saw the
fish—at any rate, a careful translation of his very difficult
Latin nowhere reveals any definite statement that he had
seen it. However, he does the one good thing of giving us
a figure and description which adds materially to our know-
ledge. A photographic reproduction of his drawing is given
here as fig. 6 (Pl. XVI). Note that it is labelled the
“Remora of Imperato and the author.’ Aldrovandi ex-
pressly says “... my drawing corresponds with that one’s,”
but his figure looks like an Echeneis, and his description
below confirms this idea.. He says :—
“The color of the whole body almost inclines to violet, its
sides are glistening, the body is cut into two in the middle
by a sub-green line, and its tail verges to blue. There are
six fins to the body, three on the belly, two each in the
region of the stomach and one at the anus. Likewise there
is one on the back, and the tail ends in another.... Its
mouth is not unlike a dog’s except that the lower jaw projects
beyond the upper jaw contrary to that which we see in the
shark. I think that this is a truer figure [than Im-
perato’s]”*.
This description seems to have been made from the fish
rather than from the drawing, since the latter does not show
the median line. it is to be regretted that Aldrovandi does
not give us a definite statement on this point.
Aldrovandi, in his discussion of the Remora, gives this
interesting incident :—“ Within the memory of our parents,
it is said that the ship of Franciscus Turonensis, the
Cardinal, when he was once upon a time going from Gaul
by maritime journey into Italy, according to the narrative
of Peter Melara of Bologna, a very brave knight and at the
* For the scholarly translation of Aldrovandi, I am indebted to Mrs.
S. P. Ravenel, and to Miss Julia Dameron, associate professor of Latin in
the College. Miss Dameron has also been so kind as to help me with a
number of the other Latin articles herein referred to,
Myth of the Ship-holder. 285
same time a very learned man, was delayed by a very small
fish in the midst of its course” *,
The refereuce made to this same incident by John John-
ston, in his book ‘A History of the Wonderful Things in
Nature, London, 1657, on page 301, is probably taken from
Aldrovandi.
At Geneva, in 1614, Bartholomew Keckermann published
his works, and in his ‘ Disputationes Physice’ he discusses
the ship-staying power of the Remora. He adds nothing to
our knowledge of the myth, but does offer an interesting
explanation, which will be considered later.
We next come to Rochefort, whose interesting and in-
structive book on the Antilles was published at Rotterdam
in 1665, who says that certain fish bear the name Remora
“« because they adhere to vessels as if they wished to arrest
them in their course.” Note the clause “as if they wished.”
The old order is passing away, men are beginning to seek a
rational explanation of the retardation of ships, and doubt is
being cast on the efficacy of the Remora as the agent.
So more explicitly writes Du ‘lertre, whose valuable
natural history of the Antilles was published but two years
(1667) after Rochefort’s work. In the course of his descrip-
tion of the Remora and explanation .of its activity, he
writes :—
“For myself I hesitate to submit my judgment to that
which some authors assure us concerning the Remora,
saying that it brings to a full stop a ship which sails before
the wind with canvas stretched on a full sea. Since there is
so great a quantity of Remoras around the Western Isles,
one could scarcely find a ship that would not have several
attached to her, yet nevertheless during the century or more
that these islands have been frequented, it has never been
noted that a single ship has been thus arrested by the
Remoras. ‘his has caused me to think that the two or three
vessels, which have been said to have been arrested by the
Remoras, have been detained by some miracle or charm, and
since at the time some Remoras have been attached to them
* Being unable to do anything whatever with this reference, I referred
it to Dr. Lydenberg, who very kindly went into the matter fully. He
finds that there was a Peter Melara of Bologna who left certain MSS.
which are or were to be found in the “ Biblioteca dell’ Instituto” of that
city. He suggests that Aldrovandi had access to this particular MS,
This conjecture is strengthened when one remembers that Aldrovandj
lived, wrote, and published his book in Bologna. Note, further, that he
prefaces his statement by saying “ within the memory of our parents,”
286 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
in their usual fashion, to these have been falsely attributed
the cause of their detention.”
It will be shown later how closely Du Tertre came to a
true explanation, and it is to be regretted that in substituting
one mythical explanation for another he uarrowly missed
the truth. Therein he was better churchman than natu-
ralist.
Le Maire (1695) writes ‘ Le Sucez [Echeneis] is so called
because it attaches itself by sucking. It is in size about
equal to a sole. When it attaches itself to the rudder, it
retards the vessel, but does not stop it as the Remora is
falsely said to do.”
In the face of what has just been quoted there is now to
be presented from one of the most remote corners of the
world another and much later story of the Myth. Faber, in ~
his ‘Natural History of the Fishes of Iceland’ (1829), gives
the following circumstantial account :—
“In Jan Olsen’s MS. it may be read [that]: ‘ In the year
1720, by chance it happened on the strand before Hunevand’s-
Harde (in Nordisland) with a boat which had been rowed
out for the autumn fishery, that when the fishermen wished
to return they could not move the boat, although they rowed
with all their might... Then there was noticed behind on the
rudder a short stumpy fish, blackish-gray in color, which
moved itself a little and adhered so solidly to the boat that
one could scarcely pull it loose with the hand. It left
behind on the boat a mark of its body, and when it was
pulled loose the boat went forward. The fishermen burned
it on the shore whereby a great stench was produced. This
animal appears to have been a Remora, and through this
account the matter seems to be confirmed that there are
really such living fish which can bring a ship to a standstill.’ ”
Faber then concludes: “The exaggeration of the account
being allowed for, it is not to be doubted this was a sucking -
fish.”
There is now to be given the latest and most modern
account of retardation by the Remora that has come to light.
In 1778 there was published in London, “ Translated under
the author’s inspection,” the ‘Travels in Dalmatia’ of the
Abbé Alberto Fortis. The locality, it should be noted in
passing, is not very far removed from the countries Greece
and Rome, in which the legend originated. In a letter to
Signior Marsili, Professor of. Botany in the University of
Padua, Fortis writes :—‘‘ I will finish this letter by relating
a fact, to which you may give that degree of faith which
you think it merits, You have often read in ancient natu-
Myth of the Ship-holder. 287
ralists, of wonderful things done by the Remora, or Echeneis
and not without some surprise will have learnt Pliny’s story,
who after having told us, on the faith of another, how
Anthony was retarded on bis voyage by means of this fish,
asserts positively, that a ship with Caligula on board and
four hundred rowers, was actually stopped by one of these
fishes, while the rest of the fleet went on at a great rate.
When I read this, I contented myself to shrug my shoulders,
without perplexing my brain to find out by what natural
processes, or matter of fact, such an opinion could become
so generally received, that a man of sense as Pliny certainly
was, should affirm it in positive terms. But chance led me
to the discovery. We were sailing in a small bark between
Vruillia and Almissa with a fresh equal gale, in the afternoon.
The mariners were all at rest, and the steersman only was
awake, and attended alone in silence to the direction of the
bark ; when, on a sudden, we heard him call aloud to one
of his companions, ordering him to come and kill the
Paklara. Our learned friend Signior Guilio Bajamonti was
with me, and understanding what the man meant, desired
him to show him the fish that he wanted killed, but the fish
was gone, Having interrogated the steersman, who did not
want sense, and was a fisherman by profession, why he had
ordered the Paklara killed, and what harm it had done; he
answered, without hesitation, that the Paklara used to take
hold of the rudder with his teeth, and retarded the course of
the bark so sensibly, that not only he, but every man who
sat at the helm felt it there without seeing it. He added,
that many a time he himself had catched the Paklara in the
act and had frequently killed and eat it. That it was often
met with in the waters of Lissa. ‘That in shape it resembled
a conger eel, and in length did not usually exceed a foot and
a half. ‘That if I had a mind to see, and catch one of them
I needed only to go in a fishing boat, in the warm season,
between the islands of Lessina and Lissa, where he had
never failed to meet with them every year. I will not desire
you to believe everything my pilot said; but confess that I
should be very glad to see the Paklara when it had taken
hold of the rudder of the bark under sail. ‘the wonderful
strength of the muscles of some little marime animals, such
as the Lepades, that so obstinately resist any attempts to
disengage them from their rocks, the stroke proceeding with
such rapidity from the Torpedo, known at Venice by the
name of pesce tremolo aud in the sea of Daliatia by that of
Trnak; the vigor shewn by the Dentici in their convulsive
motions even when out of their own element, not to mention
288. Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
the larger fish, such as, Tunny, Dolphins, etc., give me
ground to suspect, that if all that the ancients wrote con-.
cerning the Remora be not just literally true, it is not alto-
gether ‘false. It certainly is a thing worthy of some reflection,
that Pliny speaks so diffusely concerning this phenomenon,
as a known fact that could not be called in question. The
Greeks adopted the notion of this extravagant faculty, by
superstitiously hanging the Remora about women with child,
to prevent abortion. I am not, however, so ready to credit.
these extravagauces or in the least persuaded of the wonderful .
retarding force of this little fish ; and think it sufficient to
believe that the force of the Paklara may be felt at the
rudder of a small bark, without troubling myself further
about the Remora. ;
* The Remora of the ancients, and the Paklara of our.
days, have this remarkable difference, that the first is almost .
always of the testaceous kind, and the second is of rhe.)
genus Murena.”’
From this we see that the Abbé was half convinced of the
correctness of the sailor’s belief as to the power of the.
Paklara. However, he thinks this fish to be a lamprey eel, —
while the Remora of Pliny is in his opinion a shellfish. This_
is confirmed by a further reference on page 325, which reads |
as follows :—‘* Among the curious fishes found in those
waters [of Lissa] the Paklarais the most remarkable: I did _
not see it, but the description given me by the fishermen,
agrees with the Echeneis of Artedi, and Gouan, though, in.
my opinion, not with the Echeneis or Remora of the
ancieuts.’
Before going into an explanation of the Myth of ‘ie
Ship-holder, it may be of interest to show that the ‘term _
Remora has attained a place in literature. Among the -
Romans we find Lucilius saying “ A certain voice sounding .
forth made for you a Remora in your progress.” Again, »
Plautus says ‘Those things are distasteful which obstruct —
many undertakings and they make for a Remora both in.
public and private affairs.” However, since the word Remora
is a common Latin term for a delayer or retarder, we cannot
be sure that its use above is a reference to the fish; more
probably it is a use of the term in its original and ordinary
sense, . .
Probably not such, however, is the use of the term by |
St. Basil (329-379). He affirms that “ Life is a voyage and —
in our life’ S ways, countries, courts, towns, and rocks are
remoras.’ .
In English literature, however, more direct aliasionn are
Myth of the Ship-holder. 289
to be found. Thus Spenser, in his ‘ Visions of the World’s
‘Vanity,’ 1. p. 108, writes :—
“ Looking far forth into the ocean wide,
A goodly ship, with banners bravely dight,
Through the main sea making her merrie flight.
All suddenly there clave unto her keel
A little fish that men call Remora,
Which stopt her course, and held her by the heel,
That wind nor tide could move her thence away.”
And Ben Jonson says (‘ Poetaster, III. 1) :—
** T say a remora,
For it will stay a ship that’s under sail.”
And again, in his Act IIT. Scene 1, he makes Horace say to
Fuscus Aristius of Crispinus, a great bore, who had nearly
talked him to death :—
* Aristius. What ails’t thou man ?
Horace. *Death, I am seized on here,
By a land remora: I cannot stir,
Nor move but as he pleases.”
Maundrell, in his ‘ Aleppo to Jerusalem’ (p. 46) writes :—
“We had his promise to stay for us, but the remoras and
disappointments we met with in the Road had put us back-
ward in our journey.”
And again, Jeremy-'l'aylor quaintly says :—‘‘ A gentle
answer is an excellent remora to the progresses of anger,
whether in thyself or others.”
Before leaving this part of the subject, the following story
may be added as of interest. In David Livingstone’s
‘Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa’ (New
York, 1858), on page 556, in writing of the Barotse valley
on the Leeba River, one of the headwaters of the Zambesi,
‘he says :—“The Barotse [people or tribe] believe that at
certain parts of the river a tremendous monster les hid and
that it will catch a canoe, and hold it fast and motionless, in
spite of the utmost exertions of the paddlers.”
1n the Indian Ocean around Zanzibar the Remora abounds
in great numbers, and is used, as I shall show in another
_ paper, for the purpose of catching turtles by virtue of its
propensity for clamping itself fast to any floating object.
At first 1 was inclined to think that the Barotse myth was a
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 22
290 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
far distant echo of the Zanzibar stories; but Livingstone
shows very conclusively that the inhabitants of the upper
Zambesi in his day had no communication whatever with
the coast. Such communication may have existed at an
earlier day, and at that time the story may have been
brought inland, or it may have arisen spontaneously. At
any rate, it is very curious and is worth repeating in this
connection.
Tue MytH EXPLAINED.
First Explanation: Foul Bottoms.
In giving the explanations of the Myth of the Ship-holder,
it seems best to take them up chronologically, for, as might
be expected, even in ancient days there were men whose
minds sought a rational explanation.
The first person who attempted to clear up this matter
seems, so far as can be found, to have been Plutarch
(46 a.p.). On page 277 his account of the statement of
Cheeremonianus the Thrallian has been given, and it will be
recalled that the latter was laughed at for believing such an
extraordinary thing. However, Plutarch, entering into the
conversation, said :—
“Therefore as those things mentioned are but conse-
quences to the effect, though proceeding from one and the
same cause, so one and the same cause stops the ship, and
joins the Echeneis to it; for the ship continuing dry, not
yet made heavy by the moisture soaking into the wood it is
probably that it glides lightly, and as long as it is clean,
easily cuts the waves ; but when it is thoroughly soaked,
when weeds, ooze, and filth stick to its sides, the stroke of
the ship is obtuse and weak; and the water coming upon
this clammy matter, doth not so easily part from it; and
this is the reason why they usually scrape the sides of their
ships. Now it is likely that the Echeneis in this case,
sticking upon the clammy matter, is not thought an acci-
dental consequence to this cause, but the very cause itself.”
Now it must be couceded that this is a reasonable explana-
tion, and we will find that until the middle of the sixteenth
century it was repeated as explanatory of ship-retardation.
Gesner (1558) quotes Piutarch at length, insists on the
retarding effect of mosses and alge (‘‘ multa alga & musco
innascete”), and plainly shows that he regards these
(among which the Echeneis is found) as an efficient cause
in the slowing up of the speed of ships rather than the action
,
i
:
— +...
Myth of the Ship-holder. 291
of the fish itself, although nowhere he expresses a disbelief
in this power of the Echeneis.
Levinus Lemnius * (1559), in discoursing of ‘‘ Sea-weed
and Sea Fucus,” apparentiy only amplifies Plutarch when he
says :—
** But Mosse must be held to be a thing different from
these: one kind whereof grows not only on the shores, but
upon the sterns of the ships, when they come home from
long voyages, to which not only Mosse aud Sea-weeds, but
shell-fish and a little fish called Echeneis stick so ae that
they will stop Ships, and hinder their courses, therefore our
men use to rub them off with sharp brushes, and scrape
them away with irons that are crooked for the purpose, that
the ship being tallowed and careened well and smoothly may
sail the faster.”
Aldrovandi, Gesner’s great successor and copier (1613),
devotes several pages of his huge folio to ‘“ Occultane an
Manifesta Vi Naves Kemoretur,” most of his data being
taken from Gesner. He gives at iength Plutarch’s explana-
tion of the retardation as due to growths of marine alge
among which the Echeneis clings, thus being “ not the cause
of the retardation of the ship but an accident of the effecting
cause.’
Miiroxaidi is the Jast of those who allege the growth of
sea-weeds as a cause of the retardation. It began to be
seen that, while such marine growths would slow up a ship,
they did not explain the remarkable instances of retarda-
tion in which the speed of the vessel was checked for a
while but which was presently regained. However, another
attempt had been made to explain these erratic movements
of vessels, and this will now be given.
Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a
Rudder.
This seems to have been first advanced by Rondelet (1558)
in these words :—
“Pliny and others are greatly astonished that it is possible
for this fish to have the power to stop a moving vessel
propelled by sails and oars; but, as Aristotle says, one
wonders at many things of which one does not understand
the cause .... which we will give concerning the effect of
* Lemnius’s book ‘ De Occultis Nature Miraculis’ was first published
at Antwerp in 1559. The above quotation is from the English edition,
‘ Concerning the Secret Miracles of Nature,’ Book ILI. Chapter 9, pp. 218-
219, published at London, 1658. iu
22
292 Mr. I. W. Gudger on the
this fish taken by itself in the place it requires. Because
the rudder is small and placed at one end of the boat it is
managed by one man who does not exert himself greatly.
In the same way it is easy for that which moves one end to
move the whole, for as the force and swiftness of those
things which are thrown or moved finally ceases, so at the
end of a continuous thing in motion the movement is weak
and feeble, and because it is weak it is easily disturbed and
overcome. As a boat, which is a continuous thing, goes
very swiftly when driven by the winds, the first end called
the prow goes. more rapidly, and the rear end called the
stern goes not so rapidly for in this latter place is the rudder
which, moved here and there, makes the prow move easily
also, for the reason above mentioned, and consequently the
vessel as a whole moves. In this way, if a vessel is lightly
driven straight ahead, and if the Echeneis or Remora,
having put its month against the rudder, moves it here and
there, it is necessary that this movement through the con-
tinuity of the vessel he communicated also to the prow and
that it stop in its first course to waver in this direction or
that according as the fish moves it ; for it is a thing proved
by reason, and certified by experience, that however little
one of the ends is moved, the other also and indeed the
whole of any continuous body is moved in the same way.”
In this Rondelet seems to have taken from Aristotle’s
treatise on Mechanics the latter’s explanation of how a rudder
causes a ship to change her course, and to have adapted it
as seen above to try to show how the Echeneis causes a ship .
to change her course and be delayed.
The above is a good translation of Rondelet’s old and very
difficult French *. In another place, speaking of Oppian’s
Remora, which he identifies as the lamprey eel, and which is
said to stop and hold back vessels, Rondelet affirms that
this is “‘a thing which corresponds to our lamprey and
which I have known through experience, for if it puts its
mouth against a boat it stops it, and I have seen it thus.”
Here for the first time we have an eye-witness account of
the ship-retarding power of a fish. ‘The lamprey has around
suctorial mouth by which it transports stones to make its
“nest” at the breeding-season, and by which it fastens
itself to fishes. That it should tiius fasten on to a vessel is
by no means improbable, nor is it improbable that by violent —
motions it could slow up the speed of a small boat.
The ‘ De Subtilitate Rerum, Liber X.’ of Jerome Cardan
* For this translation I am indebted to Miss Hinda Hill, head of the
Department of French in this College. ;
Myth of the Ship-holder. 293
seems to have been first published in 1550; however, it was
included in his complete works published in 1564 at
Lugduni. On page 117 of this edition he has a column
devoted to the Remora and its activities. He describes at
some length and in bad Latin how the Remora by adhering
to the rudder and waving its tail to right and left, turns the
ship in first one and then the other direction, thus causing
it to waver and lose speed. He compares its action to that
of the steersman of a boat, who, using an oar over the stern,
influences her course more than all the rowers who are
pulling hard. _
Gesuer (1558) quotes Rondelet at length, but somewhat
simplifies the explanation of the latter, saying that when the
Echeneis affixes itself to the stern or rudder, and when it
moves body or tail it causes the vessel to stand still, or, at
any rate, to waver in its course, “just as when in a calm
the helmsman turns the ship in her prosperous and swift
course over to a more inexperienced steersman who is not
able to hold the tiller straight,’ and hence the ship has a
wavering movement and does not make good progress.
Imperato (1599), who, as previously noted, was the first
to explain how the Remora fastens itself to vessels or fishes,
says :—‘“It has on the upper part of the head tentacles,
similar to the vibratile combs [cirri, literally ringlets] of the
polyps, by which it attaches itself to ships or to the bodies
of whales and other large fishes and retards their course and
restrains them at will; not otherwise than the rudder,
while projecting but little from the vessel, has the power of
directing its course.”
The next writer to proffer the explanation we are discussing
is Aldrovandi (1613). However, he starts by quoting
Aristotle on the use of the rudder in changing the motion of
a ship. He then advances tiie same arguments which we
have found in Gesner and which the latter expanded from
Rondelet. However, Aldrovandi argues at considerable
length and somewhat ingeniously, but the gist of his argu-
ment is that the Remora sticking fast to the stern or rudder
by moving its tail or body moves this continuous thing, the
ship, causing it to hesitate or even pause in its course. It
must be said, however, that Aldrovandi’s Latin is so im-
perfect, and hence so hard to translate, that it is hard to say
how much of this is Gesner and how much Aldrovandi.
With the rise of the Renaissance, and the freeing of men’s
minds from many old-time superstitions, it began to be seen
that it was an absurd impossibility any longer to think that
one small fish could retard, much less cause to come to a
a
294 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
standstill, a large vessel. And so we find Rochefort (1665)
remarking (as noted heretofore) that Remoras “ adhere to
vessels as ae they wished to arrest them in their course.’
Du Tertre, who was a contemporary of Rochefort, and
whose book was published but two years later (1667), had
seen a number of Remoras attached to ships in the West
Indies, but had never known of a vessel which had been
brought to a standstill by them. So he preferred to think
that ‘such vessels “had been detained by some miracle or
charm.”
Third Explanation - Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras.
Dampier, whose ‘ Voyages’ was published in 1697, tells
us that he found great numbers of Remoras in the Caribbean
Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, and goes on to say with regard
to their retarding power :—
“ Any knobs or inequalities at a Ships bottom are a great
hindrance to the swiftness of its sailing; and 10 or 12 of
these [Remoras| sticking to it, must needs retard it, as much
in a manner as if its bottom were foul.” And in this con-
clusion Catesby (1754) fully agrees.
Le Maire (1695) remarks that “ Le Sucez,” if it attaches
itself to the rudder, may retard the vessel but cannot stop it,
as the old legend falsely had it concerning the Remora.
While Leguat (1721) emphatically says that “It is very
certain that these fish attach themselves often to vessels in
the water, and when the number is sufficiently great, one.
cannot doubt that they are an obstacle to the course of these
floating edifices, since they prevent their easy movement
over the waves.”
John Barbot (1782) is also very emphatic on this point.
Referring to the common notion that the Remora by sticking
to a ship can retard it, he says, “....some part whereof
might be possible, if a sloop or small vessel had a thousand
or more sticking to its sides and stern, they being commonly,
at full length, about 3 foot long or better, for then they
might considerably retard the sailing of such a vessel; but
it is ridiculous to say that they can have any power over
great ships under full sail, as is pretended.”
In close agreement with Barbot is the great French
naturalist Lacépéde (1829), who in turn is probably quoting
from the naturalist Commerson, from whose manuscripts
most of Lacépéde’s information with regard to foreign fishes
seems to have been obtained. After discussing the various
Myth of the Ship-holder. 295
myths concerning the “ ship-holder,” the French ichthyolo-
gist goes on to say :-—
“In the midst of these ridiculous suppositions, one truth
however stands out; that is that on the instant when the
keel of the vessel has adhere to it, so to speak, a great |
number of echeneises, it would experience in moving through
the water a resistance comparable to that which a great
number of shelled animals [barnacles?] would make if
attached equally on its surface, when it glides with less speed
through a fluid which grating on the asperities brings it
about that the vessel does not possess the same ‘ liveliness.’
But one does not fail to think that tne circumstances under
which the echeneises would find themselves thus accumulated
[in such numbers] against the timbers and exterior of a ship
would be extremely rare in all latitudes.’
On this matter Lowe, in his ‘ Fishes of Madeira’ (1843),
after reviewing many of the Greek aud Roman legends,
makes the following conservative statement :—
“*....there is much doubtless of mere fiction or exag-
gerated fancy ; yet, on the other land, it would be rash
altogether to deny the truth. Like most popular accounts
or vulgar errors, they may probably be founded on some
real circumstances, or natural occurrence, distorted by
exaggeration into the wonderful. There would be nothing
marvelous, that a Lamprey, of even ordinary size, fixed to
the keel or rudder of a boat, suspended by one end and
struggling in the water should, as related by Rondelet upon
his own experience, greatly retard such vessel’s progress,
render its course unsteady, and baffle the exertions of the
rowers.
‘“« Again it is remarkable that the Dalmatians at this day,
as Sclineider in his note on Aelian, I]. 17, mentions on the
authority of the Abbé Fortis, possess the same idea regarding
a fish they call Paklara, which the ancients held regarding
their Echeneis or Remora. So strange a notion is not likely
to have originated from communication with others amongst
a wild and illiterate population; or, again, to have sprung
up spontaneously and independently without some real
ground. Without recourse, therefore, to the marvelous or
extraordinary on the one hand, or to mere fiction on the
other, it does not seem unreasonable to suppose that the
accidental attachment to the rudder of a smail sized vessel
of some fish like Rondelet’s Lamprey may have originated an
impression, which has subsequently been generalized and
transferred to other sucking-fishes, in themselves incapable
of producing like effects.”
296 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
The soundness, the reasonableness of the conclusions
reached by the various writers in the immediately preceding
pages will appeal.to every reader, but it must be remarked
that these are all conjectures, not facts observed and recorded
by scientific men. However, just here I am fortunate in
being able to give the following quotation from one of the
most eminent ichthyologists of the present day, Mr. David G.
Stead. In his ‘ Fishes of Australia’ (1906), pages 190, 191,
we read :—
“Now, though it would be altogether impossible and out
of all reason to suppose that one individual [Echeneis]
could exert sufficient power to delay or retard a vessel’s
progress, still an instance has actually come under my
notice, in which a sailing-vessel was considerably delayed
while in tropical seas through a shoal of ‘ Suckers’ attaching
themselves all round its sides and bottom.”
Unfortunately, I have had no experience of my own as to
the retarding powers of this fish, but in the summer of 1915
I carefully questioned (avoiding all leading queries) one of
the most experienced fishermen at Key West, Fla. We had
just caught a large shark, and were vainly attempting to hook
its sucking-fish attendant, when I related the story of the
ship-holder, cast some doubts on it, and asked Griffin what
he thought of it. He replied about as follows :—‘ They
sure will hold a boat. I have seen ten or twelve under a
boat at one time. This was while king-fish fishing at Bahia
Honda. ‘The king-fish were in big schools and were followed
by huadreds of sharks. The ‘suckers’ on the boat came
from the sharks. My brother and me had boats just like
each other in size and build, but his was a little better sailer
than mine. The first day he beat me, both sailing before —
the wind, but the second day I beat him. He said, ‘No
wonder | am josing, too many “suckers”? hangimg on her
bottom.’ All the Key West fishermen know that ‘ suckers’
will sure hold a boat.’
This was corroborated from his own experience by my
captain, an educated young Englishman from the Bahamas.
And both men agreed that of two fishing-boats of equal size
and speed, the one having behind it a “trolling squid” for
mackerel will be retarded and will lose in a close race.
In order that the reader may get a clear idea of the
“brake” which a good-sized sucking-fish may put on the
movements of its host, figure 7 (P]. XVI.) is introduced just
here. ‘This is {rom a photograph of a model in the United
States National Museum of a shark with its adhering
Echeueis. ‘The fish is about half the size of the shark—say,
,
Myth of the Ship-holder. 297
3 feet to the shark’s 6. Argument is not needed to establish
the idea of a “ brake.” ‘The figure is from a note by R. I.
Geare in ‘Scientific American’ for 1902. Mr. Geare
remarks that tle shark often becomes ‘emaciated from the
strain of pulling these uniuvited guests around.” However,
it should be stated that in the figure here given the Echeneis
is much larger in proportion to the size of the shark, so far
as my experience goes, than is the case ordinarily. Echeneis
is known to attain a ler igth of 3 feet. A Remora half that
size would be extraordinarily large. On the other hand,
however, mention should be made of the fact that, while
these semi-parasites are small, not infrequently several may
be found on one shark. Ou ashark taken at Tortugas I
found three, while one at Key West was infested with four,
the largest about 30 inches long.
Scattered throughout ancient and medizval literature are
a number of more or less isolated explanations of submarine
cliffs, of magnetic rocks, aud of supernatural aid inexplicable
forces whicli held vessels as if anchored. ‘These are widely
scattered and little emphasized, and it does not seem worth
while to go into them. A fair example is that of Kecker-
mann (1614), who alleges that the Remora sticking to the
stern of the vessel pours out a very viscid and cold humour
which causes the water around the rudder to be congealed,
making the vessel to lose steerage. Again, Johnston (1657)
notes that the lodestoue has the power of attracting things,
and thinks that the Remora has some such non-understand-
able power.
Fourth Explanation : “ Dead-Water.”
From the foregoing accounts no one can doubt that a
school of Remoras attaching themselves to a small vessel
can seriously arrest it in its course, but that they could
noticeably retard a large sailing-vessel or a steamer is absurd.
However, there is not lacking evidence from the days of Pliny
to the present time that large sailing-craft and in our times
even steamboats have been mysteriously checked in their
courses and even stopped almost or quite still. These being
facts, it is necessary to find an explanation for them. This
is to be found in the “ Dead-Water” of sailors.
The phenomenon of “ Dead-Water,” in which a sailing-
vessel loses velocity and in a light wind may even come to a
stop, and in which even a steamer may be retarded, has long
been known to seamen. Probably the earliest notice of this is
to be found in Chapter X. of the ‘Agricola’ of Tacitus, where,
298 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
in speaking of the geography of Britain, he says :—‘‘ Thule
| Norway ?] was also seen, previously hidden by snow and
winter; but the seais said to be tough and hard for the
rowers and to be little stirred by winds.”
Nansen, in his Norwegian North Polar Expedition (1893-
1896), repeatedly noticed this phenomenon. On his return
he turned over this problem to V. Walfrid Ekman for
explanation. Ekman’s paper may be found in the ‘ Scientific
Results’ of the expedition, volume v. (1904), and from it
the following interesting data are taken.
In order to ascertain the prevalence of this phenomenon,
Ekman published appeals for information in thirty-six
foreign and in all available Scandinavian newspapers. From
the former he received nine answers citing the appearance of
** dead-water ”’ in ten different localities, while from Seandi-
navian waters uo less than thirty-two regions are reported
to abound iu this phenomenon. From this data Ekman
concludes that “.... From some reason or other it (dead-
water) is comparatively seldom met with beyond Scandinavia
or appears in a less decided manner than in the Norwegian
Fjords.” .
Foreign reports give dead-water as occurring off Taimur
Island on the coast of northern Silesia, also in Kara Sea
and Bay in the same region, on the Murman coast of north-
west Russia, as very “ troublesome... .. off the great river
mouths of South America,’ while off the mouth of the
Orinoco a ship had to anchor to prevent drifting out of her
course. ‘Ihis phenomenon is reported from the Gulf of
Mexico and it has been experienced off the Baffin Bay coast
of Labrador, while the Saint Lawrence mouth is designated
by one Norwegian captain as one of the worst regions in the
world for dead-water. Two circumstantial accounts are
cited for this phenomenon off the mouth of Fraser River
and another near Vancouver Island, in which localities it
bears the familiar name used by Ekman. There are two
reports of its occurrence in the mouth of the Congo, one
for the mouth of the Loire River, and two for the Garonne
River and the basin of Arcachon near Bordeaux.
‘These last instances, however, are not of such pronounced
dead-water as in the following report of its oceurrence not
merely in the Mediterranean but between the island of
Cerigo and the southern part of Greece. ‘his very circum-
stantial account is, because of its pertinence to the Myth,
given verbatim :—
“On January 2, 1858, we were between Cape Matapan
aud Cerigo and sailed eastward for the Archipelago. The
Myth of the Ship-holder. 299
wind was W.N.W., a gentle breeze and water quite smooth.
We had all sails set and made about 34 knots. At
10 a.m., when we were about 12 naut. miles 8.W. of Cerigo,
the brig no longer answered her helm and began to go up
northward to the wind. We worked the helm but to no
avail. We backed the yards and shivered the braces and
made all conceivable manceuvres, but the ship only turned
a little and went back again. The little wind we had,
seemed to be the same as before, and there were many ships
in company both to port and starboard of us, which sailed
away, whilst we were lying as if at anchor. Yet there was
one sail about 3 miles to port of us in the same predicament.
“In this manner we lay for 1# hours, when the ship
began to glide and fall to leeward a little. Wethen got the
head sails filled and had the aftersails shivering, and without
any command of the helm the vessel got down into its
course. The most remarkable thing was, however, that
when I stood afore, I saw a long stripe stretching from the
bow far over the water on each side dividing the water into
two parts. The water around the ship was light gray, but
ahead of the stripe it was wholly dark. These stripes
seemed by and by to move aft... . of course it was the ship
that began to glide slowly onward....and after 5 or 6
minutes when tle stripes had passed along the ship and had
left the stern and the rudder, then, at that same moment,
the ship again answered her helm and made head-way.
The wind was about the same—W.N.W. by W. a gentle
breeze. We made 3 knots, but no more, in the afternoon.
“When we approached Cerigo, the ship was about to get
into dead-water again, but by working the rudder to and
fro, we steered again, and after that, we did not feel the
dead-water any more.
“The ship, during its long voyage, had become very dirty
and overgrown with barnacles of 10 or 15 cm. in length,
which may have had some effect.”
From Ekman’s quotations from his correspondents as to
the occurrence of dead-water around Scandinavia, the
following short excerpts are taken. In perusing them the
reader is asked to bear in mind the very words of the
quotations concerning the actions of ships found in the first
section of this paper.
The ‘ Fram’ being in dead-water off Taimur Island....
“Tt may therefore be supposed that the speed was reduced
to about a fifth of what it would otherwise have been” :
and when steam was cut off at 100-150 metres from the
buoy, the speed was so reduced that the engine had to be
300 Mr. E. W. Guiger on the
started to reach it. ‘ Sailing vessels may .. . be seen stuck
fast in spite of a breeze brisk enough to keep the sails fully
atrained .:...../. Sometimes it happened that one vessel
gets into dead-water and another not, though it is impossible
to discover any reason for this.” “..... we already had
good speed, when all at once the ship took dead-water....
she stopped so quickly that it looked as if she had dropped
anchor.’ ‘The vessels being becalmed, ‘‘ One of them was
towed away without any difficulty, while the other, though
of similar size, got into dead-water, and an extraordinary
amount of work was required to get this vessel from the
spot.” Another ship in dead-water drifted back four miles
with the current “against the direction of the steady fresh
breeze, although they had all sails set.”’ Another observer
writes that in dead-water it “.... feels as if something
were fastened to the ship and holding it back.”’ “In such
cases, one or more vessels might suddenly lose their steering
and remain on the spot, while others pass freely through the
midst of them at a distance as short as two or three ships’
length. After a while it was the turn of the other vessels
to get into dead-water.’” ‘‘ We scarcely glided along and
were forced to have all sails set, until we were quite near
our anchorage. Then the dead-water suddenly let go its
hold. Believe me, they were both in a hurry, the ship and
the pilot. Braces and falls ran a race together, and we only
just got the anchor dropped without any misfortune.” “ The
brig got into dead-water..... The speed was lost, and the
ship was as if nailed to the spot.” When the dead-water
let go with the sails drawing, “.... it all at once appeared
as if the vessel had cut loose from a mooring aft.” An
8-knot steamer in dead-water “... . according to the pilot’s
own phrase, liardly moved from the spot.’
Other descriptions might be quoted, but, save the one
now to follow, these are the most typical. The one now to
to be given, with a sketch showing the appearance of the
water around the vessel, is from the pen of Kommandor-
kaptein Joh. Kroepelien of the Norwegian Navy. He
writes that the ship with all sails set, heeling over rather
stiffly before a fresh breeze “..... all of a sudden, lost her
headway without any perceptible external cause, and the
turning power of the rudder became nil.
“ We then perceived that the ship had taken dead-water.
From about amidships aud outwards on both sides and to a
considerable distance aft sle was surrounded by a mass of
dead-water, smooth as glass, as if the surface were covered
with oil. The line between this smooth surface and the
Myth of the Ship-holder. 301
water farther out, looked like boiling ‘ rips’ and was quite
distinct, the outer surface being strongly rippled by the
breeze. ‘The roar caused by the ‘dead mass of water which,
clinging to the ship, was dragged along through the water
outside, was so loud that it “might well have been deemed
we were in the vicinity of a rapid. | do not remember the
appearance of the wake, nor, I believe, was there anything
remarkable about it. The rudder was of no use; we were
forced to handle the ship by means of the sails and our two
boats towing from the bow, and thus we proceeded at a
speed of one or two knots.
“In this manner we went on for a couple of hours. All
of a sudden, without any known cause, we were set free from
the dead-water. The wind had been very steady the whole
time, and we had constantly endeavored to keep the ship
in the same course. After being freed from the dead-water
the ship got headway, and after a while we logged 7 knots,
going close to the wind.”
Captain Kroepelien’s sketch is reproduced herein as fig. 8
(Pl. XVII.). Concerning such an appearance as is here
shown, Ekman writes: ‘As the boundary waves (to be
described and explained later) follow tlie vessel, their wave
crests and wave hollows remain in an invariable position
relative to the vessel. If the wave motion gives to the water
at a particular spot a velocity with the vessel, it would
appear as though a bulk of water were being dragged along
with her, although it is really always a new mass of water
which follows the vessel for a short distance. It is exactly
analogous to a boat sailing before the wind with just the
same speed as the breaking waves at her side. In the case
of dead-water, on the other hand, the illusion will be more
complete, because the vessel moves at a slow velocity, and
the waves causing the motion of the water are themselves
not visible.”
In perusing the foregoing accounts, the reader cannot
have failed to be struck by the capriciousness of the pheno-
menon of dead-water, its sudden and seemingly inexplicable
appearance, its equally sudden aud mysterious disappearance.
It may cause a ship gradually to lose speed, or suddenly
be stoppe ‘d still as if ‘ nailed,” “ moored,” or “anchored ”
the spot. ‘The ship may hepa: re_ali! her speed or ie
suddenly speed away fas if: mooring had been cut.”
Again, a ship may fall into dscns water while a near neigh-
bour but a tew cable lengths away may sail on her course
without “let or hindrance.”
The instances just quoted, closely, almost precisely, parallel
302 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
the accounts from the old writers given in the first part of
this paper, and there can be no doubt that their phenomena
were bona jide occurrences of dead-water. One cannot
wonder then that when a ship was thus checked and an
Echeneis found, as it was not unlikely to be, sticking to
rudder or hull, that the fish was deemed the cause of the
checking of the speed of the vessel, and that the myth grew
and became widespread.
Thus far we have been occupied with Ekman’s accounts
of dead-water, now let us consider his explanation of this
strange phenomenon. After a study of some 42 accounts
and descriptious, foreign and domestic, he generalizes as
follows: “..... IT conclude that dead-water may occur in
every place where fresh water flows out over the sea, but
that for some reasou or other it is comparatively seldom
met with beyond Scandanavia or appears in a less decided
mauner than in the Norwegian fjords. .. . . Dead-water
only appears near to coasts, in those places where a suitable
layer of fresh or brackish water rests upon the heavier sea-
water. A vessel, moving in such a place at slight or
moderate speed, may happen to feel the influence of this
phenomenon ; it is then said that the vessel has ‘ taken
dead-water,’ or ‘ got into dead-water.’ It is a very trouble-
some matterindeed. A sailing vessel in this plight generally
refuses to auswer her helm and becomes unmanageable ;
steamers, at times sailing vessels also, keep their steerage,
but nevertheless the dead-water is a great hindrance, causing
the ship to lose her speed almost entirely. ‘The ‘ Fram,’ for
instance, so generally capable of making 4°5 knots along the
Siberian coast when heavily loaded, had her speed reduced
to about one knot in dead-water.”
Dead-water then appears to be due to a layer of fresh or
brackish water resting upon the heavier sea-water. The
greater the difference between the densities of the two layers
of water, the stronger of the dead-water. A vessel sailing
into such an area loses “‘ way,” refuses to obey her helm,
and becomes unmanageable ; even steamers have difficulty
in maintaining speed, slow ones being greatly checked and
at times brought almost to a standstill, while sailing-vessels
may be completely stopped. This appears to be due to the
fact that “....the vessel when moving at slow speeds
geverated large waves in the salt-water fresh-water boundary,
aud the resistance of tlese speeds was anomalously increased.
At higher speeds, however, the waves disappeared and the
resistance was not affected by the fresh-water layer.”
Kkman tricd many experiments in a large glass tank con-
Myth of the Ship-holder. 303
taining a heavy bottom layer of salt water coloured with
India ink, having on top of it an uncoloured layer of lighter
fresh water. ‘Through this fresh-water layer he towed with
a constant or steadily increasing force a small boat model,
and studied and even photographed the boundary waves set
up in the fresh-water salt-water boundary. He likewise
worked out the numerical results ina long series of extended
and complex mathematical equations, and as a result of his
experiments and calculations he states that : “‘It is proved
by the theoretical and experimental investigation above, that
a vessel moving in such a place creates waves in the boundary
between tle two water layers, and, that on this account,
very marked effects on the speed of the vessel will occur ;
and it will be shown below that from the existence of such
waves all essential effects and peculiarities of the dead-water
phenomenon can be very simply explained ....... it will,
in addition, be shown that the resistance and speed reduction
due to the wave generation is of just the proper order of
magnitude to explain the effects of dead-water; so that the
correctness of the explanation may le regarded as completely
substantiated ” *.
Fig. 9 (Pl. XVII.) is copied from Ekman’s photographs
showing how the retarding boundary wave is created and how
it affects the vessel. Of these photographs Ekman himself
writes ; “The most important point, which the photographs
described above clearly show is that the waves largely in-
crease in height when the velocity of the boat increased
toward the critical velocity, but when this is passed, and the
boat is free from dead-water, the waves disappear.” In this
connection it should be noted that in (Ekman’s) figures
A, B, C, the boat is in dead-water with boundary waves
steadily increasing in size. In ID, however, the velocity of
the boat has increased beyond the critical velocity and the
boundary waves have disappeared .... the boat is free from
or without dead-water.
Fig. 10 (p. 304) is copied from Ekman from Scott-Russell
(a distinguished English engineer of the middle of the last
century) to show the effects of towing a boat in shallow water.
Ekman uses it to explain the action of the boundary waves
in dead-water. ‘ At the lower velocity, the boat pushes a
mass of water before her stem, and at her stern she provokes
a wave-hollow; her resistance is in consequence increased
* B. Helland-Hansen, in Sir John Murray and Dr. Johann Hjort’s
‘The Depths of the Sea’ (1912), corroborated Ekman’s conclusions, and,
calling this wave a ‘ boundary wave,” says that it ‘may stop a ship so
that it lies in dead-water hardly able to move at all.”
304 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the
just as if she constantly had to rise on an incline. She is
then ‘in dead-water””’ At the higher velocity on the other
hand, the boat moves on top of a low hillock of water,
which she provokes, and she consequently moves on a nearly
horizontal surface, and meets with little resistance. ;
As to the modus operandi by which a vessel in dead-water
regains her speed, Ekman takes the case of a sailing-vessel
which has taken dead-water because of a drop in the wind,
“Tf the wind now recovers its initial strength, the only
effect is that the vessel has her velocity increased a little
...., but she still lies in dead-water and consumes her
energy of propulsion upon large boundary waves. Only if
D5
the wind freshens still more, so that the propelling force
Fig. 10.
ee ee ee
2 A i
———<—<—<—<—_—___—_—_———_——__ i
Gt ee Mee Ree one i Ne SF See
+i a, “4
—$—$—$—$—$—$——————————————————————— Fe
— ——————
Rr Oe a a a er a a a ew we ee eee ——=
Diagrams from Scott-Russell, after Ekman.
A, boat towed at low speed, no disturbance and no marked resistance ;
B, at the critical speed, boat tending constantly to rise on the
“solitary wave” and meeting with great resistance; C, boat’s
speed exceeds the critical velocity, boat rides on top of solitary
wave and meets with no resistance.
gets the better of the maximum resistance...., is her
velocity at once increased....; and the large boundary
waves simultaneously disappear .... the vessel has got free
from the dead-water.”’
One other explanation and we have finished with Ekman.
It has been noted repeatedly that vessels in dead-water refuse
to obey the helm. If now one turns to Capt. Kroepelien’s
account and to Ekman’s interpretation given on page 301,
the explanation is apparent. Boat, rudder, and the surface
Myth of the Ship-holder. . 805
layer of fresh water are all moving forward at the same rate.
Little, if any, of the rudder reaches down into the under-
lying salt water, and hence the vessel loses steerage.
There is little else to be said concerning Ekman’s claim
to have explained dead-water.. He had done so in a wonder-
fully clear and explicit manner. In his paper he refers to
the Myth of the Echeneis, and notes that the phenomenon
of dead-water effectually clears it up. So it does, and
another myth of the ancients is dissipated in thin air under
the searching investigation of modern science.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
ARLIANUS. 200 a.p. ‘De Natura Animalium,Libri XVII.’: Book L,
Chapter 36; Book II., Chapter 17. Edited (in Latin) by J. C.
Schneider.
AvpROvANDI, Utyssis, 1613. ‘ De Piscibus et de Cetis,’ pp. 335-340,
Bononie.
AMBROSE, Saint. ‘Hexameron, Libri Sex, Book V., paragraph 24.
(Basilize, 1566.)
Anexicus, BartHotomMEw. 1491. ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus.’ Win-
chester. John Trevisa, Translator.
ARISTOTLE. ‘Historia Animalium’ (vol. iv. of complete works, Oxford,
1910). Book II., 14, 5056, 19-22; Book V., 81, 5574, 31.
Translated by D’Arcy W. Thompson.
Bargot, JoHN. 1732. ‘ A Description of the Coasts of South Guinea,’
Book II., Chapter XVI., p. 227, of “ A Description of the Coasts
of North and South Guinea” in Six Books in vol. vy. of Churchill’s
‘ Collection of Voyages and Travels.’ London.
Basix, Sarnt. (829-379.) ‘Hexameron,’ Homily VIL., paragraph 56.
CarDAN, JEROME. 1564. ‘De Subtilitate, Liber Decem’; Operum, p. 117.
Lugduni.
CatesBy, Mark. 1754. ‘The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and
the Bahama Islands,’ vol. ii. London.
CuBA, JOHANN von. 1636. ‘Hortus Sanitatis,’ Caput 34, p. 78.
Dampier, WituraM. 1729. ‘A New Voyage Around the World,’
pp. 63-64. Vol. II. of Dampier’s ‘ Voyages.’
Du Tertre, R. P. 1667. ‘ Histoire Générale des Antilles’; Tome IL.,
L’Histoire Naturelle, pp. 222-223. Paris.
Exman, V. WatrFrip. 1904. ‘On Dead-Water, paper no. XV. of the
Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-1896 in Vol. V.
Scientific Results edited by Fridtjof Nansen. Christiania.
FaBer, Friepricu. 1829, ‘ Naturgeschichte der Fische Islands,’ p. 116.
Frankfurt-a.-M.
ForskAt, Perer. 1775. ‘ Descriptiones Animalium—Piscium—que in
Itinere Orientale Observavit,’ p.xiv. Edited by Carsten Niebuhr.
Haunie.
Fortis, Abbé AtBertro. 1778. ‘ Travels in Dalmatia,’ pp. 260-263,
325. London.
Frascatorivus, Hirronymovus. 1550. ‘ Liber I, DeSympathia et Anti-
pathia Rerum,’ etc., p. 24. Lugduni.
Grsner, Konrap von, 1558. ‘Historia Animalium,’ Book IIL,
pp. 410-415. Basel.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 23
306 On the Myth of the Ship-holder.
Gitt, Tokopors. 1863. ‘Remarks on the Relations of the Genera
and other Groups of Cuban Fishes.’ Proceedings Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. xiv. pp. 239-240,
Ginrner, AtBert C. L. 1860. “On the TE tory of Echeneis.”
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. v. pp. 886-
402,
Hasse.quist, Friepricw. 1762. ‘ Reise nach Palaestina in den Jahren
1749 bis 1752,’ p. 373. ‘Translated by Carl Linnzeus.
IMPERATO, FERRANTE. 1599. ‘ Historia Naturale,’ p. 697. Venetia.
JounsTon, Joun. 1657, ‘A History of the Wonderful Things in
Nature Set Forth in Ten Several Classes,’ p. 301. Londen.
JoratH. See Achandes, p. 71 of Von Cuba's ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’
KrcKERMANN, BarrHotomrw. 1614. ‘ Disputationes Physics in
Operum Omnium Que Extant,’ Tomus I., column 2006. Geneva.
Lacéprpr, B. G. E. (M. A. DesmMarest, Editeur.) 1829. ‘ Histoire
Naturelle des Poissons,’ tome III. pp. 478-490. Paris. .
Leevat, Francis. 1721. ‘ Voyages et Aveutures,’ vol. i. pp. 122-123.
Londres.
Lr Marre, Sieur de. 1695. ‘Les Voyages aux Iles Canaries; Cap-
Verd, Senegal et Gambie,’ pp. 116-117. Paris.
Lemnius, Lavinus. 1658. ‘Concerning the Secret Miracles of
Nature,’ Book III., Chapter 9, pp. 218-219. London.
LinscHoTen, JAN HuyGEN Van. 1598. ‘ Discourse of Voyages into ye
Easte and West Indies,’ pp. 89-90. London,
Livinestonr, Davin. 1858. ‘Missionary Travels and Researches in
South Africa,’ p. 556. New York.
Lonicer, ADAM. 1651. ‘Naturalis Historie, Opus Novum in Quo
Tractatur de Natura,’ etc. Frankfurt.
Lowe, Richarp Tuomas. 1843. ‘A History of the Fishes of Madeira’
(No. ILI.), pp. 77-81. London.
Massari, Francisco. 1637. ‘ Annotationes,’ cap. 25, pp. 152-156.
Basiliz.
Mervara, Perer. “ Liber De Cardinalibus,” folio 99, MS.
Oprian. 200 4.p. ‘Halieutica,’ Book L, line 223 et seg. Translated
by John Jones, Oxford, 1722.
Ovip. ‘ Halieutica,’ verse 99.
Puiny THE SEconp. ‘ Natural History,’ Book IX., Chapter 41; Book
32, Chapter 1. Translated by John Bostock and H. T. Riley.
London.
Piurarcy. ‘ Miscellanies—Symposiacs, Book II., question 7. Edited
by A, H. Clough and W. W. Goodwin.
RaBevais, Francois. 1553, ‘ Pantagruel,’ Book IV., Chapter 62
Book V., Chapter 29.
Rocuerort, C. De. 1665. ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Iles Antilles de
l’Amérique,’ pp. 193-194. Ltotterdam.
sania BartToLoMEO CrEscENntTIO. 1607. ‘Nautica Mediterranea.’
ome.
RONDELET, GuI~tAuME. 1558, ‘L’Histoire Entiére des Poissons,’
pp- 313 and 384-335. Lion.
Sreap, Davin G. 1906. ‘ Fishes of Australia,’ pp. 190-191. Sydney.
Worron, Epwarp. 1552. ‘De Differentiis Animalium, Libri Decem,’
p- 149. Lutetiz Parisiorum.
On some Ungual Phalanges. 307
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XV.
Fig. 1. Sucking-disk of Remora. After Jordan and Evermann, 1900.
Fig. 2. Leptecheneis naucrates, After Jordan and Evermann, 1900.
#iy. 3. Remora brachyptera, After Jordan and Kvermann, 1900.
Fig. 4, Echeneises adhering to a vessel. After yon Cuba, 1536,
PuiaTe XVI.
Fig. 5. Imperato’s “ Echenei, sev Remora,” 1599, the earliest-known
figure of scientific value.
Fig. 6. Aldroyandi’s Remora, 1613.
Fig. 7. Sucking-fish attached to a shark. After Geare. Courtesy of
‘Scientitic American.’
PraTtE XVII.
Fig. 8. Kommandorkaptein Kroepelien’s sketch of a vessel in “ Dead-
Water.” After Ekman.
Fig. 9. Photographs (from the side) of ‘Fram’ model in experimental
5 tank; fresh water coloured light, salt water dark. A, B,
and C in dead-water with the towing-force gradually in-
creasing; D at high speed, without dead-water.
XXX.—The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by
Krefft, Spelean Animal vel ‘thylacoleo by Owen, and
Thylacoleo by Lydekker. By RK. Evneriper, Jnr.,
Director and Curator of the Australian Museum, Syduey,
New South Wales.
(Plates XVIIL.-XX.]
I. Tue Unevat Prarances (Mrzopon avsrrazis)
or KReErFrFr.
When a name has crept into print and is in the course of
time practically forgotten, or overlooked, as the case may
be, it is only fair to the author thereof to resuscitate it, if
found to be stable and of value. On the other hand, if
established under a misconception, aud found to be of no
value, it were better relegated to the limbo of synonymy, or
the society of abolished names.
There are several such names in the early annals of
Australian Paleontology, and in the present paper I purpose
dealing with the name Mylodun australis, Kretit, and the
objects it represents.
23*
308 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on
Mr. Gerard Krefft, a former Curator of the Australian
Museum, referred to his M, australis on, at least, four
separate occasions. The first reference I have been able to
light upon is contained in one of our Museum publications—
‘Guide to the Australian Fossil Remains exhibited by the
Trustees of the Australian Museum, and arranged and named
by Gerard Krefft,’ &c.*, wherein we read :——
“Order ENDENTATA.
“Genus My Lopon ?
“ Mylodon? australis, Krefft.
““The presence of some animal, allied to the above extinct
American genus, is indicated by a single terminal phalanx,
or nail-bone, with its peculiar protecting bone, partly
broken” +. This phalanx was obtained from the ossiferous
deposit of the celebrated Wellington Caves, New South
Wales.
The second reference appeared in Krefft’s ‘ Australian
Vertebrata—Fossil and Recent’ t, as follows :—
“ EpENTATA.—Sloth Tribe.
“ MyLopon.
“ Mylodon? australis,”
with similar remarks to those already quoted. This phalanx
must have come into Krefft’s possession between 1867 and
1870, because there is no mention made of it. in the first
edition of the ‘ Australian Vertebrata’ §.
The third reference is of a controversial nature, and is —
contained in “ A Cuvierian Principle in Palzontology tested
by evidences of an Extinct Leonine Marsupial (Zhylacoleo
carnifex), by Professor Owen, &c. Reviewed by Gerard
Krefit,” &c. ||. Confining our attention to that portion of
* Pp. 15, 8vo, Sydney, 1870.
+ Ibid. p. 4.
t ‘Industrial Progress of New South Wales,’ pt. iii, 1871, p. 715.
§ Krefft, “ Australian Vertebrata (Recent and Fossil), representing |
all the Genera known up to the present time. With Notes by Gerar
Krefft.” Cat. Nat. and Industrial Prods. N.S. Wales, sent to the Paris
Universal Exhibition of 1867, by the New South Wales Commissioners
(8vo. Sydney, 1867,—By Authority), pp. 91-110. 5
|| Krefft, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, pp. 169-182, pls. xi.
& xii. ’
oA
some Ungual Phalanges. 309
this paper strictly dealing with the matter under considera-
tion, we find Mr. Kretft writing as follows :—‘ The claw to
which I more particularly refer as being that of a ‘ mega-
theroid animal,’ and which, with its next joint, is deposited
in the Australian Museum ....is what I stated it to be—-
‘the ungual or terminal phalanx of a creature allied to
Mylodon.’ The upper face of the sheath is naturally open ;
and the next joint is short and thick, like some of the
phalanges of Professor Owen’s Mylodon.....I only draw
attention to the probability that there were in olden times,
as at the present day, small Hdentata as well as large ones ;
and as I first discovered the presence of fossil edentate
Monotremes in this country, I may be allowed to say, with
the evideace before me, that animals allied to the Mylodon
will yet be found ” *.
Before proceeding to consider Krefft’s fourth reference it
is necessary to ascertain what Sir Richard Owen said of
these terminal phalanges. It appears photographs were sent
to Owen by Krefft, but how many and whether or no with
the latter’s Mylodon name attached there is no evidence to
show. ‘“‘ Amongst the fossils obtained by Professor (A. M.)
Thomson and Mr. Krefft from the breccia-caves of Welling-
ton Valley were several ungual phalanges, some of which,
equalling or surpassing those of a lon, were compressed,
the vertical exceeding the transverse diameter, and being
considerable in proportion to the length: these phalanges
are curved and pointed, but the point is more or less blunted
or broken, apparently after interment. They support aclaw,
and in most there are traces more or less plainly discernible
of a bony sheath ¢ which bound or strengthened the attach-
meut of the base of the claw.”
Owen then described the bones separately and continued :—
“From these specimens may be inferred a speleean animal
with subcompressed decurved pointed claws, equalling or
exceeding those of the Lion or liger in size, but supported
by phalanges resembling those of Thylacinus, Dasyurus, and
the Opossums in being non-retractile, or wanting the
characteristic low position of the joint in the sheathed
claw-bones of placental Felines, but resembling these phal-
anges, rather than the non-contractile ones of the marsupials
above mentioned, in the proportion of depth to length and
breadth.” And finally :—‘‘ No evidence of a Megatheroid
or other Edentate animal has been found from any cave or
* Krefft, 27d. pp. 180-181. iy
t So far as I can gather only one exhibited this.
310 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on
fossiliferous deposit in Australia. The shape of the ungual
phalanges in Kangaroos and Wombats is known. The ungual
phalanges (‘ Extinet Mammals,’ pl. x. figs. 11-14) are too
small for Nototherium and Diprotodon, if even one were to
entertain the idea of those huge Marsupial Herbivora having
had sheathed, compressed, decuryed, pointed claws like those
which the phalanges in question plainly bore. These
phalanges are as much too large for the Thylacinus and
Sarcophilus *. But there is no other associated Carnivore
corresponding in size with that of the animal indicated by
them, save the Thylacoleo.”
Krefft for the fourth time published his name and had
figures prepared, the latter having a curious history. It
appears that Owen, in 1867, proposed to the New South
Wales Government “a careful and systematie exploration
of the limestone caves of Wellington Valley,” no doubt led
thereto by his recollection of the discoveries made at Wel-
lington by his old friend the Surveyor-General (Sir Thomas
Livingstone Mitchell), This suggestion was adopted, and
Krefft was placed in charge of the work; ultimately added
to it was a similar exploration of the “ Rivers of New South
Wales.” This exploration dawdled on until the early part
of 1882, long after Krefft had ceased his connection there-
with. A full account of all that took place during these
fifteen years will be found in the N.S. Wales ‘ Votes and
Proceedings’ +, under the title, ‘‘ Exploration of the Caves
and Rivers of New South Wales (Minutes, Reports, Corre-
spondence, Accounts).”? The only portions of any scientific
value are the reports of Messrs. Thomson and Krefft. In
the latter’s principal report, dated May 1870, the following
appeared :—
“ Order ?
** Mylodon? australis (Krefft).
“A distal or ungual phalanx of some unknown animal,
resembling the same bone of a Mylvdon (the distal phalanx —
of the pollex). ;
“The specimen referred to is quite unique, and proves
the existence in Australia of a large sloth not unlike the
* Owen, Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262-63, pl. xiii. figs. 11-14. It —
may be well to state at once, and definitely, that Owen’s “ungual —
phalanges ” comprised two entirely different types of nail-bones; this —
will be made abundantly clear in the sequel.
+ Krefft, ‘ Votes and Proceedings,’ y. 1882, pp. 551-602 (pls. 14 num-
bered and 17 unnumbered),
some Ungual Phalanges. 311
South American genus Mylodon; the size of the bone
is about ] inch and 2 lines in length. Another much
smaller distal phalanx, also covered by a ‘hood’ is in the
collection, but this belongs evidently to either a dog or cat-
like creature ”’ *.
Krefft gave three figures of the largest of these phalan-
geals in one of the numbered plates of the ‘ Caves and Rivers
Report’ (pl. 14, figs. 7-9). It appears that about 1870 he
contemplated the publication of a work on ‘ Australian
Fossil Mammals,’ for which the seventeen numbered plates
were prepared. But, as he explained elsewhere +, these
plates “for want of funds were not published at the time,”
but in 1882 were appended to the Parliamentary “ paper ”
referred to.
The MS. relating to these plates is preserved in the
Mitchell Library, Sydney, and the explanation of figs. 7-9
reads as follows :—‘ Are distal phalanges or nail-bones of a
very peculiar animal allied to the American genus Mylodon.
It is impossible to say what kind of teeth the creature had
judging from these two bones only. They probably re-
sembled those of a Wombat.”
One other reference will complete my knowledge of the
history of Mylodon (?) australis, Krefft.
In the ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British
Museum,’ pt. v. 1887, Mr. R. Lydekker, in the list of
Thylacoleo remains, records the cast of an ungual phalangeal
with the remark, “the bone was evidently covered by a
horny claw, like that of Phalangista” {. Now the point is
this, the Owen hooded phalangeal of Thylacoleo, is not the
Lydekker phalangeal of Thylacoleo, but the unsheathel
bones of both Owen and Krefft are the latter. .
What Mr. Krefft’s views of the affinity of his fossils may
have been after September 1872, 1 have no precise means of
knowing, but I do not suppose any alteration took place, as
he appears to have been obsessed with the Edentate affinity
of his fossils, and always maintained his own opinions with
great pertinacity.
In the photographs supplied to Prof. Owen and published
in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1871, Owen’s figs. 11
and 12 on pl. xiii. are the equivalents of Krefft’s pl. 14,
figs. 7-9 of the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report.’ in the first instance
two, and in the second three views of one and the same
* Krefft, loc. cit. p 558; both are identically the same.
{ Krefft, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, p. 172.
t Lydekker, loc. cit. P: 195.
312 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on
specimen, still in the Australian Museum. Sir Richard,
unfortunately, interchanged the numbers of two of his
illustrations between the letter-press descriptions (p. 262)
and the figure numbers on his pl. xiii. thus :—
For pl. xiii., fig. 12 read fig. 13.
” ” ”» 13 ” ” 12.
Tn his ‘ Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct
Mammals of Australia,’ &c. (1877) another interchange was
made, thus :—
For pl. x. fig. 11 read pl. ix. fig. 12.
13.
” ”? 9 ) 9) 99
There remains the smaller “ distal phalanx ” referred to
by Krefft in the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report.’ This specimen
is 20 mm. long by 14 mm. in breadth, inclusive of the
sheath or hood, which is complete proximally, but broken
away towards the distal end of the bone. It is similar in —
shape to the nail-bone called Mylodon by Krefft, but with a
greater degree of curvature, and less size. The articular
surface, just as in that previously referred to, occupies —
nearly the whole of the proximal end, and is divided into —
two subarticular surfaces by a median longitudinal ridge
for adaption to the convexities at the distal end of the
penultimate phalanx. The tuberous process for the flexor —
tendon attachment is remarkably prominent and stout in
comparison to the size of the entire phalanx ; on the plantar
surface of this tuberosity are the two arterial foramina.
Krefft considered this to belong “ to either a dog or cat-like
creature.”
With this last exception such are the phalanges described —
by Krefft as Mylodon australis, a supposed Australian —
Edentate, and referred by Owen to his Thylacoleo carnifex
by deduction. In considering the affinity of these bones,
the following general conclusions may, I think, be fairly
arrived at :—
1. The law of probabilities is decidedly adverse to Krefft’s —
view. Had an Jidentate existed in Australia in-
Post-Tertiary times, some more definite trace would
have been met with ere this.
2. A right caleaneum, referred to this genus by Lydekker,
is all we know of the feet of Yhy/acoleo, and this
determination is problematical *.
* Lydekker, loc. cit. p. 195.
some Ungual Phalanges. 313
3. The reference of Krefft’s Mylodon phalanges to Thyla-
coleo on the part of Owen was purely ‘ conjectural ”
(to use his own expression), but at the same time a
clever piece of deduction based on his view of the
carnivorous habits of the ‘*‘ Marsupial Lion.”
4. If we accept for the time being, the phalanges called
Mylodon? australis as those of Thylacoleo, such
acceptance will not in the least strengthen the views
held either by Owen on the one hand, or Flower and
his followers on the other, as to the gastronomical
habits of Thy/acoleo, hooded phalanges occurring
amongst both herbivorous and carnivorous animals.
5. As possibly referable to Thylacoleo Owen figured two
entirely distinct types of ungual phalanges.
We are now acquainted with the pedal bones of Dipro-
todon through the researches of Prof. E. C. Stirling, and it
can be legitimately surmised that those of its second
cousins Nototherium and Euowenia were similar. None of
the Macropodidz can put in a claim ; amongst the flesh-
eaters, Sarcophilus aud Thylacinus,and the Dasyures, with
the non-marsupial Warrigal, the osteological structure is
too well known to require comment.
Finally, in all probability, although “ conjectural ” Owen’s
view of the nature of the hooded nail (eliminating those
without a sheath) bones will in the long run prove to be
correct ; reduction of other genera by elimination supports
it. If such be the case, then what is the claw referred
to Thylacoleo by Lydekker? This will be investigated
inimediately.
The following is the synonymic bibliography of Krefft’s
ungual phalanges :—
Mylodon? australis, Krefft, Guide Austr. Foss. Remains,
1870, p. 4.
australis, Krefft, Austr. Vert. Foss. & Recent
(Industrial Progress of New South Wales),
Poy b. pi.7 Lb.
Spelean Animal or Unguiculate Mammal, Owen (pars),
Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262, 263, pl. xiii.
figs. 11-12 (non 13, J4).
Megatheroid Animal, Kreftt, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)
Raitose, p. 180.
Spelean Animal... . Thylacoleo, Owen, Foss. Remaius
Extinct Mamm. Austr. i. 1877, pp. 182-183,
li. pl. ix. figs. 11-12. é
314 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on
Mylodon? australis, Krefft, N.S. Wales Votes & Pro-
ceedings, v. 1882, p. 558, 14th numbered pl.,
figs. 7-9.
IL. Tue Unevat Paatanx ProvisionaLty CaTALoGuEeD
AS TuytAcoteo BY LYDEKKER.
Many years ago a plaster replica of another of Krefft’s
specimens *, described in MS. as the “ nail-bone of the hind
foot of a gigantic Phalanger, probably a small Zygomaturus,
Nototherium, or Diprotodon”’ was forwarded to the Geologi-
cal Department of the British Museum (Natural History),
I surmised this might be No. M. 1525 Tf of the ‘ British
Museum Catalogue of Fossil Mammals,’ part v. (p. 195
catalogued by Lydekker as “ cast of an ungual phalangeal ”
provisionally of Zhylacoleo; by correspondence Dr. A. 8.
Woodward confirmed this. The original bone is preserved
here and is slightly imperfect ; it is from the Wellington
Caves, and bears the number A. 13329 (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2).
It is manifest, if the sheathed nail-bones (‘‘ Mylodon”’) are
referable to Thylacoleo, following Owen, such an arched,
laterally compressed and naked bone, one of those spoken
of by Krefft as “ large nail-bones ... evidently those of a
Phalanger” {, cannot. One of these§ is probably the
original of both Owen’s illustrations of his non-sheathed
Thylacoleo ungual phalangeal. Our collection contains five
of these bones, four from the Wellington Caves ossiferous
breccia (Pls. XVIII.—XIX. figs. 2-9), the fifth from Cope’s
Creek, probably from a thermal mud-spring deposit (Pl. XX.
figs. ]O-12). These vary much in size and degree of dorsal
curvature, and for the convenience of description may be
taken separately.
Type 1.The phalanx in question || (Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9)
is highly arched, compressed laterally, the dorsal edge thin,
sharp (trenchant), the degree of curvature almost equai to
the quadrant of a circle, the general appearance of the bone
being decidedly hook-like. ‘I'he proximal end is imperfect, —
the articular surface and the plantar tuberosity gone; it is
35 mm. wide, and in thickness 8 mm.
The second example never seen by Krefft or Owen
(Pl. XX. figs. 10-12) is a more perfect specimen, one in
* Krefft, ‘ Caves and Rivers Report,’ pl. 14 (numbered), fig. 12.
+ Dr. A. S. Woodward informs me this should read 1536.
t Krefft, doc. czt. pl. 14. (numbered), figs. 11 and 12.
§ Krefft, loc. cit, MS. description of pl. 14. fig. 11.
|| Krefft, loc. cit. pl, 14. (numbered), fig. 2.
some Ungual Phalanges. | 315
which the proximal articular surfaces, allowing for wear and
tear, are perfect. The lateral surfaces (at the point of
disruption in Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9) suddenly bulge outwards
to form an expanded proximal end with a concave articular
surface divided by a longitudinal central ridge, and below a
very strong and comparatively large cushion “for the attach-
ment of the flexor tendon. Immediately above the centre
of the tendon tuberosity on either side, are the foramina of
the digital arteries. The surface of both specimens is pitted
and roughened.
Length of complete bone 51 mm.; breadth 45 mm.
approximately ; thickness 13 mm.
Type 2.—The phalanges of the second type (Pls. X VIII.-
XIX. figs. 2-7) differ from those of the first by a greater
length in proportion to width, a much less arched dorsal edge,
and a slightly less lateral compression, otherwise the same
features characterize both. The following are the dimensions
of the largest :—
Length 45 mm.; breadth 29 mm.; thickness 11 mm.
In the sheathed, or hooded terminals of Owen, although
the nail-bone is co:mpressed laterally (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) the
dorsal edge is only sharp or trenchant distally, the proximal
end is truncate-flattened forming an elongately triangular
surface. The articular surface for union with the distal
end of the penultimate digit is highly concave, and much
overhung above, as figured both by Owen and Krefft. The
sheath is one with the core, or nail-bone, at the proximal
end around the articular concavity, and along the plantar
surface as far as it extends; the tuberosity is to some extent
flattened. ‘The arterial foramina pierce the sheath through
the plantar surface of the tendon tuberosity, and then
appear to enter the nail-bone as in the preceding type.
Immediately below the dorsal truncate surface at the proxi-
mal end are two other arterial foramina.
Now, to what type of Marsupial do these ungual phalanges
(Pls. XVIII.-XX. figs. 2-12) belong? It will be more
satisfactory to consider Types 1 and 2 separately. Type 1
(Pls. XIX.-XX. figs. 8-12) is the “‘nail-bone of a gigantic
Phalanger of Krefft,” but this form appears to have been
quite unknown to Owen. In the Macropodide the nail-
bones are elongate, non-trenchant, more or less oval in
section, and very feebly arched, if at all. The nail-bones of
the Peramelidze are double, more or less circular, and non-
treuchant. In the Phascolomyide, or Wombats, these
terminals are again rounded above, roughly oval in section,
and not hooked. The nail-bones of the Diprotodontide,
316 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on
guided by Prof. E. C. Stirling’s reconstruction of Diprotodon,
resemble to some extent those of the Kangaroos, plano-
convex, slightly curved, broad plantar surface, and the
proximal coneavities occupying the whole articular surface,
instead of about two-thirds as in Types 1 and 2; moreover,
the position of the foramina of the plantar artery branches
is markedly different. What is true of the nail-bones of
Diprotodon is possibly equally true of those of Nototherium
and Euowenia.
There remain the Dasyuridz and Phalangerids. In the
first, taking the Tasmanian Wolf ( 7hylacinus cynocephalus,
Harris) as an example, the nail-bones are long, more or less
oval in section, rapidly decreasing in size from the proximal
to the pointed distal end. The latter are more particularly
accentuated in the Tasmanian Devil (Sarcophilus ursinus,
Harris, Pl. XIX. fig. 14), in which the distal ends of these
nail-cores are to all intents and purposes, acicular ; hence,
I dismiss the Dasyuride from consideration.
This reduces comparison to the Phalangeride, the family
in which Krefft placed * these remains. The resemblance
of the large complete specimen (P]. XX. figs. 10-12) from
Cope’s Creek to similar bones of some members of this
family is very striking. For the purpose of comparison
I have selected two, the Great Flying Phalanger (Petauroides
volans, Kerr) and the Koala, or “ Native Bear” (Phasco-
larctos cinereus, Goldfuss) +. In the Flying Phalanger it is
the 4th and 5th digits which terminate in nail-bones so
remarkably like the Cope’s Creek fossil (Pl. XX. figs. 10-12),
but in the Koala the resemblance is not so strong (Pl. XIX.
fig. 13), in consequence of the much greater length in
proportion to width; this, however, only partially holds
good for the pollices t. With these facts before me I can
come to no other conclusion than that the subjects of
Pls. XIX.-XX. figs. 8-12 are the terminal phalanges of an —
enormous Phalanger, following Kreflt in this opinion, but
in a more restricted sense than he employed the term.
We may now pass to the second type (Pls. XVIII.—XIX.
figs. 2-7). The twospecimens are Krefft’s ‘ large nail-bones
* Bearing in mind that Krefft included Diprotodon, &e., in this —
family.
t Gus fact in connection with the terminal phalanges, or nail-bones, —
of the Phalangers in general is very obvious, the stouter and stronger
build of those of the fore feet, accompanied with a greater degree of —
curvature. :
t One of the most noticeable features in Type 1 is the remarkable
slab-sided, or straight-walled appearance.
some Ungual Phalanges. 317
... evidently those of Phalangers,” and one (Pl. XVIII.
fig.5) is Owen’s 7hylacoleo “ungual phalangeal”’ (his fig. 13)
and Lydekker’s Thylacoleo “ ungual phalangeal.” By the
same method of elimination as observed in the case of Type 1,
I reduce consideration in this instance to the Phalangerid
alone. There is no greater degree of variation between
Types 1 and 2 than there is in the forms of the terminals
of the same foot of many species of Phalangeride. I, there-
fore, again support Krefft’s views of the affinity of these
bones, but to what genus of the family the animal possessing
them was most nearly allied only time can prove. For my
own part [ am rather in favour of a gigantic Koala.
The following table explains the relative ideutity of the
various figures referred to :—
Owen’s figs. | Owen’s figs.
Krefft’s figs. | | Pecccnl
Austr. Foss. Phil. Trans. = | ~~ Extinct Mamm. sags
Remains. 1871 (1872). of Australia. o*
EO ean § le) Saale Figs. 8 & 9
2
ey.
aie 8 Pl. xiii. figs. 11 & 12.| Plix. figs. 11 & 12. | Fig. 1.
1, ? PL. xiii. figs. 13 & 14.) ? Pl.ix. figs. 13 & 14. | ? Figs. 5-7.
BS hii PC 1s ify Se Res | Figs. 2-4.
In these notes I have sought to show that :—
1. Owen figured as the possible ungual phalanges of
Thylacoleo two entirely distinct nail-bones—a ‘ hooded ”
form, and an unhooded or unsheathed one; both cannot
belong to the same kind of animal.
2. If the hooded bone be accepted for the time being as
of Thylacolev, then the bone catalogued as “ cast of an ungual
phalangeal ” by Lydekker cannot possibly be so.
3. The non-sheathed terminals (‘Types 1] and 2) were never
claimed by Krefft as appertaining either to his Mylodon
australis, or to Thylacoleo.
4. Thylacoleo is regarded by the advocates of its herbi-
vorous nature as a member of the Phalangeride. If it be
so, then the phalanges of Types 1 and 2 may, perhaps, be
those of it.
5. If the suggestion contained in the last paragraph should
* This is the original of the replica called by Lydekker Thylacoleo
(A.M. 13320, B.M. 1526 (36)).
318 On some Ungual Phalanges,
prove correct, it follows that the identity of the hooded
bones (‘‘ My/odon australis ’’) has yet to be discovered.
The suggestion of an extinct Koala may possibly be not
so speculative as would at first sight appear when it is
remembered that Mr. C. W. de Vis described* a portion of
a fibula that he believed represented “ a progenitor of the
Koala.” The further discovery of a premaxillary with its
palatal process was held to strengthen this view. Said
Mr. de Vis :—* The Koala, or Native Bear, is now one of
the few types of Australian life which has not been recognized
as a part of its ancient economy: yet it is one of which no
one could be surprised to find an ancestral form among the
past modifications of marsupial structure.” He proposed
to distinguish the former owner of this fibula by the name
of Koulemus ingens. Portion of a shoulder-blade was referred
to another extinct Phalanger (Archizonurus securus).
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Fig. 1. The original of Krefft’s “ungual or terminal phalanx of a
creature allied to Mylodon,’ with “its peculiar protecting
bone partly broken.” The original of Krefft’s figs. 7 and 8,
and Owen’s 1] and 12. Wellington Caves. x 2 diam.
Fig. 2. Ungual phalange “ equalling or surpassing those of a Lion”
(Owen). Thisisthe original of Krefft’s fig. 12, and Lydekker’s
Catalogue (M. 1526 (36)). Wellington Caves. x 2 diam.
3. Dorsal view of the bone, fig. 2. x 2 diam.
Fig. 4. Plantar D ” ” The
5. Another phalange similar to Fig. 2, but with the dorsal surface
straight, or even a little concave. This is probably the
original of Owen’s figs. 13, 14. Wellington Caves. X2 diam.
Fig. 6. Dorsal view of fig. 5. x 2 diam.
“g. 7. Plantar ,, ee aa } , ‘
Fig. 8. Highly compressed ungual phalange with the proximal portion
broken away. Original of Krefft’s fig. 2. Wellington Caves.
x 2 diam.
Fig. 9. Dorsal view of fig. 8. HA
Fig. 10. Probably the almost perfect condition of an ungual phalange
similar to that seen in fig. 8. Cope’s Creek. X 2 diam.
Fig. 11. Plantar view of fig. 10. x 2 diam.
Fig. 12. Dorsal _,, Ee as !
Fig. 13. Phascolarctos cinereus, Goldfuss. Ungual phalanx of the right
fore foot.
ig. 14. Sarcophilus ursinus, Harris. Fourth ungual phalanx of right
fore foot.
* De Vis, ‘On the Phalangistide of the Post-Tertiary Period in
Queensland,’ Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, vi. pts. ii. & ili. p. 106.
On Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 319
XXXI.— Notes on Myriapoda.—XI1.* A Preliminary List
for Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachycheteuma
quartum, sp. n., and Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli,
var.n. By Htupa K. Brape-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B.,
L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rev. S. GranAm Brapg-
BrrKs, M.Sc.
I. INTRODUCTION.
A short holiday in Derbyshire at the end of May and
beginning of June 1918 gave us an opportunity to collect
some centipedes and millipedes ; and we feel that the results
are of sufficient interest to warrant the publication of a
preliminary list for the county, so arranged as to make
mention of some of the work previously done by other
collectors as well as to include our own 1918 records. Also,
in September 1916, we made one excursion from the Stafford-
shire side to the Derbyshire-Staffordshire boundary near
Beresford Hall; and, although there was some confusion in
our minds as to the exact position of the boundary, we have
incorporated some relevant results of that day’s work in the
present paper, recording the specimens taken there as from
* near the R. Dove,’ because we are practically certain that
these are truly Derbyshire occurrences. If we are in error
about the county, the animals thus recorded were found close
to the boundary of the shires, but on the Staffordshire side.
Two species included under these circumstances in the present
list, viz. Polydesmus denticulatus and Scolioplanes acuminatus,
are not otherwise known to us from Derbysliire.
In several cases of material placed at our disposal by
Mr. Standen, Mill Dale (Staffordshire) is included in our
detailed records, because it is coupled as a collecting-ground
with Dove Dale (Derbyshire) ; but in no case does such an
occurrence stand alone as a county record.
In the Diplopoda and Chilopoda (with which this paper
deals) we now know some thirty-one Derbyshire forms, and
these are enumerated below :—
Dretopopa (= Millipedes).
1. Glomeris marginata (Villers).
2. G. margmatu perplexa, Latzel.
3. ulus ligulifer, Latzel & Verhoeff.
* A previous paper in this series—the fifth—appeared in this Journal,
May 1917, ser. 8, vol. xix. p. 417.
320 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
4, I. (Ophiiulus) fallax, Meinert.
5. I. (Tachypodorulus) albipes, C. LL. Koch.
6. I. (Cylindrviulus) stlvarum, Meinert.
7. I. (Cylindroiulus) britannicus, Verhoef.
8. Schizophyllum sabulosum (Linné),
9. Trichoblaninus guttulatus (Bosc).
10, Amsteinia fuscus (Am Stein).
11, Polydesmus complanatus (Linné).
12. P. coriaceus, Porat.
13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch.
14. Brachydesmus superus mosellanus, Verhoef.
15. Ophiodesmus albonanus (Latzel).
16. Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. n.
17. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoef ).
18. Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n.
CuiLopopa (=Centipedes).
19. Lithobius forficatus (Linné).
20. L. variegatus, Leach & Brolemann,
21. L. melanops, Newport.
22. L. crassipes, L. Koch,
23. L. duboscqui, Brolemann.
24. Cryptops hortensis, Leach.
25. Geophilus carpophagus, Leach.
26. G. longicornis, Leach.
27. G. insculptus, Attems.
28. G. electricus (\.inné).
29. Brachygeophilus truncorum (Bergsoe & Meinert).
380. Stigmatogaster subterraneus (Leach).
31. Scolioplanes acuminatus (Leach),
The nomenclature in the two classes is difficult, especially —
the nomenclature of genera and subgenera, and, as there is —
difference of opinion amongst the leading authorities, it —
caunot be claimed that there is finality about all the names—
we have used in the foregoing list, nor by using these do we —
wish to infer that we have refused to consider the claims to —
prioiity of others. ‘Lhe fact is that we have not yet had the —
opportunity to consider all the complicated evidence involved —
in the question of some of these generic and subgeneric —
hames. |
In the detailed records in the second section of this paper —
other collectors’ names are cited by initials, as follows :—
Mrs. Furness, A.W. F.; Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson, J.W.S.;
Mr. R. Standen, R. S.; Mr. C. R. Brown, C. A, Boe
William Boulsover, W. 2. .
‘lo each of these we offer our best thanks, ey
An asterisk indicates that the material forms a art of ©
Mr. R. Standen’s collection. When a record is fullowed by
the letter G. and a number, the material is so registered at
the Manciester Museum, The letter J. in biackets, alter a
_
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. pat
‘record, indicates that the identification is that of our friend
Captain A. Randell Jackson, M.C., M.D., D.Sc., R.A.M.C.
In the section of the paper which deals with detailed
records we have introduced a few diagnostic points which
may be of value to other naturalists.
Geological Considerations, ete.
As far as our own 1918 collecting in the county is con-
cerned, we worked in two areas, both of them predominantly
limestone (Carboniferous Limestone) regions, The one was
the Buxton neighbourhood, where Burbage was our centre,
aud where all our collecting was on the limestone, and the
other was mostly in the limestone triangle roughly formed by
Bakewell, Ashford, and Great Longstone; this area is indi-
cated in the -present paper as “ Bakewell district,” except
where more explicit details are given—as, for example, 1 in
describing the occurrence of the new aiipanle: One of us
i. G. Be. -B.) accompanied the veteran local naturalist and
antiquarian, Mr. William Boulsover, of Bakewell, on one
excursion to Manners Wood, which stands ont on a sandstone
(Yoredale Series) ridge ince ihe town of Bakewell ; the
collecting done there is clearly indicated in the body of the
records, but it may be noted that, in one short visit, Lithobius
-variegatus was taken there, although the writers did not meet
with it in either of the limestone areas, one near by, on the
occasion of their 1918 (May-June) collecting. The distri-
bution of this species, which is the only centipede on our
British list which is unknown outside the British Isles, is
extremely interesting, and worthy of careful study, in which
natural factors, including altitude, vegetation, and geological
features should certainly be tient into accoune
It may be added that the junction between the Carboniferous
Limestone and the Yoredale Rocks in the neighbourhood of
the Derbyshire—Staffordshire boundary, where we collected in
September 1916, is near the county boundary in that area,
the Derbyshire side being the border of an extensive
limestone region.
Cave Ilun ting.
During our stay in the Bakewell district we made one
excursion through Monsal Dale to Cressbrook with Mr. J. R.
Widdowson to visit a cave in the limestone at Burymewick,
but, after all, we were vot successful in finding any
“myriapods there. Some good results are to be expected from
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 24.
“
322 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
a proper exploration of our English eaves, and this note may
serve as a reminder to naturalists who visit caves for the
purpose of studying other branches of science.
Il. DeTAILED Recorps !.
Class DIPLOPODA.
Subclass CuorLo@NATHA.
Family Glomeride, Leach, 1814.
Subfamily Gromerr.x, Verhoeff, 1910.
Genus GLoMERIS, Latreille et Leach.
1. G. marginata (Villers, 1789).
10-20 mm.
This is the common pill-millipede. It is black dorsally,
but the pleurotergites are edged with white.
*Cave Dale, R. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3143 ; *Castle-
tou, R. S., vi./13 ; *Dove Dale, 2. S., J. W. di, Coe
25/v./16; near the R. Dove, ourselves, 1916; Bakewell
district, ourselves, 1918; one example, Manners Wood, near
Bakewell, W. B. & 8. G. B-B., 6/vi./18.
In addition to the above examples we have examined.
specimens from Millers Dale which do not appear to be
typical. In spirit-specimens the dorsal surface of the bod
exhibits a row of light spots on either side of the middle line,
due to the fact that the lateral parts of each pleurotergite are
marked by definite light oval areas. ‘lhe dimensions are the
same as those of the typical form. We think it inadvisable,
however, to establish a new variety on the material at our
disposal until, at any rate, we.llave made a detailed study of
the English representatives of the genus.
Seven examples, Millers Dale, &. S., 17/vi./17.
Types. 1302, Brade-Birks collection.
2. G. marginata perplexa, Latzel.
6°D mm.
At present we think it advisable to treat this form as of
subspecific rank. Mr. Bagnall says (1) of this animal, “I
cannot think that it can be a form of marginata, aud connexa
* The typical length of the species is given in each case as a guide to
those interested in the group. Where the dimensions are not our own,
we are indebted to various authors.
re
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 323
is unknown in our Islands ; a study of British examples may
show it to be a distinct species.”
We have not yet been able to make a careful study of the
genus Glomeris, but we may add that the animal in question
is smaller than G. marginata marginata, although it has the
white edges of the pleurotergites as in that form. Its general
body-colour is brown, and its dorsal surface is furnished with
four longitudinal rows of light spots. Two rowsare distinctly
lateral, while two are close to the median line. ‘These more
median rows are formed by a pair of spots on each pleuro-
tergite, which tend to coalesce anteriorly and form a V-shaped
marking on each segment. These more median rows alone
are continued on to the last segment. Professor Ribaut has
recorded the animal (10) under the name of G‘. connera
perplexa, Latzel ; Dr. Verhoeff, on the other hand, records it
(13) as G. marginata perplexa, Latzel, and adds a note of
which the following is a rough translation :—‘ Recent inves-
tigations have shown me that perplera and marginata belong
to the same species, but not to connexa ; 1 shall reconsider
this point more carefully in another paper.” We are not
familiar with any later note by Verhoeff on this subject.
*One specimen junior, Castleton, 2. 8., vi./13.
Family Iulide, Leach (ex p.), 1814.
(Genus Iuuus (s. |.), Brandt, 1833.)
Genus IuLus, Brandt.
3. I. ligulifer, Latzel and Verhoeff.
Syn. I. scandinavius, Latzel,
15--35 mm,
Verhoeff (13) includes this species in the subgenus Mdcero-
podoiulus.
The females of this species are very like those of J. fallax.
The coxite of the second leg of the male, however, bears an
oval expansion, which serves to characterize I. ligulifer.
1 g,2 2 %, Buxton district, ourselves, 1918.
4. I. (Ophiiulus) fallax, Meinert, 1868.
Syn. I. longabo, C. L, Koch, 1847.
3 18-32, 2 25-45 mm. Wee
A fair-sized black julid, very like J. ligulifer, the females
being practically indistinguishable from those of that species.
co] 3 5 94%
324 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
Both animals have an acute caudal process and smooth pro-
zonites. In J. fallax the legs of the first pair, in the male,
are sickle-shaped. .
*1 9 (or J. ligulifer), Cave Dale, R. S, in a recent year
(J.), G. 3159; both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Genus 'TACHYPODOIULUS.
5. 7. albipes (C. L. Koch).
Syn. ? J, niger, Leach.
I. transversosulcatus, Am Stein.
3 22-30, 2 25-35 mm.
This large black julid is easily distinguishable under the
microscope by the presence of transverse striz on the pro-
zonites, to which Am Stein’s name for the species owes its
origin. This animal iseommon in our islands,
* 9, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, R. S., 18/viii./13 (7.),
G. 3154; *¢, 2 , in a collection from Dove and Mill
Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); 1g, near the R. Dove, our-
selves, ix./16; Buxton & Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918.
Genus CYLINDROIULUS, Verhoeff.
(1894 as a subgenus, 1899 as a genus).
Prof. Silvestri informs us, in litt., that he considers that
Cylindroiulus and Diploiulus, Berlese, 1886 (2) are synony-
mous, the latter having precedence. This conclusion, how-
ever, does not meet with the approval of all continental
authorities.
6. C. silvarum (Meinert).
Syn. ? I. punctatus, Leach.
15-25 mm.
An animal commonly found between the bark and trunk of
rotting logs. The caudal process is club-shaped. a
*9, in a collection from Dove and Mill Dales, 2. S.,
21/iv./14 (J.); 19, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ;
both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918; several,
including “1 g@, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. &
S. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18.
7. C. britannicus (Verhoeff, 1891).
Syn. I. frisioides, Verhoeff, 1892.
J. luscus, Meinert, as used by Bagnall and by ? Jackson. On
this point see Bagnall’s note (1) and our own (3).
16-15 mm,
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 325
An interesting tailless julid. The only known English
millipede with which this is likely to be confused is CO. frisius,
Verhoeff, from which it is distinguished by the form of the
gonopods of the male. Upon dissection, we found that one
male taken by us at Great Longstone, 1918, belongs to this
species. ‘This specimen in spirit was 12°35 mm. long. A
female taken by one of us (S. G. B.-B.) at Burbage Hall,
27/v./18, is probably referable to this species.
Genus SCHIZOPHYLLUM.
8. S. sabulosum (Linné).
20-46 mm.
This is a large and handsome julid, marked with two
bright yellow dorsal stripes running the whole length of the
body. °
*2 9 9, The Winnats, Castleton, R. S., in a recent year
(J.), G. 3164; numerous, Dove Dale, R. S., J.W.S., C. R. B.,
25/v./16; 1 gd junior, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16;
adults, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Family Protoiulide.
(Genus BLANIULUS (s. 1.), Gervais, 1836.)
Genus TRICHOBLANIULUS, Verhoeff.
Syn. Verhoeff uses the subgeneric name Typhloblaniulus (13), which
is used as generic by Ribaut (9).
9. 7’. quttulatus (Bosc).
Syn. ? Iulus pulchellus, Leach (nec C, L, Koch).
9-18 mm.
A common blind blaniulid, which is sometimes a pest in
potato crops. It is a worm-like form.
Both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Genus AMSTEINIA, Verhoeff.
10, A. fuscus (Am Stein).
9-16 mm.
Males of this species are rare; tle present record is, how-
ever, admissible, as the eyes prove a useful diagnostic cha-
racter. The ocelli are arranged much the greater number in
a long single row, the remainder in a small elongated triangle
with its base against the central partof the row. The animal
326 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
is often associated with Cylindrotu/us silvarum, and its usual
habitat is between the bark and trunk of rotting logs.
Very few specimens (no adult ¢), Bakewell district, our-
selves, 1918.
Family Polydesmide, Leach (ex p.), 1814.
Jenus POLYDESMUS, Latreille, 1802 & 1804.
11. P. complanatus (Linné).
13-28°5 mm.
This large flat-backed millipede is common in the British
{sles. Its gonopods are distinctive. The genus has twenty
body-segments.
*2 gg, The Winnats, Castleton, 2. S., in a recent year
(J.), G. 3149; *2 gg and juniors, Cave Dale, 2. S., in a
recent year (J.), G. 3136; *¢ g 2 ?, in a collection from
Dove and Mill Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (7); fg, near the
R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell, ourselves, 4/vi./18 ;
1 3, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. § S. G. B-B.,
6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
12. P. coriaceus, Porat.
12°5 mm.
This species is smaller than P. eomplanatus, also the males
have distinctive gonopods. A male trom Great Longstone
which we dissected for careful diagnosis was 12°5 mm. long.
Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch, 1847.
10-16 mm.
Again the gonopods of the male are diagnostic. In this
character we did not find the male recorded below quite
typical. The slight difference, however, is probably no more
than an individual peculiarity in the specimen in question.
On the whole the condition of the gonopod is similar to that
of the preparation given by Dr. Brélemann in figure 34 in
the xviith. paper of the ‘ Biospeologica’ series (7). In our
examp'e the secondary ramus is arched much as that is in the
’ fig. 34 cited. To adopt the lettering used by Dr. Bié!emann,
its external appendix (p) is well developed, broad, slightly
arched, and furnished with a well-marked sharp tooth (7)
near the base, as in figure 34 (op. cit.). The individual
difference we have noted (ante) consists in the presence of a
second small tooth on the internal face of the distal part of —
Myriapoda from Derbyshire, 327
the secondary ramus. Tie seminal ramus presents the usual
features ; the small tootl (y) of the external face is well-
developed.
i g (and ? other material), near the R. Dove, ourselves,
ix./16.
Genus Bracuypesmvs, C. Heller, 1857,
Species B, superus, Latzel, 1884.
14. BL. superus mosellunus, Verloeff, 1891.
8°5-9 mm.
The genus to which this animal belongs has nineteen body-
segments. ‘The present variety, with typical gonopods in the
male, seems to be the common English form. We have
dissected specimens from both the localities mentioned below.
In the garden of Beech House, Great Longstone, we met
with large numbers of the animal, ~
Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918.
Genus OPHIODESMUS.
15. OU. albonanus (Latzel).
Syn. Paradesmus albonanus, Latzel.
4°5 mm.
This minute square-backed millipede (our spirit-specimen
is 4°5 mm. long) will probably prove to be not uncommon in
Britain. Dr. Brélemann kindly confirmed the species by
examining a drawing of the gonopod dissected from a speci-
men collected in another part of the country by our friend
Mr. Bagnali, who was good enough to send it to us, correctly
labelled. ‘The example recorded below was adult, being
furnished with the characteristic gonopods of the species.
We suspect that the animal occurs in the garden of Asliford
Vicarage, but we failed to obtain adult males there in spite of
careful collecting.
1 g, in the garden of Mrs. Thornhill’s home, Beech House,
Great Longstone, ourselves, 1918.
Family Brachycheteumida, Verloeff et Brade-Birks,
1911, 1918.
Genus BRACHYCHATEUMA, Verhoeff et Brade-Bitks,
EOE, USTs:
Syn. Owing to errors in Verhoeff’s original description we established
lacksoneuma, 1917, to receive a new species Brachycheteuma
bradee (Brélemann et Brade-Birks, 1917) (5). In the light
of new material of the genotypical species, Jacksoneuma
becomes a synonym of Brachycheteuma.
328 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
16, B. quartum, Brade-Birks (to be described later in the
present paper).
9 7-8 mm. ;
“While collecting on a slope by the side of the Ashford
road, close to the town of Bakewell, one of us (7. K, B.-B.)
came across a specimen of a square-backed millipede which
we recognized in the field as belonging to the family
Brachycheteumide. Although we searched earefully not
only both of us on this, but also one of us on another occasion,
we failed to collect another example. It became clear upon
examination with the microscope that this specimen could
not be referred to any of the three known species ; a deserip-
tion is therefore given in another part of this paper.
1 9, near Bakewell, H. K. B.-B., 29/v./18.
Family Craspedosomide, Verhoeff, 1909.
Subfamily Crasprposomrvaz, Verhoeff, 1909.
\Tribe CRASPEDUSOMINT, Verhoeff, 1909,
Genus PoLyMICRODON, Verhoeff, 1897.
Subgenus PoLyMr1crovon (s. str.), Verhoeff, 1897.
17. P. latzeli (Verhoeff, 1891).
Syn. Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeft, 1891.
? Atractosoma poly ydesmoides, ‘Leach.
2 Atractosoma latzeli gallicum, Verhoeff, 1895.
? Craspedosoma latzeli galliicum, Verhoetf, 1896.
? Polymicrodon latzeli gallicum, V erhoeft, 1897.
~ 17-18 mm.
A flat-backed animal with thirty body-segments. We
have little doubt that this species should be called P. poly-
desmordes (Leach), but until the type-specimens of Leach’s’
animal are examined it seems unwise for us to make the
alteration. ‘The characteristic gonopods are figured by
Verhoeff (12), and those of P. latzeli gallicum, which is
perhaps a synonym, by Ribaut (11).
* 4g, Cave Vale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3147.
We also took specimens almost certainly referable to this
species in the Bakewell district, 1918, but there were no adult
males for definite diagnosis.
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 329
Family Chordeumide, Verhoeff, 1899.
Subfamily Mrcrocuorpevurya, Verhoeff, 1910.
Genus CuordEUMELLA, Verlioeff.
Species C. scutellare, Ribaut, 1913.
18. C. seutellare bagnall:, Brade-Birks (to be deseribed
later in the present paper).
6:0 mm.
While collecting in the garden of Beech House; Great
Longstone, one of us found a number of specimens of a small
millipede of the genus Chordeumella. Upon microscopic
examination it became evident that this creature cannot be
referred to the only known British representative of the
genus, C. scutellare brélemannt, Brade-Birks, although it
falls into the species C. scutellare. Nevertheless we found
differences which justify a subspecific name for this animal,
which is described later in tiis study.
Numerous males, but no satisfactory females, S. G. B.-B.,
Great Longstone, 1918.
Class CIUILOPODA.
Family Lithobiide, Newport, 1844.
Genus Liruosius, Leach, 1814.
19. L. forjicatus (Linné, 1758).
15-32 mm. |
This large and active brown centipede has more than two
teeth ou each of the coxw of the maxillipedes. Its seventh
dorsal plate is not produced posteriorly. The anal lees are
stout. It is common all over the British Isles, under stones
and in other damp situations. We have previously (4)
recorded it for the county, as it was sent to us from Great
Longstone (1 9, A. W. F., 13/x./15) ; *Dove Dale, R. &.,
iv./12 (.J.), G. 3172 ; *in a collection from Dove and Mill
Dales, RR. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); near the R. Dove, ourselves,
ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & 8S. G. B.-B.,
6/vi./18; Burbage Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v./18 ; Buxton and
Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918.
20. L. variegatus, Leach et Brélemann,
20 mm.
This large and tiuly British variegated centipede has more
330 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
than two teeth on each of the coxe of the maxillipedes. Its
seventh dorsal plate has angular projections from each end of
its posterior border. ‘I'he anal legs are slender. It is often
to be found under stones in moorland districts. We do not
seem to have met with it ourselves in the Carboniferous
Limestone areas of Derbyshire in 1918.
* 3 2, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, R. S., in a recent
year (J.), G. 3176; *in a collection from Dove and Mill
Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); near the R. Dove, ourselves,
ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B.& S. G. B.-B.,
6/vi./18.
21. DL. melanops, Newport, 1845.
Syn. L, glabratus, C. L. Kuch, 1847.
10-16 mm.
A species, with numerous ocelli and 2+2 maxillipede-
teeth, which has definite angular projections from the poste-
rior borders of its ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth dorsal
plates. It is not uncommon between the trunk and bark of
rotting logs.
Burbage Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v./18.
22. L. crasstpes, L. Koch, 1862.
6-9 mm.
A small active orown centipede, with only twenty antennal
segments.
*Dove Dale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3165 5 near
the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; Manners Wood, near Bake-
well, V7. B. & S. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district,
ourselves, 1918.
23. L. dubosequi, Brolemann.
55-7 mm.
Another small species, not unlike L. crassipes, but provided
with only three ocelli on each side of the head in typical
cases.
The Vicarage garden, Ashford-in-the-Water, ourselves,
1918.
Family Scolopendrida, Newport, 1844.
Genus Cryprops, Leach, 1814.
24. C. hortensis, Leach, 1814.
Syn. C. savignyi, Leach, 1817.
15-25 mm.
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 331
A form intermediate in organization between Lithobius and
Geophilus.
A tew, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Family Geophilide, Leach, 1814.
Genus Geopuitus, Leach, 1814.
25. G. carpophagus, Leach.
Syn. G. sodalis, Bergsoe et Meinert.
; G. condylogaster, Latzel, 1880.
41 mm.
This is a dark brown species of our well-distributed genus
Geophilus. The pegs of the anterior ventral plates are
prominent and the corresponding sockets comparatively
small. We have not ourselves met with this species in the
county.
*Dove Dale, R. S., 21/iv./14 (/.).
26. G. longrcornis, Leach, 1814.
Syn G. flavus (De Geer, 1778).
40 min.
A detailed examination of examples of this species will
show that the true peg-and-socket or “ carpophagous”’ struc-
ture is wanting in the ventral plates of the animal’s body.
This character is present in all its known English congeners.
*2 2 2, Castleton, R. S., ix./13 (J.), G. 3135 ; near the
R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; 1 2 with forty-seven pairs of
legs, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & S. G. B.-B.,
6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
27. G. insculptus, Attems, 1895.
Syn. The name “G. proximus” has been used by other authors in
this country and ourselves to record animals which un-
doubtedly belong to G. insculptus. The true G. proxrimus,
C. L. Koch, 1847, is unknown to us.
25 mm.
In May and June we found G. inscu/ptus to be a fairly
common species, and we obtained a good number of speciinens.
The socket of the anterior ventral plates is large.
Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918 ; Burbage
Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v.]18.
28. G. electricus (Linné, 1758).
45 mm.
This is an interesting species, not very common in the
332 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on
north of England, but apparently well distributed. The
specimen recorded below has sixty-nine pairs of legs, and is ,
furnished with typical pores on the coxee of the anal legs.
1, junior, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Genus BRACHYGEOPHILUS, Brélemann, 1909.
29. B. truncorum (Bergsoe et Meinert).
10-14 mm.
This is the type of the genus, which resembles Geophilus.
In Brachygeophilus the sternites are without pore-fields, the
coxal pores are much reduced, the species are very small,
and the number of their somites is low and only slightly
variable (6). In the case of B. truncorum there are three -
marked depressions on the surface of the anterior ventral
plates. It is common in the north of England.
Near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell district,
ourselves, 1918.
Genus STIGMATOGASTER, Latzel, 1880.
30. S. subterraneus (Leach).
Syn. Himantarium subterraneum (Leach).
90 mm.
A large species with a clearly defined central pore-field on
the anterior ventral plates.
Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.
Genus SCOLIOPLANES, Bergsoe et Meinert, 1866.
31. S. acuminatus (Leach, 1814).
20-34 mm.
This is one of the darker geophilids. The maxillipedes of
this genus are sufficiently characteristic to distinguish it at —
a glance from Geophilus. In this species, according to —
Latzel (8), the male always (in Austria) has thirty-nine ©
pairs of walking-legs ; there were thirty-nine pairs in the —
example recorded below. It would appear that the female —
inay have from forty-one to forty-seven pairs, though Latzel —
only knew them (loc. edt.) with forty-one to forty-three pairs. —
J 3, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16.
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 333
III. DescrIPTIONS oF THE ‘’wo NEw MILLIPEDES
RECORDED ABOVE, WITH NOTES.
Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. n.
Dimensions approximately the same as those of the known
species. Ocelli present, well but irregularly pigmented, few
in pnumber—three. The other external characters and the
mouth-parts agreeing with the type of the genus. Male
unknown.
Female.—TVhe female presents the usual sexual differences.
The vulve.—In the “ cyphopodite”’ the chitinization, both
of the pilose lateral lobes (fig. 1, ea, in) and of the naked
posterior lobe (pd), is well marked. The posterior lobe is
Fig. I.
Brachycheteuma quartum, posterior view of the right vulva. ea, tn,
external and internal lobes of the “ cyphopodite” ; pl, posterior
lobe. x 260. H. K. B.-B. del.
simple in form, and is neither provided with a marked
median elevation nor with lateral folds of chitin, though, as
usual, the chitin of the posterior lobe as a whole is stouter
than that of the rest of the organ. When viewed from
behind the distal limit of the posterior lobe is almost flat and
its lateral borders are simple, being convex in profile. From
the same point of view a strong band of chitin is seen to
arise from the external edge of the lobe at the height of its
convexity ; this band passes transversely towards the internal
edge, and, losing its definition, hardly unites with it. A
334 Dr. & the Rev, S. Graham Brade-Birks on
short, proximally directed ridge of the same nature arises
from a similar position on the internal border of the lobe.
Hab. Bakewell, wild, in a well-wooded Carboniferous
Limestone district, under a stone.
Type. Slides 1275 and 1276, tube 1277, Brade-Birks
collection. tn
It seems a convenient opportunity to give a diagnostic key
to the females of the genus Brachychwteuma, as follows :—
la. Posterior lobe (of the “ceyphopodite”) lack-
ing a pair of definite circular thickenings
OF CHUA oi je oy ards SE ate mn oinin b.5 209 Oo 2.
14, Posterior lobe furnished with a pair of { Birks.
detinite circular thickenings of chitin .. 2B. melanops, Brade-
2a. Posterior lobe with a marked median
GIGMEENON o.. e sart chek hs eaten me ob 3.
2b. Posterior lobe without a inarked median
BICTBMED Sins dis oan ee i Seg ne B, quartum, nobis.
3a. Posterior lobe with a small median eleva-
tion and well-marked lateral folds of [ Brade-Birks,
QUE oe ac Siew c aae: eee ta nee oe pete B. bagnalli, Verhoelf et
3 b. Posterior lobe with a large and outwardly
directed median elevation, but lacking fet Brade-Birks.
lateral folds ‘of ehitin 34 «cic x suk acca sive BL. bradee, Brélemann
In the males of the genus it seems probable that develop-
ment of the telepodite of the anterior gonopods runs parallel
with the development of the posterior lobe of the ‘ cypho-
podite” in the vulva of the female. If that is really so, we
should expect that when examples of the male of B. guartum
are found, the telepoditic elements of the anterior gonopods
will be similar to those of B. bradew and LB. bagnalli—perhaps
slightly less complicated ; we should not expect the complex
condition of the telepoditic horns found in B. melanops. In
the species known previously the coxal prolongations of the
auterior gonopods have been useful diagnostic features, and
by analogy we should expect them to differ in B. guartum
from those of the other species and to be simpler in form than
in any of them, Thus, they should most closely resemble
the coxal prolongations of B. bagnalli*. The syncoxite of
the same gonopods appears to be a fairly constant feature,
and so it is to be expected that in this character and in the
disposition of the pseudoflagella the male of B. guartum will
ugree with the other species.
* The coxal prolongations might, for example, be broader distally and
less elevated than in ZB. bagnalli.
Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 335
Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n.
Dimensions of the male.—Length 6°0, breadth 0°6 mm.
Other external characters.—In all essentials these are the
same as those of C. sculellare lrélemanni, though, perhaps,
the new variety is rather darker dorsally.
Modified Appendages of the Male:
Anterior paragonopods (fig. 2).—These show characters
intermediate between those of the type of the species and the
variety C. scutellure brélemanni. ‘The appendages are repre-
sented by a pair of conical processes, the coxal elements,
Fig. 3.
Chordeumella seutellare bagnalli.
Fig. 2.—Anterior paragonopods, x 260. H. K. B.-B. del.
Fig. 3.—Sternite and left femorite of the anterior gonopods, x 260.
H. K. B.-B. del.
which bear long apical hairs. A definite indentation of the
internal border of each paragonopod, due to an obtuse-angled
inward bend of the appendage, corresponds in position to a
feeble fold in the case of C. scutellare scutellare, The
shoulder opposite the indentation is developed into a rounded
pigmented naked pyojection on the external border of the
limb. This projection is the rudiment of a telepodite, but the
point of division between telepoditic and coxal elements is
336 On Myriapoda from Derbyshire.
nearer obliteration than is the ease in C. seutellare brélemanni.
Whereas in rélemanni the apices of the telepoditic and coxal
elements are of about the same elevation, in this new variety
the telepoditic element falls considerably short of the elevation
of the coxite.
Anterior gonopods (fig. 3).—These, again, are intermdiate
in form between those of the type of the species and brék-
manni. The sternite is furnished with a median prolongation,
well developed and tongue-like in shape and siinply rounded
at its extremity, its distal border being neither emarginate as
in C, scutellare scutellare, nov drawn out into a definite peak-
like projection as in C. scutellure brélemannt,
Posterior gonopods, first pair of legs of the eighth segment,
postertor paragonopods.—Inu all essentials these agree with
the corresponding limbs of the type of the species; thus they
also resemble those of brélemanni.
Female. Adult unknown,
Hab. Under wood, on a garden-path, ete., Beech House,
Great Longstone, 1918.
Dedication. We have pleasure in naming this variety in
honour of our friend and colleague Mr. R.S. Bagnall, F.L.S.
etc., of Blayden-upon-T'yne.
Types. ‘Vube 1271, slides 1272, 1273, 1274, and 1349,
Brade-Birks collectiou.
REFERENCES.
(1) Bacnaty, R. 8. ‘On some Lancashire Myriapods new to the
British Fauna.” Lancs. & Ches. Nat.*, July 1917, p. 104.
(2) BeriEse, A. Acari, Myr., et Scorp. fase. viil., i. (1883).
(3) Brape-Brexs, Hitpa K. and 8. Granam. “Notes on Myriapoda,
IV.” Lancs. & Ches. Nat.*, Sept. 1916, p. 141.
(4) ——. “Notes on Myr. VI.” Ibed.* July 1917, p. 113.
(5) ——. “Notes on Myr., VIL.” Journ. Zool. Res., Dec. 1917, vol. ii.
pt. 4, p. 135.
(6) Brétemann, Henry W. “A propos d'un systéme des Géophilo-
morphes.” Arch. Zool. Exp, et Gén., Dec. 1909, vol. xliii. no. 3,
. 803.
(7) a “ Biospeologica, XVII.” bid. Oct. 1910, vol. xlv. p. 339.
(8) LatzEL, Roperr. Die Myr. der dster.-ung. Mon. (1880-4),
(9) Ripaut, H. “Notes Myriapodologiques, 1.” Soc. d’hist. Nat. de
Toulouse (1905).
(10) ‘“‘ Myriopodes de la Montagne Noire.” did. 1909, vol. xliu.
no. 3, p. 142.
(11) -—. “ Biospeologica, XXVIII” Arch. Zool, Exp. et Gén., Jan.
1913, vol. 1. no. 8, p. 899.
(12) Vernorrr, K.W. “Kin Beitrag zur mitteleuropaischen Diplo-
poden-Fauna.” Berl. ent. Zeitsch. vol. xxxvi. H. 1, 1891, p. 116.
(13) ——-. Uber Diplopoden. Tausendfiissler aus Brandenburg u.
andere Formen aus Ostdeutschland u. Ost.-Ung.,” Mar. 1907.
* Published under the auspices of the Lancashire and Cheshire Fauna
Comittee.
On various Species of the American Genus Astylus, 337
XXXII.—WNotes on various Species of the American Genus
Astylus, Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters
[ Coleoptera]. By Grorage CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.
CERTAIN species of the Malacoderm genus Astylus, Cast.
(= Mecoglossa, Solier) exhibit remarkable sexual characters,
two only of which appear to have been specially noticed by
authors, viz., the broad, vertical lamella on each side of the
terminal abdominal segment in ¢ ¢ of A. trifasciatus and
A. gayi, mentioned by Guérin, and the deeply emarginate,
bispinose apices of the elytra in 2 9 of A. octopustulatus
and A, antillarum, observed by Gorham. The presence of
these and other important external structures, accompanied
by peculiarities in the g genital armature (visible in many
dried specimens), has induced me to examine the teemen
and edeagus (penis-sheath *) of nearly all the species repre-
sented in the British Museum, or in that of the Hope
Collection at Oxford. ‘These chitinous structures are noticed
in detail in the present paper ; and in a number of cases the
insect itself, owing to uncertainties of identification, is re-
described, or named, if new. The principal external charac-
ters observed, apart from the longer antenne or curved tibize
of the males of certain species, are :—(1) the presence of two
compressed, subconical, tuberculiform or dentiform promin-
ences on the metasternum in @ (A. octopustulatus, gorhami,
&e.) ; (2) the long, spiniform, anterior trochanters in ¢
(A. subgriseus) ; (3) the obliquely produced or dentiform
inner apical angles of one or more of the intermediate joints
of the anterior tarsi in ¢ (A. antis, splendidus, correptus, and
converus) ; (4) the posteriorly constricted elytra in ¢
(A. correptus) ; (5) the deeply emarginate, bispinose apices
of the elytra in 9 (A. octopustulatus, gorhami, antillarum,
&c.); (6) the sinuato-truncated apices of the elytra, with
sharp or dentiform sutural angle, in 9 (A. quadrilineatus,
imbricatus, &c.); (7) the elongate, conical, terminal, abdo-
minal segmentin ¢ (A. sewmaculatus, &c.) ; (8) the laterally
lamellate terminal abdominal segment, and broadly divided
fifth ventral segment, in ¢ (A. trifasciatus and gayi); (9) the
forcipate terminal dorsal segment in ¢ (A. forcipatus).
The tegmen of the g in many of the species is very
deeply emarginate or cleft at the apex (A. trifasciatus, &c.) ;
in others it is feebly emarginate (A. octopustulatus, &c.),
truncated (A, cyanerythrus, &c.), or simply rounded at the
* Median lobe of Sharp and Muir.
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 25
338 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
tip (A. correptus) ; the margins of the distal portion of this
organ are usually clothed with long curled hairs. ‘The very
elongate penis-sheath exhibits a variety of forms: (1) almost
straight from near the base and simply pointed at the tip
(A. antis and many other species) ; (2) broad, compressed,
and obliquely truncate at the tip (A, seamaculatus) ;
(3) constricted distally, and obliquely truncate and sub-
securiform at the tip (A. vittaticoll’s); (4) flattened and
strongly bisinuate as seen in profile (A. trifasciatus and
gayi). The long membranous sac, containing the true
intromittent organ, has not been examined: the distal portion
of it is usually seen protruding from the dorsal surface of
the penis-sheath at some distance before the apex of the
latter, and in some cases the exposed part appears to be
studded with asperities or short bristles*. ‘The terminal
abdominal segment of the ¢ is separated from the preceding
segment, on both the ventral and dorsal aspects, by a mem-
branous space, extending broadly forward along the entire
length of the fifth ventral segment in A. trifasciatus, sea-
maculatus, &e., allowing great freedom of movement of this
portion of the body during copulation. In several species a
thickened hook-like process has been noticed on the front of
the first ventral segment in g; butas this structure is almost
covered by the posterior cox, and cannot be seen till the
abdomen is detached, no use las been made of it in the
present paper.
The genus Astylus extends over the greater part of South
America, and is particularly well represented at high eleva-
tions in the Ecuadorean Andes, two species occurring as far
north as Panama, and two in the Lesser Antilles. The large
Chilean forms have been placed under a separate genus,
Mecoglossa, by Solier, a name that might conveniently be
retained for them, on account of the extraordinary genital
armature of the ¢, and the cleft terminal ventral segment of
the 2. Since the publication of the “ Munich ” Catalogue
of Malacodermata, in 1869, numerous species of Astylus
have been described or named by Kirsch, Berg, Steinheil,
Gorham, Bourgeois, and Pic. It is questionable whether
one of the papers by the last-named author, entitled “ Sur le
genre Astylus, Cast.” (L’Echange, xvii. pp. 34-36, 1902),
containing many proposed new names for 8. American forms, —
unaccompanied by definite descriptions or measurements, and —
issued solely—as the author states—to secure priority, should
* The genitalia examined have been dissected by Mr. A. Cant. To
extract these pieces without injury, it has been found necessary to boil
the detached abdomen in caustic potash.
Species of the American Genus Astylus, 339
be recognized*, These hairy insects are found gregariously
on flowers in open places, and they bear a certain relation-
ship to the Palearctic /Henicopus, wanting the peculiar
structures in the legs of the males so conspicuous in nearly
all the members of the last-named genus. The two species
found in abundance by myself in Chiriqui in 1881-83 are still
the only known representatives of Astylus recorded from
north of the Isthmus of Panama.
The forms represented in the British Museum collection
may be grouped by their structural characters or g armature
thus :t—
a, Metasternum without tubercles or dentiform pro-
cesses in ¢.
~ a’, Wings fully developed.
a*, Terminal abdominal segment with broad verti-
cal lamellw in ¢, the segment itself transverse
on the ventral aspect; sixth ventral segment
divided in 9; elytra more or less costate and
rugosely punctured: dg with bilobed tegmen
and strongly sinuate penis-sheath : species
large, Chilean [Mrcoatossa, Sol.].... ..... Nos. 1, 2.
b?, Terminal abdominal seoment ’ without ‘lamelle,
conical or narrowed posteriorly in ¢; sixth
ventral segment divided in 9; elytra not
costate: dg of A. sexmaculutus with bilobed
tegmen and broad, obliquely truncate penis-
SURE OTI crc co-'n-< 0.0, vie: 3a ace 0»; «nS a tg Sle ie Nos. 3, 4.
ce’, Terminal abdominal segment as in 67; sixth
ventral segment not divided in 9.
a’, Elytra not constricted posteriorly in either
sex, at most obsoletely costate.
a‘, Elytral apices rounded or obtuse in d 2,
or (A. vittatus) obliquely truncate in 2.
a’. $ with bilobed or emarginate tegmen
and acuminate penis-sheath, the inter-
mediate joints of anterior tarsi angulate
at inner apical angle in A. antis and
_ splendidus.
. Anterior trochanters simple in ¢ . Nos, 5-22.
oP. Anterior trochanters long and spini-
TORN Gia oak ss ae siesta eee . No. 23.
. ¢ with bluntly rounded or truncated teg-
men and acuminate penis-sheath .,.... Nos. 24, 25,
ce’. ¢ with bilobed tegmen and es ote
dilated penis-sheath Poe ao Heme Hd No. 26,
* This article is catalogued in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1902,
p. 140, as “ Notes on proposed n. spp.” but the paper itself is not
analysed, and the new names are not given.
t “Males of A. hematostictus, sexpustulatus, convexus, and amabihs not
dissected, those of A. pallipes, imbricatus, and laticauda, and female of
A. forcipatus wanting.
25*
340 Mr. G. C, Champion on various
b*, Elytral apices sinuato-truncate and sutural
angles sharpin ¢ Q*: ¢ with emarginate
tegmen and acuminate penis-sheath .... No, 27.
a®, Elytra constricted posteriorly in ¢ , subparallel
in 9, sharply costate laterally in both sexes :
3 with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi pro-
duced at inner apical angle, the tegmen
rounded at tip, and the penis-sheath acumi-
WMG avis Uo croc sere es rns men ee ee No. 28.
d?, Terminal abdominal segment with a long process
on each side in ¢, the tegmen truncate, and the
penis-sheath acuminate; elytra bicostate, the
INNOr -CoBtA PLOMINGNE , m2 ves yw sia ee eens ea Cae No. 29.
b'. Wings wanting or rudimentary ; elytra not costate: .
3 with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi produced
at inner apical angle .............. ate eines No. 30,
. Metasternum bituberculate or bidentate in ¢ ; elytra
uni- or bicostate; wings fully developed: ¢ with
tegmen truncate or feebly emarginate and penis-
sheath acuminate.
c’. Elytral apices rounded or truncate in ¢, bispinose
and deeply emarginate in 9 ..........c0sreeee Nos. 31-36.
d'. Elytral apices rounded or subtruncate in ¢, sinuato-
truncate, and with the sutural angles sharp and
OVELIBPPING | UTD ain ast ox 4 5 Alors x55) ces See Nos. 37-39.
>
1. Astylus trifasciatus.
Dasytes (Astylus) trifasciatus, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48, t. 15.
figs. 2-2; Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109.
Mecoglossa rugosa, Solier, in Gay's Hist. Chile, iv. p. 426, t. 10.
figs. 5-5 g. :
g. Ventral sutures 1-4 oblique fiom the outer margin to
median line; segment 1 with a stout hook in the middle at
the base; segment 5 long, divided into two, widely separated,
apically convergent lobes, which are broadly subtruncate at
the tip, the median portion membranous. Terminal segment
elongate on the dorsal aspect, transverse on the ventral
aspect, angulate on each side towards the apex beneath, the
apical portion dilated laterally into a broad, vertical, inwardly
concave, securiform lobe, aud the apical margin toothed in
the centre above. ‘Tegmen with moderately long, ciliate,
feebly curved, lateral lobes, which are subtruneate or bluntly
rounded at the tip. Penis-sheath very strongly, bisinuately
curved, tapering at the tip.
9. Ventral segment 6 abont as long as 5, cleft, and
separated laterally from the dorsal portion.
Hab. CHILE.
Apparently a common species in some parts of Chile.
* Possibly a variable character in this species, A. guadrilineatus,
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 341
This insect has extremely rugosely punctured elytra, and two
more or less distinct costze on the disc ; the first and second
fasciz are usually connected with the dark sutural stripe, and
the latter is sometimes dilated at the tip. The females are
broader than the males, and some of them (labelled with the
MS. name Mecoglossa intermedia in the Fry collection), from
Lota, Chillan, &c., have much less coarsely punctate elytra.
The long hairs on the under surface are cinereous in colour
in the rugose form, and intermixed with black hairs in the
smoother examples. The elytral markings are sometimes
reduced to two spots on the outer part of the disc, the
anterior one being quite small. Females largely preponderate
in the long series before me, few of which are labelled with
any definite locality.
2. Astylus gayi.
Dasytes (Astylus) gayii, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48.
Mecoglossa affinis, Solier, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 427.
Dasytes porrectus, Buquet, in Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837).
Hab. Cute, Valparaiso (C. Darwin), Concepcion, San
Blas, Coquimbo (Mus. Brit.), Araucania (R. UM, Middleton),
es
This insect is a smoother, very hairy form of A. trifaseiatus,
with the elytral markings usually reduced to three angular
patches along the outer part of the disc and the sutural stripe
dilated at the base and apex, and the long hairs on the under
surface entirely or in great part black. The two forms have
precisely similar g armature, and the smoother females
alluded to under A. trifasciatus would be equally well placed
under either of them.
3. Astylus sexmaculatus.
Dasytes sexmaculatus, Perty, Del. Anim. art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 15 ;
Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 96.
Dasytes pictus, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837).
g. Ventral segment 1 with a blunt hook in the centre at
the base; 5 broadly cleft down the middle, the lateral portions
subtruncate at the tip. ‘Terminal segment long, tubulate,
narrowing outwards, emarginate laterally at the apex.
Tegmen with long, spoon-shaped, slightly sinuous lateral
lobes, which are curved inwards at the tip, and thickly
fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, compressed, the
outer portion broadly, obliquely truncate, as seen in profile.
342 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
9. Ventral segment 5 short, triangular, emarginate,
6 cleft, shorter than 5.
Hab. Braziv, Rio de Janeiro (Blanchard, Fry), Sio Paulo
(Perty), Alto de Serra Paulo (G@. 2. Bryant).
A long series seen, males prepondcrating, showing searcely
any variation, except in size. The penis-sheath of the g,
examined in many specimens, is very different from that of
any of the allied species dissected,
4, Astylus hematostictus, sp. 0.
Elongate, narrow, shining, nigro-pilose above and beneath ;
nigro-ceeruleous, the head and prothorax greenish, the elytra
with an oblong spot at the base, thé lateral margins to near
the middle, a triangular postmedian patch on the disc, and a
transverse subapical mark, luteous or reddish, the antenna
testaceous to about the middle; the head and prothorax
finely, the elytra rather coarsely punctate. Head not much
developed behind the eyes; antennze moderately long in g,
short in 2. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides in
both sexes. Elytra long, subparallel in their basal half.
6. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6
moderately long, conical, cleft down the middle.
9. Ventral segment 6 short, divided down the middle.
Length 6-64, breadth 24-22 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. Brazit, Minas Geraes (Mus. Brit.). :
Described from a pair acquired by the Museum in 1844,
the g labelled with the MSs. specific name hematostictus.
An elongate, narrow, metallic insect, with nigro-ceruleous
elytra, which are each marked with three rather large luteous
or reddish spots—one basal (oblong), one postmedian (tri-
angular), and one subapical (transverse). A larger abraded
? (length 8} mm.), from Puarcatambo, Peru, too imperfect
to name, differs from the Brazilian insect in having the elytra
less coarsely punctate, and the three spots transverse, the
second forming a definite arcuate fascia. A. hematostictus
seems to be nearest allied to A. sewmaculatus, Perty, from
which it is separable by its smaller size, narrower form, and
the differently shaped spots on the elytra. The unique male
has not been dissected.
5. Astylus antis.
Dasytes antis, Perty, Del. Anim. art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 13 (1838) ;
Cast. Hist. Nat. Coleopt. i. p. 280.
Dasytes flavofasciatus, Blanch.in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 97, t. 6.
fig. 10.
Astylus fasciatus [Germ. in Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123], Sharp and —
Muir, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond, 1912, pp. 540, 541 (3 genit. armature).
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 343
3. Anterior tarsi with joints 3 and 4 angulate, and 2
obliquely dentate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral
segment 5 broadly, deeply emarginate. Terminal segment
long, tubulate, narrowing from the base, cleft beneath.
Tegmen narrowly cleft for a short distance at the apex,
which is fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath narrowed
and somewhat acuminate at the tip.
?. Ventral segment 6 short, undivided, feebly notched at
the apex.
Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro, Santa Catharina, S40 Paulo,
Rio Grande, &c.; ParaGuay, Sapucay (W. Foster) ;
ARGENTINA, Corrientes (sec. Blanchard).
Of the twenty-five specimens before me, females pre-
ponderating, five belong to the smaller form with a relatively
narrow prothorax in both sexes, this latter corresponding to the
D. flavofasciatus of Blanchard, from Corrientes, Rio Grande,
Sapucay, &c. A male of each has been dissected, and the
armature proves to be precisely similar. The broad, com-
plete, submedian flavous fascia on the elytra separates
A. antis from A. splendidus. The prothorax and the base
of the elytra are thickly set with long, erect or projecting,
black hairs in both of them. The length varies from
10-16 mm.
6. Astylus splendidus,
Dasytes splendidus, Cast. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1832, p. 398; Hist. Nat,
Coleopt. i. p. 280.
Aab.. BRaziu (Mus. Oxon.), Rio de Janeiro (Fry).
This is a large very brilliantly coloured form of A. antis
with the flavous markings on the elytra reduced to an oblique
subapical fascia on the outer part of the disc; the fascia,
however in one of the five examples seen (2 g ¢,3 2 2)
reaches the suture and is continued along it for a short
distance forward. The ¢ characters are similar to those of
A. antis, and the two insects are certainly nothing more than
forms of one species. Botli occur at Rio de Janeiro, where
also the smaller and narrower A. flavofasciatus, Blanch., has
been found.
7. Astylus aulicus.
Astylus aulicus, Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1887) ; Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent.
Fr. 1908, pp. 328, 329.
3. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate
6 about as long as 5, undivided, with a narrow, deep, triaugular
344 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
notch at the apex. ‘Tegmen with two long, widely separated,
straight lateral lobes, which are fringed with long hairs at
the tip. Penis-sheath stout, acuminate and slightly up-
turned at the apex.
@. Ventral segment shorter than 5, simple.
Hab, COLOMBIA ; VENEZUELA.
A common insect in the countries quoted. The typical
form has a transverse, angulate red patch on the outer part of
the elytra before the middle, sometimes (var, fenestratus,
Pic, |]. c.) extending forward along the outer margin and up
the middle of the dise to the base. Examples also occur
with a small red spot at the base and one or two others beyond
the middle. ‘The @-characters are described from three
specimens dissected many years ago by Dr. Sharp.
a Astylus rubripennts.
Dasytes rubripennis, Latr.in Voyage Humboldt, i. p. 178, t. 17. fig. 3.
Melyris, ( Astylus) rubripennis, Er, in Wiegm. Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii.
1, p. 84.
g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 with
an oblong excavation in the centre at the apex, and the apex
itself deeply emarginate. ‘'egmen with short, broad lateral
lobes, the apices of which are obliquely truncate and thickly
set with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, gradually narrowed
and slightly curved at the tip.
‘Hab. ? CotomBia (Mus. Brit.); Peru, Jaen de Bra-
camorras (l/umboldt and Bonpland).
Two males in the Museum labelled “ Colombia ” and ac-
quired in 1844, agree with Latreille’s figure of D. rubripennis
and Erichson’s subsequent description of the same species. The
elytia have the reddish portion of the surface more extended
than in’ A, bonplandi, leaving a broad, posteriorly angulate
space at the base (enclosing an oval or oblong reddish patch),
a small spot on the disc towards the apex, and the sutural
and apical margins black. The very different ¢-armature
shows that the two insects are distinct.
9. Aslylus bonplandi.
Melytris (Astylus) bonplandi, Er. in Wiegm. Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii.
1, p. 84 (1847).
Dasytes rubripennis, var., Latr. in Voy. Humboldt, i. p. 178, t. 17.
fig. 4.
Astylus bonplandi, Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 212.
3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 un-
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 345
divided, with a small, deep, triangular notch at the tip. Teg-
men with rather broad, long, lateral lobes, which are angularly
dilated at the apex within, the apices clothed with black hairs.
Penis-sheath almost straight from near the base, abruptly
narrowed at the tip, the marrow apical portion slightly
thickened distally.
?. Ventral segment 6 simple, about as long as 5.
Hab, Ecuavor (Buckley), Chillalocha, Loja (Bourgeois),
San Lucas, Quito (ex coll. Fry), ? Guayaquil (Rosenberg) ;
Peru, Jaen de Bracamorras (Humboldt and Bonpland),
Moyabamba (ea coll. Fry), Nauta ; Bonivia.
To judge from tle labels on the numerous examples before
me, two or more species are confused in collections under the
name A. bonplandi, after the elimination of A. rubripennis ;
and it is doubtful if much reliance can be placed on some of
the Ecuador locality tickets, as it is scarcely likely that an
insect ranges from the sea-level at Guayaquil to the elevated
region of Quito. A moderately large, black, thickly nigro-
pilose * form ; the elytra red, with a common scutellar patch,
an oblong patch at the shoulder (these markings sometimes
coalescent posteriorly), two transversely-placed spots at the
middle of the dise (often confluent and reaching the suture),
a large spot below them, the sutural and apical margins, and
the outer margin in part, black. In one or two examples
the upper surface has a faint metallic tinge.
10. Astylus ceruleotinctus, sp. 1.
Moderately elongate, shining, nigio-pilose ; nigro-czru-
leous, sometimes with a greenish lustre, the basal joints of
the antenne rufo-maculate ; the elytra with an oval, poste-
riorly acuminate spot at the base, two transversely-placed
patches before the middle (the inner one subtriangular or
oval, and sometimes coalescent with the basal spot, the outer
one extending forward along the outer margin to the shoulder),
and a large, anteriorly subtruncate, complete or incomplete
annulus before the apex, flavescent or red. Head small,
somewhat deeply inserted into the prothorax, closely, finely
punctate, hollowed in the middle between the eyes, the latter
not very prominent; antennz moderately long in g, shorter
in 2. Prothorax transverse, finely punctured, the margins
strongly reflexed. Elytra rather broad, rounded at the apex,
closely, somewhat coarsely punctate, sometimes with a faint
costa on the inner part of the disc. Legs slender.
if Several examples in the Fry collection are completely abraded
above.
346 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
g. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical,
clett down the middle to near the apex, leaving a narrow
membranous space exposed. Tegmen with long, narrowly
separated lateral lobes, which are somewliat spoon-shaped
and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath rather slender, the
outer portion straight, narrowly produced at the apex, the
latter rounded.
?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.
Length 8-11, breadth 4-5 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab, CotomstA, Bogota; VENEZUELA; PERU.
Fifteen examples, including five males. A less robust,
smaller insect than A. bonplandi, the ‘surface constantly
metallic, the elytral markings somewhat different, the sub-
apical annulus always well defined, the legs more slender;
the ¢ with the sixth ventral segment almost divided down
the middle, and the lateral lobes of the tegmen undilated at
tlie tip. Some of the specimens seen, both in the British
Museum and in the Hope Collection at Oxford, are ticketed
A. (Dasytes) bonplandi or A. rubripennis, Latr. ; the three
at Oxford are without locality-label.
11. Astylus nigrolimbatus, sp. n.
Moderately elongate, somewhat robust, shining, nigro-
pilose ; nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the antenne
rufo-maculate ; the elytra with a space at the base (enclosing
a transverse reddish spot), the suture thence to the tip, a
triangular or transverse patch at about the middle of the disc
(reaching the suture in one specimen), a rounded or sub-
triangular patch below this,a patch at the apex, and the
outer margin entirely of the ground-colour, the rest of their -
surface orange-yellow. Head, antenne, and prothorax much
as in A. cwruleotinctus, and the elytra similarly sculptured.
g. Ventral segment 1 hooked in the centre in front,
5 deeply, semicircularly emarginate, 6 long, conical, with an -
elongate-triangular notch at the tip, without trace of median
division. ‘legmen with long, flattened lateral lobes, which
are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath
almost straight, somewhat abruptly narrowed at the apex,
the protruding membranous sac studded with minute points,
9. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.
Length 73-94, breadth 33-43 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. Ecuapor (ew coll. Fry: 2); Peru [type] (ea coll.
Pry: a: 2),
Three males and two females. This insect resembles the
smaller examples of A. bonplandt, from which it is separable
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 347
by the transverse reddish basal spot and the entirely bluish-
black outer margin of the elytra. The ¢ has a similarly un-
divided sixth ventral segment; but the lateral lobes of tlie
tegmen are shaped much as in the same sex of A.ceruleotinctus,
which has an incompletely cleft sixth ventral segment in 3.
The above-mentioned colour differences also distinguish
A. nigrolimbatus from the last-named insect, the outer limb
of the elytra being partly flavescent or red in all the speci-
mens of A. bonplandi and A. ceruleotinctus before me.
12. Asty/us bourgeoisi.
Astylus bourgeoisi, Kirsch, Abhand]. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89,
no. 4, p. 1], t. 1. fig. 20; Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 212.
Astylus bisseaguttatus, Gorh. in Whymper’s Great Andes, Suppl. App.
pp. 52, 53, fig. (1891). :
3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arecuato-emarginate, 6 sub-
triangular, suleate down the middle, notched at the tip.
Tegmen narrow, with long, compressed, subcontiguous lateral
lobes, which are ciliate and somewhat rounded at the tip.
Penis-sheath with the outer portion almost straight, sulcate
on the ventral aspect, abruptly narrowed at the apex.
Q?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.
Hab, CoLoMBIA (ex coll, Sharp), Tuquerres (sec. Kirsch) ;
Ecuapbor, Quito, Cayambe, Mindo, Machachi, &c.
This variable insect is common at high elevations (8000-
10,000 ft.) in Ecuador, many localities being given for it by
Bourgeois and Gorham, who figure similar well-marked
examples. The latter have on each elytron a patch at the
base, two transversely placed, oblong spots towards the
middle, and a large anuulus before the apex, flavescent or
red, these markings being sometimes reduced to small spots,
three of which represent the broken-up annulus. The inner
submedian juxta-sutural spot is rarely wanting, and the elytra
themselves are coarsely punctured, Two dissimilarly
coloured males have been dissected, showing no variation in
the armature.
13. Astylus rivett.
Astylus riveti, Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 213.
Moderately elongate, shining, pilose, the hairs on the
upper surface mostly black, with shorter decumbent greyish
hairs intermixed, those on the under surface and legs
cinereous ; xneous, the basal joints of the antenne, entirely
or in part, and the others at the extreme base, rufous; the
348 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
elytra greenish, uigro-ceruleous, or black, with an elongate
streak at the middle of the base, two or three shorter streaks
(including one near the outer margin) below this, and a large
irregular annulus before the apex, all sometimes coalescent
or partly obsolete, flavescent or rufo-testaceous ; the head,
prothorax, and scutellum closely, finely punctate, the elytra
foveolato-punctate, with minute punctures in the narrow
interspaces. Head small, the anterior portion short; antenue
moderately long in ¢, shorter in 9. Prothorax transverse,
rounded at the sides in both sexes. Elytra snbparallel to
about the middle, the humeri tumid, the apical margin finely
crenulate.
g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about
as long as the lateral portions of 5, without groove, deeply,
triangularly notched at the tip. Tegmen with long, com-
pressed, narrowly separated, lateral lobes, which are rounded
and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath pointed at the
tip.
Fee 6-7, breadth 23-34 mm. (¢ ¢.)
Hab, Ecuanor, Tioloma, alt. 4263 metres (sec. Bourgeois :
type), Cafiar (Rosenberg ex coll. Fry: 2).
The above description is taken from four males and one
female from Cafiar, which vary greatly in the development
of the elytral markings. “A. riveti, Bourg., from Tioloma,
based on a single example ( ? ?), seems to belong to the same
species. The elytra in the insect before me are more coarsely
punctured than in the allied A. bourgeoisi, Kirsch (=bissea-
guttatus, Gorli.), a common species in the Andes of Ecuador,
and equally variable in colour, In one example ( ¢) of the
present insect the markings are entirely wanting on the basal
half of the elytra, and in another ( ?) the elytra (as in the
type of A. rivet’) are rufo-testaceous, with the sutural and
outer margins, and four irregular angular patches black.
14. Astylus sexpustulatus, sp. n.
Moderately elongate, shining, the elytra duller, sparsely
nigro-pilose ; nigro-eneous, the basal joints of the antenne
partly red, the elytra black, each with six sharply defined
orange-yellow spots—one, transverse, rather large, at the
base, one small, beneath the humeral callus (not visible from
above), one oblong, subquadrate, lateral, at about the basal
third, one, small, oval, near the suture, before the middle,
one, oblique, on the outer part of the disc, beyond the middle,
and one, rather large, triangular, near the apex; the head and
prothorax closely, finely, the elytra very coarsely, punctured.
Speeies of the American Genus Astylus. 349
Head rather small; antenne short in both sexes. Prothorax
transverse, rounded at the sides. Elytra moderately long,
without coste ; the apices, ¢ ¢, rather narrow, rounded,
feebly denticulate. |
3. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub-
conical, moderately long.
Length 53-6, breadth 21-2} mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. Ecuavor (Rosenberg).
One pair. Smaller than A. bourgeotsi, Kirsch (=bissca-
guttatus, Gorh.), the head narrower, the antenne much
shorter, the elytral markings very different, the six orange-
yellow spots (one of which is 1o0t visible from above)
precisely similar in the two specimens seen. ‘The male,
not dissected, doubtless has a bilobed tegmen.
15. Astylus sexguitatus.
Astylus sexguttatus, Kirsch, Abhandl, Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89,
no, 4, p. 11, t. 1. fig. 20.
g. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate,
6 grooved down the middle. Tegmen with long, narrowly
separated, rather broad lobes, which are ciliate at the tip.
Penis-sheath attenuate, the apical portion beyond the aperture
narrow.
Hab. COLOMBIA, Popayan and Jambalo (sec. Kirsch).
‘There is a g¢ of this species in the Museum received in
1855, labelled with the MS. name A. bimaculatus, Clit., and
as from Guatemala, the locality being certainly incorrect.
A brilliant, nigro-czsruleous insect, with six sharply defined
flavous spots on each elytron, arranged 1, 2,2, 1. A. mi-
chaelis?, Pic (1908), from Theresopolis, Brazil, seems to be
more nearly allied to A. seaguitatus than to A. sewmaculatus,
Perty, with which it is compared by its describer,
16. Astylus luteogutiatus, sp. n.
Moderately elongate, narrow and subparallel-sided (¢), or
broader (2), shining, pilose, the hairs on the under surface
and legs cinereous; greenisli-zneous, the elytra and ventral
surface often nigro-ceruleous, the latter with a spot at the
base, two others along the sides (the anterior one sometimes
obsolete), another, transverse, before the apex, and sometimes
two additional spots along the disc near the suture orange-
yellow or rufous, the basal joints of the antenne rufo-
maculate ; sparsely, finely, the elytra moderately coarsely
punctate. Head rather narrow, well developed behind the
350 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
eyes; antenue moderately long in g@, shorter in @?. Pro-
thorax transverse, rounded at the sides in @, narrowed
anteriorly in 2. Elytra moderately long, the apices some-
what produced.
é- Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub-
conical, ‘Tegmen with long, somewhat spoon-shaped, lateral
lobes, their apices flavo-ciliate. Penis-sheath almost straight,
subacuminate at apex.
Length 6-7, breadth 22-34 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. Ecuapor, Loja (Rosenberg), Macas (Buckley) ;
PERU (ex colls. Murray and Fry: type).
Fifteen examples, ten of which are from Peru, females
preponderating, three out of the four from Loja having two
additional reddish spots on the disc of the elytra near the
suture. Recognizable by the metallic green or bluish elytra,
with sharply-defined orange spots, the two near the suture
evanescent, and the two submarginal ones often very small or
wanting. A. luteoguttatus is allied to the Colombian A. sea-
guttatus, Kirsch, differing from the latter in its much smaller
size, less robust build, shorter elytra, &c. A. latemaculatus,
Pic, from Peru, seems to be the nearest ally amongst those
indicated by him in 1902.
17. Astylus luteicauda, sp. n.
Moderately elongate, shining, pilose ; nigro-eneous, green-
ish or eneous, the antenne wholly or in part, the apices of
the elytra, the tibiee (except at the base), and tarsi testaceous
or rufo-testaceous ; the head and prothorax rather sparsely,
the elytra very coaisely, punctate. Head elongated behind
the eyes, and depressed in the middle between them, narrow
in ?, broader in g; antennee long and rather slender in g,
short in 9. Prothorax transverse, broad and with the sides
rounded in g, rapidly narrowed from near the base in 2.
KElytra subparallel, sometimes with an indication of a faint
costa on the disc, the apical margin obsoletely crenulate.
g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 coni-
eal, notched at the tip. ‘’egmen with long, compressed
lateral lobes, which are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the tip.
Penis-sheath straight, pointed at the apex.
Length 5-6, breadth 22-24 mm. (¢ ?.)
fab. Ecuapor, Loja and Zaragura (Rosenberg ew coll.
Fry).
Tiree females and two males. This insect must be nearly
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 351
related to, and perhaps a form of, the Peruvian A. nigro-
femoralis, Pic*, which is said to have the elytra luteo-
trilineate at the base and luteo-maculate at the apex. ‘The
last-named species is compared by him with A. pallipes,
Kirsch, from Keuador. ‘The longer head (especially in ? ),
rufo-testaceous tibiz and tarsi, less coarsely punctured elytra,
&e., separate A. luteicauda from A. riveti, Bourg. in all its
varieties. ‘The g-armature is very similar in the two forms.
A, (Dasytes) xvanthurus, Blauch., trom Maldonado, also has
a yellowish tip to the elytra.
18. Astylus variegatus.
Dasytes variegatus, Germ. Ins. Spec. nov. p. 77 (1824) ; Cast. Hist.
Nat. Col. i. p. 280*; Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97 *.
Astylus variegatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii, p. 109 *.
Astylus variegatus, Germ., var. notatus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 36
(1902) °.
? Astylus atromaculatus, Blanch., var. revoili, Pic, L’Echange, xvii.
pp. 35, 36 (1902) °.
Var. Larger, the lead and prothorax black, the elytra
reddish, with the black median patch curving downwards
posteriorly and coalescent with the sutural stripe; all the
tibiz more or less curved in @.
g. Anterior and intermediate tibize curved. Ventral
segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, undivided,
deeply, triangularly notched at tip. ‘Tegmen with very
long, somewhat spoon-shaped lateral lobes, which are flavo-
ciliate along their lower margin and at the apex. Penis-
sheath stout, acuminate at apex.
9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse.
Hab. Brazit ***’, Rio de Janeiro**®, Minas Geraes,
Pernambuco, Sao Paulo, Rio Grande; PARAGUAY, Sapucay
(W. Foster); ARGENTINA, Corrientes’. ;
Apparently an abundant insect in many parts of Brazil,
especially about Rio de Janeiro, and often found gregariously
on flowers. ‘The larger and darker form (? revoil’, Pic) has
the lateral lobes of the g-tegmen rounded at the tip (not
incurved and truncate as in A. atromaculatus), and shaped as
in A. vartegatus, ‘The head and prothorax are usually
metallic in the latter. The subapical spot on the elytra is
sometimes obsolete, sometimes (var. nofatus) united with the
one on the opposite elytron into a common transverse patch,
* Mélanges exot.-entom. xii. p. 8 (Jan. 1915).
352 Mr. G,. ©, Champion on various
19. Astylus atromaculatus.
Dasytes atromaculatus, Blanch, in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97, t. 6.
fig. 10.
Malad atromaculatus, Blanch., var. 12-maculatus, Pic, L’Echange,
xvii. p. 36 (1902).
¢. Anterior and intermediate tibie curved, Ventral
segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about as broad as
long, deeply, triangularly notched at tip. Tegmen with long,
broad lateral lobes, which are incurved at the apex within,
subtruncate or blunt at the tip, and flavo-ciliate along their
lower and apical margins, Penis-sheath stout, acuminate at
apex.
9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse.
Hab. ARGENTINA (O. W. Thomas), Mendoza, Catamarca
(Mus. Brit.), Tucuman (ea coll. Sharp); Bourvia (Mus.
Ouwon.).
A close ally of A. variegatus, but differing from it in
having the prothorax densely clothed with adpressed cinereous
hairs (in addition to the long, erect, bristly, black hairs) at
the sides and down the middle, the cinereous pubescence
extending over the greater part of the dorsum in the
Tucuman examples; the median and postmedian black
patches on the dise of each elytron oblique and less rounded,
the median patch more or less constricted at the middle and
sometimes divided into two spots (the six spots being
arranged 2, 2, 1, L==var. 12-macul:tus, Pic) ; the tegmen of
¢ with ineurved more or less truncate lateral lobes. Living
examples of this insect have been captured at Durban and
Pretoria, doubtless introduced with hay during the Boer War.
Blanchard gave no locality * for A. atromaculatus, but states
that d’Orbigny found it in profusion on flowering lianas on
the borders of woods, ‘I'he Bolivian example in the Oxford
Museum is labelled ‘ nigricollis Hope.”
20. Astylus lineatus.
Anobium lineatum, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 627°
Melyris lineatus, Oliv. Ent. ii. 21, t. 1. fig. 67.
Dasytes lineatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 281°; Blanch. in Voyage
d’Orbigny, p. 98+.
Astylus lineatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109 °.
g. Anterior and intermediate tibiz feebly curved. Ven-
tral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, broader
* The “ Munich” Catalogue incorrectly gives Brazil.
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 353
than long, truncate at the tip. Tegmen with very long,
rather marrow, lateral lobes, which are slightly incurved and
rounded at the apex, their lower and apical margins flavo-
ciliate. Penis-sheath drawn out into a rather long slender
point, which is thickened at the tip.
Hab. Braziu'*, Rio Janeiro’ (d’ Orbigny*, C. Darwin,
Fry, &c.).
A common insect in Brazil. The long series examined
shows scarcely any variation in the peculiar elytral markings,
The type in the Banksian collection is a male.
21. Astylus vittatus.
Astylus vittatus, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. iii. 1, pp. 127, 330,
t. 7. fig. 9 (excl. example from Venezuela).
Astylus vittatus, Gorh., var. chiriquensis, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom.
xi, p. 7 (Jan. 1915),
g. Elytra rounded at the apex. Ventral segment 5
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 moderately long, subconical,
smooth, grooved down the middle posteriorly, and feebly
notched at the tip. ‘legmen bifurcate at apex, excavate at
the tip above, the apical portion clothed with long, curled,
blackish hairs. Penis-sheath acuminate at tip.
@?. Elytra obliquely subtruncate at the apex.
Hab, PANAMA, Chiriqui.
Found in abundance in Chiriqui. The variety has the
flavous or reddish stripes (juxta-sutural and discal) on the
elytra coalescent anteriorly, and the inner costa well defined.
The metasternum is without tubercles in @. The sexes
were not identified by Gorham. The unarmed apices of
the elytra in 9 separate A. vittatus from various similarly
coloured forms,
22. Astylus pallipes.
Astylus pallipes, Kirsch, Abbandl. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89, no, 4,
p. ll, t. 7. fig. 22.
~ Hab. Ecuapor, Quito (ea coll. Murray), Loma de Canam-
ballo [type].
A female example from Quito, in the Museum, from the
Fry collection, is evidently referable to this species. It is
black, with the antenne in great part, the tibiae (except at
the base), and tarsi testaceous; the elytra flavescent, with
the suture, outer margin, two lines on the disc, and the tip
black, the surface very coarsely punctured.
Ann, & Mag. N, list. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 26
354 Mr, G. C. Champion on various
23. Astylus subgriseus.
Astylus subgriseus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902).
3. Moderately elongate, shining, thickly clothed with
rather long, adpressed, cinereous pubescence intermixed on
the upper surface with long, erect, black, bristly hairs;
nigro-wneous or nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the
antenne: partly red, the elytra with three narrow luteous
stripes—one near the suture and extending along it at the
tip, one running down the disc to the middle, and narrowing
from the base, and one marginal, complete; the head and
prothorax closely, very finely punctate, with coarser punc-
tures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured. Head well
developed behind the eyes; antenne moderately long.
Prothorax a little broader than long, strongly rounded
at the sides, and much narrowed behind. Elytra moderately
elongate, subparallel, somewhat abruptly and obliquely
narrowed at the tip, the apices narrow, the sutural angles
sharp. Legs long; anterior and intermediate tibize curved ;
anterior trochanters drawn out into a long, blunt, spiniform
process, which is finely denticulate beneath. Vential seg-
ment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 elongate, subconical.
Tegmen with very long lateral lobes, which are subtruncate,
slightly incurved, and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath
abruptly acuminate at apex.
Length 62-7, breadth 25-3 mm.
Hab. Braz [type], Pernambuco (Gounelle).
Two males, each with the genital armature protruding.
They are provisionally referred to the imperfectly described
A. subgriseus, Pic, from Brazil, which is said to have three
yellowish vittee on the elytra, the one on the disc not reaching
beyond the middle, and the suture black. It is the only
species of the genus known to me with a long spiniform
process extending outward from the anterior ‘trochanters
in 6.
24. Astylus cyanerythrus.
Dasytes cyanerythrus, Perty, Del. Anim. artic. Bras. p. 29, t. 6.
fig. 14}.
Dasytes bifasciatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 280%.
Dasytes rubrofasciatus, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97°.
3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about
as long as broad, membranous in the middle at the base,
triangularly notched at the apex. Tegmen broad, the outer
portion comparatively short, bluntly rounded, unemarginate,
Species of the American Genus Astylus, 355
and fringed with long hairs at the tip. Penis-sheath stout,
abruptly acuminate and hooked at the apex.
?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.
Hab. Brazii*?, Rio de Janeiro *, Santa Catharina, Bahia.
The seventeen examples of A. cyanerythrus before me
(13 ¢? 2,44), belonging to the British Museum, or to
the Hope Collection at Oxford, vary greatly in size (length
47-10, breadth 23-5} mm.), and to some extent in colour.
The two black patches on the dise of the prothorax are often
transversely confluent, and the dark coloration sometimes
extends over the whole dorsum, or leaves the basal margin
only red; and the reddish submedian and subapical fasciz on
the elytra are very narrow in some examples, and not con-
nected along the suture, differing in this respect from Perty’s
figure. ‘Three of the specimens at Oxford are labelled with
the MSS. names annulatus, K., longicornis, K., and speciosus
respectively. A normal large ¢ (speciosus in Mus. Oxon.)
has been dissected for examination of the mouth-parts and
genital armature. It is possible that the smaller, darker, and
more opaque form, also from Rio de Janeiro, may prove to
be distinct? The synonymy quoted refers to the larger
Insect,
25. Astylus jatahyensis.
Astylus jatahyensis, Pic, L’Kchange, xvii. p. 35 (1902).
Astylus jatahyensis, var. armitaget, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom., xii.
p- 8 (Jan. 1915).
Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining, the elytra
duller, clothed with erect, black bristly hairs intermixed with
scattered cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under
surface long, cinereous ; black, the antenne in great part,
the prothorax with the entire margin, the elytra with the
sutural and outer margins and a narrow !-shaped streak
running down the middle of the dise to near the apex, the
coxe, and legs (the tarsi, posterior femora, and posterior
tibie in part excepted) testaceous; the head closely, the
prothorax rather sparsely punctured, the elytra irregularly
asperato-punclate, with the interspaces alutaceous. Head
rather short and broad, arcuately impressed in front ; antenne
moderately long. Protlhorax transversely convex, hollowed
in the middle at the base, shallowly sulcate posteriorly,
Elytra not very long, parallel, with or without two feeble
cost on the disc, the apices narrow, rounded.
3. Ventral segment 5 feebly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short,
triangularly notched at apex. Tegmen truncate at tip.
Penis-sheath acuminate.
26*
356 _ Mr. G. C, Champion on various
Var, The elytra testaceous, with two blackish, abbreviated
or interrupted streaks, one near the suture, the other sub-
marginal (var. armitaget, Pic).
Length 43-5}, breadth 2-22 mm. (¢.)
Hab. Brazi, Jatahy in Goyas (Gounelle), S&o Paulo
(ex coll. Fry).
Pic’s type, to judge from the brief note about it, would
appear to want the narrow !-shaped streak extending down
the disc of each elytron, conspicuous in the two males from
Jatahy before me. The variety, represented by two examples
from Sao Paulo in the Fry Collection, agrees with his brief
diagnosis of A, armitage?.
26. Astylus vittaticollis.
Dasytes vittaticollis, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 98 (1843).
? Melyris quadriteniata, Er, Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii. 1, p. 84 (1847).
g. Antenne rather slender, elongate, much longer than
in 2. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6
moderately long, subconical, with a narrow, deep, triangular
noteh at tip. Tegmen with long lateral lobes, which are
rounded and clothed with long hairs at the apex. Penis-
sheath, as seen in profile, obliquely dilated and subsecuriform
at tip.
9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 shaped very
much asin ¢@.
Hab. Bourvia (Mus. Brit.: 8 2), Chuquisaca [type] ;
? CHILE (Germain, ex coll. Fry: 3 2).
Very like the variable A. guadrilineatus, Germ., but with
much more finely punctured elytra, the apices without tooth
at the sutural angle in either sex ; the prothorax (in fresh
specimens) with a line down the middle and a space along
the sides closely cinereo-pubescent, much as in A. atro-
maculatus, Blanch. ; the antenne long and slenderin @, with
the basal joints only testaceous ; the genital armature very
different.
Five specimens are before me, including a pair from
Bolivia, a pair labelled ‘ Chile” (a locality requiring con-
firmation), and a g, belonging to the Oxford Museum,
labelled * guadrivittatus, Chevr., Andes.” ° Melyris quadri-
teniala, ir., from Peru, may be based upon a slightly worn
example of the present species, the definition “ elytris apice
integris, crebre punctatis, subrugulosis” agreeing with
A, vittatecollis. roo
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 357
27. Astylus quadrilineatus.
Dasytes quadrilineatus, Germ. Ins, Spec. nov. p. 76 (1825)'; Blanch.
in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 987; Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 2813,
6. Antenne wholly or in part rufo-testaceous, moderately
long, considerably longer than in 2. Klytra more or less
sinuate at the tip, and with the sutural angles almost as
acuteasin 2. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate,
6 barely as long as 5, subconical, feebly notched at tip.
Tegmen more or less emarginate or bilobed, and clothed with
long blackish hairs at apex. Penis-sheath gradually nar-
rowed or acuminate at tip.
2. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 short.
Hab. BRAziIL**, Santa Catharina (ea coll. Fry: 9), Rio
Grande; Uruauay, Maldonado’, Monte Video (C. Darwin) ;
ARGENTINA (OU. W. Thomas), Santa Fé and Bahia Blanea
(C. Darwin), Buenos Ayres*; PATAGONIA ”.
A variable insect, if the specimens before me all belong to
one species. The reddish or flavescent marginal and dis-
coidal vitte of the elytra are sometimes coalescent at the
tip and the discoidal one may be reduced to a narrow incom-
plete line. Four males have been dissected, showing some
variation in the form of the tegmen, which in a large example
from Buenos Ayres has a short lobe on each side at tip.
Two small males from Monte Video, with the sutural angles
of the elytra obtuse and the tegmen rounded at apex, may
belong to a different species? The length varies from
6-9 mm. ‘The general colour may be bluish-green, green,
nigro-ceruleous, or brassy.
28. Astylus correptus, sp. n.
Elongate, moderately broad, shining, nigro-pilose, with
short, adpressed, cinereous | hairs intermixed ; black, the
elytra (the humeri, basal portion of the suture, and apical
margin excepted) brown ; closely, minutely, the elytra finely,
irregularly punctate. Head hollowed on each side anteriorly ;
antenne strongly serrate, short in ¢, a little longer in @.
Prothorax broader than long, narrowed anteriorly in both
sexes, hollowed in the middle at the base. LElytra long,
costate laterally to near the apex, and obsoletely bicostate on
the dise ; in ¢ somewhat rounded at the sides, and with the
apical portion narrow and considerably produced; in 9 sub-
parallel to near the tip, and with the humeri much swollen.
¢. Anterior tarsi with joints 2 and 8 obliquely dentate
and 4 angulate, and the intermediate tarsi with joint 3
358 Mr. G. C, Champion on various
dentate and 4 angulate at the inner apical angle. Ventral
segment 5 arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical. Tegmen flattened,
simple, narrow, rounded and entire at the tip. Penis-sheath
slender, the outer portion straight, abruptly pointed at the
apex.
Length 94-103, breadth 4,5 mm. (0 2.)
Hab. Coromsta [ 2 ] and VENEZUELA [3d] (lus. Brit.).
One pair, acquired by the Museum in 1844, the ¢ bearing
an inapplicable MS. name. ‘The dissimilarity in the shape
of the elytra in the two sexes, the elytra themselves being
sharply costate laterally in both of them, the peculiarly
formed anterior and intermediate tarsi of the ¢ (suggestive
of the Palearctic genus Henicopus), and the simple, narrow
tegmen in the same sex, are characters of insufficient import-
ance to remove A. correptus from Astylus. The g, which
must be taken as the type, has the facies of an Omophlus.
29. Astylus forcipatus, sp. n.
Moderately elongate, narrow, feebly shining, clothed with
long, erect, bristly hairs intermixed with adpressed, scattered,
cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under surface long,
cinereous ; black, with a faint brassy tinge, the antennae,
tibiz, and tarsi testaceous; the elytra flavous, each with two
broad vittee extending from the base to the apical declivity
(one dorsal, the other submarginal), and a spot before the
apex, black ; closely, finely, the dark portions of the elytra
rugulosely, punctate, the punctures on the flavous portions
conspicuous, and uniseriately arranged within the dorsal and
marginal ridges. Head broad, the eyes large, prominent ;
antenne moderately long. Prothorax transverse, narrowed
anteriorly, canaliculate on the disc. Hlytra parallel, bicostate,
the inner costa stout, the submarginal one narrow, the apices
obtuse.
3. Terminal dorsal segment of abdomen with a long,
stout, flattened, slightly sinuate process on each side, which
is blunt at the tip and clothed with very long blackish hairs,
Ventral segment 5 shallowly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short,
deeply, triangularly excised. ‘legmen narrow, truneate at
the apex. Penis-sheath flattened, acuminate and somewhat
spoon-shaped at the tip.
Length 43-53, breadth 13-2 mm.
Hab. BraAziu (ea coll. Fry).
‘Two males, injured by pinning, and both having the
genital armature extruded. A small, narrow, parallel-sided
me.
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 359
insect ; the elytra flavous, with two broad vitte (discoidal
and submarginal), and a spot before the apex, black ; the
antenne, tibia, and tarsi testaceous; the terminal dorsal
abdominal segment with a lone process on each side.
A. forctpatus is not unlike the insect here identified as
A, jatahyensis, Pic, and is somewhat similarly coloured—
except that the prothorax is wholly black and the subapical
spot on the elytra is testaceous (instead of black)—differing
from the latter in having a rougher, less convex prothorax,
a stout costa on the disc of the elytra, &c.*
30. Astylus convewus, sp. n.
Elongate oval, rather convex, very shining, sparsely pilose ;
metallic blue, the basal joints of the antenne in great part
rufo-testaceous, the elytra testaceous, with the suture narrowly
and two broad stripes on the dise (united posteriorly in one
specimen) ceruleous, the legs black; the lead closely, finely,
the prothorax sparsely, somewhat coarsely, and the elytra
very coarsely, punctate. Head rather broad; antenne (¢)
long and comparatively stout, the joints longer than broad,
in ? alittleshorter. Prothorax transverse, ample, rounded at
the sides, the margins strongly reflexed. Elytra moderately
long, somewhat acuminate at tip, without trace of coste, the
humeri obtuse. Wings wanting. Legs moderately elongate.
6. Anterior tarsi with joint 2 drawn out into an oblique
tooth, and 3 angulate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral
segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 short, notched at
tip. Penis-sheath drawn out into a long point at apex.
Length 5-53, breadth 2 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab, Peru, Chanchamayo (Thamm).
One male and two females. A rather convex, apterous,
metallic-blue insect, with testaceous, ceruleo-bilineate elytra.
Not unlike A. padllipes, Kirsch, from Ecuador, but more
convex, the antennz longer and stouter, the prothorax more
ample and with strongly reflexed margins, the humeral callus
obsolete, the legs black, the wings (so far as can be geen
without opening the elytra) wanting. This species may
have to be removed from Astylus. The long antenne, &c.,
separate A. convewus from the Chilean genus Arthrobrachus.
* In the Fry Collection there is a damaged ¢ of anallied larger form
from La Paz, Bolivia, with entirely testaceous legs, the abdominal pro-
cesses wanting, &c. It cannot be referred to A. boliviensis or exclama-
tionts, Pic, from the same country.
360 Mr, G. C. Champion on various
31. Astylus eurvidens, sp. n.
Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black, bristly
hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes-
cence, the vestiture of the Jegs and under surface cinereous ;
black, the basal joints of the antenne partly red, the elytra
with an oblong streak at the base, the outer margin to near
the tip, and two stripes on the disc (one near the suture,
abbreviated anteriorly, the other abbreviated behind and
placed a little exterior to the basal patch, with which it is
sometimes connected anteriorly), the sutural and marginal
stripes transversely coalescent just before the apex, flavous
or luteous; the head and prothorax densely, finely punctate,
the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra
roughly punctured. Head small, subrostrate, the eyes large ;
antenne short;serrate, joints 7-10 about as broad as long,
in g, transverse in ?. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly.
Elytra long, subparallel, costate from the humeral callus to
near the apex, and also with an anteriorly evanescent costa
on the disc ; the apices in ¢ distinctly sinuate and with the
sutural angle sharply produced, in 2 very deeply emarginate,
with the sutural and outer angles each produced into a long
curved tooth, those at the sutural angles overlapping, the
outer one very strongly arcuate. ,
3. Metasternum with two compressed, conical, tubereuli-
form prominences in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, subcylindrical (with the
dorsal portion forming a long tube, which is cleft laterally at
the tip). Tegmen feebly bifureate at tip, deeply suleate at
the apex above, the apical portion thickly clothed with long,
curled, blackish hairs. Penis-sheath sharply pointed, curved
upward at the tip.
Length 7-84, breadth 23-3 mm. (¢ 2.).
Hab, VENEZUELA, Merida (Rosenberg: g 9); ? PERU
(ex Deyrolle: g).
Three males and four females, the Peruvian habitat re-
quiring confirmation, Extremely like A. vittatus, Gorh.,
from Chiriqui, but easily separable therefrom by the sexual
characters: the g with two compressed tubercles on the
metasternum and the terminal abdominal segment elongated
and subcylindrical ; the @ with a very long tooth on each
side of the apical emargination, the outer tooth arcuate, the
inner one overlapping the corresponding tooth on the opposite
elytron.
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 361
32. Astylus antillarum.
Astylus antillarum, Gorh. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 328, t. 27. fig. 7 (¢).
3. Metasternum with two, curved, outwardly-directed,
dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle
behind, Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate,
6 long, compressed (subcylindrical as seen in profile with
the terminal dorsal segment).
flab. ANTILLES, St. Vincent.
Described from a single pair—the ¢ now in the British
Museum, the ¢ having passed into Pic’s collection, from that
of Gorham. The ¢ has the apices of the elytra deeply
excised, as in the same sex of the allied forms. The spots
are too red in the published figure.
33. Astylus gorhami.
6. Astytus gorhami, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom., xii, p. 8 (Jan. 1915),
Klongate, moderately shining, clothed with long, erect,
black bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine, ad-
pressed, cinereous pubescence, the latter somewhat con-
*spicuous along the elytral suture in 9, tle vestiture of the
legs and under surface long, cinereous ; black, the antennal
joints more or less rufescent externally or at their base, the
elytra each with a pyriform patch on the dise at the base, a
mesially-constricted, apically widened, elongate streak on
the dise below this, a subquadrate patch near the tip, and
the outer margin in great part, orange-yellow ; the head and
prothorax densely, finely punctate, the latter with coarser,
punctures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured, smoother
in the depressed juxta-sutural areain 9. Head long, narrow,
subrostrate ; antenne short, joints 7-10 transverse in ?.
Prothorax about as long as broad, narrowed anteriorly.
Elytra long, sharply margined, costate laterally from the
humeral callus to the common transverse apical depression,
and with a faint costa on the disc also, the space between
this aud the suture and another within the outer ridge longi-
tudinally depressed, conspicuously so in 2; the apices blunt
‘or subtruncate in g,:aud deeply semicircularly excavate (the
sutural and outer angles thus appearing sharply dentate)
in 9.
3. Metasternum with two compressed, curved, outwardly
directed dentilorm processes arising from a tumid space in
the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 as long as 3 and 4
362 Mr. G. C. Champion on various
united, very deeply emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen
slightly dilated and simply bifurcate at the tip, the apex set
with numerous long, projecting, blackish hairs. Penis-
sheath acuminate, curved upward at tip.
9. Ventral segment 5 triangularly emarginate at tip,
6 short.
Length 74-8, breadth 3-33 mm. (¢ ¢.)
Hab, ANTILLES, St. Vincent (HM. H/. Smith, Lansdown
Guilding), and Union Island in the Grenadines (H. H.
Smith).
Redescribed from five males and four females belongin
to the British Museum or to the Hope Collection at Oxford:
including a ¢ from St. Vincent found by Lansdown Guilding
and a 9 from Union Island, the others unlabelled, but all
probably from St. Vincent. The specimen from the
Grenadines, labelled A. antillarum, var. ?, by Gorham, was
not mentioned by him in bis description of that species. It
is strange that there should be two such closely allied forms
in a sinmall island like St. Vincent, but there is nothing inter-
mediate in the series of A. gorhami before me, A. antillarum
having the elytra spotted much as in A. octopustulatus.
The emarginate, bidentate apices of the elytra is a character
peculiar to the 2 of these three insects, all of which have a
bituberculate metasternum in @.
34. Astylus amabilis.
? Astylus amabilis, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902). .
Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black bristly
hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes-
cence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface cinereous ;
black, the basal joints of the antenne partly or almost
entirely red, the elytra with a broad or moderately broad
stripe extending down the dise to the apical depression, a
transverse subapical patch, and the outer margin to near the
apex, these markings sometimes coalescent posteriorly,
flavous or orange-yellow; the head and prothorax closely,
finely, the elytra roughly, punctured. Head small; antenne
short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Elytra long, sub-
parallel, costate laterally from the humeral callus, and with
an indication of a faint costa on the disc; the apices in g
feebly subtruncate or rounded, in ? deeply emarginate, with
the sutural angle drawn out into a long, narrow, nearly —
straight tooth and the outer angle into a shorter acutely
Species of the American Genus Astylus. 363
triangular one, the sutural tooth slightly overlapping the one
on the opposite elytron.
3. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercules
in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-
emarginate, 6 elongate, compressed.
Length 63-8, breadth 21-31 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. Couompts (ex coll, Fry), Magdalena (Mus. Brit.).
Mneniand form of the’ Antillean A. gorhami, Pic, the
markings on the disc of the elytra united into an Hioat
straight vitta, the tooth at the sutural angle in the ? elongated
and longer fhan the outer one, which “is also more acute,
Three males and two females seen, one female bearing the
MS. name Dasytes spinosus, Guér., and one male, ex Deyrolle,
labelled D. amabilis, Dej. The apices of the elytra are
truncate in two of the males and rounded in the third. This
insect seems to be referable to the species briefly alluded to
by Pic under the name A. amabilis: he describes the elytra
as having a complete pale discal band and a narrow black
tip. His type, from Colombia, was also obtained from
Deyrolle, and under the same MS. name.
35. Astylus octopustulatus.
Astylus octopustulatus, Gorh, Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. ili. 1, p. 330,
t. 12. fig. 25 (3).
6. Hlytra truncate at apex. Metasternum with the small
dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle
behind. Ventral segment 5 very deeply emarginate, 6 long,
compressed. ‘Tegmen simply bifurcate and clothed with
long, projecting, blackish hairs at tip, Penis-sheath drawn
out into a long point at the apex.
@. Elytra decply emarginate at apex, the sutural and
outer angles sharply dentate.
Hab. PANAMA, Chiriqui.
Gorham correctly identified the sexes of this insect, but he
overlooked the metasternal dentiform prominences of the @,
which are wanting in the same sex of his A, vittatus.
36. Astylus lebasi, sp. n.
Dasytes lebasii, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p, 124 (1837).
Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with long, erect, black,
bristly hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous
pubescence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface
364 Mr. G. GC. Champion on various
cinereous ; black, the basal joints of the antenne red, the
elytra each with four longitudinally arranged spots on the
dise—one at the base, acuminate-oval, one, oblong or slightly
oblique, one, rounded or subtriangular, and one, transverse,
subapical, the anterior two sometimes coalescent—and the
outer margin to near the apex, flavous or orange-yellow ;
the head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra roughly,
panctured. Head small, the eyes rather large; antenne
short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Hlytra long, sub-
parallel, sharply costate from the humeral callus downward,
and also feebly costate on the dise ; the apices in g feebly
truncate or rounded, in 2? more or less emarginate, and with
the sutural and outer angles dentiform,
3. Metasternum with two small, compressed, subcon-
tiguous tubercles in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen
simply bifereate and clothed with long, projecting blackish
hairs at the tip. Penis-sheatlh drawn out into a long, slender
point at the apex.
Length 54-6, breadth 27;-23 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab. CoromBra (Mus. Brit.), Carthagena (Dejean Cat.) ;
VENEZUELA (ew coll. Fry).
Described from eiglt examples, four of each sex. The
teeth at the apex of the elytra in 2 vary in length, and the
first aud second spots on the disc are confluent in two of the
specimens of that sex before me. This is the undescribed
smaller Colombian form alluded to by Gorham in his deserip-
tion of A, octopustulatus. There is nothing intermediate in
the long series of the latter examined, and the present
insect may be distinguished from it by the elongated first
and second spots on the dise of the elytra, approaching
A. gorhami in this respect. The genital armature is very
similar. A. lebasi is not mentioned by Pic in any of his
various scattered papers on Astylus.
37. Astylus hamatilis, sp. n.
Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with erect, black
bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine adpressed
cinereous pubescence, which is denser on the prothorax and
elytral suture of 2, the vestiture of the legs and under
surface cinereous; black, the basal joints of the antenne
partly red, the elytra each with four lengitudinally-arranged.
marks on the dise—one, pyriform, at the base, one, angulate
or A-shaped, one, rounded or subtriangular (connected out-
Species of the American Genus Astylus. | 365
wardly in one specimen with the angular mark), and one,
transverse, subapical—and the outer margin to near the apex,
orange-yellow, the head and prothorax closely, finely punctate,
the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra
roughly punctured. Head narrow; antennz short, joints
7-10 transverse in 9. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly.
Elytra long, subparallel, costate laterally from the humeral
callus to the apical declivity, and with an anteriorly evane-
scent costa on the disc; the apices narrow and rounded or
subtruncate in g, a little wider, feebly emarginate, and with
the sutural angle angularly dilated inwards so as to overlap
the one on the opposite elytron, in @. .
6. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercles in
the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-
emarginate, 6 long, compressed (subcylindrical as seen in
profile with the terminal dorsal segment). Tegmen narrow,
subtruncate at tip, which is slightly hollowed dorsally and
clothed with Jong blackish hairs. Penis-sheath drawn out
into a slender, feebly curved point.
Length 64-63, breadth 23-22 mm. (¢ 2.)
Hab, VENEZUELA (ex coll. Fry).
Three mals and one female, varying a little in the develop-
ment of the elytral maikings, two of them. being coalescent
in one specimen. Near A. octopustulatus, Gorh., the spots
differently shaped, the second one on each elytron hooked,
~ the tooth at the outer angle in the ? reduced to a feeble
angulation, the dentiform sutural angle directed inwards and
overlapping the one on the opposite wing-case.
38. Astylus imbricatus, sp. n.
?. Black, the elytra with three rather broad flavous vitte,
the two on the disc connected anteriorly, the sutural and
marginal ones broadly coalescent before the tip (leaving the
apical margin narrowly black), and the median one slightly
constricted posteriorly ; the apices of the elytra sinuato-
truncate, the sutural angle sharp and overlapping the one on
the opposite wing-case; the elytral bicostate and iather
coarsely punctate.
Length 52, breadth 2 mm.
Hab, VeNeZzUELA (ex col/, Fry).
One female. Smaller and narrower than the smallest
example of A. vittatus, var. chiriquensts, the apices of the
elytra truncate, with inwardly produced, acute, overlapping
366 On-vartous Species of the American Genus Astylus.
sutural angles. The male probably has tubercles on the
metasternum, these being present in the same sex of the
nearly allied A. curvidens. The Venezuelan insect referred —
by Gorham to his A. vitfatus may belong here?
39. Astylus laticauda, sp. n.
¢. Black, the elytra with an oblong spot at the base, a
small spot on the dise at about one-third from the tip, a
transverse patch midway between the latter and the apical
margin, and the outer margin to about the middle, orange-
-ellow; the elytra bicostate, the apices broadly sinuato- —
truncate, with the sutural angle produced inwardly into a
rather long tooth and the outer angle rounded; the other
characters as in the same sex of A. gorhami, A. antillarum,
lebasi, &e.
Length 7, breadth 3 mm.
Hab. VENEZUELA (ew coll. Fry).
One worn female, too different to be included under any of
the allied forms as a colour-variety (the third spot on the —
elytra small and the second wanting altogether), owing to
the broadly sinuato-truncate apices of the elytra and the
inwardly-produced dentiform sutural angles.
Alphabetical list of species and varieties of Astylus
enumerated in the present paper: the synonyms and varietal
hames are printed in italics, and the numbers of the species
are placed in brackets after tlicir respective names, an
asterisk indicating the new forms :—
affinis (2).
amabilis, 34.
annulatus (24).
antillarum, 32.
autis, 5.
armitagei (25).
atromaculatus, 19,
aulicus, 7.
bifasciatus (24).
bisse guttatus (12).
bonplandi, 9.
bourgeoisi, 12.
*ceruleotinctus, 10,
chiriquensis (21).
*convexus, 50.
*correptus, 28.
*curvidens, 31.
cyanerythrus, 24.
12-maculatus (19).
fasciatus (5).
Jenestratus (7).
Jlavofasciatus (5).
*forcipatus, 29.
gayi, 2.
gorhaii, 33.
*hematostictus, 4.
*hamatilis, 37.
*jmbricatus, 38.
in/ermedius (1).
jatahyensis, 25.
*laticauda, 39.
*lebasi, 36.
lineatus, 20.
longicornis (24).
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 367
*luteicauda, 17.
*luteoguttatus, 16.
nigricollis (19).
¥nigrolimbatus, 11.
notatus (18).
octopustulatus, 35,
pallipes, 22.
pretus (3).
porrectus (2).
quadrilineatus, 27.
quadriteniatus (26).
quadrivittatus (26).
revoili (18).
riveti, 13.
rubripennis, 8.
rubripennis (9).
rubrofasciatus (24).
rugosus (1).
sexguttatus, 15.
sexmuaculatus, 3.
*sexpustulatus, 14.
spectosus (24).
spinosus (34).
splendidus, 6.
subgriseus, 25.
trifasciatus, L,
variegatus, 18.
vittaticollis, 26.
vittatus, 21.
Horsell, Aug, 1918.
XXXITI.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-
dactula.—Part IV. The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and
fEpycerine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.
As in the previous papers of this series published in the
‘Annals’ for June, August, and September of this year, the
pagination subjoined to the specific headings refers to my
treatise on the Cutaneous Glands of the Ruminants printed
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910.
Subfamily ?epvycrv# (olim Cervicaprine).
Genus Pega.
Pelea capreolus, Bechst. (p. 911).
A second specinien of this species, which came into my
hands since 1910, enables me to confirm in every particular
the characters of the genus, based on external features, which
I pointed out in that year.
Since this specimen, like the first, had no tracewf inguinal
glands, I think it may be assumed that Owen’s statement as
to their presence was false.
The only fact I have to add to my original description is
that the false hoofs on both the fore and hind feet are
* united across the middle line.
Genus Exvrorracus, Gray.
Eleotragus arundinum, Bodd.
In 1910 I was not in a position to incorporate an account
368 Mr, R. I. Pocock on some
of this species in my paper. The examination, however, of
an adult female specimen in 1911 revealed some interesting
features connected especially with the rhinarium anc ;
inguinal glands. he:
The rhinarium (fig. 1, ©), as in all the Reduncinz, has a_
narrow philtrum, but it "recalls that of Pel/eain the backward
extension of its upper surface a long way beyond the poste- 4
rior angle of the nostrils. This area of it, however, is not so_
inflated as in Pelea, F
. Extremity of penis of Kobus defassa from the left side.
The same of Eedunca redunca.
Rhinarfum of Eleotragus arundinum from the right side. x 4. ‘
. The same of Redunca redunca from the front. xX 4. ty
. The same from above. xX 2.
’ The same from the left side. X $-
Mason.
As in Pelea, there is no trace of preorbital glands, as
Owen stated. In the feet the interdigital web is naked, as
in Pelea, but there is no trace of pedal glands, and the false
naked skin. The feet, indeed, resemble those of Adenoi
and of most examples of Redunea. -
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 369
Owen correctly recorded the presence of inguinal glands
in this species, but gave no particulars. They are, as a
matter of fact, peculiar. On each side of the mamme,
which are arranged in a quadrilateral, and rather far out
from them, is a large orifice opening backwards and inwards,
not outwards, and this leads into a pouch about 8 inches
deep which runs obliquely forwards and outwards along the
depression between the thigh and the abdomen, The area
round the mamme and the glands is naked, and the secre-
tion of the glands has a starchy smell, like flour-paste.
For information as to the structure of the penis, see under
Redunca (q. v. infra).
On the strength of the information regarding the rhinarium
and inguinal glands I gave him in 1914, Mr. Lydekker
(Cat. Ung. Mamm. ii. p. 203) granted subgeneric rank to
Eleotragus. But, as I pointed out to him at the time, the
characters which distinguish the type-species of Eleotragus
from that of Redunca (olim Cervicapra) are quite sufficient
for generic admission. ‘The structure of the rhinarium
affiliates Eleotragus with Pelea, aud distinguishes it from
Redunca. On the other hand, the absence of pedal glands
and the presence of inguinal glands show affinity to Re.
dunca aud departure from Pelea. In the direction of the
inguinal glands and in the presence of only a single pair,
representing the shallow anterior pair of Redunca, Eleotragus
is distinct from that genus.
Genus Repunca (olim Cervicapra) *,
Redunca redunea, Pall. (p. 918),
A male example of this species from the Sudan (G, Blaine),
and probably referable to the race described as cottoni, re-
sembles in every particular, so far as the characters under
discussion are concerned, the examples of the typical race of
the species from Senegambia which I described in 1910.
The rhinarium (fig. 1, D, E, F), viewed from the front, has
a convex upper margin ; the nostrils are about as widely
separated as in Hleotragus, and, as in that genus, there is
scarcely a trace of naked skin below them ; the philtrum is
as wide above as the internarial septum, narrow inferiorly,
and expands slightly where it passes into the gum of the
upper lip; it is mesially grooved up to the level of the lower
* On the evidence supplied by Palmer, I follow Lydekker in adopting
Redunca tor Cervicapra, the latter being a synonym of Antilope.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 97
370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
border of the nostril, but there is no depression on the
antero-superior surface of the rhinarium ; the posterior edge
of the upper surface of the latter is only slightly angular,
the hairs of the muzzle extending in a nearly straight line
across between the posterior angles of the nostrils. It is in
this respect that the rhinarium differs so markedly from
that of Lleotragus.
There is a bare patch of skin below the ear *.
Of the two pairs of inguinal glands, the anterior consists
on each side of a wide but shallow pouch, and the posterior
of a subcylindrical but dilatable pouch about 2 inches deep,
the yellow secretion having a starchy smell. ,
Of the pedal glands no vestige remains; on the fore foot
the-false hoofs are united at the base, on “the hind foot they
are separated by a narrow strip of naked skin.
The glans penis (fig. 1, B) is slightly thickened towards
the extremity, then ‘gradually narrowed to a blunt point; _
the urethral canal is produced into a short slender tube
overlapping the tip of the penis to a small extent. This
penis is very like that of Eleotragus arundinum described
and figured by Lénnberg (Ark. Zool, Stockholm, (5) v.
no. 10, p. 6, fig. 5, 1909), except that the urethral process
appears to be a little longer.
Genus ApENoTA, Gray.
Adenota kob, Erxl. (p. 915).
I have nothing to add to the description of this species
published in 1910 ; but it is important to recapitulate the
characters upon which the genus should be sustained, 4
although Mr. Lydekker regarded it merely as a subgenus of
Kobus.
It resembles Kobus in the structure of the rhinarium —
(q. v. infra) and in possessing a tufted instead of a bushy
tai! like that of Pelea and Redunca. It differs from Kobus —
in having a preorbital gland, consisting of a thickened area —
of skin, and a single pair of inguinal glands. In one of |
the specimens described in 1910 I recorded the presence of |
an additional vestigial or rudimentary inguinal gland, lying
far out away from the mamme, on the right side.
* This patch was absent in the two examples of the typical race of
this species described in 1910, This statement was evidently overlooked
by Mr. Lydekker in 1914, when he cited the presence of this patch as
one of the features distinguishing Redunca trom Kobus. The naked
patch is not glandular, but consists of very thin skin. Its function is
unknown, -
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 371
gland clearly represents one of the anterior pair present in
Redunca. ‘This very interesting fact shows that in Adenota
representatives of the posterior pair of inguinal glands seen
in Redunca are retained, whereas Lleotragus retains the
homologues of the anterior pair of Redunca.
Genus Konus, Smith.
Kobus defassa; Riippell (p. 916).
In 1910 I was unable to publish reliable information as to
the cutaneous glands of any species of the genus Kodus,
having only the dried skin of the head of K. defassa and
dried fect of K. marie for examination. Since that date I
have been able to examine an adult male and female of
K. defassa and an adult male hybrid between K. defassa and
K. ellipsiprymnus.
Preorbital gland.—Although I was unable in 1910 to
discover a trace of this gland on the dried head-skin of
K. defassa, I suggested the probability of the existence of a
gland resembling that of Adenota kob. This suggestion,
however, very clearly furnished no _ justification for
Mr. Lydekker stating, on my authority, that rudimentary
face-glands are present in the genus (Cat. Ung. Mamm.
pp. 199 & 225, 1914). Fresh material proved my guess to
be erroneous. Kobus resembles Eleotragus and Redunca in
having no preorbital glands, as Owen long ago stated.
The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) was described by Mr. Ly-
dekker as “normal.” .By this epithet he clearly meant
unlike that of Pelea and KEleotragus. But, as a matter of
fact, there are certain features about the rhinarium of
Kobus which, according to my conception, are distinctly
abnormal in the sense that, within the limits of the Reduncine,
they are peculiar to the genera Kobus and Adenota, the
rhinarium which most nearly approaches the normal in the
Reduncine being found in Redunca. In Kobus the anterior
surface of the rhinarium is bilobate, owing to the presence
* of a wide median depression up which the median groove of
the philtrum extends as high as the summit of the anterior
portion of the nares. ‘There is also a wide area of naked
skin passing beueath the nostrils to their posterior extremity
laterally. Finally, on the dorsal side the hair of the summit
of the muzzle encroaches as an angular field to a point
nearly on a level with the anterior extremities of the nostrils,
and on each side of this field the upper rim of the nostrils is
elevated. The encroachment of this hair gives a biconvex
vf I
372 Mr. R. I. Poeock on some
aspect to the upper edge of the rhinarium from the front
aspect, the corresponding edge in Redunca being evenly
convex from side to side. A rhinarium of this structure is
found only in Kobus and Adenota within the limits of the
Reduncine.
Inguinal glands are absent, as Owen stated, and there is no
trace of pedal glands.
A. Rhinarium of Kobus defassa from the front. i.
B. The same from above.
The extremity of the penis (fig. 1, A) is much more >
bulbous than in Redunca, with a downbent rounded apex,
and the urethral canal is of unusual length, recalling that
of Ovis in the extent to which it overlaps the end of the
penis. The figures of the penis of this genus published by
Loénnberg (Nova Acta R. Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. pl. ii. fig. pa
1904) and by Gerhardt (Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi.
p. 153, 1906) represent the urethral prolongation as curling
up on the left side of the termination of the glans
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 373
closely applied to it. It is also much shorter than in the
specimen I examined.
By the characters described in this paper the genera of
Reduncine may be distinguished as follows :—
1. a. Rhinarium swollen above and extending
back far beyond posterior angle of nostrils. Pelea, Eleotragus.
a’. Rhinarium otherwise.
6. Rhinarium not deeply and widely grooved
in front, extending as a narrow strip
below nostrils laterally; its posterior
border nearly straight between the
SUS HEDIS arcs Sa eee eo Gel a seis, ac eS Redunca.
b'. Rhinarium deeply grooved in front, a
wide naked strip below nostrils late-
rally; its posterior border acutely an-
gular between the nostrils............ Adenota, Kobus.
Soa. Preorbital gland absent ............+.. Pelea, Eleotragus,
Redunca, Kobus.
a’. Preorbital gland a thickened area of skin.. Adenota.
3. a. Inguinal glands absent ................ Pelea, Kobus.
a’. Inguinal glands present.
b. Two pairs of inguinal glands .......... Redunea.
b'. One pair of inguinal glands.
c. Anterior pair of inguinal glands of Re-
dunca retained as long anteriorly
Mwerted Pouches 2). ig 60 oa. jem 5 ahi Eleotragus.
c'. Posterior pair of inguinal glands of
Redunca retained as short inwardly
directed pouches............550s0% Adenota.
4, a. Pedal glands retained as flask-shaped sacs
with short duct and small orifice ...... Pelea,
@. Pedal glandsaborted ......... 0.6.2.2 Elevtragus, Redunea,
Adenota, Kobus.
5. a. Penis with urethral tube short, slightly
surpassing attenuated end of glans .... Lleotrugus, Redunca.
a'. Penis with urethral tube very long, far
surpassing bulbous end of glans ...... Kobus,
Subfamily Merrcerinz*.
Genus Aipyceros, Sund.
Aipyceros melampus, Licht. (p. 918).
The feet of a specimen of this species from British Kast
Africa, brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous, enables
* T instituted this subfamily under this name in 1910; but Lydekker,
while adopting the group in 1914 (Cat. Ung. Mamm. iii. p. 4), emended
the title to Apycerotinz, but quite unwarrantably, ASpycerine being, I
believe, correctly formed and having the advantage of brevity.
374 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the
me to confirm my description of the metatarsal glands and
to substantiate the correctness of my supposition as to the
structure of the fore feet, published in 1910. The fore feet
are exactly like the hind feet, except for the absence of the
metacarpal glands. Pedal glands are absent. A piece of
the skin of the inguinal region of the same specimen showed
two pairs of mamme, but no trace of inguinal glands, thus
agreeing with the dried skins in the British Museum.
Hence it may be concluded that Owen’s statement that
inguinal glands are present in the genus is erroneous; and
since he affirmed at the same time the existence of large
preorbital glands, which, according to universal testimony,
are absent, it seems obvious that the specimen he examined
did not belong to the genus #pyceros at all, but was
probably some large form of Gazella.
XXXI1V.— Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhino-
lophidee and Megadermatide. By KNUD ANDERSEN.
[AT the request of Dr. Knud Andersen, who expects to be
absent from his scientific work for some time, the following
diagnoses are published, mostly in the form of extracts from
the synopses of species prepared by him for the second
volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Chiroptera,’
By this method the exact relationship of the species to
their nearest allies is readily seen, together with the cha-
racters distinguishing them.
The groups” in which tie species of Hhinolophus are
placed are those recognized (though under different names)
in Dr. Andersen’s “ List of the Species and Subspecies of the
Genus Rhinolophus” *, 1905.—O. T.]
Genus I HINOLOPHUS.
Rh. megaphyllus group. (Called simplex group in the
‘Annals’ paper, 1905.)
a’. Connecting process higher posteriorly than
anteriorly (at junction with sella).
a*, Ears louger, 165-21 mm, (inner margin).
General size larger; forearm 40-49 mm.
a*. Nose-leaves larger: breadth of sella at
base 2°5-3 mm., of horseshoe 9 10%.
Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 31D
Constriction at middle of sella always
distinct.
6°, Nose-leaves smaller: breadth of sella at
base 2-23 mm., of horseshoe 7°7-9.
Constriction of sella often obsolescent.
c+, Lancet cuneate or subcuneate.
ad‘, Lancet hastate or subhastate (constric-
tion of sella obsolescent or absent).
e’. Nasal swellings 5°2-5°5 mm.; c-m* *
Me orale cx Sia stark» ped an SR ae borneensis
f°. Nasal swellings 4:9-5:°2 mm.; em?
6°2-6:7. Lancet peculiarly short-
ened (probably nearest hastate),
looking as if broader at base than
long. Forearm 40-405 mm. (S.
Ae ee aA ee ee ee os Haters javanicus, sp. N.
6°, Ears shorter, 15-16°5 mm. on inner margin.
General size smaller; forearm 37-39 mm.
c®, Connecting process as usual. Nasal
swellings 46-48 mm.; c-m’* 6°3-6°5.
Forearm 38-39, (Madura.).......... madurensis, Sp. U.
d®, Connecting process rather more pro-
nounced than usual. Nasal swellings
4:3 mm.; e-m* 5°9-6'3. (Luzon.) .... virgo.
b'. Connecting process broadly rounded off, as
low posteriorly as anteriorly (at junction with
sella). Sella distinctly expanded at middle,
narrower at base than across expansions,
constriction (at or above middle) very distinct.
ce’. Forearm 46 mm.; tibia 20. Sella broader.
(Bandon, Lower Siam.).......:0...20:: robinsont, sp. 0.
d’*, Forearm 40-44 mm.; tibia 16-17. Sella
narrower. (Pulo Tioman; P. Pemangil.) /loss?, sp. n,
Types :—
javanicus. Female. B.M. no. 9.1. 5.174. Original num-
ber 1655. Collected 18th March, 1908, by G. C. Short-
ridge at Pangandaran, Dirk de Fries Bay, S. Java.
Presented by W. H. Balston.
madurensts. Female. B.M. no. 10.4.7.9. Original num-
ber 2164. Collected 4th November, 1909, by G. C.
Shortridge at Soemenep, E. Madura. Presented by
Oldfield Thomas.
robinsont. Female. B.M. no. 18. 8.2.1. Original num-
ber 527/13. From Kao Nawng, Bandon, Lower Siam,
13th June, 1913. Presented by the Federated Malay
States Museum.
klossi. Female. B.M.no.18.8.2.2. From Pulo Pemangil,
June 1915. Presented by the Federated Malay States
Museum.
* c-m*=front of canine to back of m?,
376 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the
Rh. pusillus group. (Called lepidus group in 1905.)
a, Connecting process like an erect (nearly equi-
lateral) triangle, its front margin practically
straight (uon-concaye).
a’. Smaller; forearm 33°5-48 mm. ....,..... ( pusillus subgroup.)
a, Skull and teeth larger; skull to front of .
canine 16°5~18'7 mm.; cond.—can.* 14:4-
16-9; mandible 11-13-2; c-m36:2-7'5.. (depidus series.)
a®, Base of fur of back paler, contrasting
with the darker tips .......:-s200% lepidus.
ce‘, Skull and teeth averaging larger;
total length to front of canine 16'8-
18:7 mm.; cond.-can. 15-169; c-
m®> 66-75. Forearm 38-425.
(Upper Burma.) si i665 66s is bias: l. shortridget, subsp.n.
6°. Fur of back uniform from base to.tip . refulgens.
Ff 4. Sella subacute, its tip forming an
equilateral triangle in front view.
(Sumatray sie A. a ee 7. cuneatus, subsp. n.
6*, Skull and teeth smaller; skull to front
of canine 15°3-16°7 mm.; cond.-can.
13°5-14°8; mandible 98-11; c-m*5'5-6'4. (pusillus series.)
(Fur of back pale at base. Sella conspicuously constricted at middle,
. markedly narrower at tip than at base.)
a’, Smaller, with relatively shorter tibia
and smaller foot. Skull 15°3-16 mm. ;
cond,-can. 13°5-14:'2; forearm 35°5-
39:7 ; tibia 14-16; foot (c. u.) 7-8.
a‘, Canines, p' and p; unmodified; ps
sometimes external, but generally
half or wholly in row. Forearm
OED-O9 FTN asia bin a oinis os 'e%s oe ale blythi, sp. n.
a’, Fur conspicuously pale above and ;
below. (Kumaon.) .......... b. blythi.
6°. Fur conspicuously darker above [subsp. n.
and below. (DarjilingtoChina.) 0. szechwanus,
b*, Canines much heavier than in a‘; p'
and ps; conspicuously reduced in
size; ps generally external. General
size as in a’,
TehIpAld) oes a sso uaniienGge ae perditus, sp. 0.
d’, Teeth not larger than usual; e-m’
55-57 mm.; c-m, 65°8-61.
(Middle Liu-Kiu; Okinawa.) .. pumilus.
6°, Larger, with relatively longer tibia and
larger foot. Tibia 166-17°5 mm.
(Japan.) | .:9 ds Se aay ee cornutus.
b'. Larger; forearm 445-515 mm......... (acuminatus subgroup.)
b, Connecting process like an erect anteriorly
curved horn, its front margin conspicuously
CONCEVO 2.4... 50- ss condone) +e ee (garoensis subgroup.)
* cond.—can.=length of skull from condyle to front of canine.
Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 317
a’, Smaller. Skull, length to canine 15-152
OT ee ee rs ean garoensis.
b'. Larger. Skull, length to canine 16°4-18
mm., c-m® 63-7 ; forearm 39-40,
c?, Smaller. Skull, length to canine 16-4—
17 mm., condyle to canine 14°6-15°3,
mandible 11:2-11°7, c-m* 6°3-6:7 ; fore-
arm 39-39°5. (North Central Island,
PRAGA REISATES. ) 9 3.35 0.2 0's « 0:0 ww-0 aie! anion Samulus, sp. 0.
ad’, Larger. Skull, length to canine 18 mm,
(Port Blair, S. Andamans.) .......... cognatus.
Types :—
lepidus shortridget. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.1. Original
number 4015. Collected 12th October, 1913, at Pagan,
R. Irrawaddy, Burma, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented
by the Bombay Natural History Society. A large
series examined. Also one from Kindat, Chindwin.
refulgens cuneatus. Male. B.M. no. 7.1.9.3. From
Sukaranda, Deli, Sumatra. Collected by Dr. H. Dolirn.
Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa. Paratype in
Genoa Museum.
blythi. Female. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.2. Original number
3879. Collected 23rd October, 1913, at Almora,
Kumaon, 5500’, by C. M. Crump. Presented by the
Bombay Natural History Society.
blythi scechwanus. Female. B.M. no. 13.1. 26.2. Col-
lected at Chung-King, Sze-chwan, 27th Sept., 1912, and
presented by Mr. W. R. Brown. Other specimens trom
Darjiling, ‘Taho, Burma, Yunnan, other localities in
Sze-chwan, and Foochow.
perditus. Female. B.M. no. 5, 11. 3.15. From Ishigaki,
southern Liu-Kiu. Purchased of Alan Owston,
famulus. Female. B.M. no. 9. 4.4.8. From North Cen-
tral Island, Andamans. Presented by the Indian
Museum, Calcutta.
Rh. hipposideros group. (midas group, 1905.)
Rh. hipposideros—synopsis of subspecies :—
a. Infraorbital bridge linear (very rarely some-
PERN MSAMIRMIOELY So a(s oc ae ct oles weld rede minimus, hipposi-
b, Infraorbital bridge broadened. [deros, & minutus,
d'. Infraorbital bridge as a rule somewhat,
though not often much broadened. Size
about as in minimus. Forearm of type
375mm, Skull, length to front of canine
15:5, condyle to canine 15:8, c-m’* 56,
(Corsica and Sardinia.) .......... aattiel ee majort, subsp. n.
378 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the
e’. Infraorbital bridge nearly always much
broadened.
a®, ps; nearly always present. Size as Aippo-
sideros. (Gilgit to Cyprus.) .......-+. midas,
b?. ps nearly always absent. Size as mini-
mus. Forearm of type 87 mm. Skull,
length to front of canine 15°38, condyle
to canine 13°6, c-m'® 55. (Morocco.) .. escalere, subsp. n.
Types :—
majori. Male. B.M. no. 6.4. 14.3. Patrimonio, N. Cor-
sica. Collected and presented by Dr, C. I. Forsyth
Major.
escalere. Female. B.M.uo. 10.11.24. 2. Ha-ha, Mogador,
Moroceo. Collected by M. de la Escalera. Presented
by Oldfield Thomas.
Rh, luctus group. — (philippinensis group, 1905.)
ce. Smaller; skull to front of canine less than
25 mm.; forearm 42°5-44.
ce’, Ears shorter; from base of inner margin
20-23mm. Nose-leaves smaller; breadth
of horseshoe 95-10. Fur dark. Skull
smaller and narrower, to front of canine
20°5-22; mandible 13°8-15; across m*
7°2-7'8. Forearm 42°5-50.
a*. Considerably smaller. (Borneo.) ...... sedulus,
b*. Considerably larger; canine to m® 8:4—
85mm. ; forearm 485-50. Infraorbital
canal longer. (Malay Peninsula.) .... edaa, sp. n.
Pcierd WAPper set. ©. ak clon secon sais iene Bike trifoliatus, niasensis,
d. Larger; skull to front of canine more than [solitarius.
25 mm.; forearm 57-75'5. ;
e. Ear shorter, 28-30°5 mm.; forearm 57-63.. beddomet,
e?. Averaging smaller ; c-m° 9°7 mm. ; fore-
arm ‘Gi: {Oeyloti.) <2 5 acct see eee b. sobrinus, subsp. n.
f*. Averaging larger; c-m* 10:2-10'8 mm. ;
forearm 595-63. (Indian Pensinsula.) 6. beddomet,
f'. Ear longer, 34-389 mm. ; forearm 63°5-75°5.
go’. Mar amaller swe: . os. dee sce semeahs morio.
c*, ars averaging smaller. Colour gene-
rally darker. (Malay Peninsula.) .. m. morio.
d’, Ears averaging larger. Colour gene-
rally lighter. (Borneo.) ..e.sssseees 2 foetidus, subsp. n.
Types :—
edax. Female. B.M. no, 7.4.18.1. Singapore. Col-
lected and presented by H. N. Ridley.
beddomei sobrinus. Female. B.M.no. 18.8.3.3. Original
number 1137. Collected at Kala Oya, N.C.P., Ceylon,
Families Rhinolophide and Megadermatide. 379
by Major E. W. Mayor, Presented by the Bombay
Natural History Society.
morto fetidus. B.M. no. 89.1. 8.4. Baram, E. Sarawak.
Collected by Dr. Charles Hose.
euryotis group. (arcuatus group, 1905.)
a. No special moditication of hairing of posterior
Ocal Shays. osu aoe Wes! fw aids. AO ee a euryotis subgroup.
6, Median (intercellular) portion of posterior leaf
clothed with long, semi-rigid, densely set
IRAE NG) Dare hongielel hand eke Ree ereaghi subgroup.
a*. Posterior connecting process unmodified ;
hairs of posterior leaf bushy, not specially
EIEN cosine ite seit tem hates vie a's tea oe canuti.
6°. Posterior connecting process practically
absent ; hair of posterior leaf arranged in
a conical tuft pointing towards posterior
face of sella.
a, P; and p' not smaller than usual; ears
longer; forearm 48°5mm. (Madura.).. plosus, sp, n.
6°, P; rudimentary or wanting, p’ reduced ;
ears smaller .......... dataiictaicl wens & ax creaghi.
Type of Lt. pilosus:—Male. B.M. no. 10. 4.7. 5. Original
number 2162. Collected at Marengan, Soemenep, E.
Madura, Java, 4th November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge.
Presented by Oidfield Thomas.
Ascllia tridens diluta, subsp. n.
Like A. tridens tridens, but averaging larger, and colour
of fur conspicuously paler.
Forearm 52°2 mm.
Skull: length to foot of canine 18°7; cond.—can. 16°6 ;
c—m® 7 ; c—m; T°.
Hab. (of type). El Golea, Algerian Sahara. Other speci-
mens from Biskra.
Type. Female. B.M. no, 12.11.14. 2. Original num-
ber 42. Collected 16th May, 1912, by Dr. H. Hartert. Pre-
sented by Lord Rothschild.
Genus HIPPOSIDEROS.
H. bicolor group.
a. P, comparatively large, from 3 to practically
the full antero-posterior length of pu, its cusp
always reaching above middle of cusp of pa;
internasal septum thick or even pear-shaped
(thicker posteriorly).
380 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the
a’. Smaller forms. Skull, cond.-can. 13-15:1
mm., c-m® 5-6; forearm 34-42°5.
@. Smallest. Skull, cond -can. 13-13'8 mm.,
c-m 6-55; forearm 34-40°2.
a, Forearm 34-36'7 mm. (India, Burma,
Borned2) ose ates cia ielote Pa sees te ae cineraceus,
b°. Forearm 57-402 mm. (Philippines.) — anticola.
6*. Larger. Skull, cond.—can. 13°8-16:1mm.,
c-m® 55-6; forearm 37-42°5,
c’, Skull somewhat narrower in front;
across canines 3*5-3°7 mm.
a‘. Decidedly paler. Forearm 37-42
mm. (Sumatra, Java.).......... bicolor.
b‘. Decidedly darker.
a’, Skull averaging smaller, cond.—
can. 13-146 mm. Forearm
38-41'8. (Ceram, New Guinea,
Port Albany.) iis ove. tiem Sian albanensis.
&, Skull averaging longer, cond.—
can. 15°1 mm, Forearm 40-42. [subsp. n.
(Bier Eady s..:.laiziaihs ststiha ales le albanensis sevus,
d®, Skull somewhat broaderin front; across
canines 4-4'1 mm. Forearm 38°8-42°5.
(Waban .-5 cn 55 ian hag nicobarule.
6’, Larger forms. Skull, cond.-can. 15-16:7
mm., c~m’ 6-68. Forearm 38°5-46:2.
e?, Nose-leaves broader than usual, Horse-
shoe 58 mm., sella 5°2. Forearm 40°5.
(OGRE cass vexingn tote ssa piverse Ere pomona, sp. 0.
d?, Nose-leaves not broader than usual.
Horseshoe 4'5-5'5 mm., sella 3:7-4°8 .. gentilis, sp. n.
e*, Smaller. Skull, cond.-can. 15-155
mm., c-m* 6-62; forearm 38°5-41'5.
(Masuri, Burma, Pegu.) .......... g. gentilis.
J°®. Medium. Cond.-can. 15°7-16°3 mm.,
c-m® 6'2-6°7 ; forearm 40-462.
ct, Smaller: forearm 40-43mm. (Siam,
Pokson). 255 asn.s dence epee g. sinensis, subsp. n.
d‘, Larger: forearm 42-46°2mm. (Ma-
Iay Peninanls:) 2b. eR oe gy. atrox, subsp. n.
g’. Largest. Cond.=can, 16-167 mm.,
c-m* 65-68; forearm 448-46, (Nias,
Magen d..2oss ae ark tea ara te oe g. major, subsp. n.
b. P, small, from a little less than 3 to about >
the length (ant. post.) of »,, its cusp below,
or at most at the middle of the cusp of p,;
internasal septum very thin, narrowing into
a sharp edge posteriorly.
c’. Forearm less than 44 mm.; c-m* below 6.
Nose-leaves smaller.
ce’. Smaller. Forearm 35-37°3 mm. Ears
shorter. (Ceylon and S. India.) ...... atratus.
d*, Larger. Forearm 385-43 mm. Ears
larger. (Indian Peninsula.).......... Sulvus.
h®, Colour of fur averaging darker. (In-
dian Peninsula as far north as Nasik.) f. fulvus.
Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide, 381
7, Colour of fur paler. (Kathiawar,
Cutch, Sind, Rajputana.).......... f. pallidus, subsp. n.
d', Forearm 46 mm.; c-m* 6°8. Nose-leaves
larger,6X8 mm. (Selangor.) .......... nequam, 3p. D.
Types :—
albanensis sevus. Female. B.M. no. 99.12, 4.12. From
Key Is. Purchased of Rolle. |
pomona. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.4. Original number
2605. Collected by G. C. Shortridge at Haleri, N.
Coorg, 15th February, 1913. Presented by the Bombay
Natural History Society.
gentilis, Male. B.M. no. 93.11.15.2. From Thayetmyo,
Burma. Presented by Lieut. E. Y. Watson.
- g. sinensis, B.M. no. 92.2.1. 3. From Foo-chow, Fo-kien.
Presented by J. de La Touche, Esq.
g-arov. Female. B.M. no. 1.3.9.4. From Semangko
Gap, Selangor, 2800’. Presented by A. L. Butler, lisq.
g-major, Male. B.M. no. 94.1.7.6. From Bua-Bua,
Engano Island. Collected by Dr. E. Modigliani,
Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa.
fulvus pallidus. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.5. Original
number 1636. Collected at Junagadh, Kathiawar,
21st Sept., 1912, by C. A. Crump. Presented by the
Bombay Natural History Society.
nequam. Male. B.M. no. 85.8. 1.369. From Klang,
Selangor. Collected by W. Davison. Presented by
A. O. Hume.
Hi, diadema group.
A. Skull in front of sagittal crest concave ; meso-
pterygoid space broader, palatine angle broadly
rounded off; lateral vertical ridges of
posterior leaf obsolescent ...........00005 diadema subsection.
MISE sia wee W sted dened. 0. oma eee demissus,
aa a Face ood o's ste Feed + le CRN diadema.
a’, Averaging smaller: c-m* 113-136 mm.
Three supplementary leaves. [tus.
@. Forearm 73-82°5 mm............... d. oceanites, d. pulla-
6°, Forearm 76-87°5 mm.
ce‘. Ears not larger than usual: length
27-28'5 mm., breadth 26-26°5.
a’. Colour more brownish above and
menonta: | (ey is:).*. tase d. custos, subsp. n.
&. Colour powdered with greyish
above and still greyer below.... d. griseus.
d‘, Ears larger: length about 30 mm.,
breadth 28°5-20°8.
e®, Skull and dentition weaker: c-m*
about 123mm. (Celebes.).... d. speculator,subsp.n.
382 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the
dad’, Skull and dentition heavier: c—m°
18°2-13°6 mm. © (Gilolo.) ...... d. euotis.
B. Skull in front of sagittal crest convex or flat-
tened ; mesopterygoid space narrower; pala-
tine angle acute or subacute ; upper border of
posterior leaf trilobate ; lateral vertical ridges
lankadiva subsection.
STPONG ccs rcccccccccsesesacieeesecseenes
ce. Larger. (Gsylon.) 2... sins cs cst tomo lankadiva.
d, Smaller. * (Indian Peninsula.)............ indus, sp. N.
e'’. Skull larger, length to front of canine
29°8-32'2 mm. ; c-m* 125-135. General
ae dark brown or grey-brown.
. External dimensions averaging smaller :
forearm 77-84:5 mm.
&, General colour above dark brown,
base of hairs not white. (Kanara.) imdus indus.
f*. General colour above ‘grey-brown, 2 .
base of hairs white. (E Mysore.) 7%, mzatus, subsp. n.
d, External dimensions larger: forearm :
82-88 mm. Colour as f*. (Hoshan-
PAbSU, SRUPOF.) iw . os wteiiin ss spies 7. unitus, subsp. n.
ee Skull smaller, to front of canine °28°5- ;
28'8 mm.; c-m® 11°5-11:1. General
colour above slaty, with white bases to —
hairs, (Bellary.) ........ b iateere pias schistaceus, Sp. D.
Types :—
H, diadema custos. Male. B.M. no. 10. 3. 1. 27. Original
number 850. Collected July 1909 at Ara, Key Island,
by W. Stalker. New Guinea Expedition.
d. speculator. Female. B.M.no.97.1.3.20. ° From Kalao,
S. Celebes. Collected by A. Everett.
indus. Female. B.M. no, 12.11. 28. 20. Original num-
ber 1109. Collected at Gersoppa, Kanara, 19th May,
1912, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay
Natural History Society.
i. miatus. Male. B.M. no. 13. 4.11.19. Original num-
ber 1747. Collected 18th September, 1912, at Kolar,
E. Mysore, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the
Bombay Natuwal History Society.
t. unitus. Female. B.M. no. 12. 11. 29.20. Original
number 1201. Collected 25th April, 1912, at Mundra,
Saugor, C.P., 1600', by C. A. Crump. Prisanied by
the Bombay Natural "History Society.
schistaceus. Male. B.M. no. 13. 4. 10. 3. Original num-
ber 1462. Collected 26th July, 1912, at Vijayanagar,
Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay
Natural History Society. .
Families Rhinolophides and Megadermatide. 383
L, speorts group.
The subspecies of speoris :—
a. Skull, length to foot of canines 19-20:3 mm.
(average of 108 specimens 19°7 mm.) ; fore-
arm 49°8-54 (average 52). (Ceylon, Kanara,
Bombay, Khandeish, Mysore.) ............ 8. speoris,
b, Skull, length 18-19°8 mm. (average of 84
specimens 18'8 mm.); forearm 45°8-51:5
(average 49:4), (Bellary.) .......0:s00e08 8. pulchellus, subsp. n.
Type of H. s. pulchellus:—Female. B.M. uo, 13. 4. 10. 13.
Original number 1473. Collected 27th July, 1912, at
Vijayanagar, Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented
by the Bombay Natural History Society.
H. calearatus group.
HH. cupidus, sp. 0.
Nearly allied to H. calcaratus, but with teeth considerably
smaller, canine to m? 7°3-7°5 mm. as compared with 8°2-8°3
in calcaratus. Forearm in the immature type 46°25 in an
adult from Jobi [sland 49:2.
Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 97. 12.6.4. From
Eaga, British New Guinea. Collected by A. 8. Anthony.
Presented by Lord Rothschild.
Genus MEGADERMA.
Subspecies of A/. spasma :—
a*, Tibia averaging shorter, 27-28 mm. (Celebes,
MLE ATIUEAS: Jill as; sled os ays sp aialain sya’ pv oe SE M., s. spasma.
6?. Tibia averaging longer, 28°5-33°5 mm.
a*®, Length of skull 24-4-26°3 mm. ; lower jaw
169-18; c-m° 9:5-10. Forearm 54—-58°5.
(Java, Kangean, Sumatra, Borneo.) .... 8. trefolium.
6. As trifolium, but averaging perceptibly
larger, Forearm 55-61'5 mm, (Malay
Peninsula, S. Tenasserim.) ............ s. medium, subsp. n.
c. Maximum of size in the species ; lower jaw
17°8-19 mm.; cm’ 10-10°8. Forearm
62-638. (Lower Chindwin.)............ 8. majus, subsp. n,
d. As trifolium, but more delicately built ;
lower jaw 166-173 mm.; zygomatic
breadth of skull 13°7-143 mm. (against
14:3-15°5). Forearm 53:°5-56°5. (Siam,
RTS Ty Megha css x) so yea d's Cateye nics sone 8, mus, subsp. n,
384 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
e. Much like ¢rifolium, but with narrower skull ;
zygomatic breadth 13:8-148 mm. Fore-
arm 54-58°5. (Indian Peninsula.) ...... 3. horsfield.
f. Ass. horsfieldi, but averaging smaller exter-
nally. Forearm 52-565 mm. .......... 8. ceylonense, subsp. 0.
Types :—
M. s. medium. Female. B.M. no. 96.4. 15.1. From
Singapore. Collected and presented by H. N. Ridley... _
s.majus. Female. B.M. no, 18. 8.3.6. Original number
5354. Collected at Kin, Lower Chindwin, by G. C.
Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay Natural History
Society.
s. minus. B.M. no. 78. 6.17.42. From Camboja. Pre-
sented by M. Pierre.
s. ceylonense. Male. B.M. no. 18, 8.3.7. Original num-
ber 1317. Collected at Trincomalee by Major E. W.
Mayor. Presented by the Bombay Natural History
Society.
XXXV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXXX.
By T. D. A. Cockeret, University of Colorado.
Nylocopa collaris, Lepeletier.
g. Sandakan, Borneo (Baker).
This is the form which Lepeletier described from Java as
X. dejeanii. His collaris was based on females, doubtless of ©
more than one race, but it may be restricted to the Malayan
form, with Sumatra as the type locality.
Xylocopa collaris penangensis, subsp. n.
3. (Type.)—Similar to the Philippine X. fuliginata,
Pérez, in having the light hair covering first and basal two-
fifths of second segments of the abdomen, the lower margin
straight. Otherwise it is like X. collaris, with pale hair on
thorax above, except a narrow band along anterior edge of
scutellum. The metathorax has black hair. In the colour
of the hair on legs and apex of abdomen it resembles
X. collaris var. bryanti, Ckll., from Java, but the wings are
not darker than in typical collaris. The thorax dorsally is_
very faintly greenish. The pleura has pale hair on upper
part and black on the lower. The insect is a little smaller —
than typical collaris.
Records of Bees. 385
? .—Differs from YX. fuliginata in being smaller (anterior
wing 16°5 mm.), with the wings darker and_ brilliantly
violet, and the thorax anteriorly with a band of white hair.
The white thoracic band is narrower and less conspicuous
than in collaris, and sends only a small and feeble extension
to the pleura.
Island of Penang (Baker).
Mesotrichia bombiformis (Smith).
Manila, Philippine Is., Jan. 1, 1918 (McGregor).
The wings are much greener apically than in one from
Los Banos.
Mesotrichia confusa viridissima, subsp. n.
2. (Type.)—Larger, anterior wing 23 mm.; anterior
and posterior wings brilliant bluish green.
6 .—Yellow hair of thorax above brighter ; second sub-
marginal cell a little longer.
Island of Penang (Baker),
Pérez cites various localities for confusa; Singapore may
be designated as the type locality. I have both sexes from
Singapore, collected by Baker. The shorter wings of the
females are violaceous, apically obscure green, Exactly the
same thing, determined as confusa by Maidl, was received
from the Berlin Museum, labelled “ Sikhim (Bingham).”
It is unfortunate that some assistant at the Berlin Museum
put “Sikhim ” labels on numerous bees which never came
from that region.
A specimen of M, confusa from Trong, Siam (Adéoiz), is
intermediate between the type and viridissima, having the
long wings of the latter, but with some violaceous colour,
though they are mainly green. It is certainly nearest to
viridissima.
Trigona geissleri, Friese.
I have a male from Sintang, North Borneo ; and a couple
of workers collected at Singapore by Baker appear to
belong to the same species. It is a black insect, with
broad abdomen ; legs black, but trochanters red or reddish ;
scape clear ferruginous ; front and mesothorax polished.
It has some resemblance to T. canifrons and T. leviceps,
but is clearly distinct. The Bornean male has the flagellum
black, but in the Singapore workers it is ferruginous, more
or less dusky above. The Singapore insect should perhaps
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 28
386 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
be separated, but we should first see Bornean workers.
I have not seen any publication of 7. geissleri, but it may
have appeared in Germany since the mails from that country
to America were discontinued.
Trigona pallidicincta, sp. n.
¢ .—Length nearly 9 mm.
Head and thorax black, the clypeus, supraclypeal area,
labrum, mandibles, upper border of prothorax, tubercles,
and tegule pale ferruginous; antenne black, scape red at
extreme base; sides of face covered with appressed greyish-
white hair; vertex with long dark fuscous hair; thorax
with short pale hair at sides, but dorsally it is mainly
fuscous; scutellum with a pale (tegumentary) patch poste-
riorly, and middle of metathorax suffusedly reddened ;
front not polished, except a triangular area in front of ocelli;
mesothorax shining, with three impressed lines, the lateral
ones deep. Wings hyaline, faintly reddish, stigma ferrugi-
nous, nervures fuscous. Legs very pale reddish basally,
otherwise dark brown. Abdomen brown, darker apically ;
basin of first segment, and its broad apical margin, pale
testaceous, the light colour sharply defined ; base of third
segment broadly pallid.
Singapore (Baker).
Resembles T. castanea, Bingham, but the wings are quite
differently coloured. ‘There is a rather strong superficial
resemblance to the African T. conradti, Fr.
Trigona melanotricha, sp. n.
Worker.—Length about 7°5 mm.
Black, very robust, with rather long and coarse black
hair ; head broad ; clypeus and mandibles obscure reddish ;
hair of face dark, the sides with thin appressed brown hair ;
front polished and shining; cheeks with thin brown pile;
scape in front and flagellum beneath dull red, third antennal
joint entirely bright ferruginous ; mesothorax and scutellum
shining; tegule dark reddish. Wings hyaline, basally
orange-fulvous, nervures aud stigma clear ferruginous;
trausverse-cubital nervures obsolete. Legs black, with
coarse black hair; hind tibia very broad, fringed with very —
long black hair. Abdomen short and broad, shining, obscure —
reddish basally. ;
Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9222).
Related to 7. erythrostoma, Cam., but quite distinct.
Records of Bees. 387
Trigona rufibasalis, sp. 0.
Worker.—Length a little over 6 mm.
Rather slender, but the head broad. Black, with the
mandibles dull red at apex, and tarsi red at apex; face with
very thin greyish pile; front polished and shining ; scape
bright ferrugimous ; flagellum dark, reddish at extreme
base, and red beneath at apex ; mesothorax shining, without
distinct impressed lines; hair of thorax above black but
scanty; tegule piceous. Anterior wings with the basal half
orange-ferruginous, the apical field clear; hind wings dusky
throughout. Hind tibiz not very broad for the genus.
Abdomen shining black, venter with bands of black hair.
Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9225).
Somewhat related to T. collina, Sm., and T. vidua, Lep.,
but the wings are differently coloured, and the head and
thorax are shining.
The ahove species of Trigona were received from Prof. C.
F. Baker, with others from Sandakan, Borneo, and Singa-
pore. ‘The following key separates and records all the
species represented in the series :—
Clear ferruginous. (Sandakan.) .......... melina, Gribodo.
At least the thorax or abdomen dark ........ ;
1. Mesothorax red, sometimes dark............ 2.
Mesothorax pure black .................- 3.
2. Face pale or red up tolevelofantenne. (San-
RMN eek ens oc we gels nace s « ada apicalis, Smith.
Only clypeus red. (Sandakan and Singapore,
the malar space a little shorter in the Singa-
ree NIE, 2) b5.5 5 2 2). 015s) S)d0) o)el he ofahen ae ambusta, Ckll.
3. Tegule clear testaceous; abdomen brownish. :
RURASIOEC Dh ota an ails 3: «ofa #,= ale dina rca Tae pallidicincta, Ckll.
Pee PATEED sles pic ice Sa 2 tn we eee ae « 4.
4. Large species, with reddish clypeus, and wings
basally orange-fulvous. (Sandakan.)...... melanotricha, Ck.
Smaller; or if rather large, clypeus black ....
5. Scape black, except at extreme base; larger
REO asia vps ass Bric nS apihas «eds
Scape ferruginous; smaller species.......... 7.
6. Wings dilute fuliginous. (Singapore.) .... tama, CkIl.-
Wings not fuliginous. (Sandakan.) ........ busara, Ckll.
7. Wings strongly reddened basally, apically
Memeetion. (ORUGRKAN.) 5200.6 cece cenes rufibasalis, Okll.
few erevish lyaline ......626scesaceneee eae.
8, Larger; abdomen broad. (Singapore.) .... getssleri, Friese.
Smaller; abdomen narrow. (Singapore.).... valdexi, Ckll.
Megachile penangensis, sp. 0.
? .—Length about 11 mm. '
Face below level of antennz with black hair, front and
388 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and
vertex with red hair, lower part of cheeks with white hair ;
thorax above and first abdominal segment with very bright
red hair, thorax beneath with thin white hair; second
abdominal segment with a narrow fulvous band, but rest of
abdomen black and bandless ; ventral scopa white, black on
last two segments; antenne black; mandibles quadri-
dentate; legs black, with pale hair, red on inner side of
tarsi and of anterior and middle tibie ; tegule red. Wings
deep fuliginous, hyaline basally. |
Island of Penang (Baker, 9277).
Very close to M. schauinslandi, Alfken, and at first sight
appearing identical, but certainly distinct by the much more
closely and finely punctured abdomen. Prof. Baker sends
me Hawaiian M. schauinslandi, determined by Friese as
M. umbripennis, Smith, and this synonymy seems correct.
M. penangensis nearly agrees with the description of umbri-
pennis, but lacks the white hair-bands at sides of abdomen.
Also from Penang comes Megachile conjuncta, Sm. (Baker,
9273).
Megachile facetula, sp. n.
2 .—Length about 1] mm.
Rather slender; black, including antennz and legs, but
tegule ferruginous ; front, vertex, broad oblique bands from
prothorax to below wings, and narrow sides of mesothorax,
with bright ferruginous hair; lower margin of clypeus
bituberculate in middle; mesothorax and scutellum very
coarsely and densely rugosopunctate ; ventral scopa white,
black on last segment. Abdomen dorsally strongly punc-
tured, segments 1-4 with lateral short bands of white hair,
fifth with a narrow entire band. Wings basally hyaline,
but otherwise dark fuliginous, splendidly iridescent, with
purple colours.
Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9278).
This looks like M. faceta, Bingham, and is closely allied,
differing by the narrower cheeks (from upper part of eyes to
occipital margin much less than diameter of eye), sculpture
of thorax not so coarse, and abdomen without metallic
colours. Also from Sandakan comes M. atrata fulvipennis
(Smith).
Megachile ramera, sp. u.
2 .—Length about 14 mm.
Robust ; black, including antennz, legs, and tegule;
ventral scopa very bright ferruginous, white at extreme
base; face, front, and vertex with black hair, a httle white
Records of Bees. 389
about bases of antennz and at each side of upper end of
clypeus ; cheeks with white hair; mandibles strongly keeled
externally, the cutting-edge very long; clypeus broadly
emarginate, the emargination crenulate, and with a median
denticle; supraclypeal area flattened, polished and sparsely
punctured in middle; clypeus rather closely punctured, with
a smooth median line on upper part; thorax at sides,
beneath, and metathorax with long white hair, but black
hair in middle of mesopleura; mesothorax shining, strongly
but not very densely punctured, appearing bare, but with
short black hair, the lateral margins with white hair ;
scutellum with black hair, but a thin band of white between
it and mesothorax. Wings dusky, nervures dark fuscous ;
tibial spurs ferruginous. Legs with mainly pale hair,
ferruginous on inner side of the broadened hind basitarsi.
Abdomen broad, with beautiful green and purple colours;
hind margins of segments with narrow bright ferruginous
hair-bands.
Singapore (Baker, 9274).
A beautiful species; closely related to the Australian
M. pictiventris, Sm., but readily known by the red abdo-
minal bands and the wholly black hair of front. Also from
Singapore comes a female M. subrixator, Ckll. (Baker,
9275).
Megachile subignita, sp. n.
? .—Length about 13°5 mm.
. Not very robust; black, including antenne and legs,
tegule red; ventral scopa white at base, pale ferruginous in
middle, black on last two segments; lower margin of
clypeus gently arched, simple; clypeus densely punctured,
with a smooth median line; front and sides of face with
ferruginous hair, vertex with thin fuscous hair, lower part
of cheeks with white; sides of mesothorax and scutellum,
tubercles, upper part of pleura, and metathorax with long
bright ferruginous hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining,
strongly but not densely punctured, with thin fuivous hair
on disc. Wings reddish dusky, nervures ferruginous, the
outer ones becoming fuscous. Legs with pale hair; tibial
spurs ferruginous ; hind basitarsi not very broad, their inner
side with red hair. Abdomen finely punctured, with greenish
tints; hind margins of segments with narrow pale red hair-
bands, sides of first segment heavily tufted with bright
ferruginous hair.
Singapore (Baker, 9276).
In Friese’s tables runs nearest to MZ. penetrata, Sm., but
that is much larger, and otherwise different.
390 Bibliographical Notice.
Paracolletes metallicus (Smith).
Males. Waipara, New Zealand, Nov. 21 (Brittin).
Halictus aerarius, Smith.
Males from Kobe, Japan (Baker).
} Chelynia elegans (Cresson).
Estes Park Village, Colorado, June (Hazel Andrews).
Osmia pentstemonis, Cockerell.
Peaceful Valley, Colorado, at flowers of Pentstemon,
July 5 (Cockerell).
Osmia hendersoni, Cockerell.
Tolland, Colorado.
» BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., G.C.S.I,
Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady Hooker.
{ With nine] Portraits and Illustrations. By Leonarp Huxey,
author of ‘Life and Letters of T. H. Huxley,’ ete. London:
John Murray, 1918. 2vols. 8vo. i., pp. xi, 546; ii., vii, 569.
36s. net. i
Amonest the methods of writing a biography there are two which
are pre-eminent—one, the strictly chronological, which leads the
reader along as the subject lived, and enables him to trace the in-
fluences which moulded the life as they occurred, and the other,
which may be termed the episodical method—by describing certain
episodes of the life, and treating them fully, disregarding any over-
lapping of dates. The present work is largely on the second plan,
probably wisely chosen, but having the disadvantage of rendering
the sequence of dates at times somewhat difficult to follow.
Born in 1817 at Halesworth, Suffolk, of parents and grandparents
of Norfolk birth, and having a botanical atmosphere from his
early days, the future Sir Joseph Hooker passed his boyhood,
University career, and early training in Glasgow. Four years on
H.M.S. ‘ Erebus’ in Antarctic Seas were followed by service on the ~
Geological Survey as botanist, and then came a still more important
journey in India, particularly amongst the Himalayas in Sikkim.
Here his work was so thorough that, besides his large collection of
plants and seeds, the map of Sikkim which he plotted proved of
invaluable help to the British military expedition of 1903.
Bibliographical Notice. 391
Ten years as assistant to his father, the Director of the Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew, were followed by twenty more as Director,
and then by twenty-six of busy scientific labours unshackled by
the claims of official administration, until that December day in
1911 when he was laid to rest beside his father in the churchyard
on Kew Green, a veteran of 94 years, full of honours, with a
splendid record of work.
His published works are proof of the power he possessed of
pursuing his purposed path, in spite of absorbing official duties
as head of the great national botanie institution, which owes so
much to the two Hookers.
Where so much was accomplished it is hard to select for mention,
but we may instance the six quarto volumes on the material
brought home from the Southern Seas, ‘ Flora Antarctica,’ ‘ Flora
Nove Zealandiz,’ and ‘ Flora lasmaniz,’ 1844-60. Here we have
not merely an enumeration of the plants, but in the ‘ Flora ‘T'as-
manie ’ we find a luminous exposition of distribution in space and
time prefixed to the enumeration. His ‘Himalayan Journals,’
1854, form a fascinating record of his travels and captivity in that
region. A faculty he possessed in singularly large measure, of
methodizing facts and putting them into a convincing and lucid
form, even on a small scale, and we note how he rapidly seized the
important characters of plants and so described them, that his
writings are readily utilized.
His masterly survey of Arctic plants (1861) shows how keen
he was on questions of distribution, and his account of the plants
of the Galapagos Islands (1849), both in the Linnean Society’s
‘Transactions,’ confirm this statement.
With Dr. Thomas Thomson (1817-78) he essayed a ‘Flora Indica,’
1855, but the experience gained in producing the single volume issued
showed him that a work conceived on that scale was impossible of
production. ‘The Flora of British India,’ therefore, was planned
on a more modest scale, and with other Indian botanists to help
by undertaking assigned portions. The soundness of this pro-
cedure was proved by the finishing of this enumeration in seven
octavo volumes, 1872-1897, an event marked by the striking and
presentation of a gold medal by the Linnean Society in 1898.
The ‘Genera Plantarum,’ 1862-83, which was worked up chiefly
from material at Kew, in conjunction with George Bentham, was a
monumental production, in which both of those distinguished
phytographers contributed their ripe experience; it differed from
its predecessors by being based upon actual examination of authen-
ticated specimens or actual types, and was not merely literary com-
pilation. The last big work on which Hooker started to engage
was that termed ‘ Index Kewensis,’ which occupied thirteen years
_and a half from first to last. It was due to Charles Darwin, who
induced Sir Joseph Hooker to get the work undertaken; he
approved the plan submitted by the actual compiler, and acted as
the channel by which the needful funds were received from
Mrs. Darwin. As the work progressed aud became available for
392 Bibliographical Notice.
reference, Hooker’s interest in it increased, and finally he went
through the MS. to revise the geographical notes and read the
proofs. Unluckily Mr. Darwin himself died within three months
of the undertaking being put in hand. Aa
With this activity in botanical publication, Hooker’s influence in
other directions must not be overlooked. He was Darwin’s confi-
dant for fifteen years before evolution was brought before the scien-
tific world in July 1858. He spent five years as President of the
Royal Society, 1873-78, with its consequent numerous committees,
and served on the Council of the Linnean Society almost uninter-
ruptedly from 1846 to 1884, and was Vice-President from 1861 to
1876 and 1882 to 1884, though he declined the Presidency in 1886,
after his retirement from Kew.
Such is a rapid outline of Hooker’s life, which is treated in detail
in the two volumes before us. Mr. Leonard Huxley is well
qualified as the biographer, being the eldest son of Prof. T, H. Huxley,
F.R.S., Hooker’s intimate friend, and, although it is not declared,
is the godson mentioned on page 59 of the second volume. With
the material already arranged by Lady Hooker, the connecting text
became manageable, otherwise the bulk available might have
proved insuperable.
Many portraits are extant, in various media; that reproduced
as the frontispiece to the first volume is, perhaps, the least satis-
factory, Hooker himself pronouncing it ‘ lackadaisical,” the very
word the present writer had always applied to it.
In so long a work it is not surprising that slips occur—some due
to the printer, but not all. Here are a few, which should be
corrected in a second issue. The “8S. J. Klotzsch” mentioned in
the note in vol. i. p. 25 was Johann Friedrich Klotzsch (1805-60).
The name “ Osmanthus” on page 367 of the same volume must be
meant for “Osmothamnus,.” What was the date of the letter
cited? Jt must have been after 1882, when Rhododendron antho-
pogon was printed in the ‘Flora of British India,’ with Osmo-
thamnus fragrans and O. pallidus as synonyms,
In the second volume, on page 247, line 23, the name should
read Maingay, and p. 447, Vougeotit and Mnium ; while such slips as
‘« slpendid ” and “ Penquins ” are simple press errors.
There are two Cunninghams curiously confused in the Index, ii.
p. 527; in vol. ii, David Douglas Cunningham (1843-1914) is re-
ferred to on p. 427, note, but his brother Robert Oliver Cunningham
(1841-1918) on p. 80, and 101, note.
We close the volumes, which have recalled the memory of many
vanished botanists, with gratitude to the writers whose labours
have done so much to place on permanent record the great and
strong personality which Hooker’s surviving contemporaries must —
always remember with pleasure. It was indeed their good fortune
to have been associated with so commanding a figure. B. D.dae
AY
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[NINTH SERLES.]
No. 11. NOVEMBER 1918.
XXXVI.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily
Pyraustine. By Sir Gores F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,
&e. :
(Concluded from p. 196.]
Genus PronEA will stand as Type
y 'e
Hepa. Wubn, Verz, pi 35) (L827)i. fn cnceccsedeanie sane aseetine fulvalis.
(1h) Hapalia bifossata, sp. n.
Antenne of male laminate with ridge of scales above ; fore wing
with depressed streaks beyond the cell ‘above and below vein 6.
¢. Head and thorax pale red-brown; abdomen whitish with
diffused brown bands except at base leaving whitish segmental
lines; frons with white lines at sides; palpi red-brown, white at
base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface sae abdomen wiiite tinged
with ochreous brown, the fore tibie with dark brown hau at
extremity. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown, the costal
and terminal areas broadly suffused with red-brown and the latter
irrorated with darker brown, the costal edge dark brown to the
postmedial line, then whitish with two minute dark spots on it;
antemedial line red-brown, oblique to submedian fold and incurved
below vein 1; a brown point in the cell towards extremity and
obliquely curved discoidal striga; the depressed streaks beyond
the cell whitish; postmedial line dark brown, slightly incurved
below costa, then excurved and minutely waved to below vein 3
where it is retracted to below end of cell, exeurved below sub-
median fold; a terminal series of minute dark spots, rather bar-
shaped below vein 4; cilia dark brown, chequered with whitish at
Ann. & May. N. Hist. 8.9. Vel, ii. Za
394 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
tips. Hind wing white, the inner area tinged with red-brown, the
terminal area suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a blackish point
at lower angle of cell ; postmedial line brown, exeurved from discal
fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a terminal series of minute
dark spots to vein 1; cilia red-brown with white tips to submedian
fold, then wholly white ; the underside white with the costal area
tinged with red-brown, black points at the angles of cell, the post-
medial line black, punctiform, and extending to vein 1.
Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Hzxp.
20 mm.
(17) Hapatia lobibasalis, sp. n.
Antenne of male laminate with ridge of scales above; hind
wing with the costa lobed near base.
¢. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdomen
white slightly suffused with red-brown; palpi dark red-brown,
white in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white slightly suffused with red-brown. Fore
wing whitish suffused with red-brown, the costa darker brown ;
a faint oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; postmedial line
brown, waved, excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique ; a terminal
series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; cilia with a brown
line at middle. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown; a
terminal series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; the under-
side with indistinct curved brown postmedial line from costa to
vein 2.
Hab. Ectapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 g type. Hap.
20 mm. .
(4a) Hapalia magnifovealis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; frons with white
lines at sides; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white tinged with yellow, the fore tibiz orange-
yellow in front. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costal area more
fulvous orange, the terminal area rather narrowly suffused with
red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to sub-
median fold; antemedial line indistinct, orange, very oblique ; the
fovea beyond the cell large, white with a brownish white boss in
it ; postmedial line orange, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to
below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a punctiform red-
brown terminal line from below apex to submedian fold slightly
defined on inner side by orange; cilia fulvous orange, whitish at
tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the cell and costal area to near
apex and the inner area white; an orange postmedial line from
vein 5 to submedian fold; the terminal area narrowly suffused
with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to
Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 395
vein 2; a dark brown terminal line from apex to submedian fold ;
cilia orange-yellow with a deeper orange line through them and
some whitish at tips to submedian fold, then white tinged with
yellow.
Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 18 mm.
(156) Hapalia endotrichialis, sp. n.
S$. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; palpi with the
basal joint white ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen at base
with some white. Fore wing orange-yellow; a faint brownish
antemedial line, oblique to median nervure, then erect; minute
reddish brown spots in the cell towards extremity and on disco-
cellulars ; postmedial line reddish brown, excurved and slightly
waved to below vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell and
waved to inner margin; a fine dark brown terminal line. Hind
wing orange-yellow ; postmedial line brown, arising at vein 6,
oblique to vein 2, then slightly incurved and ending at submedian
told; a fine dark brown terminal line except towards tornus.
Hab. Formosa (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 28 mm.
(24a) Hapalia glaucostigmalis, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen greyish suffused with
red-brown ; antennz red-brown; palpi red-brown, white below to
near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white mixed with red-brown, the fore legs red-brown,
white on inner side. Fore wing rufous, the inner area paler ;
small obliquely placed dark brown spots in the cell, in submedian
fold, and on inner margin; a small grey-white spot in middle of
cell and discoidal lunule defined by dark brown; postmedial line
dark brown, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then oblique and
slightly sinuous ; a brown subterminal shade. Hind wing ochreous
white; an indistinct curved brown postmedial line; a slight
terminal brown shade from apex to vein 2; cilia whitish.
Hab. Cotomepta, Rio Derg, 1 2 type. Herp. 24 mm.
(346) Hapalia nigristriatalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with red-brown,
the last darker towards extremity ; palpi suffused with red-brown
below, white above ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with red-
brown, the inner half whiter to beyond middle, the terminal area
broadly suffused with red-brown;,a rather diffused red-brown
fascia through the cell ; the veins beyond the cell slightly streaked
with red-brown and veins 7, 6 streaked with black defined below
by white streaks towards termen ; five black points on terminal
29*
396 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
part of costa which is white ; some blackish scales on lower disco-
cellular; a terminal series of minute blackish points on an ochreous
white line ; cilia dark brown, chequered with white at tips. Hind
wing white, the termen narrowly suffused with red-brown to sub-
median fold; a terminal series of black points to vein 2; cilia
white.
Hab. Cotompia, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Hap.
22 mm.
(85a) Hapalia tristigmalis, sp. n.
Head white tinged with cupreous brown; thorax pale cupreous
brown; abdomen whitish banded with dark brown except towards
base; antennz dark brown ringed with white; frons with white
lines at sides; palpi dark brown, white in front towards base and
with some white at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-
men white mixed with some black-brown, the fore tibie black-
brown, the tarsi ringed with black. Fore wing whitish suffused
with cupreous brown with a slight purplish gloss, the costal edge
black with alternating white marks towards apex; a curved black
antemedial line, defined on inner side by white and with a small
triangular creamy white spot beyond it below the costa; a small
conical creamy white spot defined by black except above in upper
part of cell towards extremity; a sinuous black line defined on
outer side by white from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a
creamy white postmedial patch defined by black from costa to
vein 5, its outer edge angled outwards at vein 6, then reduced to a
bar; cilia creamy white, chequered with brown at base and with
brown line at middle. Hind wing white faintly tinged with
brown ; slight dark spots in upper part of cell towards extremity
and at upper angle; a faint brown postmedial line, incurved between
discal and submedian folds ; the terminal area suffused with pale
purplish brown except towards tornus; cilia chequered with brown
at base and with brown line at middle to vein 2; the underside
with black spots in the cell near base and before and at end of cell,
a postmedial series of black spots, incurved at discal fold and ex-
curved above inner margin.
Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 4 3, 2 2
type, Bonda (H. H. Smith),1 3,12. Hap. 18 mm.
(36 a) Hapalia distictalis, sp. n.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark cupreous brown; palpi
white below to near tips ; pectus, legs, and base of ventral surface
of abdomen with some white, the tarsi creamy white. Fore wing
dark cupreous brown; a faint oblique dark antemedial line; a
small triangular creamy white spot defined by blackish except
above in upper part of cell towards extremity ; a faint sinuous dark
line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a postmedial
Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 397
ereamy white bar defined by blackish between veins 8 and 4, its
outer edge slightly angled outwards at veins 6 and 5; cilia white
at tips with some brown scales mixed. Hind wing dark cupreous
brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; a faint slightly sinuous dark
postmedial line from vein 4 to tornus; cilia white at tips; the
underside with waved dark postmedial line, incurved at discal fold ;
both wings with white line at base of cilia.
Hab. Cotompta, Don Amo (H. H. Smith),'1 Q type, Bonda
(4. H. Smith),1 9. Exp. 20-22 mm.
(36d) Hapalia flavipartalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax yellow mixed with red-brown, the frons
whitish, the antenn whitish tinged with brown; palpi red-brown,
white below towards base and with some whitish at tips; abdomen
white mixed with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white, the fore tibiwe yellowish, the mid femora with
minute brown spot at extremity. Fore wing with the basal half
orange-yellow, the base suffused with red-brown, the terminal area
red-brown ; an oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; a brown
annulus in middle of cell ; a curved brown medial line confluent with
the inner side of a reddish brown discoidal spot defined by dark
brown and with dark brown striga in centre, the spot confluent
on outer side with the browr terminal area; a conical orange-
yellow postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by dark
brown and its inner edge confluent with the yellow basal area at
costa; cilia white at tips from below apex to vein 4 and with some
white at submedian interspace. Hind wing white, tinged with
red-brown except the cell and costal area to beyond middle; the
cilia white; the underside white, the terminal area tinged with
brown to vein 2.
Hab. Cotomsta, Choko, R. Siato, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 20 mm.
(386) Hapalia umbriferalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax rufous, some white on vertex of head and
on metathorax behind; abdomen dark red-brown with white
segmental lines; palpi with some white at base; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with rufous, the femora,
tibiz, and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing rufous suffused
with dark brown, the costal area bright rufous except towards base,
with three small black spots on the costa towards apex; antemedial
line black-brown, angled outwards below costa, excurved below the
cell and angled inwards above inner margin, defined on inner side
by whitish below the cell; a small black annulus in upper part of
middle of cell and discoidal figure-of-eight shaped mark, its upper
and lower parts filled in with rufous, the rufous from costa ex-
tending into the cell before it; postmedial line black-brown defined
398 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
on outer side by whitish, strong and obliquely downeurved to
vein 6, then excurved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is
retracted to below angle of cell and bent outwards below submedian
fold ; a terminal series of minute black spots with whitish striz
between them; cilia dark red-brown, whitish at tips. Hind wing
red-brown, rather darker at termen on which there is a series of
minute blackish points; cilia white at tips; the underside pale
rufous slightly irrorated with dark brown, a minute black spot in
middle of cell and small spots at the angles, postmedial line black,
maculate, excurved to below vein 3, then retracted and ending in a
small spot below vein 2, a terminal series of black points to vein 2
and some dark brown at submedian fold.
Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Exp.
22 mm.
(50 6) Hapalia conisanalis, sp. n.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with some
greyish, the last with white segmental lines except towards base ;
frons with white lines at sides ; palpi rufous, white at base; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown.
Fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown and thickly irrorated
with dark brown, the terminal area rather more strongly suffused
with red-brown ; antemedial line rather diffused, brown, slightly
waved; a minute brown spot in upper part of cell towards extre-
mity and discoidal striga; a brown shade beyond the cell from
costa to vein 2; postmedial line brown, minutely waved, excurved
from below costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell;
a rather punctiform dark brown terminal line to submedian fold ;
cilia with a brown line through them, the tips whitish. Hind
wing whitish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with dark
brown ; postmedial line indistinct, brown, slightly excurved from
discal fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a rather punctiform dark
terminal line to 2; cilia witha brownish line near base and the tips
whitish to vein 2, then wholly whitish.
Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Shiré Valley, Mwanza R. (Weave), 1 9
type, Mt. Mlange (eave), 1 29. Hyxp. 20 mm.
(10la) Hapalia lunilinealis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous, the genital tufts white ;
palpi below towards base and pectus in front white; tarsi white
tinged with rufous. Fore wing rufous; antemedial line indistinct,
brown, oblique, and slightly sinuous to vein 1, then incurved; a
slight dark discoidal lunule; postmedial line formed by minute
dark lunules, excurved from below costa to below vein 3, then
retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner margin; a brown
terminal line; cilia whitish tinged with rufous and with brown
line near base. Hind wing whitish tinged with rufous; a curved
Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 399
postmedial series of brown points on veins 5 to 2; a red-brown
terminal line and line near base of cilia to vein 2.
Hab. Ecvavor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 6 3 type. Exp.
28 mm.
(104e) Hapalia rubritactalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow tinged with
rufous ; palpi rufous, the basal joint white ; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous ; a faint
diffused brownish antemedial line from subcostal nervure to inner
margin ; a small brownish spot in upper part of cell towards extre-
mity and discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, diffused,
brownish, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell
and erect to inner margin, slightly defined on outer side by yellow ;
the costal area yellower towards apex. Hind wing ochreous yellow
suffused with rufous, the inner margin whitish ; postmedial line
brownish defined on outer side by diffused yellow, erect to vein 2
towards termen, then retracted and again erect to termen above
tornus; the terminal area suffused with rufous to vein 1, leaving
some yellow on termen; cilia white.
Hab. “Germ. E. Arrica,” Ruaha R., Kilossa Rd. (eave), 1 ¢
type. Lxp. 20 mm.
(127b) Hapalia carbonifusalis, sp. n.
Head fuscous brown mixed with some ochreous ; thorax fuscous
brown ; abdomen greyish suffused with fuscous brown; antennze
fuscous brown; palpi black-brown with some white below ; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey suffused with fuscous
brown, the fore tibiz with black band at extremity. Fore wing
fuscous brown mixed with grey-white; antemedial line blackish,
oblique to median nervure, then erect; a slight white discoidal
lunule defined by fuscous brown; postmedial line rather diffused
blackish, slightly excurved at vein 7, and bent outwards between
veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner
margin; a blackish terminal line ; cilia chequered with blackish at
tips. Hind wing fuscous brown tinged with grey.
Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 3 ¢, 3 Q type.
Exp. 16-20 mm.
(127d) Hapalta conistolalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with grey-
white; antenne dark brown; palpi black-brown; fore tibie at
extremity and the tarsi banded black and white. Fore wing
thickly irrorated with dark brown and grey-white ; antemedial line
black, slightly waved, oblique to submedian fold, then erect; a
small rather diffused blackish spot in middle of cell; a small white
400 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
discoidal lunule irrorated with brown and defined at sides by black ;
postmedial line black, excurved at vein 7 and between veins 5 and 3,
then retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian
fold ; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia white mixed with
brown. Hind wing grey-brown irrorated with fuscous; a dark
terminal line except towards tornus ; cilia white mixed with brown
and with brown line at middle.
Hab. N. Nicerta, Zingeru(Simpson),1 g type, Minna ( Macefie),
1 ¢. Exp. 20 mm.
(127 e) Hapalia pulverulenta, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey-white ;
abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown ; frons with white lines at
sides; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with red-brown.
Fore wing reddish brown mixed with some white ; a brown ante-
medial line in submedian interspace, angled outwards to a slight
spot at submedian fold; slight brown spots at middle of cell and
on discocellulars; postmedial line formed by small brown spots,
defined on outer side by slight white marks and with some white
before it at discal fold, excurved from discal fold to vein 3, then
ineurved; a terminal series of minute blackish spots. Hind wing
pale reddish brown ; a terminal series of black points to vein 2;
cilia white tinged with red-brown. Underside of fore wing grey-
brown, the costal area white to near apex ; hind wing white.
Hab. Crytox, Ambalangoda (Jlackwood, Green, Pole), 3 3
type. Hap. 20-22 mm.
(1284) Hapalia poliostolalis, sp. n.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown with a leaden gloss,
the last with white segmental lines; palpi white below; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown.
Fore wing grey-brown with a leaden gloss; a faint erect brown
antemedial line; a faint dark discoidal bar; postmedial line rather
diffused dark brown, very slightly waved, excurved from costa to
below vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect to inner
margin ; cilia white tinged with brown, with dark line near base
and slight spots near tips. Hind wing grey-brown with a leaden
gloss, the cilia white with a dark line near base; the underside
white mixed with brown, obliquely placed small black spots at the
angles of cell, a curved punctiform dark postmedial line, and
terminal series of black points.
Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman), 1 2 type. Hap.
16 mm.
Pyralidee of the Subfumily Pyraustine. 401
(la) Pyrausta pectinalis, sp. n.
Antenne of male bipectinate with long fine branches to two-
thirds length.
3S. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen whitish suffused
with red-brown; antenne ringed with black towards base; palpi
black-brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore cox dark
brown towards base, the femora and tibiz suffused with red-brown.
Fore wing glossy red-brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; cilia with
pale line at base and some whitish at tips. Hind wing glossy red-
brown ; a faint dark mark at upper angle of cell; cilia with some
whitish at tips; the underside whitish tinged with red-brown, a
faint rather diffused brown postmedial line from costa to vein 4.
Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 ¢ type. xp. 26 mm.
(816) Pyrausta fulviflavalis, sp. n.
2. Head whitish tinged with fulvous ; thorax fulvous ; abdomen
whitish suffused with fulvous; palpi rufous, white below; throat
white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale rufous,
the mid tibize on outer side and all the tarsi white. Fore wing
fulvous, the costal edge brown to middle, then white ; antemedial
line indistinct, brown, oblique and waved to above vein 1 and
angled inwards above inner margin; a brown point in upper part
of middle of cell and curved discoidal striga ; a diffused brown spot
beyond lower angle of cell ; postmedial line brown, dentate, oblique
to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and incurved above inner margin ;
cilia rufous. Hind wing semihyaline whitish tinged with. orange-
yellow, the terminal area orange-yellow to submedian fold, angled
inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell; a curved series of slight
red-brown lIunules on veins 4, 3, 2; a red-brown terminal line and
the cilia rufuus from below apex to vein 2.
Hab. ArGentTIna, Puerto Aguirre (Betton), 1 Q type. Exp.
32 mm.
(88a) Pyrausta violascens, sp. n.
Q. Head and tegule fulvous ; thorax very pale purplish; abdo-
men white with a violaceous grey tinge; palpi rufous, white below
towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white
faintly tinged with brown. Fore wing very pale purplish, the
costal area fulvous to beyond middle; a faint oblique brownish
antemedial line ; a small fulvous spot in the cell towards extremity
and discoidal bar; a faint brownish postmedial line, excurved and
slightly waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below
angle of cell and oblique to inner margin; cilia whitish. Hind
wing very pale purplish, the inner area whitish; a faint brownish
402 Sir G, F. Hampson on new
postmedial line, excurved and slightly waved between veins 5 and 2,
where it terminates ; cilia whitish.
Hab. Goupv Coast, Kumasi (Sanders), 1 2 type. Exp. 28 mm.
(55a) Pyrausta fulvilinealis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white mixed with some fulvous ; abdomen
white; antenne pale fulvous; frons with black bars at sides;
palpi fulvous mixed with some blackish, white below towards base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora
red-brown above, the tibie black on inner side and the tarsi ringed
with black. Fore wing creamy white, the costal area tinged with
fulvous and the costal edge black-brown to end of cell; antemedial
line fulvous, oblique, slightly excurved below costa ; a small fulvous
spot in the cell towards extremity and discoidal lunule defined by
fulvous; postmedial line fulvous, interrupted, angled outwards
below costa, then incurved to vein 5 where it is interrupted, oblique
to vein 2, then represented by a bar below angle of cell and oblique
line from vein 2 to inner margin ; subterminal line fulvous, rather
interrupted, oblique to vein 5, excurved between veins 5 and 4, and
angled inwards at vein 2 to near the postmedial line; the costa
fulvous towards apex; a fine fulvous terminal line. Hind wing
creamy white; a fulvous discoidal bar; postmedial line fulvous,
slightly bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and
obsolete to lower angle of cell, then oblique to inner margin; sub-
terminal line fulvous, slightly excurved between veins 6 and 2 and
ending at tornus; a fine fulvous terminal line and slight line near
base of cilia.
Hab. Ucanna, Mbale-Kumi Rd. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Luxp.
32 mm,
(58a) Pyrausta distictalis, sp. n.
3d. Head and thorax whitish suffused with fulvous ; abdomen
creamy white faintly tinged with rufous ; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen creamy white, the fore legs tinged with rufous,
the femora, tibize, and base of tarsi blackish above. Fore wing
very pale yellow, the base suffused with fulvous, the costal edge
blackish ; a minute black spot in the cell towards extremity and
another at lower angle. Hind wing uniform very pale yellow.
Underside of fore wing tinged with brown except on inner area.
Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mianje (Neave), 2 d type. zp.
24 mm.
(6l¢) Pyrausta leucoplacalis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax cupreous brown with some white on meta-
thorax ; abdomen white indistinctly banded with cupreous brown ;
antennz whitish tinged with cupreous brown ; sides of frons and
Pyralidze of the Subfumily Pyraustine, 403
palpi black-brown, the latter white below; pectus, legs, and ventral
surtace of abdomen white, the fore femora and tibiz suffused with
cupreous brown and the mid tibiz with cupreous brown spots at
extremity. Fore wing cupreous brown, an ochreous white fascia
below costa from the antemedial to beyond the postmedial line ;
antemedial line dark brown defined on inner side by ochreous
white, arising at median nervure and slightly angled outwards
above inner margin, an ochreous white patch beyond it at inner
margin; a small semihyaline white spot in middle of cell and
discoidal spot defined by dark brown except above where it is con-
fluent with the subcostal fascia; postmedial line dark brown, waved
and defined on outer side by a waved ochreous white band, with a
semihyaline white patch before it beyond the cell and spots below
veins 4, 3, 2, excurved from costa to vein 4, then oblique; a narrow
terminal ochreous white band and a terminal series of small brown
spots to vein 2; cilia white. Hind wing semihyaline white to the
postmedial line, then ochreous white; small black-brown subbasal
spots below the cell and above inner margin ; a black discoidal bar ;
postmedial line black-brown, arising below costa, curved and waved
between veins 5 and 2, where it is retracted, then sinuous to inner
margin ; a wedge-shaped cupreous brown subterminal patch with
waved edges from below costa to vein 3, then a rather diffused
interrupted sinuous line ; a terminal series of small brown spots to
vein 2; cilia white.
Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 2 3 type.
Exp. 26 mm.
(1036) Pyrausta «anthyalinalis, sp. n.
Q. Head and thorax pale yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen
pale yellow; frons with blackish bars at sides; palpi black-brown
above and white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-
men white, the legs tinged with yellow, the fore legs with dark
brown mark at foro tibial joint. Fore wing pale yellow, thinly
scaled, the costal area tinged with rufous and the costal edge dark
brown to the postmedial line; antemedial line brown, slightly
curved; adark brown discoidal lunule; postmedial line dark brown,
eurved inwards and obsolescent between veins 5 and 2 and slightly
excurved above inner margin; a terminal series of brown stri«
from apex to vein 4. Hind wing pale yellow, thinly scaled; a
brown discoidal striga ; i postmedial line brow n, curved inwards and
obsolescent between veins 5 and 2.
Hab. Ecuapor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 3 ¢ type.
Exp. 24 mm.
(1066) Pyrausta microdontalis, sp. n.
®. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen
white faintly tinged with brown; palpi red-brown, white below ;
404 : Sir G. F. Hampson on new
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs
and mid femora streaked with brown. Fore wing whitish suffused
with pale reddish brown and slightly irrorated with fuscous; a
curved blackish antemedial line ; a black discoidal bar ; postmedial
line blackish, curved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is
retracted to below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a faint
rather diffused dentate brown subterminal line; a fine black
terminal line; cilia whitish at tips. Hind wing whitish suffused
with pale reddish brown and irrorated with fuscous, the inner
margin white ; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial line
rather diffused blackish, waved to vein 2, then retracted to below
angle of cell and ending at tornus; a blackish subterminal shade
with slightly waved outer edge to vein 2, then oblique; a fine
black terminal line; cilia with dark line near base, the tips white.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala
(Neave), 1 9 type. Kup. 20 mm.
(107 6) Pyrausta pulvereiumbralis, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown and with white segmental lines
towards extremity, the anal tuft tinged with rufous; palpi white
below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white slightly tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous tinged
with rufous, irrorated with brown from before the antemedial to
beyond the postmedial line except on costal area, the medial area
whitish except towards costa; antemedial line fulvous yellow with
a brownish line on it, curved; a small brown spot defined by
fulvous yellow in upper part of cell towards extremity and brown
discoidal bar defined by fulvous yellow; an oblique brown shade
from beyond upper angle of cell to inner margin beyond the post-
medial line, which is fulvous yellow with a brownish line on it,
excurved from vein 7 to 5, then rather oblique to vein 3, then bent
inwards to lower angle of cell, then again rather oblique and bent
outwards to inner margin, a brown shade with waved outer edge
beyond it from below costa to vein 3; a curved rather diffused
fulvous yellow subterminal line, arising below the costa; cilia
white with a faint ochreous brown line at middle. Hind wing
white ; a brownish postmedial line, bent inwards at vein 2, then
oblique to tornus ; a brownish subterminal line.
Hab, Anyssryta, Diré Daroua (Kristensen), 1 do type. Exp.
24 mm.
(107 e) Pyrausta fulvitinctalis, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax fulvous; abdomen red-brown with fine
white segmental lines on medial segments ; antenne dark brown ;
frons with white lines at sides; palpi yellow with a fulvous tinge;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
~ Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 405
rufous. Fore wing red-brown, suffused with fulvous to middle
and on costal area to apex; a faint dark antemedial Jine, oblique to
submedian fold, then inwardly oblique; postmedial line dark,
oblique towards costa, then excurved and minutely waved to vein 3,
slightly angled inwards at vein 2 and erect to inner margin ; a fine
dark brown terminal line ; cilia with a fine pale line at base followed
by a brown line. Hind wing red-brown; an indistinct curved
dark postmedial line; a dark brown terminal line; cilia with a fine
pale line at base followed by a brown line; the underside paler, the
costal area ochreous white to the postmedial line.
Hab. Ecuapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 2 type. Exp.
20 mm.
(1086) Pyrausta xanthocepsalis, sp. n.
3. Head yellow tinged with rufous; antennez, thorax, and
abdomen glossy fuscous brown; palpi dark brown, yellowish above
and white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing
glossy fuscous brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a diffused
whitish spot in end of cell; postmedial line whitish, somewhat
dilated at costa, incurved at discal fold, excurved to vein 3, then
_ retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian
fold ; a terminal series of slight black points and fine white line at
base of cilia. Hind wing pale brown with a slight cupreous tinge ;
cilia with a fine white line at base followed by a brown line, the
tips with some whitish.
Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (H. H. Smith), 2 3 type, Godman-
Salvin Coll., Guadalajara (Goldsmith),1 g. Exp. 20 mm.
(1136) Pyrausta infuscalis, sp. n.
Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark reddish brown; palpi
dark brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown.
Fore wing dark reddish brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a
faint dark antemedial line, oblique towards costa and defined on
outer side by whitish below the cell; postmedial line indistinct,
rather diffused dark brown slightly defined on outer side by whitish,
somewhat angled outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold,
excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect
to inner margin; a terminal series of small rather triangular
blackish spots ; cilia whitish mixed with brown. Hind wing pale
reddish brown, the costal area whitish to beyond middle; cilia
whitish with a brown line near base ; the underside whitish mixed
with brown, a dark postmedial line excurved below vein 7 and
between veins 5 and 2.
Hab. Stxutm (Moller), 1 2 type. Herp. 20 mm
406 On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine.
(139) Pyrausta auricinctalis, sp. n.
d. Head and tegule orange-yellow, the latter with some dark
brown dorsally ; thorax dark brown mixed with yellow; abdomen
dark purplish brown, the two terminal segments orange-yellow, the
genital tufts paler yellow ; antennz brown, orange-yellow towards
base; pectus and legs yellowish tinged with brown. Fore wing
dark purple-brown ; the base orange-yellow ; the costal edge orange-
yellow to a medial orange-yellow band from costa to above vein 1,
rounded below, the costa beyond it orange-yellow; an orange-
yellow terminal band with curved inner edge; cilia orange-yellow
at base, whitish at tips. Hind wing dark purplish brown; an orange-
vellow terminal band, the inner edge slightly incurved at submedian
fold ; cilia orange-yellow, whitish at tips.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala
(Neave), 1 5 type. Exp. 18 mm. )
(8a) Pegostoma subterminalis, sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with reddish
brown; antennje brown; palpi dark brown, white below; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with dark —
brown. Fore wing white, the basal area and costal area to apex
tinged with red-brown; a red-brown subterminal band, its inner
edge incurved below vein 5 and slightly angled outwards above
vein 1; cilia pale red-brown. Hind wing pale red-brown. Under-
side white suffused with red-brown.
Hab. OranceE R. Corony, Bloemfontein (Eckersley), 1 3 type.
Exp. 16 mm.
(4a) Noctuelia anartalis, sp. n.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with some
white ; antenne dark brown; palpi dark brown, the basal joint
white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed
with dark brown. Fore wing red-brown mixed with white and
slightly irrorated with dark brown; an oblique black-brown line
defined on inner side by white from upper part of cell towards
extremity to inner margin; some diffused blackish beyond upper
angle of cell; postmedial line white defined on inner side by a fine
slightly dentate black-brown line, incurved below vein 4 and
slightly angled outwards below submedian fold ; a diffused sinuous
whitish subterminal band indented by a wedge-shaped dark mark |
from termen above vein 1; cilia white with a brown line near base
and some brown at tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the costal
area white; some dark brown irroration along vein 1; a narrow
red-brown terminal band, ending in a point at submedian fold, its
inner edge slightly waved; cilia brown, white at tips. Underside
On the Synonymy of some Furopean Diplopods. 407
of fore wing white, tinged with yellow on disk, the costal area
irrorated with red-brown ; hind wing orange-yellow, the costal area
white, irrorated with red-brown except towards base, the terminal
band formed by red-brown irroration.
Hab. E. Turkestan (Avinof’), 1 2 type. Hap. 22 mm.
(7a) Noctuelia josialis, sp. n.
3. Head and tegule orange-yellow, the latter with black-brown
patches at tips glossed with blue, with orange-yellow stripes at
sides and the patagia with some orange-yellow scales; abdomen
black-brown with a cupreous gloss and orange-yellow subdorsal
stripes, the genital tufts white; antenne black: frons with black
patch ; palpi black, the basal joint and base of 2nd joint yellow;
femora whitish tinged with brown; ventral surface of abdomen
with white stripe except at extremity. Fore wing black-brown
with a cupreous gloss; an orange-yellow fascia along median
nervure to near termen where its extremity is rounded; an orange-
yellow streak on inner margin. Hind wing black-brown with a
cupreous gloss; a broad orange-yellow stripe in and below the cell
to near termen, extending to inner margin at base and narrowing
somewhat with its lower edge oblique beyond the cell.
Hab. Venezurna, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type.
Ep. 30 millim.
XXXVII.—On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods
(Myriapoda), with Special Reference to Three Leachian
Species. By Ricuarp 8. BaGnat, F.L.S.
One of the drawbacks to students of British Myriapods
undoubtedly lies in the unsatisfactory state of the nomenclature.
When one remembers that, amongst the Diplopods, there
“re SO Many instances of two (or more) species being so closely
related as to be practically indistinguishable, except by a
dissection and study of the male, one at once realizes how
difficult it must be for a discoverer of a species so closely
allied to one already known to decide which of the two was
the one described by an older naturalist at a time when
present-day methods were not used.
A case in point: Drachyiulus pusillus, a graceful little
Julid with a pair of yellowish stripes down the back, was
described by Leach from Edinburgh and London more than
a hundred years ago. In recent years Verhoeff showed that
there were two species, externally alike but abundantly
408 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the
distinct in the structure of the male gonopods etc., describing
one of them as new under the name of Brachydulus littoralis,
The dissection of male examples, however, from an abun-
dance of British material proves that all our examples are
‘referable to Verhoeff’s species. Surely, by deduction, one
must refer the British material to Leach’s species, and so
sink Verhoefi’s name asasynonym. And, further, another
name must be found for the pusillus of Verhoef (non Leach).
The present memoir is an attempt to show my deductions
as to the true synonymy of three of Leach’s species, from
which it will be seen that new names will have to be found
for Craspedosoma rawlinsi, Verhoeft (non Leach), and
Brachyiulus pusillus, Verhoeff (non Leach). As existing
names (now sunk as synonyms) may be found applicable, I
leave this question to more capable hands. I have, however,
suggested a new name for Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non
Verhoeff), the issue in this instance not being complicated
by old synonymy.
Of four of Leach’s memoirs on Myriapods containing
practically the same subject-matter, I have perused the
following :—
Leach, W. E. 1814-15. “A Tabular View of the Ex-
ternal Characters of Four Classes of Animals, which Linné
arranged under Insecta ; with the Distribution of the Genera
composing Three of these Classes into Orders &c., and
Descriptions of several new Genera and Species.” In Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xi. (1815) pp. 306-400 (Class II.
Myriapoda, pp. 376-386).
Leach, W. E. 1817. ‘The Characters of the Genera of
the Class Myriapoda, with Descriptions of some Species.”
In the ‘ Zoologieal Miscellany,’ iii. pp. 36-45 (with 10
plates).
The following extract is from the first of these references :—
[p. 379] “Spec. 7. Julus pusillus.
“ J. Segmento ultimo submucranato, corpore cinerascente
nigro aut fusco-brunneo lineis duabus rufescentibus. ~
“ Long. Corp. 5 ad 6 lin.
“Habitat prope Edinburgum sub lapidibus ; in Battersea
fields, Londinum prope, inter graninum radices.
“* Copulatione observavi.
DR fat Mace
Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 409
[p. 380]
“8. Corpus rufescens lateribus lineaque longitudinale
dorsali fuseus brunneis,
* Dorsum lincis fortioribus exaratis, distantibus rectis sub-
inaequalibus. Antenne fusce articulis dilutis, Pedes lutes-
centes,
“ Gen. 3. CRASPEDOSOMA.T
[ Footnote] ‘TThis genus was proposed by my much lamented
friend Richard Rawlins, Hsq., who discovered the first species.
“Corpus lineare, depressum, segmentis lateraliter com-
pressis, marginatis, Antenne articulo secundo tertio breviore.
“ *® Segmentis latertbus medio prominulis.
Spec. 1. Craspedosoma Rawlinsii.
““C. dorso fusco-brunneo lineis quatuor punctorum albi-
dorum, ventre pedibusque rufescentibus.
“© Long. Corp. 7 lin.
“ Falitat inter muscos et sub lapidibus propre. Edin-
burgum vulgatissima. Detexit R. Rawlins cujus nomen
gerit.
“8 Segmentis lateribus postice productis.
“Spee. 2. Craspedosoma polydesmoides.
“C. dorso rufo griseo, ventre pallido, pedibus rufescentibus
basi pallidis, angulo segmentorum postico setigero.
? 8 co) I 5D
“ Habitat in Danmonid prope Plymouth, sub lapidibus
Pais I ? l
passim. Detexit Dom Montagu.
“Corpus rufo-griseum, pedibus pallidioribus. Dorsum
linea longitudinaliter impressum. Segmenta valdé promi-
§ 8 I
nentia angulo antico rotundato ; postico retrorsum producto,
setifero seta conicaé albé. Facies saturate rufo-grisea. Oculi
atri, Antennee rufo-griseee sub-pilosule. Venter pallidus,
albidus. Pedes rufescentes, basi pallidi.” [End ofp. 380. ]
Brachyiulus pusillus (Leach), non Verhoeff.
Syn. Brachyiulus (Microbrachyiulus) littcralis, Verhoef.
Julus pusillus, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soe, Lond. xi. p. 379 ;
1817, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 35.
In 1917 I brought forward B. (Alicrobrachytulus) littoralis,
Verhoeff, as British on the strength of a large number of
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 30
410 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the
examples found at Ainsdale, near Southport, in April 1916,
which were kindly identified by Brélemann. Since then I
have taken examples of the same species in the Forth Area
of Scotland, in the counties of Northumberland and Durham,
both inland and on the coast, and in other localities, including
the South Coast at Swanage. In every case expert examina-
tions of the males were made by Mr. and Mrs. Brade-Birks,
proving the species to be Verhoeff’s littoralis.
Leach described J. pusillus from Edinburgh and London,
and as I have secured material from one of these localities,
and no British examples as yet dissected have been found to
be referable to pustllus as diagnosed by Verhoeff, one is
forced to the conclusion that when he demonstrated that there
were two allied species, Verhoeff unfortunately gave the
name Jittoralis to what was in reality Leach’s species. I may
lave the opportunity this winter of going into the question .
of how far Verhoeft followed previous continental authors as
regards B. pusillus ; in any case, a new name must be found
for B. pusillus of Verhoeff (non Leach), but as the names
boleti, Am Stein (1857) and stuxbergii, Fanzago (1875), are
given as synonyms of pusdl/us by Latzel, and might be
referable to either species, I dare not go further in the matter
just now.
Craspedosoma rawlinsti, Leach.
Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, non Attems.
Craspedosoma rawlinsii, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xi,
p- 880; 1817, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 36, pl. exxxiv. figs. 1-5.
Craspedosoma raulinsii, Samouelle, 1819, The Entomologist’s
Useful Compendium, p. 114.
Craspedosoma rawlinsit, var. stmile, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent.
Zeitsch, xxxvi. pp. 129-180.
Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, 1910, Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf.
Freunde, no. 1, pp. 19-62, figs.
Verhoeff first described his simile in 1891 as a variety of
vrawlinsii, but later raised it to specific rank, and in 1910
(reference above cited) he reviewed the genus Craspedosoma
(pp. 30-55) and gave the tables of his subdivisions, species,
and subspecies. That the species he regards as rawlinsid
and simile are well characterized is distinctly demonstrated,
but here again I contend that Verhoeft’s species should be
referred to the species Leach described.
In 1912 I sent Verhoeff specimens of Craspedosoma from
Gibside, County Durham, which he returned as C. simile and
MA
a eee
——
*¥
‘
wr
i
Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 411
C. simile rhenanum, and as such I recorded them *. Examples
identified by Ellingsen from Norway (a large series) were
all referred to simile (and subspecies and varieties thereof )
by Verhoeff (Zool. Anz. xxxix. pp. 499-511, May 1912),
whilst the C. rawinsii recorded trom Holland in moles’
nests by Father Heselhaus, S.J. (Tijdsehrift voor Ent. Ivi.
1913, p. 240), was later (/. c. Ivii. 1914, p. 80) referred by
Verhoeff to simile. It therefore seems that no examples of
what he regards to be rawlinsii have been examined by
Verhoetf from our faunal area, all so named being referred to
simile, and until the reverse is proved I consider it distinctly
advisable to regard Verhoefi’s simz/e as a synonym of raw-
Ainsti, Leach. In the meantime, it is to be hoped that more
British examples may be secured for study.
Thus a new name is necessary for the rawlinsi of Verhoeft
(non Leach), but as Latzel gives the names marmoratum,
C. K. (1847), and gibbosum, Am Stein (1857), as synonyms,
it would not be wise to suggest a new name without further
research.
Craspedosoma leachi (nom. nov.), Bagn.
Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non Verhoeff), 1895, Sitz. k.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl. civ. pp. 75-76,
A species allied to mutabile, Latz. When Attems described
it he was aware of Verhoeff’s var. s¢mle of rawlinsit, but the
raising of this form to speciiic rank rendered it necessary to
give another name to Attems’s species.
Polymicrodon polydesmoides (Leach).
Syn. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoeft ).
Craspedosoma polydesmoides, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn, Soe,
Lond. xi. p. 880; 1817, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 86, pl. cxxxiv.
figs. 6-9 ; Samouelle, 1819, The Entomologist’s Useful Com-
pendium, p. 114,
Atractosoma polydesmoides of later British authors.
Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. xxxvi.
pp. 127-128, figs. 4-6. :
Polymicrodon latzeli, Verhoeff, 1897, Berlin. Archiv. f. Natur-
gesch. i. pp. 129-138; 1912, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. North-
umberland & Durham, n. s., iv. pp. 159-166, pl. x. figs, 4-7.
Also Polymicrodon latzeli of recent authors.
Atractosoma latzeli was described by Verhoeff in 1891
from the south of England, his description being based upon
* “Brief Records of Chetechylene vesuviana, Newp., and other Myrio-
pods new to the British Fauna,’ The Zoologist, July 1912.
30
412 Mr. L. B. Prout on new
a solitary poorly preserved male example, and six years later
the same author instituted the genus Po/ymicrodon for that
species. In 1911 I submitted numerous examples of P, lat-
_ celi to Verhoeff from the north of England, who (1912) wrote
at some length upon this material. Nowhere have I seen
any attempt to show how Jatzedi differs from Leach’s species
polydesmoides, described somewhat over a hundred years ago
(and figured) from South Devon, of which Samouelle says
‘inhabits Devonshire under stones. It is common all along
the borders of Dartmoor and on the southern coast. It was
once taken by Dr. Leach in the garden of the British
Museum.”
I have twice stated that there appeared to be two allied
species, referring the commoner to Jatzeli and the rarer to
polydesmoides ; but in recent years I have made a closer
study of the Diplopoda, and I am convinced that the so-regarded
rarer species is in reality the later larval stages of latzel.
Verhoeff states (1912, p. 165) that the occurrence of
P. latzeli in the north of England is very noteworthy from
the zoogeographical point of view ‘ since this is the first time
that a Craspedosomid of ‘ Atractosoma-habit’ has been
recorded from the northern region affected by the Ice Age.
This is by far the most northerly record for any such Craspe-
dosomid.” Asa matter of fact, the species is not uncommon in
Scotland and is one of the commonest Diplopods in the
northern counties of England ; it is probably as common in
the midlands and the south, where I have collected it in
North and South Devon, Bath, Oxford, Swanage, Ports-
mouth, Isle of Wight, and in the London district.
I see no grounds whatever for the retention of the name |
latzeli, which I consider must fall as a synonym of poly-
desmoides.
XXXVITI.—New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection.
By Louis B. Provrt, F.E.S.
Family Zygenide.
1. Caprima chrysosoma.
? —31 mm.
Head and body orange-ochreous ; antennal shaft blackish,
with blue irroration (tips lost); tarsi blue-blackish on
upper side; tibial spurs almost entirely atrophied.
Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 413
Fore wing long and narrow, more recalling Aphanto-
cephala, or even Docleopsis, than Caprima; SC* wanting,
R’ just stalked, DC acutely inangled; black, irrorated with
blue ; a small ochre-yellow patch at base, produced on the
_Space between costal edge and vein C to a length of nearly
2mm. ; a narrow ochre-yellow streak from SC at 4 or5 mm,
from base, running very obliquely in direction of termen
but not quite reaching SM’,
Hind wing black with blue irroration ; abdominal margin
ochre-yellow for a width of over 1 mm. At termen appear-
ing to widen on account of some yellow irroration,
Underside similar, but in part with stronger blue and
purple reflections, the yellow markings somewhat extended,
the fore wing with some additional yellow scales in and
distally to the posterior angle of the cell and at distal end of
abdominal margin.
Aru Is., March-May 1916 (W. J. C. Frost).
Family Geometridae.
Subfam. Srerrwivnz.
2. Semeopus subtranslucens.
?..—33 mm.
Head and body nearly concolorous with wings; anteunal
joints not projecting ; ciliation fully as long as diameter
of shaft ; pectus not densely hairy.
Fore wing with apex acute, termen rather irregularly
suberenulate; proximal areole ample, distal minute, SC?
arising well down -on the stalk of SC*~’; subdiaphanous
whitish, with slight pink reflections and with some some-
what olivaceous* irroration; costal margin and_ base
olivaceous *; markings olivaceous *, antemedian line before
one-third, excurved in cell and in submedian area; cell-
mark ocelloid ; median line dentate, from five-eightlis costa,
oblique outwards to SC’, somewhat incurved between the
radials and strongly behind middle, reaching hind margin
about middle; a duplicating line just beyond the median
commences about R’, feeble at first but becoming distinct
and thickening, almost connected with median by olivaceous
shading in posterior part ; postmedian line dentate, placed
midway between this and termen or slightly nearer the
* “ Buff with a tinge of olive” would perhaps better describe this
shade.
414 ; Mr. L. B. Prout on new
latter, very oblique outwards between SC* and SC’, where
it is acutely angulated, incurved and thickened ints two
spots between the radials and again (though less strongly)
behind M’*; terminal line olivaceous , accompanied by tri-
anzular interneural dots (pointing proximad).
Hind w ing with termen irregular, deutate, the teeth at
R' and R* longest and sharpest ; R* very shortly stalked,
M' arising rather nearer R? ; irroration in proximal half in
part fuscous ; first line wanting; cell-spot round, black,
without pale centre; the other markings corresponding to
those of fore wing.
Underside paler ; fore wing with costal margin somewhat
olivaceous ; both wings with cell-spot ocelloid, median and
postmedian and terminal markings nearly as above.
Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith).
Rither recalls S. trygodata, Warr. (Nov. Zool, xi, 36),
but distinguishable by the relatively long antennal ciliation
and longer teeth of termen of hind wing, as well as by the
venition, These two species together with “ Trygodes”
pertumna, Schaus, so far bridge over the supposed gap
between Semeopus and Trygodes that I doubt whether the
latter can be regarded as more than a section.
3. Anisodes (Brachycola) clandestina,
6 .—32 mm.
Structure of antenna, palpus, legs, areole, étec. , approxi-
mately as in absconditaria ; palpus with second joint
beneath perhaps clearer whitish and more appressed-scaled ;
abdoniinal cavity enormously developed, the sternal tuft
less developed. Smaller, wings shorter, irroration fairly
strong, purple-reddish (in absconditaria extremely weak,
browner), underside more strongly marked, including some
rather noticeable pink irroration at middle of costa of hind
wing.
Khasis, type in coll. Joicey; 1 g in coll. L. B. Prout
(genitalia examined by Rev.C. R. N. Burrows). Pundaloya,
Ceylon (coll. Tring Mus.). Penang and Gunong Ijau
(coll. Tring Mus.)—ocelloid form of central spot persisting’
(in type giving place to puunctiform),—Larut Hill, Perak,
4360 ft., 21st April, 1898 (S. S. Flower), 1 9; Singapore
(41. N. Ridley), a good series; Sarawak, 1 3 2 (Wallace)
(coll. Brit. Mus.).
This is essentially the obrinaria of Hampson’s ‘Fauna
of British ludia, Moths,’ iii. p. 446, although, on account of
Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 415
shortage of material and preponderance of 2? ? in the
British Museum collection at that time, he mixed in some
very heterogenous elements. A. obrinaria, Gn.=caligata,
Walk.=similaria, Walk., and A. pallida (bon. sp.?) belong
to the typical section Anisodes and have no areole. A. o4li-
viaria, Walk.=:suspicaria, Suell., to the section Perizera,
Meyr. (nec Hamps.), also with no areole, but with hind
femur tufted.
I should have considered this a local form—more rufes-
cent—of niveopuncta, Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv. p. 48), but the
genitalia show that it has reached full specific rank. In
niveopuncta the uncus is more long and slender, the valves
very different, the penis has a very distinct cornutus (or
perhaps bunch of cornuti), and there is a better developed
pair of hair-brushes on the 4th (?) abdominal segment.
4. Flavinia allogaster.
3 .—30 mm.
Closely similar to cireumdata, Maassen (Stiibel’s Reisen,
Lep. pp. 101, 150, t. iv. f. 22). Abdomen with a pale dorsal
line as in alcidamea, Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1890,
p- 498).
Fore wing with the apical black border broadened, its
proximal edge on the upper surface at R' being over 4 mm.
from the apex, at R* fully 3 mm. from termen, on the
under surface very slightly less broad; black on hind
margin slightly broadened.
Hind wing with the black distal border above less narrowed
between R‘ and M’.
Peru, without more exact locality. Type in coll. Joicey
(ex Schaus) ; three in coll. Brit. Mus. from the same source,
mixed with true circumdata.
Family Drepanide.
5, Cyclidia substigmaria, Hbn.
It hag been unaccountably overlooked that this species was
described and figured by Hiibner (‘ Zutriige,’ iii. 29, figs. 519-
520) from “ China,” i. e. no doubt 8. China, and represents
unmistakably the form later described by Walker (List Lep.
Ins. xxiv. 1121) from Hong Kong as “ Abraxas”? capitata,
though the last-named author neglects to describe the
underside. The common Indian race, which has for so long
passed as substigmaria (see, for instance, Hampson’s ‘ Fauna
416 Mr. L. B. Prout on new
of British India, Moths,’ vol. i. pp. 327, 328, fig. 225,
Strand in Seitz ‘ Macrolepidoptera,’ vol. ii. p. 196, pl. 23/f),
therefore remains without a name and I propose to call it
Cyclidia substigmaria superstigmaria, subsp. nov. Ground-
colour whitish, markings fawn-brownish, always more or
less shadowy, subtornal spots at inner margin of fore wing
well defined, cell-spot of hind wing above black.
Dharmsala, Kulu, Sikkim, Burma, etc.; type ¢ (Dar-
jeeling, ex coll. Lidderdale) in coll. Joicey.
From Vrianatong, Tibet, comes a greyer, more suffused
race, with the cell-spot of the hind wing above generally
less deep black than in the form superstigmaria, the sub-
tornal brown markings of fore wing not, or scarcely, more
strongly developed than the posterior end of the line which
precedes them proximally. I name this substigmaria inter-
media, subsp. nov. . Type in coll. Joicey.
Typical substigmaria from China and Formosa (also, in
Tring Museum, from Tonkin) is very similar to subsp.
intermedia, but less dark grey, the cell-spot of the hind wing
above still weaker, the subterminal dots generally connected
by stronger grey shading, the subtornal markings of the
fore wing frequently confluent with the preceding line so as
to form a brownish pyramid, the cell-spots generally less
intensely black.
The Japanese representative, nigralbata, Warr. (Nov. Zool.
xxi. p. 401), may possibly be a separate species, though most
collections have mixed it with “‘ capitata”’ (i. e., substigmaria
substigmaria), not even recognising the marked distinctions
as racial.
Family Arctiidae.
Suhfam. Lrrnostavz.
6. Caprimima esthla.
S 2? .—31-32 mm.
Similar to C. calida, Walk., but larger. The yellow on
patagia and tegulz more extended.
Fore wing with the yellow area broad, the black at base
rather broad, especially in the 2, where it curves outwards
along costal margin, the black costal margin in middle very
narrow in 2, wantingin @.
Hind wing rather more produced in tornal region than in
calida, the black along abdominal margin broad, at apex
moderately broad, at distal margin between M’ and tornus,
on the other hand, quite narrow (recalling isabelle, Rothsch.) ;
cs we A
Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 417
apical area wanting the “ cupreous-red’’ cloud which in
calida is always present beneath and generally also above.
Goodenough I., 2500-4000 ft., Apr. 1913 (A. S. Meek).
Type ¢,2 2 2 in coll. Joicey. Also in Tring Museum.
Possibly a local form of calida, though very different
from Hampson’s “ ab, 1.”
Subfam. ArerrinZe.
7. Heliactinidia tornensis.
3 .—30 mm.
Similar to chiguinda, Druce.
Fore wing slightly more rounded, rather blacker brown ;
streak behind cell longer, crossing base of M*; outer band
broader, not indented at posterior extremity of cell.
Hind wing without the black costal area ; the streaks on
submedian fold and in abdominal area wanting.
Torné, Cauca Valley, Colombia, August 1907. Type in
eoll. Juicey.
Family Hypside.
8. Pheyorisia bisignibasis.
9? .—53 mm.
Head and thorax above black ; face marked with white
at lower extremity, occiput and front of thorax narrowly
marked with white; breast and palpus beneath (to near
end of second joint) orange ; abdomen orange with narrow
black anterior rings; legs orange marked with black, tarsi
mostly black ; antennal joints not projecting.
Fore wing light reddish orange, along costal and hind
margms narrowly and tregularly black; a small black
patch at base, with its outer edge convex and containing
a pure white basal spot, close to costa; apical region black,
its boundary rather straight from proximal end of areole in
direction of tornus but narrowly interrupted at submedian
fold, followed by a black subtornal and a small whitish
tornal spot between SC* and M* placed in the apical patch
near its proximal edge, slightly broader than in agaristoides,
Bdy., but proximally indented in the middle; fringe spotted
and tipped with white.
Hind wing searcely more reddish ; a black distal border
about as im agaristoides.
Underside similar, fore wing without white tornal spot.
Tanga, German EH. Africa, february. Type in coll. Joicey.
418 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and
9. Phegorista trialbata,
& .—85 mm.
Akin to agaristoides, differing as follows :—Palpus with
third joint shorter ; second joint beneath narrowly marked
with white (in agaristoides less narrowly with orange).
Fore wing above with the oblique streak behind cell larger
and narrower, piukish white; a small Jong-oval pinkish-
white spot in. front of it, beyond middle of cell ; subapical
patch white, as in some agaristoides, but considerably
broader and somewhat longer, reaching vein M?, its distal
edge irregularly curved; no supplementary spot on sub-
median fold ; fringe not white at apex.
- Hind wing with the border narrower than in agaristoides ;
orange ground-colour less reddish than in most agaristoides.
Fore wing beneath orange as far as the black apical area,
only with the costal margin narrowly black.
Uganda (E. S. Gledhill). Type in coll. Joicey.
XXXIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXXI.
By T. D. A. Cocxererty, University of Colorado.
Augochlora (Odontochlora) lyoni, sp. n.
? .—Length about 8°5 mm., anterior wing 6.
Robust, black, with strong metallic tints as follows:
clypeus (which is smooth, with well-separated large punc-
tures) green in middle and purplish at sides ; cheeks blue-
green next to orbits, otherwise purplish; region on each
side of antennze obscurely purplish; vertex greenish ;
tubercles bright green; mesothorax with disc obscurely
green, margins purple; scutellum greenish ; postscutellum
and area of metathorax purple; mesopleura dark purple
edged with blue; first abdominal segment suffused sub-
laterally with bright green and purple; second with similar
colours, but less distinct, the remaining segments black.
Flagellum ferruginous beneath ; front dull and granular ;
ocelli not enlarged; process of labrum broadly truncate,
slightly bigibbous; mesothorax densely punctured, except
the posterior middle, where the punctures are sparse on a
shining ground; area of metathorax with numerous very
fine more or less wrinkled strie; posterior face with no
ae
ae a
Records of Bees. 419
sharp margin; tegule reddish. Wings dusky, stigma and
nervures pale yellowish brown; first r. n. meeting second
t.-c. Legs reddish piceous, with pale pubescence; hind
spur simple. Abdomen shining, thinly hairy, with very
small punctures; first dorsal segment with a low tubercle
on middle of dise ; first ventral segment with a long slender
spine ; last dorsal segment with fuscous hair.
San Julian, Venezuela, July 19, 1900 (MM. W. Lyon, Jr.).
U.S. Nat. Museum.
Nearest to the Mexican A. zophodes (Halictus zophodes,
Vachal), but distinguished by the smooth and shining
surface of clypeus, with well-separated punctures. Tie
tubercle on the first dorsal segment of abdomen recalls the
Australian Halictus mirandus, Cll.
Agapostemon viequesensis, sp. 0.
? —Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 6.
liead and thorax brilliant bluish green ; lower margin of
elypeus broadly black ; labruin and mandibles red, the latter
black subapically ; sides of face and front suffused with
purple-blue ; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath, but the
last joint bright ferruginous on both sides ; ; ely peus and
supracly peal area shining ; mesothorax dull, minutely granu-
lar ; scutellum rather yellowish green, shining, somewhat
bigibbous ; area of metathorax purple, poorly defined, with
obscure rugze; posterior truncation bright green, with a
sharp edge; tegule light ferruginous. Wings dusky
hyaline, stigma clear honey-colour ; ; second s.m. receiving
first r. n. a considerable distance from its end. Legs light
ferruginous, with pale yellowish hair, that on outer sides
of tibize more or less fuscous. Abdomen mainly yellowish
green, with blue-purple shades on apical half, but the first
three segments have transverse median bands of reddish
brown, where the surface is not metallic ; bases of segments
with pale tomentum ; venter mainly pale fulvous.
Vieques Island, Porto Rico, West Indies, Feb. 1899
(Aug. Buseck). U.S. Nat. Museum.
In Vachal’s table it runs out at 14, and it is scarcely to
be compared with any described species. The extreme
bases of the abdominal segments are testaceous, but the
apical margins sliding over them are not noticeably dis-
coloured,
Neocorynura discolor (Smith).
Augochlora tisiphone, Gribodo, is a synonym. Smith’s
420 Mr. T. D. A, Cockerell—Descriptions and
type was from Oajaca, and Gribodo’s was marked
**Oajuca? ” (sic).
The following species are now. recorded from new
localities :—
Augochlora radians (Vachal). Cacao, Trece Aguas, Alta
Vera Paz, Guatemala, April 25 (Schwarz and Barber).
This is probably the same as the so-called A. vesta from
Mexico in the British Museum, but it is not true
vesta.
A. fervida, Smith. Tlahualilo, Durango, Mexico, at
peach blossoms (4. W. Morrill).
A, illustris (Vachal). Colombia, from C. F. Baker
collection.
A. phemonoé (Schrottky). Sapucay, Paraguay, March
(W. T. Foster).
A. nigrocyanea, Ckll. Tampico, Tamaulipas, Mexico,
Dec. 6 (F. C. Bishopp).
A. esox (Vachal), Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama, Jan. 18
(Aug. Busck).
A, seminigra, Ck\l. Cordoba, Mexico, Jan. 20 (Ff. Knab).
The A. nigrocyanea females from Tampico are variable ;
one has strong purple tints on apical part of abdomen,
which the other lacks ; the latter has the mesothorax black.
Xenoglossa howardi, sp. n.
3. (Type.)—Length about 12 mm., anterior wing 9.
Black, including the clypeus and antenne; mandibles
fulvous apically, bidentate, but with a slight notch on inner
side indicating the rudiment of a third tooth; labrum brown
at sides, covered with appressed pale hair; maxillary palpi |
5-jointed ; hair of head long and creamy white, with some
fuscous hairs on vertex and below antenne ; hair of thorax
above clear reddish fulvous, without black ; a large patch
on middle of mesopleura, and tubercles, with dark fuscous
hair; tegule ferruginous. Wings dusky. Legs black, the
spurs stramineous, and tarsi at apex ferruginous ; hair of
iniddle and posterior tibiz and tarsi dark brown, but the
femora and anterior legs with pale hair. Abdomen shining
black, minutely punctured, hind margins of segments 2 to 4
suffusedly reddened; no hair-bands, but base of second
segment at sides with thin greyish hair; venter with thin
whitish hair.
? .—Length about 12°5 mm.
Similar to the male, but’ all the legs with dark brown
Records of Bees. 421
hair ; dark brown hair on sides of thorax more extensive ;
second and third abdominal segments with a thin transverse
band of greyish tomentum, not conspicuous. — -
Type (male) from the Federal District, Mexico (J. R.
Inda, 56). U.S. Nat. Museum. Female from Oaxaca,
Mexico, Sept. 18 (LZ. O. Howard).
Related to X. assimilis (Smith), but without the black
patch of hair on thorax above in female. The male antennz
are formed as in X. pruinosa (Say). The species belongs
to the subgenus Peponapis of Robertson, though differing
from his type-species in the black clypeus of male and
reluction of pale hair on female abdomen.
Allodape candida, Smith.
9.—Mkonumbi, near Lamu, Tana River, E. Africa,
Sept. 1892 (Chanler Exped.).
This differs slightly from Smith’s description, and from a
specimen from Abyssinia, sent by Gribodo, in that the hght
band on clypeus is not at all widened at the lower end.
Leptergatis globulifera, sp. u.
‘g.—Length 6-6°5 mm.
Black, with the long flagellum dull ferruginous beneath,
teculz rufo-piceous, legs more or less suffused with reddish,
the tarsi and tibie at apex ferruginous.
Close to L. armata (Smith), differing thus: scape dark ;
ocelli closer together ; clypeus and labrum entirely black,
mandibles mainly dark reddish ; tegule darker ; abdominal
hair-bands Jess distinct; wings a little more dusky. The
hind legs are practically as in L. armata. The co-type has
the mandibles paler, with a large pale yellowish spot, beyond
which they are ferruginous.
Venezuela; type from Aroa, Dec. 12, 1910 (M. A.
Carriker). U.S. Nat. Museum. Another is from Lagunita
de Aroa, 2000 ft. alt. (Md. A. Carriker).
Prosopis holomelena, sp. n.
?.—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5.
Entirely black, without light markings; robust, with no
depression between first and second dorsal abdominal seg-
ments ; clypeus long, dull, the punctures very indistinct ;
apical part of flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; punc-
tures of mesothorax and scutellum excessively minute, the
422 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and
surface between them microscopically rugulose ; area of
metathorax with irregular ruge; tegule black. ee
slightly dusky, stigma and nervures very dark ; second s
long ; recurrent nervures meeting the trarisvestuns pee
tibie and tarsi with some pale hair. Abdomen shining,
impunctate, the surface with a delicate microscopical
tessellation.
Buitenzorg, Java, March 10, 1909 (Bryant and Palmer).
U.S. Nat. Museum.
Nearest to P. impunctata, Friese, but easily separated by
the entirely black face.
Prosopis coroicensis, sp. n.
3d .—Length about 7°5 mm., anterior wing 6:2.
Black, robust, without yellow markings on thorax or legs ;
face long, eyes very long; clypeus (except a narrow dark |
stripe on each side), large supraclypeal mark (rounded
above), lateral face-marks (extending along orbital margins
halfway up front, where they end obtusely, shaped like feet
on tip-toe, with very long tapering toes), all bright chrome-
yellow ; antennz piceous; scape very short; mandibles
stout, suffused with reddish; front dull, very densely and
finely punctured ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with very
large well-separated punctures; mesopleure with large
sparse punctures ; area of metathorax with coarse transverse
and longitudinal ridges; posterior truncation very coarsely
sculptured, flat, with well-defined margins ; tegulz piceous.
Wings deep fuliginous ; first r.n. joining first s.m. con-
siderably: before its end. legs more or less reddish, the
anterior tibize dusky ferruginous in front. Abdomen
shining, without hair-bands; first two segments quite
strongly punctured, third with minute punctures ; first
ventral segment emarginate at apex.
Coroico, Yungas, Bolivia, May 1, 1899. U.S. Nat.
Museum. No collector’s name is given.
By the venation this resembles P. petroselini, Schrottky,
but it is easily separated by the fuliginous wings and other
characters.
Prosopis tricolor, Schrottky.
2 .—Differs from the male thus: clypeus with an elongate-
cuneiform rufo-fuscous mark on each side ; antennz entirely
ferruginous; yellow band on prothorax interrupted in
Records of Bees. 423
middle ; marks at bases of tibiz cream-colour. Schrottky
only described the male.
San Bernardino, Paraguay, Oct. 21 (K. Fiebrig). U.S.
Nat. Museum.
Prosopis flavohumeralis, sp. nu.
? .—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5.
Black, with yellow markings ; mandibles ferruginous ;
labrum black ; ; clypeus yellow except narrow lower margin
and a stripe on each side, failing above ; supraclypeal mark
broadly subtriangular, while above it, on front, are two
narrow yellow marks close together; lateral face-marks
extending nearly to summit of eye, where they are broadly
but very “obliquely truncate, and diverge a little from the
orbital margin; scape and flagellum. dusky ferruginous
beneath, darker above ; front very densely and minutely
punctured, vertex more coarsely ; tubercles and the sharp
projecting anterior lateral angles of prothorax yellow, but
no other yellow on thorax; mesothorax and scutellum
perfectly dull and coarsely punctured; area of metathorax
with raised lines in the form of a square, but without the
sculpture, except a microscopical cancellation all over;
posterior truncation distinct; tegule with a yellow spot.
Wings dusky ; recurrent nervures meeting transverso-
cubitals ; marginal cell broad (deep). Legs with anterior
tibiz yellow in front, the others at base; tarsi more or less
reddish. Abdomen shining, without hair-bands; first seg-
ment distinctly though minutely punctured, second and
third extremely sparsely and indistinctly.
San Bernardino, Paraguay (KA. Fiebrig). U.S. Nat.
- Museum.
In Schrottky’s tables of Paraguay species this runs to
P. itapuensis, Sky., but differs by the dusky wings and spots
on angles of prothorax. It seems to closely resemble
P. lychnis, Vachal, differing in the punctuation of the
abdomen.
Prosopis howardiella, sp. n.
6 .—Length about 3:5 mm.
Head all black except a large obtusely trilobed (the sides
concave) pale yellow patch on clypeus; scape black ;
fiagellum thick, ferruginous beneath ; thorax entirely black ;
mesothorax and scutellum with sparse very minute punctures
on a microscopically tessellate surface; area of metathorax
424 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and
large, with a few small irregular basal plicz, and a median
raised line continuous to hind margin; posterior truncation
of metathorax not clearly defined as usual, its upper lateral
corners not defined at all, but its upper middle separated
by a short ridge from the basal area, while an oblique
ciliated ridge limits it on each side; abdomen impunctate,
microscopically transversely lineolate, first segment nar-
rowed. Wings clear, very faintly dusky apically ; recurrent
nervures ending a little before the transverso-cubitals ;
second submarginal cell nearly square, its inner and outer
sides parallel; bases of tibiz, and anterior tibiz in front,
cream-colour ; tarsi pale ferruginous.
Oaxaca, Mexico, April 30 (L. O. Howard). U.S. National
Museum.
Looks like some small Pemphredonid wasp, but is a true
bee, with many plumose hairs on body. It is more or less
related to Vachal’s P. recisa, P. puerula, P. fissa, &c., but
much smaller and very distinct.
Prosopis subgrisea, sp. n.
9? .—Length about 7 mm., anterior wing 5°3.
Black, with yellowish-white or brownish-white markings ;
mandibles and labrum black ; clypeus long, black, the lower
margin suffusedly reddish, but with a cream-coloured stripe
running down its middle (not quite reaching upper end),
not quite so broad as the area on either side ; supraclypeal
mark small, réundish; lateral face-marks linear, extending
along orbital margins nearly halfway up front; scape
and base of flagellum ferruginous, rest of flagellum black
above and faintly reddish below; front appearing granular ;
upper part of prothorax with linear light margin, and greater
‘part of tubercles light ; a light band covering anterior half
of scutellum, a band on postscutellum, and axillz light ;
mesothorax dull, coarsely punctured; area of metathorax
with coarse ruge ; posterior truncation and sides of meta-
thorax densely covered with pale grey tomentum ; pleura
sparsely punctured; tegule with a light spot. Wings
brownish hyaline, with the costal field, including marginal
cell and beyond, fuliginous ; hind tibie with rather more
than basal half white. Abdomen dullish, the punctures
excessively minute and close; first and second segments
with yellowish-white marginal hair-bands, third to fifth with
hind margins obscurely pallid ; apex with dark fuscous
hair.
Records of Bees. 425
San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. U.S. National Museum,
From the Ashmead collection ; no doubt collected by C. H.
. T. Townsend.
Resembles P. mexicana, Cresson, but easily separated by
the linear lateral face-marks, and other characters. It is
evidently closely allied to P. maculipennis, Smith, known
only in the male, but that has yellow markings and the
first abdominal segment rather strongly punctured.
Prosopis knabi, sp. n.
& .—Length about 3°75 mm., anterior wing 3.
Black, with yellow markings ; scape black, broadly red
at end, and largely in front; flagellum entirely bright
ferruginous, a little darker above; clypeus entirely, sub-
triangular supraclypeal mark (broader than long), and lateral
face-marks ail light yellowish, the latter ending obtusely on
orbital margin about halfway up front (former practically
as in P. episcopalis, Ckll.) ; pale marks of thorax confined
to tubercles and a broadly interrupted line on prothorax
above ; tegule testaceous, hyaline in front, with a yellow
spot ; mesothorax closely and strongly punctured, scutellum
rather more sparsely, the surface between the punctures
smooth ; base of metathorax ,with strong longitudinal and
transverse rug, but the sculpture is mainly and essentially
transverse ; whole sides of thorax strongly punctured, the
metathorax at sides bare (without grey tomentum) ; knees,
anterior tibiz (except a large patch behind), middle and
hind tibie very broadly at base and narrowly at apex, and
the tarsi all pale yellow. Wings clear; stigma and nervures
sepia ; first recurrent nervure joining first submarginal cell
a short distance before its end. Abdomen appearing im-
punctate under a lens, but the microscope shows minute
punctures on first segment.
Champerico, Guatemala, Aug. 4, 1905 (Frederick Knad).
U.S. National Museum.
This minute species recalls some of those of the United
States, such as P. modesta, Say, but it will be readily
known:by the red flagellum and transverse rug at base of
metathorax.
The following localities are new :—
Prosopis mexicana, Cresson. Tampico, Mexico, Dec. 15
(E. A. Schwarz) ; Frontera, Mexico.
Prosopis azteca, Cresson. San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico
(L. O. Howard).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. dl
426 On some Fishes from the Shari River.
XL.— On some Fishes from the Shari River, with neers
of Two new Species. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.R.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
M. A. Baupon, Administrator of the Ubanghi-Shari Colony,
French Equatorial Africa, has kindly sent me, for the British
Museum, a little series of small fishes from the Shari River,
containing examples of two species not included in Dr. Pelle-
grin’s excellent book ‘Les Poissons du Bassin du Tchad,’
and of two others that are undescribed. :
The genus Barbus, as yet unknown from that Basin, is
represented by two species: B. pleuropholis, Blgr., pre-
viously recorded from the Congo, the Aruwimi, and the
Uelle, and B. baudoni, sp.n. ‘The Cyprinodonts belong to
two species: Haplochilus aculicaudatus, Pellegr., and
H. hutereaui, Bigr., the latter recently discovered in the
Uelle. Other species are Anabas petheric’, Gthr., Tilapia
melanopleura, A. Dum., E/eotris nana, Blgr.*, and Ander-
sonia brevior, sp. n., belonging to a very remarkable genus
of Silurid, of which a single species was known: A, leptura,
Blgr., from the Upper Nile and the Bahu-el-Gebel.
Barbus baudoni.
Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? to 32 times in
total length. Snout rounded, shorter than the eye, which is 2%
times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth
small, terminal, with thin lips; no barbels. Dorsal III 8,
equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal, border
very feebly concave; last simple ray not enlarged, not
serrated, a little shorter than head. Anal III 5, not reaching
caudal. Pectoral about 2 length of head, not reaching
ventral; base of latter below middle of dorsal. Caudal
peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales radiately striated,
23-24%, 2 between lateral line and veutral, 8 round caudal
peduncle. Yellowish brown above, silvery beneath ; a band
of crowded black dots from the gill-opening to the base of
the caudal ; on this band, three round black spots, the first
just in front of the dorsal, the second just behind the latter,
* These specimens connect the Nile fish with Z. uellensis, Blgr.,
which is probably not entitled to stand as a distinct species.
On new South-American Batrachians. 427
the third at the base of the caudal; a fourth black spot
above the anterior rays of the anal.
Total length 30 mm.
Allied to B, trispilomimus, Blgr., from the Ogowe and
Lower Congo.
ca
Andersonia pellegrint,
Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head
6 times. Head 1} times as long as broad; snout obtusely
pointed, as long as postocular part of head, 3 times as long
as diameter of eye, whicli is 2 interorbital width. Maxillary
barbel twice as long as inner mandibular, and 2 length of
head. Median occipital process 34 times as long as broad,
narrower than and 1} times the length of the laterals.
Dorsal I 6, twice as distant from end of snout as from caudal,
first ray as long as head. Anal 9. Pectoral 2 length of
head. Caudal peduncle a litile more than } of the total
length. 24 dorsal and 21 ventral scutes, the last 9 on
caudal peduncle. Greyisi above, with four rather indistinet
dark bars across the back; dorsal blackish in the distal
third,
Total length 42 mm.
Closely allied to A. leptura, Blgr. Distinguished by the
smaller eye and the different proportions ot the occipital
processes, :
Named in honour of the distinguished author of the
‘ Poissons du Bassin du Tehad.’
XLL— Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians.
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Phyllobates kingsburyt.
Head slightly longer than broad. Snout rounded-sub-
truncate, projecting beyond the mouth, as long as the orbit ;
loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than
the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid;
tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye, 3 to 4
fimes its distance from the latter. Fingers moderate, first
and second equal, or first slightly the longer; disks rather
. 31%
428 Mr, G. A. Boulenger on new
small; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent. Tibio-
tarsal articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of
head and body. ‘Toes moderate, perfectly free, the disks
larger than those of the fingers but smaller than the tym-
panum ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent ; two small
metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round; an oblique
fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin of upper parts
finely shagreened, of lower parts smooth. Brown above,
with a paler dorso-lateral streak ; a black streak round the
snout, continued, as a broad band, on the side of the body ;
usually a white streak along the upper lip, continued along
the body to the groin, edged below, on the body, by a black
streak or seiies of spots; limbs brown, with dark brown
spots, arm and thigh lighter, with a dark brown streak in
front and behind ; lower parts white, uniform on throat and
breast mottled with greyish brown.
From snout to vent 28 millim.
Four specimens from El Topo, Rio Pastaza, Eastern
Ecuador, altitude 4200 feet ; from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s
collection, 1912.
Named in pious memory of my late Attendant, Frederick
Kingsbury, killed in action in Palestine, Feb. 25, 1918.
Dendrobates ranoides.
Head slightly longer than broad. Snout truncate, very
feebly projecting beyond the mouth, longer than the eye;
loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than
the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;
tympanum very distinct, 3 the diameter of the eye, 3 times
iis distance from the latter. Fingers rather slender, first
and second equal; disks small, not much wider than the
finger ; subarticular tubercles very indistinct. Tibio-tarsal
articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head
and body. ‘Toes slender, perfectly free, the disks larger than
those of the fingers but only about half the diameter of the
tympanum; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; two
small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round ; a curved
fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin granulate,
finely on the upper parts and belly, more coarsely on the
sides. Reddish brown above, marbled with dark brown on
the head and back and with blackish cross-bars on the limbs ;
a pale dorso-lateral streak; a black streak round the snout,
continued, as a broad band, on the temple and along the side
South-American Batrachians. 499
of the body ; tympanum reddish brown; lower parts white
with numerous small black spots and vermiculations.
From snout to vent 22 mm.
A single specimen from Villavicencio, Quatiquia River,
Colombia, altitude 400 feet. Presented by the Wellcome
Bureau of Scientific Research.
FAlylodes roseus.
Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in
short transverse series considerably behind the choanee.
Head as long as broad ; snout rounded, not projecting beyond
the mouth ; canthus rostralis indistinct ; loreal region very
oblique, concave ; nostril twice as far from the eye as from
the tip of the snout ; interorbital space as broad as the upper
eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers moderate, first a little
shorter than second ; disks large, a little broader than long ;
snbarticular tubercles moderate. Tuibio-tarsal articulation
reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head and body.
Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks as large as those of the
fingers ; subarticular tubercles small, feebly prominent; a
single metatarsal tubercle, rather large and prominent. Skin
smooth above, granular on the belly; three subconical
tubercles on the upper eyelid. Grey above, with dark brown
variegations; loreal region dark brown; a white streak on
the canthus rostralis and on the edge of the upper eyelid, and
a broader, dark-edged one from the eye to halfway down the
side of the body ; dark oblique bars on the sides of the head
and body and on the limbs ; upper eyelids and sides of body
with deep pink spots; groin, sides of thigh, lower surface
of arm, forearm, and tibia, and upper surface of tarsus and
metatarsus deep pink ; throat, belly, and lower surface of
thighs grey, marbled with brown.
From snout to vent 27 mm.
A single specimen from Andagoya, Choco, Colombia.
Presented by Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell in 1916.
Hylodes trachyblepharis.
Tongue oval, entire or slightly nicked behind. Vomerine
teeth in small groups just behind the choane. Head as long
as broad; snout rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth ;
canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region oblique, concave ;
nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital
space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half
430 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new
the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first a little
shorter than second ; disks rather large, round, smaller than
the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles rather small, feebly
prominent. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the nostril or
the tip of the snout; tibia 12 times in length of head and
body. ‘Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks a little smaller
than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles small, feebly
prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, rather large
and prominent, outer round and small. Upper parts with
small glands, belly granular; upper eyelids with several
subconical tubercles. Brown above, back and sides of head
yellowish ; a >—<-shaped black marking behind the back
of the head, the antero-lateral branches of which extend to
the eyes ; a dark canthal streak, and two dark bars from the
eye to the edge of the mouth; an oblique dark temporal
streak ; limbs with dark cross-bars ; sides of thighs deep
pink ; lower parts, throat, and breast fincly speckled with
brown.
From snout to vent 20 mm.
Three specimens from El Topo, Rio Pastaza. E. Keuador,
4200 ft.; from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s collection, 1912.
L-ptedactylus hololius.
Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teth
in long, slightly oblique series behind the choane, not
extending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders
of the latter. Head as long as broad; snout rounded,
scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis
indistinct; loreal region oblique, slightly concave; nostril
equidistant- from the eye and from the tip of the -snout;
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum
very distinct, half the diameter of theeye. Fingers moderate,
obtuse, first a little shorter than second; subarticular
tubercles rather large and very prominent. Tubio-tarsal
articulation reaching the eye; tibia a little less than half
the length from snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly
free, not margined ; subarticular tubercles moderately large,
very prominent; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval,
outer round ; no tarsal fold. Skin pertectly smooth; no
dorsc-lateral fold. Pale brown above, with dark brown
spois; a dark cross-bar between the eyes, followed by a
rhombic spot; a ,a-shaped dark marking between the
shoulders ; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bands ;
lower parts white.
South-American Batrachians. 431
From snout to vent 26 mm.
A single specimen from Pebas, R. Marafion, Peru ; from
the collection of Mr. J. J. Mounsey, 1913.
Leptodactylus diptychus.
Tongue oval, rather strongly nicked behind. Vomerine
teeth in long transverse series behind the choane, not ex-
tending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders of
the latter. Headas long as broad ; snout rounded, projecting
considerably beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis indistinct ;
loreal region oblique, slightly concave; nostril a little nearer
the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space a little
narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct,
two-thirds the diameter of theeye. Fingers moderate, obtuse,
first much longer than second; subarticular tubercles large
and very prominent. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching
between the eye and the nostril; tibia half the length from
snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly free, not
margined; subarticular tubercles rather large, very pro-
minent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval and about half
as long as the inner toe, outer round and very small; a tarsal
fold. Skin smooth above, with small warts on the sides of
the body ; a glandular fold above and behind the tympanum
and another, narrow but prominent, from behind the upper
eyelid to the hip; throat and belly smooth, with a groove
defining a ventral disk; lower surface of thighs granulate.
Greyish brown above, the dorso-lateral folds lighter; tym-
panum reddish brown; a dark brown canthal streak ;
temporal fold edged with blackish; lips with dark brown
spots; a brown bar between the eyes and a A-shaped marking
between the shoulders; limbs with narrow dark brown cross-
bars ; a white streak, edged on both sides with dark brown,
along the back of the thighs ; lower parts white.
From snout to vent 44 mm.
A single specimen from the Andes of Venezuela.
Leptodactylus laticeps.
Tongue roundish, entire. Vomerine teeth in very long,
slightly curved transverse series behind the choane, extending
outwards to below the centre of the latter. Head much
broader than long, much depressed ; snout broadly rounded,
scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis
indistinct ; loreal region very oblique, slightly concave;
432 On new South= American Batrachians.
nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; tympanum
very distinct, nearly as large as the eye. Fingers rather
short, very obtuse, first much longer than second; subarticular
tubercles large and very prominent. Tibio-tarsal articulation
reaching the posterior border of the eye ; tibia 2} times in
length from snout to vent. Toes rather short, obtuse,
perfectly free, not margined ; subarticular tubercles small,
prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner elliptic and two-
thirds the length of the inner toe, outer round; no tarsal
fold. Skin smooth; no folds on the back. Pale brown
above, with large roundish black spots on the back and sides
and on the upper surface of the head; five very regular
vertical black bars on each side of the head, traversing the
mouth, separated by narrower whitish bars; tympanum
blackish, whitish in the centre; limbs with black cross-bars ;
whitish beneath, spotted with black.
From snout to vent 85 mm.
A single specimen from Santa Fé, Argentina, received
from Mr. Falkland Ricketts in 1898.
Hyla leptoscelis.
Tongue circular, entire and slightly free behind. Vomerine
teeth on a level with the posterior borders of the very large
choane, in slightly curved oblique series forming a chevron
pointing forwards. Head as long as broad, very strongly
depressed ; snout rounded, not projecting, as long as the eye ;
canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region very oblique, feebly
concave; nostril near the tip of the snout; interorbital
space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum
distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fiugers moderate,
with moderately large disks, outer with a slight rudiment of
web; no projecting rudiment of pollex, Hind limb extremely
slender ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching a little beyond the
tip of the snout; tibia eight times as long as broad, 3 the
length of head and body. Toes 3 webbed ; a feeble tarsal
fold. Skin smooth, granular on the belly and under the
thighs ; heel with a pointed dermal appendage, which is half
as long as the eye. Yellowish above, with purplish-brown
markings ; a large spot on the snout, two V-shaped bands
between the eyes, two cross-bars on the back, a V-shaped
band on the sacral region, and angular cross-bars on the
limbs.
From snout to vent 26 mm. j
A single specimen from Lago do Jachy, above Sao Paolo
On some Sawflies from the Australian Region. 433
de Clinenca, R. Solimoens, Brazil; from the collection of
Mr. J. J. Mounsey, 1913.
FTylella ocellata.
Tongue circular, entire, and slightly free behind. Head
broader than long, very strongly depressed ; snout rounded,
not projecting, as long as the eye, which is obliquely turned
forward ; no canthus rostralis, loreal region feebly concave ;
nostril near the tip of the snout ; interorbital space broader
than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, ? the diameter of
the eye. Fingers rather long, with moderately large disks,
outer one-fourth webbed. Hind-limb very slender; tibio-
tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia
seven times as long as broad, 2 the length of head and body.
Toes 3 webbed. Skin smooth, belly granular. Violet-biue
above (in spirit), with round white spots, which are small
and crowded on the sides of the head and on the limbs and
large and scattered, and surrounded by a blackish ring, on
the back ; the blue colour forms a very narrow band on the
thigh ; upper lip with a white edge; sides and. lower parts
white.
From snout to vent 29 mm.
A single specimen from Huancabamba, H. Peru, above
3000 feet (coll. H. Boettger, 1912).
XLIT.— Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the
Australian Region. By 8. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects,
U.S. Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C.
TuIs short paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of
Forest Insects, United States Bureau of Entomology, contains
the descriptions of four new species of sawflies. One of these
species is especially interesting, because it represents a new
genus which is the basis of a new subfamily.
The material upon which this paper is based was submitted
for study by the British Museum (Natural History), and all
the types will be returned to that institution.
Xiphydria obtusiventris, sp. n.
In Konow’s table of Xiphydria this runs to fumicornis,
Konow, but it differs from the description of that species in
434 Mr. S. A. Roliwer on some
a number of ways and does not seem to be closely allied.
The unusual short ovipositor and ninth tergite cause the
abdomen to be rounded, not tapering, apically, and gives
this new species a distinctive appearance. ;
Female.-—Length to end of abdomen 8 mm.; anterior
margin of clypeus rounded, medianly depressed, but with a
median protuberance, which at first sight gives the impression
that there is a small median tooth ; malar space about half
as long as the width of mandibles at the base; surface of
clypeus with dorsad-ventrad striz ; face and fronit reticulate ;
middle fovea small, indistinct ; ocelli in a low triangle, the
postocellar line longer than the ocellar line; vertex and
posterior orbits finely aciculate ; antenne distinctly tapering
apically, 18-jointed, the third joint distinctly longer than
fourth but not as long as 4 plus 5; pedicellum not half as
long as third joint; scape subequal in length with third
joint ; proscutum broad, well defined by foveolate notauli,
but the median longitudinal furrow is feeble; surface of
scutum and prescutum reticulate, with a more sparsely sculp-
tured area at the anterior middle of prescutum and lateral
middle of scutum; scutellum finely granular anteriorly,
smooth and shining posteriorly; sides of pronotum granular,
but with many longitudinal raised lines in addition; anterior
part of mesepisternum reticulate, the posterior portion smooth,
polished ; abdomen finely granular, but the depressed apical
margins of the tergites are almost without sculpture ; ninth
tergite short, rounded apically, giving the end of the abdomen
somewhat the same appearance as in Oryssus; ovipositor
broad ; straight above, obtusely pointed apically and tapering
from a broad base, not extending much beyond the apical
margin of tergites; legs normal ; venation usual, the intra-
radius joins the radius about one-fourth the length of the
intraradius from the end of the second cubital. Black ;
antenne and legs ferruginous ; wings hyaline, with a faint
yellowish tinge; venation pale brown, stigma dark brown ;
mandibles and sheath piceous.
Type-locality. Kuranda, N. Queensland, Australia.
Described from a single female collected May 3-June 2,
1913, by R. E. Turner at an altitude of 1100 ft.
Type. British Museum (Natural History).
ZENARGINZ, Subfam. nov.
Based on the genus Zenarge described below, and belongs
to the family Argide, where it may be readily separated
from either of the subfamilies by the following key :—
Sawflies from the Australian Region. 435
Subfamilies of Argide.
Anal yein complete and separate for its entire length ;
first and second anal cells separated by an oblique
interanal vein ; anella and recurrentella wanting. Zenarygine.
Anal vein either partly or entirely wanting ; first anal
cell wanting or small and separated from the
second by the submedian vein; anella and re-
eurrentella present... .. 2 ss dors ciarenasth re oy 1.
1, Intercosta present ............ Reo. Ee does, , Avome;
Intercosta wanting ......... ois) ot a aL Tee Sterictiphorine.
The Argids, largely because of their three-jointed an-
tenn, have long been considered as a distinct group, but
most classifications have failed to show any relationship
between them and such groups as the Perreyiidse, Loboceride,
or Pterygophoride. A study of these four families shows,
however, that they have much in common, and it is not
unlikely that they had a common origin and are phylo-
genetically closely allied. The subfamily Zenargine adds
some evidence to this assumption, because it las certain
characters which suggest an affinity with the Perreyiidee and
certain others which suggest Loboceride. The venation in
the Zenargine is different from all other sawflies. The
‘anterior wing probably represents a generalized Argid,
because, with the exception of the complete anal vein, it
presents nothing remarkable. The apex of the radial cell
and the form of the radial and cubital cells, especially at the
base, however, suggest Loboceras. The hind wing is much
more specialized than the hind wing of the Argids, because
of the loss of anella and recurrentella, and is not unlike
Perreyia. The shape and foveolation of the head is not
typical of the Argids, but recalls more the head of some of
the Perreyiidee.
In MacGillivray’s classification the genus Zenarge runs to
the subfamily Lophyrine, but it has but little in common
with this group, and docs not even resemble it closely in
venation.
ZENARGE, gen. nov.
Genotype. Zenarge turneri, Rohwer.
Clypeus long, the dorsad-ventrad length nearly half as
great as the apical width, the anterior margin rounded
laterally and emarginate mediauly, the dorsal margin com-
posed of three sections, the lateral sections half the length of
the median section, the entire dorsal margin sharply detiued ;
436 * Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some
labrum short, nearly truncate apically; malar space about
one-third as long as the width of mandibles at base ; inner
niargin of eyes slightly converging towards the clypeus, the
area between them wider than high and the distance between
them at the clypeus greater than the length of the eye ; ocelli
in a low triangle, the posterior ones distinctly in front of the
supraorbital line ; width of posterior orbits about two-thirds
the cephal-caudad length of eye ; antennee 3-jointed, the third
thickened apically in female, but nearly of a uniform thick-
ness in male; pronotum well developed laterally ; prescutum
well defined and with a faint median longitudinal depression ;
anterior margin of the scutellum subangulate, the posterior
marzin rounded, the surface convex ; first parapteron present,
but in specimens in which the prono!um fits close it is con-
cealed by a lobe-like projection of the pronotum ; sternauli
present but not sharply defined; mesepimeron large, with a
cephal-caudad suture at about the middle; second pleural
suture straight; third pleural suture straight ; the metepi-
sternum and metepimeron of equal height ; propodeal spiracle
large, elongate-oval, and placed near. the base on the dorsal
surface; metascutellum distinct ; metapostnotum much re-
duced, hardly visible ; propodeum completely chitinized and
without a median suture ; abdomen cylindrical ; ninth tergite
not especially large laterally ; cerci distinct ; sheath with
the lower margin much thickened, the ventral surface sculp-
tured and with some long hair; basitarsi distinctly shorter
than the following joints ; claws simple; intermediate tibize
armed with a pair of spines at the apical third; posterior
tibiee armed with a single spine at the apical third ; costal
cell rather narrow; intercostal vein present; radial cell
without a cross-vein or a distinct appendage, pointed at apex ;
three closed cubital cells, the second and third each receiving
a recurrent near the base; basal vein joining the subcosta a
short distance before the origin of the cubitus, longer than
the first recurrent, therefore not parallel with it ; first dis-
coidal cell similar in outline to that of Caloptilia ; nervulus
received at about its length from the basal vein ; anal vein
coniplete, the first and second anal cells very much the same
as in Hseudosiobla ; radiellan cell without an appendage ;
one closed cubitellan cell; recurrentella wanting ; anella
wanting.
Zenarge turnert, sp. n.
Female.—I\.ength 10 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus
arcuately emarginate medianly ; supraclypeal area convex,
Sawflies from the Australian Region. 437
triangular in outline; median fovea rather large, deep, with
sloping walls, nearly circular in outline ; antennal furrows
very poorly defined but present ; ocellar basin shallow, rather
large, triangular in outline but only poorly limited below ;
postocellar line distinctly shorter than the ocellocular line,
subequal with the ocelloccipital line; postocellar furrow
present; postocellar area poorly limited laterally, much wider
than long ; head shining, front with rather spare punctures ;
thorax shining, with small scattered punctures ; stigma three
times as long as wide, of nearly uniform width for basal
two-thirds, then gradually tapering to metacarpus; third
cubital cell narrowed above, the third intercubitus subequal
in length with the third abcissa of the radius; abdomen
shining ; sheath seen from the side with the apex rounded.
Black ; clypeus, labrum, mandibles (except tips), face, inner
orbits narrowly above antenne, posterior orbits, margin
(aiiterior, posterior, and lateral) of pronotum, tegule, apical
two-thirds of scutellum, metascutellum, a broad band of
mesoepisternum, and metepisternum yellowish white; abdo-
men ferruginous, propodeum and apical two tergites black ;
Jegs black, four anterior coxe, trochanters, apices of femora,
entire tibie, and tarsi yellowish white ; hind coxse except a
large spot on upper lateral surface, trochanters, basal fourth
of hind tibiz, and four apical joints of hind tarsi yellowish
white ; wings subliyaline, venation including stigma dark
brown.
Male.—Length 9mm. Agrees very well with the cha-
racters given for the female; differs in colour from the
female in having the mesosternum ferruginous, in having all
of the black of the legs (except hind tibiew and basitarsus)
replaced by ferruginous ; apex of abdomen black ; tergites
with distinct punctures which become so close on the basal
segments that the surface is coriaceous; hypopygidium very
deeply arcuately emarginate apically.
Type-locality. Killara, Sydney, N. S. Wales, Australia.
Described from two females (one type) and one male
collected at an altitude of 400 feet on August 17, 1913, by
R. EeTurner, after whom the species is named.
Type and allotype. British Museum (Natural History).
Paratype. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Genus ANCYLONEURA, Cameron.
The genus Ancyloneura, Cameron, belongs to the tribe
Euriini, and falls close to Neoeurys, Rohwer, but may be
438 Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some
separated from the last-mentioned genus by the obsolete
antennal furrows and by having the hind basitarsus shorter
than the following joints.
The species which belong here have not been fully described,
and seem to be closely related. The following key, which is
based on literature, may aid in distinguishing the forms
described :—
Key to the Species.
Hind femora black; antenns 15-jointed (Kirby’s
igure)’. »-.;inpis acke ae ers MarR arid ee nigripes (Smith).
Hind femora reddish ; antenne with less than 15
jonta |. swash eee crm he Besos nigra 'e wa att i.
1. Markings of the fore legs “sordid white” ;
antenne 13-jointed. (Aru.) .........06. varipes, Cameron.
Markings of the fore legs ferruginous; an-
tennie 12-jointed. (New Guinea.) ...... wollastont, Rohwer.
Ancyloneura wollastoni, sp. un.
In the absence of the first intercubitus this species differs
from the recognized generic characters, but in all other ways
it agrees with my notes and with the description.
Female.—Length 4°55 mm. Shining, without apparent
sculpture; median fovea rather deep, elongate, linear; post-
ocellar line slightly shorter than the ocelloccipital line; post-
ocellar area not defined anteriorly and defined laterally by
vather broad depressions ; antenne 12-jointed, the third
joint slightly longer than the fourth and fifth ; from the
third joint the joints gradually decrease in length until the
eleventh, which is subequal in length with the twelfth ;
eleventh joint a little more than twice as wide as long;
stigma about three times as long as greatest width, angulate
near base and tapering to a narrow apex ; first intereubitus
wanting ; third cubital cell as long on the radius as the
combined first and second; second recurrent about two-
thirds the length of the second intercubitus from the base of
the third cubital cell; sheath concealed ; lower apical margin
of lancets with regular rounded teeth. Black ; apical part
of femora (more extensively on posterior pair), anterior tibia,
base of anterior tarsi, basal two-thirds of intermediate tibiz,
and basal half of hind tibiz ferruginous; wings brown
apically, hyaline basally ; venation dark brown.
Type-locality. Iwaka River, New Guinea.
Described {rom one female, collected February 1911 by
A. F. R. Wollaston.
Type. British Museum (Natural History).
Sawflies from the Australian Region. 439
Genus PoLycLonvus, Kirby.
In ‘Genera Insectorum,’ fase. xxix. 1905, p. 40, Konow
places the genus Po/yclonus, Kirby, asa synonym of Ancylo-
neura, Cameron. ‘This seems to the author to be wrong, and
as very little is known concerning the genus the tollowing
nots, taken from specimens in the British Museum, and
made in 1909, may be of value :—
“A female of Polyclonus atratus, Kirby (genotype), from
Melborne, Victoria, ‘C. F. 8. 00, No. 1164,’ proves the genus
is a good one. It may be briefly described thus: Length
5 mm. ; expanse 12°5 mm, Clypeus truncate ; malar space
very narrow, practically wanting ; antennal furrows indis-
tinct but complete; a distinct furrow from the anterior
ocellus to between bases of antenne ; head strongly granular ;
antenna wanting beyond 12th joint, each joint beyond the
second with a ramus like Pterygophorus ; scutum and scu-
teilum shining, sparsely punctured; tarsal claws simple ;
venation like Perreyia (fig. 80, plate 39, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Maus. vol. 29, 1906), except that the third cubital receives the
second recurrent and the third cubital cell is longer than the
second, Black; labrum, mandibles, tibia, and tarsi pallid ;
wings hyaline, iridescent; venation black.”
From these characters and others gained from an incom-
plete generic syuopsis the author is of the opinion that the
genus belongs to the tribe Kuriini, where it is easily distin-
guished by the ramose antennz of both sexes.
Neoeurys tasmanica, sp. n.
This new species is closely allied to metallica, but may be
separated by narrower sheath, darker stigma, and shorter
distance between the second recurrent and second intercubitus.
Female—Length 5 mm. Antennal furrows complete to
occiput ; middle fovea shallow, wedge-shaped ; postocellar
furrow wanting ; postocellar line subequal with the ocell-
ocular line; antennz 13-jointed, the third joint but slightly
longer than the fourth; scape but slightly longer than the
pedicellum ; sculpture of the head fine and close; stigma
slightly angled at base, then regularly tapering to apex;
second recurrent received by the third cubital cell half the
length of the second intercubitus from the base of the cell ;
prescutum and scutum medianly finely granular and some-
what opaque; sides of the scutam and seutellum shining ;
mesepisternum with small rather close punctures ; sheath
440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
slightly concave above, rounded apically, and tapering to the
rather narrow base. Blue-black, with a faint bronzy tinge to
head ; palpi, apices of anterior femora, and all of the tibiz
rufo-ferruginous ; wings dusky hyaline, venation (including
stigma) dark brown.
Male—Length 3 mm. The male assigned here agrees
closely ; the middle fovea is somewhat deeper and the apices
of all the femora are pale; the lower margin of the stigma is
pale, and the second recurrent joins the third cubital cell
somewhat further from the base. Hypopygidium narrow and
truncate apically,
Type-locality. Tasmania.
Described from one female (type) collected on the summit
of Mt. Wellington, 1904, by A. M. Lea, and one male (allo-
type) from Haglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania, Feb. 12-
Mar. 3, 1913, collected by R. K. Turner.
Type and allotype. Collection British Museum (Natural
History). }
XLITI.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-
dactyla.—Part V. The Tragelaphine. By R. 1. Pocock,
F.R.S.
Subfamily TraezraPHinz.
The only fresh material available'in 1910 for examination
of the cutaneous glands of this group belonged to the genera
Tetraceros, Boselaphus, and Tragelaphus. For the rest
dependence had to be placed upon the inspection of dried
skins and living examples, which yielded unsatisfactory
results, Since that year additional material of those genera,
as well as fresh examples of Strepsiceros, Limnotragus, and
Taurotragus, have come into my hands, and these have
enabled me to clear up some doubtful points.
Genus Terraceros, Leach.
Tetraceros quadricornis, Blainy. (p. 921).
I have nothing to add to my description of the glands of
this species published in 1910, except to say that an adult
female had the glands of the false hoofs of the hind legs as
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 441
well developed as in the male. Their secretion had a
decidedly pungent and unpleasantly musteline odour,
The rhinarium is well developed and “ bovine.’ From
the anterior aspect the upper margin is strongly convex and
the area beneath the nostrils is mesially grooved and very
wide—wider, in fact, than the area above those orifices—and
visible to a considerable extent in profile view. From the
dorsal side the anterior margin is convexly truneated, and
the posterior margin is straight between the posterior angles
of the nostrils, the hair of the nose not extending for wards
beyond that Ine.
Genus Bosetarnuus, Blainv.
Boselaphus tragocamelus, Pall. (p. 926).
In a male example the preorbital gland had a much
shallower pit than in the female described in 1910, and was
without definite lids. The gland itself, moreover, was not
regularly heart-shaped, but was longer than thick and of
irregular form.
The rhinarium (fig. 1, A, B,C) is large and “bovine,”
closely resembling that of Tetracer os, but more protuberant
in front, and, beneath the nostrils, laterally and with a
wider internarial septum. On its dorsal side the hair
advances a little way between the nostrils, so that the poste-
rior border of the rbinarium is concave.
In 1910 I briefly described the glandular nature of the
skin between the false hoofs of the hind feet in the female.
The same feature is present in the mele where the skin
between the widely separated false hools is elothed with
longish hair, is very thick and glandular, and mesiall
folded. In the fore foot there is no trace of the gland, the
false hoofs being larger and the hair restricted to the narrow
area between them. ‘Ihis gland (fig. 3, B) on the hind foot
of Boselaphus clearly represents an earlier stage of the
evolutiou of the pair of pouch-like glands present in Teéra-
ceros. The presence of similar glands in Taurotragus and
Strepsiceros (cf. infra) serves to “link Boselaphus with the
African Tragelaphines, aud refutes, if refutation be needed,
Kiitimeyer’s claim that Boselaphus belougs to a different
group.
Inguinal glands ave absent and there are two pairs of
mame.
The penis (fig. 1, D, E) agrees, generally speaking, with
the sketch and description published by Gerhardt (op. cit.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vel. ii. a
442
A
B
C
D
aD)
Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
eee
SOItC =
x .
TVs
. Rhinarium of Boselaphus tragocamelus from the front. xX 3.
. The same from above.
. The same from below.
. The extremity of the penis of B. tragocamelus from below.
. The same from the left side.
Eternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 443
p. 153). It ends in an elongated subovate portion defined
by a shallow constriction. The urethral canal, however,
reaches the extremity of this, lying rather upon its right
than on its left side.
Genus TraceLaruus, Blainv.
Tragelaphus scriptus, Pall., and its subspecies (p. 929).
The only specialized cutaneous glands which occur in this
species and ‘its numerous alfiliated forms, of which sylvaticus
is the commonest in our Zoological Gardens, are the inguinals,
which, according to my examination of a large number of
specimens, are invariably present as a pair of small pouches
lying far out in front of the four teats, the orifice being in
the fold between the thigh and the abdomen. The only
other genera of Tragelaphines which possess these are
Limnotragus and Strepsiceros. As inall the African Trage-
laphines preorbital and interdigital pedal glands are absent.
The glands between the false hoofs of the hind legs, found
in Tetraceros, Boselaphus, Strepsiceros, and Taurotragus are
also absent.
The rhinarium is variable with respect to the width of the
area between the edge of the lower lip and the nostrils.
Sometimes there is a definite narrow philtrum as in Strepst-
ceros and adult examples of Taurotragus, but not infrequently
the hair of the upper lip does not encroach so far towards
the middle line, leaving a broader irregularly shaped naked
space. This variation may be a matter of age, or it may
prove to havearacial significance. Otherwise the rhinarium
seems to resemble that of TYaurotragus and Strepsiceros,
except that the posterior edge between the angles of the
nostrils is straight from side to side.
The penis, as described and figured by Lénnberg (Ark.
Zool. Stockholm, (5) v. no. 10, p. 7, fig. 6, 1909), is distally
attenuated, with a terminal sigmoid flexure, the urethral
canal not being prolonged beyond the tip of the glans penis.
Genus Limnorracus, Scl. & Poc.*
Limnotragus spekei, Scl. (p. 930).
Examples of the two races graius and selousi resemble
* Although this genus is of very doubtful value, it may be explained
that, at the request of Mr. Thomas, who in 1900 was compelled by ill-
health to abandon temporarily all zoological work, I took his place in
the completion of vol. iy. of the ‘ Book of Antelopes.’ Strictly speaking,
therefore, although the matter is of no great moment, this generic name
should be aseribed to Sclater and myself.
444 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
Tragelaphus with respect to the eutaneous glands, the
inguinals being present and similarly placed and the glands
between the false hoofs absent,
The rhinarium also is like that of Tragelaphus, except that
the area between the nostrils and the edge of the lower lip
is usually at all events wider, It is as wide as the inter-
narial septum in a specimen of se/ousi and wider in an
example of gratus. I have never seen it narrower, as 1s
sometimes the case in Tragelaphus. Limnotragus appears
merely to differ from Trayelaphus in the length of the hoots
and the nakedness of the posterior surface of the pastern
aud fetlock. But,as Meinertzhagen has pointed out (P.Z. 3.
1916, i. p. 377), there is sometimes a patch of hair in the
middle of the pastern between the false hoofs and the hovis
themselves. But in two examples which came together
from the Congo to the Zoological Gardens the feet of the
male were naked behind, while those of the female had the
patch iu question.
Genus Srrerpstceros, H. Smith.
Strepsiceros strepsiceros, Pall. (p. 931).
The fresh earcase of a hornless male, three or four months
old, from South Africa, is all the material of this species 1
have seen.
The rhinarium has ‘a narrow grooved philtrum and the
hair upoa the upperside of the nose spreads forwards some
distance between the nostrils. Otherwise the rhinarium
resembles that of Tragelaphus.
There is no trace of preorbital gland.
Inguinal glands also are abseut. Possibly their absence in
this specimen was due to immaturity, since both Owen and
Ogilby agree as to their presence in»the species. When
preseut they probably resemble in size and position those of
S. imberbis, ot Tragelaphus, and Limnotragus.
Pedal glands of the interdigital type are absent, but upon
the hind feet there are glands associated with the widely
separated false hoofs as in Taurotragus. On the inner side of
each false hoof there is a fringe of long black hair growing
fiom a glandular thickening of the skin, the secretion of
which is discharged amongst the roots of the hairs and intoa
hairless cleft between the thickening and the false hoof.
The skin of the middle of the area between the false hoofs —
is clothed with short hair and is thin and not specially glan-
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 445
dular, On the fore feet no such fringes exist, the false
hoofs being small, close together, and overlapping *.
Fam
Strepsiceros imberbis, Blyth.
Of this species I have seen one fresh specimen, an imma-
ture castrated male from Somaliland, and the feet and
inguinal area of an a:lult female from British Kast Africa,
kindly brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous.
These specimens resemble in nearly every particular the
example of S. strepsiceros, above described. The upperside of
tine rhinarium, however, was not overgrown with hair to quite
the same extent, and there was a “single pair of inguinal
glands, each consisting of a narrow sack 2 inches deep, with
a small circular orifice, and lying far out in advance of the
two pairs of mammre, as in Trayelaphus and Limnotrayus.
The glands close to the false hoofs (fig. 3, D) of the hind
feet were exactly as described in S, strepsiceros, aud on the
fore feet the false hoofs were smaller than on the hind feet
and separated by a narrow strip of naked skin, horny ia
one of the specimens.
The penis of the castrated male was very small and simple,
with a bluntly rounded termination. ‘The uretlral canal
was not produced beyond the end of the glans.
Strepsiceros has hitherto been distinguished from Trage-
laphus merely by small differences in the horns of very little
systematic value. Particularly satisfactory, therefore, is the
discovery of the difference between the two genera supplic ret
by the glands adjoining the posterior false hoofs.
Genus Taurorracus, Wagn.
Taurotragus oryx, Pall. (p. 932).
To the description of the cutaneous glands of this species
published in 1910 1 have to make one important addition.
‘his is the presence of glauds close to the false hoofs of the
hind legs, precisely resembling those described above under
Sirepsiceros. ‘hese are as well developed in a call one day
old as in the adult, and they are the only specialized cuta-
neous glands present in the genus, so far as my observations
vo (fig. 3, A, C). I have never succeeded in finding a trace
of the prevrbital gland described by Mr. W. L. Sclater,
and am compelied to disbelieve in its existence.
The rhinarium (tig. 2, A, B, C) in the adult is not “ bovine,’
%* Nyala angasi resembles Stepsiceros and differs from Trayelaphus in
possessing the glandular fringes by the false hoofs of the hind legs.
446 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
like that of Boselaphus. It is much less protuberant both in
front of and beneath the nostrils laterally, and the septum
between the expanded nostrils is narrower. Beneath the
nostrils in front the rhinarium spreads somewhat to right
A. Rhinarium of Tauretragus oryx from the front.
} The same from above.
©. The same from the side.
D. Extremity of penis of 7. oryx from the left side.
EK. The same from below,
and left, being nearly as broad here as just above the
nostrils ; but beneath this it rapidly narrows to form a
mesially grooved pliltrum which is about as wide as half the
internarial septum. ‘The upper edge from the front view is
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 447
lightly convex ; the posterior edge from above is lightly
concave, the hairs of the upper side of the nose spreading
ie)
we
U, ie rN
= ae OF
A. Transverse section through the false hoofs and glands of the hind
foot of Taurotragus ory.
B. The same of Boselaphus tragocamelus.
C. Lower view of hind foot of Taurotragus or YX, showing the glandular
fringes encircling the false hoofs on the inner side.
D. The same of Strepsiceros imberbis.
forwards a little in advance of the posterior notch of the
nostrils.
The width of the philtrum appears to vary sometimes
448 = External Characters of Ruminant dw odgety ler
with age in an interesting manner. -Thusiin-aycalf one day.
old it is wider than in the adult, being ‘abont.three- founths,
the width of the internarial septum, whereas in a foetus
about three months developed the naked area beneath the
nostrils is very broad, broader ,even than in the adult
Boselaphus, giving the rhinarium (a strictly bovine appear-
ance, ‘This suggests that the bovine type of Thine is
the primitive type in the Ruminantia,*. ¥
As I recorded in 1910, inguinal gtends-and inter ital y
pedal glands are absent, but the hind fey’ poses glam ular
thickenings of the skin surmounted by a friige of black
hairs (fig. 3, A, C) precisely as in Strepsiceros. |)»
The penis (fig. 2, D, E) of an old male has an elongated,
undulating, attenuated terminal portion, much longer than
in Boselaphus, and, as in that genus and others belonging to
the Tragelaphinz in which this organ has been described,
the urethral canal is not produced beyond the tip of the
glans. ) ;
The points of interest connected with the characters
above enumerated may be summarized as follows :— +
(1) Preorbital gland present.......... ...... Tetraceros, Boselaphus.
oa | ees, A. y Tragelaphus (Limno-
trigus), Nyala, Strep-
stceros, Taurotragus.
(2) Inguinal glands present ..... ......++:- Tragelaphus (Limno-
tragus), Strepsiceros
(?alwaysin thelatter).
Pe. eee obvi soins shames Tetraceros, Boselaphus,
Taurctragus.
”
(3) Glands between posterior false hoofsabsent. Trayelaphus (Limne-
tragus).
present.
Consisting "of definite pockets within
faine hoOls Spe. «cic ope Tetraceros.
Consisting of a thickening of the skin
only.
Thickened skin extending across fet-
lade Wie). als 22 cei ee Doselaphus.
Thickened skin restricted to area close
tu false hoofs and surmounted by
fringe of bairs........ tithe tee . Nyala, Strepsiceros,
Laurotragus.
* It may be added that in the foetal specimen above alluded to the
facial vibrissee were well developed, consisting of short scattered
mystacials and submentals, a row of superciliaries and suboculars, an
upper and a lower genal tuft arising from the white spots on the cheelc
and interramals. It is singular that the Artiodactyla and the Carnivora
are the only orders of mammals known to me which possess as a primi-
tive character two genal tufts—an upper and a lower—on each cheek.
44g
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
(NINTH SERLES.]
No. 12. DECEMBER 1918.
XLIV.—On some Heternal Characters of Ruminant Artio-
dactyla.— Part VI. The Bovine. By RK. 1. Pocock,
F.R.S.
Subfamily Bovis.
I retain this subfamily as a matter of convenience only,
being unacquainted with a single character of importance by
which it may be distinguished from the Tragelaphine. On
the other hand, close affiliation between the two is attested
by a large number of common characters. Indeed, Anoa
depressicornis, the most primitive form of Bovine, quite
commonly shows the typically Tragelaphine white spots and
patches on the face, throat, and feet, which must be regarded
as strong evidence of near affinity with the Tragelaphine
stock, as I pointed out in 1910.
For close upon a century there has been great divergence
of opinion regarding the status of the groups into which the
species of the Bovine naturally fall. In 1827 Hamilton
Smith split up the Linnzan genus Bos into a number of sub-
genera—Bison, Bibos, etc. By Gray, who added Poephagus
to the series, these were granted generic rank. In this
opinion he was followed by Riitimeyer, and more recently by
Matschie. English authors, like Blanford, Flower, and
Lydekker, on the contrary, retained the genus Bos in a
-comprehensive sense, giviug subordinate rank to the others.
In 1910 I followed that course, being unable to find evidence
from the characters I was then working at for defining the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 9. Vol. ii. 33
450 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
alleged genera and subgenera. Since that year, however,
study of certain other external features—notably the rhina-
rium and penis—have supplied additional characters to those
derived from the skull, horns, tail, distribution of hair, and
outward form, which, I think, justify Gray’s claim that the
groups are worthy of generic recognition. Probably other
characters bearing out this view w ill come to hight with the
examination of further material,
So far as the cutaneous glands are concerned, the genera
have the following mainly negative features in common :—
Preorbital glands, as in all African Tragelaphines, are
absent.
Inguinal glands are invariably absent, as in the Trage-
laphine genera 7aurotraqus, Boselaphus, and Tetraceros.
Pedal glands of the ‘interdigital type are also invariably
absent, as in all Tragelaplines.
Glands ou the false hoofs are absent, as in Tragelaphus.
‘T'wo pairs of mamme are present, as in all 'Tragelaphines.
Genus Bos, Linn.
Bos, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 1758: type, taurus.
Rhinarium (figs. 1, A, B; 3, C) large ; viewed from the
front its upper margin is evenly convex from side to side
and the median area below the line of the widely separated.
expanded nostrils is wider than the internarial septum
throughout its extent, the hairs of the upper lip extending
inwards. neither beneath the nostrils above nor along the
edge of the upper lip below; above the edge of the lip there
runs upwards a short shallow median groove, which is
present in all genera, and thus disproves Lydekker’s state-
ment (Cat. Ung. in Brit. Mus. i. p. 11, 1912) that the
rhinarium in the Bovimee is undivided. A few scattered
hairs arise from the rhinarium inferiorly, and its surface is
sculpiured and reticulated, The anterior portion of its
dorsal surface is exposed to a varying degree in accordance
with the extent to which the hair of the upper side of the
muzzle spreads forwards betweeu the nostrils; but the naked
upper edge of the nostrils is always of considerable width
aud depth, and not narrowed as in Bison and Poephagus.
The extension of the hair between the nostrils above varies
according to the breed, being greater, for instance, in British
park cattle (B. taurus) than in Indian humped cattle (B. in- —
dicus) ; but intergradation between these two forms seems —
to be supplied by “other breeds of B. taurus.
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 451
' The penis of B. taurus, as figured by Garrod (Proce, Zool.
Soc. 1877, p. 10, fig. 19) is well known.. It ends in an
ovately rounded knob or cushion, on the lower side of which
the orifice of the urethra terminates without running out
into a definite tubular prolongation. In B. indicus (fig. 4,
B, C) the penis is of a similar type.
cS 7
—_= eA Ne et: =_ = 2
SZ SNIP
= cae
v
am ap A
A. Rhinarium of zebu (Bos indicus) from above. X 3,
B. The same from the front.
The only existing members of this genus, as here recorded,
are the numerous domesticated breeds of cattle referred to
B. taurus and B. indicus. Apart from these there are a
certain number of extinct species, of which the aurochs
33*
452 ; Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
(B. primigenius) is the best-known form. In domesticated
cattle the skull is so variable in structure that it would
ne Lu
So >
ny
~A 1 rik
aS, /
LG) «
A. Rhinarium of American bison (Bison bison) from the front. X 3.
B. The same from the side. 7
C, The same of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis) from the *
side, , ns ; “4
require the ‘examination of a long series of specimens to —
formulate a generic diagnosis based upon cranial characters.
“are?
errs Ts
ee
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 453
But the success of such an undertaking would be doubtful,
seeing that the skulls of some domesticated breeds differ
more from aurochs-like breeds than the latter differ from
other genera of Bovine. To this variability is probably to
») \ ! a
a) V NY |
NG ANN
DY MA x) Ue
SVU
A. Rhinarium of yak (Poephagus grunniens) from the front. x 2,
B. The same from the side.
C. The same of zebu (Bos indicus). xX i.
be attributed in a great measure the prevalent admission of
subgeneric rank to the groups into which the existing species
of Bovine fall. The ears are no less variable in size and
shape than the skull and horns, even in closely related
breeds.
454 Mr. R. T. Pocock on some
Genus Binos, Hodgson.
Bibos, Hodgson, Journ, Asiatic Soe. Bengal, vi. p. 499 (1837): type,
gaurus, IL. Smith.
Gaveus, Wodgson, op. cit. xvi. p. 706 (1847): type, frontalis.
Gaw‘bos, Uribos, Bubalibos, Heude, Mém. Hist. Nat. Chin. y. pt. i.
p. 3 (1901): types (now selected) respectively laosiensis, platycerus,
annamiticus, Heude,
The rhinarium of the two forms I have examined—namely,
frontalis, which is almost certainly a domesticated breed of
B. gaurus, aud banteng—oes not differ in any important
Vig. 4.
a
SS
or
ee F
A. End of penis of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis?) from
the left side.
B. The same of zebu (Bos indicus).
©. The same from below.
D. The same of banteng (Bibos banteng) from left side.
1. The same of gayal (Bibos, frontalis) from below,
F. The same of American bison (Bison bison) from the side.
G. The same from below.
respects from that of Bos, although the dorsal surface seems
to be less overgrown with hair than even in B. indicus. The
hair encroaches only to a slight extent between the posterior
angles of the nostrils, so that the posterior border of the
upper side is lightly concave. This feature may, however,
prove to be variable. In the feet the interungual integument
is naked as in Bos, not hairy as in Bison.
The penis (fig. 4, D, E) in both the above-mentioned
species differs from that of Bos in that the urethral canal is
Eternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 455
produced into a short tube free from the termimal cushion-
like thickening of the glans, asin Poephagus (cf. infra).
5 Do pb]
Genus Bison, H. Smith.
Bison, HW. Smith, Griffiths, An, King. v. p. 373 (1827): type, bison,
Linn.
Bonasus, Wagner, Schreb. Siiug., Suppl. iv. p. 515 (1844): type,
bonasus, Linn.
The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) differs from that of Bos and
Bibos in being more overgrown with hair both above and in
front. In front the hair of the upper lip spreads towards
the middle line along the lower margin of the nostrils and
even penetrates the inner portion of those orifices. Hence
at this level the rhinarium is not wider than the internarial
septum. Inferiorly, however, it expands, and is broad where
it passes into the edge of the upper lip. Dorsally the hair
of the nose spreads over the upper surface of the rhinarium
almost to its anterior margin, leaving a comparatively narrow
naked rim bordering the nostrils above, so that from the
anterior aspect the upper edge of the rhinarium does not
present the evenly convex upper margin seen in Bos and
Bibos.
The feet also differ from those of the two last-mentioned
genera in having the interungual web overgrown with hair,
which is sometimes stuck together with secretion. This
hairy clothing has been observed in two pure-bred specimens,
male and female, which died at different seasons of the year,
Hence it may be inferred that the growth of hair on this
part of the foot is not a seasonal character, as it appears to
be in some of the Caprine Ruminants—e. g., Ammotragus
lervia aud Ovis musimon*.
The penis (fig. 4, F, G), like that of Bos, has no free
prolongation of the urethral canal.
Although I have cited Bonasus as a synonym of Bison, it
must be explained that that course is justified mainly by
inference, since I have had no opportunity of examining
fresh material of the Huropean species, B. bonasus, which is
* Some of the American bisons that have been imported into England
as pure-bred stock appear from the higher carriage of the head, higher
quarters, longer horns, and other points to have taurus-blood in their
veins, They are hybrids known as cattaloes in the United States. One
of these had the interungual integument of the hind feet naked as in
Bos taurus, whereas the ‘interungual skin of the fore feet was covered
with a growth of short hairs, being intermediate in this respect between
the naked condition seen in B. taurus and the long-haired condition seen
in Bison bison,
456 * Mr. R. I, Poeock on some
a very distinet species from its American ally B. bison, and
so far as external appearance is concerned, especially as
regards the higher, flatter hind-quarters, serves to connect
the type of Bison with Bos. Nothing is known of its feet or
penis. Nevertheless, judging from living examples, the
rhinarium seems to be shaped like that of Bison bison.
Genus Porrnacus, Gray.
Poephagus, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 153 (18453); id. Cat. Ung.
Brit. Mus. p. 39 (1852): type and only species, grunniens, Linn,
The rhinarium (fig. 3, A, B) is low and depressed and the
whole of the upper surface is covered with short hair except
for a comparatively narrow strip running along the upper
margin of the nostrils. Beneath the inner edges of the
nostrils in front the rhinarium is a little wider than the
internarial septum, but the lower portion of its anterior
surface is largely overgrown by the hairs of the upper lip,
which encroach towards the middle line, leaving a median
naked philtrum which is narrower than the internarial
septum. Jn this last-mentioned particular the rhinarium of
Poephagus differs from that of all other genera of Bovine.
The penis, as recorded by Lonnberg (Ark. Zool. Stockholm,
(5) v. no. 10, 1909), has a short tubular urethral prolonga-
tion free from the terminal glandular thickening, apparently
exactly as in Bibos frontalis and banteng.
Genus Anoa, H. Smith.
Anoa, H. Smith, Griffiths, Anim. King. v. pp. 355, 827, as subgenus of
Antilope + type, depressicornis, H. Smith,
Bubalus, id. op. cit. p. 871: type, bubalis (=bubalus, Linn.).
Buffelus, Riitimeyer, Verb. Ges. Basel, (2) iv. p. 384 (1865): type,
now selected, bubalus, Linn. (=/ndicus, Riit.).
Probubalus, id. loc. cit.; type depressicornis (=celebensis, Niit.).
The rhinarium of the two very distinct species I have
examined—namely, depressicornis and bubalis—seems to
resemble that of Bos and Bibos in all essential characters,
exlibiting a large naked dorsal area and a nearly parallel-
sided area below the level of the nostrils in front, which is
wider than the internarial septum.
The feet have the interungual integument naked.
The penis I have not examined, but according to Lénnberg
(Nova Acta Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. p. 60, pl. ii. fig. 16, 1908)
there is no definite tubular urethral prolongation in A. de-
pressicornis. Wis figure, nevertheless, suggests the presence
—
External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 457:
of a short urethral process. The statement, however, must
be accepted in preference to the figure.
Genus Syncerus, Hodgson.
- Syncerus, Hodgson, Journ, Asiat, Soc. Bengal, xvi. pt. 2, p. 709 (1847):
type, brachyceros, Gray,
Planiceros, Gray, Cat. Rum. Brit. Mus. p. 10 (1872), as subgenus of
Bubalus: type, planiceros, Blyth (=centralis, Gray).
Synceros, id. op. cit. p. 12, "as subgenus of Bubalus: type, caffer,
Sparm.
Apart from the shape of the head, horns, and the size of
the ears, I am not acquainted with any important external
characters by which the African buffaloes may be distin-
guished from their Asiatic allies. My examination, how-
ever, 1s restricted to one example—a young bull—of S. caffer
e@quinoctialis? In this specimen the penis was thinner than
in other Bovines, and there was no trace of a tubular pro-
longation of the urethral canal free from the terminal
thickening of the glans (fig.4, A). A side view of the large
rhinarium is shown in fig. 2,
Riitimever long ago pomted out some of the cranial
differences between the African and Asiatic buffaloes, and,
admitting them as distinct genera, adopted the name Bu-
balus for the former and introduced Buffelus for the latter.
For no very good reasons, apparently, he severed the anoa
(A. depressicornis) from the Asiatic forms and proposed
Probubalus for its reception. ;
In 1901 Loénnberg (K. Sveuska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv.
no. 3) adopted Riitimeyer’s opinion as to the generic status
of the two types of buffalo, and backed it by the addition of
other cranial features. At the same time he showed that
the anoa falls into line with the big buffaloes of India, the
link between the two being supplied by mindorensis. He
followed Riitimeyer also in the matter of nomenclature,
with the exception that Probubalus lapsed as a synonym of
Buffelus.. Nevertheless, in 1903 (N. Acta Soc. Upsal. (3)
Xx. pp. 55-61) Lonnberg writes on the soft anatomy of
Anoaas if it were a genus apart from other Asiatic buffaloes.
he reason for this course is not clear.
In 1911 Hollister (P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxiv. p. 191)
adopted the views of Ktitimeyer and Lénnberg regarding the
buffaloes of Africa and India, without, however, being aware,
so far as can be judged, of their publications upon this
subject. Not possessing a skull of depressicornis for exami-
nation, he left Anoa alone, adopting the name Budbalus for
4583 Lxternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.
the Asiatic forms and Syncerus for the African. In this
matter he was perfectly correct, if Anoa be left out of con-
sideration. But if, as seems to be the case, depressicornis is
not generically, or even subgenerically, distinguishable from
bubalis, the name Anoad must supersede Bubalus for the
Asiatic buffaloes by virtue of page priority.
In view of the distinguishing cranial characters between
the African and Asiatic buffaloes pointed out by the above-
quoted authors, it seems impossible to escape from the
conclusion that the two groups deserve generic separation.
From lack of material for examination I am unable to add
any new external features to those that have been already
published, Hollister’s statement, however, that the ears of
African buffaloes (Syncerus) are distinguished from those
of Asiatic buffaloes (Anoa) by being heavily fringed is not
always true. ‘lhe ears, nevertheless, as I pointed out in
1912 (‘ Field, Aug., p. 396), are very different in shape,
those of the Asiatic buffaloes being narrower aud much
more pointed than of their African allies.
Setting aside the characters derived from the shape of the
head, the horns, the height of the withers, the length and
bushiness of the tail, the distribution of hair on the body,
and others that have been made use of by previous workers
who have adopted subgeneric or generic titles for the Bovine
groups, the incidence of the external features to which
attention has been particularly directed in this paper to
support the generic recognition of these groups may be
briefly summarized as follows :—
(1) a. Rhinarium reduced inferiorly by the en-
croachment of the hair of the lower half
of the upper lip to form a distinct phil-
trum which is narrower than the inter-
narial septum; its upper surface over-
grown with short hair up to the anterior
inargin, leaving a narrow naked rim above
the nosttils wi. 0.0 6 anid eae ee eee Poephagus.
b. Rhinarium very wide inferiurly above the
edge of the upper lip, wider than the inter-
narial septum, and forming no distinct
philtrum; the hairsof the muzzle spread-
ing inwards beneath the nostrils and
entering the inner angles of those orifices,
reducing the width of the rhinariam at
this level; its upper surface covered with
hair almost to the anterior edge, so that
only a narrow naked rim borders the
nostrils above, 5 v2.de >. oc peewee Bison.
‘Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial ITymenoptera. = 459
‘ce. Rhinarium large and naked, everywhere
wide below the level of the nostrils in
front, its dorsal surface overgrown poste-
riorly between the nostrils to a varying
. extent, but never sufficiently to reduce
the upper edge of the nostrils to a narrow
MPEGS URN ores gigs oa} « Si) 5! vida stand ....+ Bos, Bibos, Anoa,
Syncerus.
(2) a. Feet with the interungual integument
RYSRCOMT DY WAGD: AIT... 7 000: 0+ pha anlage Bison.
b. Feet with the interungual integument
ROU ¥ cil a wales vos ohn pi be eee eres ok | SOD ila Een mn
gus, Anoa, Syn-
cerus,
(3) a. Penis with a short tubular urethral pro-
cess free for a short distance from the
terminal thickening of the glans........ Bubos, Poephagus.
b. Penis without tubular urethral process .. Bos, Bison, Anoa,
Syncerus.
XLY. — Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXVI. On
new African Plilanthine. By Rownann EK. Turner,
F.Z.8., F.ES.
Philanthus fossulatus, sp. n.
Q. Nigra; clypeo, mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, facie usque ad
emarginationem oculorum, fronte macula, femoribus anticis
subtus, femoribusque intermediis macula parva apicali flavis ;
pronoto margine postico, callis humeralibus, tegulis, mesopleuris
antice, postscutello, tergito primo macula utrinque, secundo
fascia obliqua utrinqgne, tertio, quarto quintoque fascia apicall,
sexto macula magna utrinque, sternitis 3-5 fascia undulata
antice bisinuata, secundo fascia lata postice emarginata, sexto
fere toto, tibiis tarsisque albidis ; flagello, coxis, trochanteribus,
femoribus, segmentis abdominalibus primo, secundo, sextoque,
tertio apice quintoque basi ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis,
stigmate costaque testuceis,
Long. 10 mm,
2. Clypeus very broadly rounded anteriorly, with a few
scattered and shallow punctures ; antenne inserted nearer
to the eyes than to each other, the front between them
distinctly swollen. Front very closely and finely punctured-
rugulose, the vertex much more strongly punctured.
Antenne not very stout; second joint of the flagellum
slender at the base, gradually thickened to the apex, about
460 Mr. R. E. ‘Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera:
as long as the third and fourth joints combined, third joint
a little broader at the apex than long. Ocelli in a broad
triangle, the posterior pair fully half as far again from each
other as from the eyes. Pronotum as broad as the meso-
notum, smooth and shining, the mesonotum shining, with
large and rather sparse punctures ; scutellum and_post-
scutelluam shining, the former with a few small punctures.
Tergites shining, rather closely covered with large and very
deep punctures, on the fourth tergite the punctures become
sparser and shallow at the apex, those on the fifth tergite
are small and seattered, sixth tergite almost smooth ;
sternites shallowly and sparsely punctured. Median seg-
ment finely and closely punctured; the basal triangular
area large, covering almost all the dorsal surface, smooth
aud shining with a well-marked median sulcus and without
marginal carine. Cubitus of the hind wing interstitial
with the transverse median nervure, the fore wings with a
small fuscous cloud at the extreme apex.
Hab. Bohotle, Somaliland (A. F. Appleton).
Easily distinguished by the very coarse puncturation of
the tergites. Nearly allied to the group of P. venustus,
Rossi.
Philanthus flagellurius, sp. n.
°. Nigra; mandihulis, apice excepto, clypeo, facie infra antennis
tegulisque macula basali pallide flavis; tibiis tarsisque anticis
femoribusque anticis infra flavo-testaceis ; tibiis tarsisque inter-
mediis posticisque, femoribusque intermediis posticisque apice
extremo testaceis ; abdomine rufo-testaceo, basi flavescente ; alis
fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo ; antennis crassis- -
simis.
Long. 12 mm,
2. Clypeus rounded at the apex, shining, shallowly and
very sparsely punctured; front very finely and closely
longitudinally rugulose, vertex. punctured, the punctures
more or less confluent transversely ; posterior ocelli as far
from each other as from the eyes. Antennz very stout ;
second joint of the flagellum rapidly broadened from the
hase, almost as broad at the apex as long, scarcely longer
than the third joint ; the third to tenth joints broader than
long. Mesonotum and mesopleure closely and rather
coarsely punctured, scutellum and _ postscutellum more
closely and finely punctured ; median segment irregularly —
rugulose on the sides and on the apical slope; the triangular
dorsal area rugose, margined by distinct grooves. ‘The two
Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 461
basal tergites subopaque, without distinct punctures ; the
apical tergites shining, with a few small and scattered
punctures ; sternites shining, sparsely but more strongly
punctured ; the second sternite smooth, except at the apex.
Cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the
transverse median neryure,
Hab. Usangu District, German East Africa, 3500 to
4500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Lilongwe District,
Central Angoniland, 4000 to 5000 ft. (S. A. Neave),
May 28-June 2, 1910.
Somewhat resembles P. dolosus, Kohl, but is easily dis-
tinguished by the very stout flagellum and the sculpture of
the scutellum and median segment,
'Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér.
Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér. Iconogr. regn. anim. iii., Insect. p. 448
(1845).
Philanthus consimilis, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 349
(1891). ¢ Q.
Philanthus reticulatus, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,
Zool. ii. p. 270 (1910),
Hab. The whole Ethopian region.
A very variable species in colour; the yellow markings
on the scutellum and postscutellum are usually obsolete, as
in Guérin’s description.
Philanthus nigrohirtus, sp. n.
9. Nigra, mandibulis macula basali, clypeo, facie, macula parva
pone oculos, vertice macula obliqua utrinque oculos attingente,
pronoto margine postico, tegulis, callis humeralibus macula
parva, mesopleuris antice, scutello, postscutello, femoribus anticis
intus, tibiisque supra flavis; abdomine fulvo-flavidulo, seemento
primo basi nigro; fronte inter antennas dense nigro-hirsuto ;
alis fuscis.
¢. Femine similis; fronte supra antennis bimaculata (sepe
transverse fasciata), vertice immaculato, scutello postscutelloque
nigris, nonnunquam flavo-maculatis, clypeo apice macula minuta
nigra.
Long., 9 12 mm., g 10 mm,
@?. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, very
sparsely-punctured, with a long black hair springing from
each puncture ; front very closely and finely punctured,
with delicate longitudinal striw, and rather thickly clothed
with long black hairs, which are especially dense between
the antenne ; vertex shining, rather closely punctured ; the
462 My, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Tymenoptera.
ocelli in an almost equilateral triangle, the posterior pair
almost as far from each other as from the eyes. Antenne
stout, the second joint of the flagellum not as long as the
third and fourth combined, the fourth as broad as long.
Pronotum smooth; mesonotum shining, closely punctured,
more closely anteriorly than posteriorly, clothed with black
hairs ; scutellum and postscutellum almost smooth, pleurz
closely punctured. Median segment closely and_ finely
punctured, the sulci defining the basal area almost obsolete,
a broad longitudinal depre-sion on the middle of the dorsal
surface not quite extending to the base. Abdomen smooth
aud shining, sixth tergite delicately longitudinally striated ;
sternites sparsely punctured. Fore metatarsus with seven
spines. Cubitus of the hind wing originating distinctly
beyond the transverse median nervure. ;
¢. The sculpture throughout rather stronger than in the
female, scutellum sparsely punctured, median segment
finely punctured-rugose ; tergites smooth and shining, the
seventh tergite with large scattered punctures. Fourth
joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than broad.
Distance between the eyes on the vertex about equal to the
length of flagellar joints 2-4.
Hab. Mt. Kokaujero, 8.W. of Elgon, Uganda Protectorate,
6400 ft. (S. A. Neave), August 1911; Ruwenzori, 7000-
8000 ft. (Scott Elliot). ;
Males with the black pubescence somewhat shorter are in
the collection from Ankole—Toro Border, E. of Lake George
(S.A, Neave), October 1911 ; Nandi Escarpment, 5800 ft.
(S. A. Neave), May 1911 ; and Uchwezi Forest, British HK.
Africa (S. A. Neave), March 1912.
Philanthus niyrohirtus, subsp. calvus, subsp. n.
Specimens of both sexes from the Luangwa Valley, N.E.
Rhodesia, are without the long black hairs on the head and
thorax, but do not differ appreciably otherwise. For this
form I suggest the above subspecific pame. The female is
without yellow marks on the vertex. This approaches
P. stecki, Schulz, but the eyes are a little further apart on
the vertex, the posterior ocelli in stecki being distinctly
uearer to the eyes than to each other. Specimens apparently
not distinct specifically from calvus from W. Africa
(Gambia, Gold Coast, Togo, and N. Nigeria) often have
eight spines on the fore metatarsus. These seem to be
distinct from P. camerunensis, Yullgr., in which the posterior
Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossorial [Tymenoptera, 463
ocelli are much further from the eyes than from each other
and the clypeus more narrowly rounded.
Phiianthus loeflingii, Dahlb.
Philanthus loeflingit, Dahlb, Hymen. Europ. i. p. 495 (1845). 9.
Philanthus tnnominatus, Bingh, Ann, & Mag, Hist. (8) x. p. 212
(1902).
Hab. The whole Ethiopian region from Harar and the
Gambia to Natal.
Philanthus triangulum, Fabr.
Vespa triangulum, Faby. Entom. Syst. p. 373 (1775).
Crabro diadema, Faby, Spec: Intect. i. p. 471 (1781).
Philanthus frontahs, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p, 509
(1857).
Hab. The whole Ethiopian region.
Philanthus histrio, Fabr.
Philanthus histrio, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 301 (1804).
Philanthus formosus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iy. p.471 (1856), ¢.
Philanthus flavolineatus, Cameron, Sjdstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,
Zool. ii. p. 271 (1910).
Philanthus trichocephalus, Cam. Ann, Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 146 (1910),
Hab. Ki. Africa from Harar to Natal; Angola.
Philanthus ugandicus, Magy.
Philanthus ugandicus, Magy. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xiv. p. 188
1908). @.
Piilanthes piltfrons, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,
Zool, ii. p. 271 (1910). ¢.
Hab. F. Africa, Transvaal to Harar.
I think that these, although differing much in colour, are
only sexes of one species; but in specimens from Mombasa
the males are coloured as the females, with the abdomen
wholly testaceous red on the second and third tergites and a
yellow spot on each side of the first tergite, the fourth and
fifth tergites are marked with black at the base. ‘This
appears to be the usual colouring of the species from Harar to
Johannesburg. I have seen no females with the colouring
of P. pilifrons, but several males from the Nandi plateau
and Usanga. Philanthus limatus, Bingh., is allied to this
species, but not identical.
164 Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.
Philanthus strigulosus, sp. n.
2. Nigra; clypeo, facie, macula curvata inter antennas, fascia
transversa frontali, orbitis externis anguste tegulisque flavis ;
tergitis primo macula magna utrinque,secundo, apice excepto,
tertioque lateribus fulvo-ferrugineis; tergitis quarto quintoque
lateribus anguste, sternitis 2-5, basi nigris, femoribus postieis
apice, anticis intermediisque fere totis, tibiis tarsisque flavo-
testaceis; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice leviter infuscatis, venis
fulvis.
¢. Femine similis ; fascia frontali latissima ; tergito quarto etiam
fulvo-ferrugineo, apice in medio nigro, sexto lateribus flavo-
maculato,
Long., 2 18 mm., ¢ 17 mm,
2. Clypeus broadly rounded anteriorly, sparsely and
shallowly punctured ; front between the antenne convex,
very finely and closely punctured, the front above the
antenne very finely and closely longitudinally striated,
punctured between the striz ; vertex shining, coarsely, but
not closely punctured; ocelli in a broad triangle, the
posterior pair a little further from the eyes than from each
other; pubescence dark fulvous on the front, black on the
vertex and thorax ; second joint of the flagellum as long as
the third and fourth combined, eaeh of the two latter a
little longer than broad. Pronotum closely punctured ;
mesonotum: closely and strongly punctured anteriorly, much
more sparsely in the middle and at the apex ; scutellum
shining, coarsely but sparsely punctured; postscutellum
more closely punctured. ‘Triangular area of the median
segment very coarsely obliquely striate-rugose, margined by
a very broad smooth and shining space; the sides and apex
of the segment very closely, but not coarsely, punctured
rugulose. Tergites rather sparsely punctured; the sixth
tergite very delicately longitudinally striolate towards the
apex; sternites with very sparse large punctures. Basal
joint of the fore tarsi with eight spines on the outer margin.
Cubitus of the hind wing originating a little beyond the
transverse median nervure.
3g. Clypeus, face, vertex, mesonotum, and scutellum much
more closely punctured than in the female. A bunch of
long black hairs springing from just above the base of the
mandibles on each side and reaching more than halfway to
the middle of the margin of the clypeus. The two basal
tergites more closely punctured than the others; seventh
tergite coarsely but sparsely punctured.
Hab. Near Johannesburg, Transvaal (A. J. Cholmley);
Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. — 465
Basutoland, between Matsekuwa and Mafeteng (R. Craw-
shay), March 30, 1902.
In the sculpture this approaches P. rugosus, Koh), which
I have not seen, but is a larger species, very differently
coloured. There are only seven spines on the fore tarsus
of the female in rugusus, instead of eight, and the clypeus of
the male rugosus is armed with three small teeth, which are
absent in strigulosus. There is also no mention in Kohl’s
description of the tufts of long hairs near the base of the
mandibles. The puncturation of the second and third
tergites of the female is as close as on the first, though the
punctures are smaller.
Cerceris bagandarum, sp. 0.
Q. Nigra; capite ferrugineo, fascia lata frontali nigra; clypeo,
facie, carina interantennali, tergitisque primo, basi nigro,
secundoque flavis; pronoto, mesonoto lateribus anguste, tegulis,
pleuris, scutello, postscutello, segmento mediano, tergito sexto
basi, sternitis primo dimidio apicali, sextoque, pedibusque
ferrugineis; coxis supra, femoribusque posticis supra nigris;
alis flavo-hyalinis, apice late infuscatis, venis testaceis; clypeo
apice porrectu; mesopleuris subtuberculatis; sternito secundo
area elevata basali nulla.
¢. Femine similis; pleuris nigris, segmento mediano nigro macula
magna ferruginea utrinque, sternitis secundo, sexto, septimoque,
tergitisque sexto septimoque ferrugineis ; tergitis tertio, quarto
quintoque fascia angusta transversa angulis apicalibus flava;
alis subhyalinis, haud flavescentibus; clypeo haud- porrecto
apice angustato et obtuse tridentato; mesopleuris haud tuber-
culatis.
Long., 2 16 mm., ¢ 11 mm.
2. Mandibles with a large tiiangular tooth on the inner
margin at about one-third from the apex. Clypeus
gradually raised from near the base, strongly convex and
porrect at the apex, but without a free lamina. Antenne
inserted about half as far again from the anterior ocellus
as from the base of the clypeus; iuterantennal carina strong ;
second joint of flagellum about two and a half times as long
as the first. Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from the
eyes as from each other and as far from the hind margin of
the head as from the eyes. Clypeus aad face subopaque
almost impunctate, front and vertex closely punctured-
rugose; thorax and median segment more coarsely punc-
tured-rugose ; mesopleure with a small tubercle ; triangular
basal area of the median segment strongly and regularly
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 34
466 Mr. R. i. Turner on Fossorial [1ymenoptera.
transversely striate, the str’ very feebly arched. Abdomen
almost smooth, finely aciculate, the basal segment distinetly
broader than long, with a few scattered punctures; sixth
tergite strongly narrowed from the base to near the middle,
thence narrowly produced with almost parallel sides and
narrowly rounded at the apex. Sixth sternite deeply tri-
angularly emarginate at the apex, with tufts of golden hairs
springing from just beneath the apical angles, the sixth
tergite margined laterally with golden hairs, springing from
beneath the segment.
3. Mandibles with a blunt ill-defined tooth near the
middle of the inner margin; clypeus and front minutely
punctured, sparsely clothed with short sericeous pubescence ;
the clypeus longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly, the |
apical margin with three obtuse teeth. Antenne inserted
nearly as far from the base of the clypeus as from the
anterior ocellus ; second joint of the flagellum twice as long
as the first. First tergite broader than long; sixth sternite
with an acute spine and a tuft of long golden hairs at the
apical angles ; seventh sternite shallowly emarginate at the
APEX ; seventh ter rgite parallel-sided, truncate at the apex,
half as long again as broad.
Hab. Katu “River, near Hoima-Kampala Road, Uganda
Protectorate, 3500 tt. (S. A. Neave), December 29-381, 1911,
2 2 9; Siroko River, near W. foot of Mt. Elgon, 3600 ft.
Uganda Protectorate (S. A. Neave), Aug. 12-14, 1911,1¢.
Very near C. diodoata, Schlett., though differing much
in colour, The structural points in both sexes correspond
closely, but the striation of the basal area of the median
segment is more oblique in diodonta and the puncturation
of the second tergite is quite distinct, not obsolete as in the
present species; the second tergite is also broader in
diodonta, being rather sharply broadened just behind the
base.
Cerceris sodalis, sp. n.
9 &. Very close to C. bagandarum and practically identi-
cal with that species in the structure, colour, and sculpture of
the head, thorax, and median segment, the female, however,
has the posterior margin of the pronotum and the post-
scutellum yellow. The colour of the abdomen is ferruginous
in both sexes, the sternites at the base and the middle of the
second tergite black ; the first tergite with a narrow apical
band, second very broadly at the sides and narrowly at the
apex, tergites 3-5 in the female and 3-6 in the male rather
Mr. R. i. Turner on Fossorial Tymenoptera. 467
less broadly at the sites and narrowly at the apex yellow.
The sixth tergite of the female is very narrow at the apex,
more so than in bagandarum, and the second tergite is more
distinctly punctured iu both sexes than in that species,
though less closely than in divdonta. The second tergite of
the female is broader than in bagandarum, though scarcely
as broad as in diodonia.
Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British E. Africa
(Ff. G. Hamilton), May 1912; Marsabit, British E. Africa
(C, A. Neave), October 1911; east shore of Victoria Nyanza,
near Karungu (S. 4. Neave), April 1911; Kibwezi, British
Ii. Africa, 3000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April 1911..
It is quite possible that this and bagandarum may prove
to be a subspecies of diodunta, but they are quite easily
distinguished, and until large collections are available may
conveniently stand as distinct species. C. severini, Kohl,
is also very near in structure.
Cerceris bicolor, Sm.
Cerceris bicolor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no, 52 (1856). 92.
Cerceris fossor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no. 54 (1856). ¢.
Cerceris andersoni, sp. 0.
@. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, flagello, articulis apicalibus
supra infumatis, tegulis, segmento abdominali sexto, pedibusque,
coxis exceptis, ferrugineis ; clypei lamina macula magna, carina
inter antennas ad clypei basin, facie fascia lata longitudinali
utrinque, postseutello, tergitis primo, tertio, quarto quintoque
fascia angusta apicali, sternitoque tertio macula transversa
apicali utringue flavis; alis sordide hyalinis, apice cellulaque
radiali infuscatis, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo ; clypeo lamina
porrecta libera; mesopleuris haud tuberculatis ; sternito secundo
area basali elevata nulla.
Long. 10 mm.
9. Clypeus with a porrect lamina, free from near the
base, the lamina coarsely punctured at the sides, the apical
margin very shallowly and broadiy emarginate and nearly
equal to the distance. from the base of the clypeus to the
apex of the laniina; the clypeus below the lamina smooth
and shiving, truncate at the apex. Autenn inserted about
twice as far from the anterior ocellus as from the base of the
clypeus, the second joint of the flagellum less than half as
long again as the third. Inner orbits of the eyes almost
parallel ; posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from
each other. Face sparsely punctured; head and thorax
34*
468 Mr. 8S. H. Haughton on a new
very closely rugosely punctured, the postscutellum more
sparsely punctured ; pronotum about two-thirds as long as
the scutellum. Median segment rugosely punctured; the
basal area triangular, almost equilateral, obliquely striated,
with a median longitudinal groove, the apex irregularly
transversely striated. Tergites strongly but not closely
punctured, first tergite broader at the apex than long ;
pygidial area rnugulose, elongate, fully twice as long as its
greatest breadth, and more than three times as long as its
apical breadth, the apex subtruncate. Second sternite
shining, sparsely punctured,
Hab. Eastern edge of forest of Aberdare Mountains,
7300 ft. (T. J. Anderson), February 1911.
This belongs to the group of the European C. labiata,
and is rather closely related to that species, but is not
very near any other Ethiopian species. The interantennal
carina is less elevated than in /abiata, and is flattened to-
wards the base of the elypeus. Two females from Mlanje
Plateau, Nyasaland, 6500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December 1912,
have the postscutellum black and the lamina of the clypeus
much reduced in size. These may represent a subspecies,
but I cannot regard them as specifically distinct.
XLVI.—A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South
Africa. By 8. H. Havueuton, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant
Director, South African Museum.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the South African Museum.)
Thecodontosaurus minor, sp. 0.
The specimens forming the type of this new form were
presented to the South African Museum by the late Dr. M.
Ricono. ‘They cousist of a left tibia, a cervical vertebra,
and a portion of the left ilium.
Left Tibia.—The tibia is 109 mm. long. ‘The proximal
articular surface is 81 mm. long and 18 mm. broad. This
surface for the most part slopes obliquely backwards and
laterally, the inner border being convex from front to back
and higher in front than behind. The tuberositas tibie is
almost the highest point of the bone; it is prolonged ante-
riorly and turned slightly outwards. ‘The lateral condyle is
Dinosaur from South Africa. 469°
strongly developed. Below the head the shaft thins rapidly
until at its middle it has an antero-posterior thickness of
12 mm. and a width of 10 mm. Thence it thickens towards
the distal end. ‘he anterior face is flat, with a prominent
edge on the lateral side and a rounded edge medially. The
outer sharp edge is continued down to the anterior distal
process. ‘lhe posterior border of the shaft is rounded.
The distal surface is trapezoidal in form. The inner ante-
rior border is 20°5 mm. long, the posterior outer border
16 mm. long, while the posterior inner border is 12 mm. long.
The anterior process lies 7 mm. above the posterior process.
Between the two on the outer surface of the bone 1s a shallow
groove.
Cervical Vertebra.—The length of the body is 31 mm.
The anterior articular surface is slightly larger than the
posterior. Both are considerably higher than broad. The
body is pronouncedly amphiccelous. There is a prominent
median ventral keel, sharper in its anterior half. The whole
body is strongly compressed laterally, having a width at the
middle of 5 mm. and at the anterior end of 8mm. The
canal has a height and breadth anteriorly each of 5 mm.
The ends of the zygapophyses are missing. Tle dorsal spine
was low and fairly long, with a somewhat convex upper
border.
Ischium.—A portion of what is probably the left ischium is
preserved, including the proximal articular surface. The
bone is bent strongly backwards, more so than in T’hecodonto-
saurus antiquus as figured by von Huene, so that the ischium
must have been directed very strongly backwards. At the
broken distal end the bone is 12 mm. thick and 6°5 mm.
broad. The inner border of the proximal surface is straight,
the lateral border has a prominent outward projection, the
maximum width of the surface being 9 mm.
The nature of the tibia and the ischium mark these remains
off from the Plateosauride, and place them among the Theco-
dontosauride. They indicate a member of this family
smaller than any hitherto described from South Africa, and
which cannot be exactly identified with any Kuropean
species. I propose, therefore, to give it a new specific name,
*Thecodontosaurus minor.
Type. S.A.M. Cat. no. 3451.
Locality. Pitsing, Maclear, C.P. Cutting in road to
Naude’s Nek.
Horizon. Red Beds, just below halfway from base,
470 The Re-discovery of Cylindroiulus parisiorum.
XLVII.— Notes on Myriapoda.—XI1V. The Re-discovery of
Cylindroiulus parisiorum (Brélemann et Verhoef’). By
Hinpa K. Rrape-Birks, M.Sec., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P.,
M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8. GraHAM BrADE-Birxs, M.Sc.
Wr: hope to deal before very long with some centipede and
millipede material from the English Midlands, but we think
tlle present brief note advisable, owing to the exceptional
interest of the species it records, .
Mr. 8. Priest, F.G.S., with Mr. and Mrs. F. J. Epps (all
members of the Dartford Naturalists’ Field Club) visited
Upper Arley, Worcestershire, on 22. vii. 1918, and took a
number of millipedes and centipedes between the bark and
trunk of fallen timber in a meadow next to the churchyard
there. This material, which was kindly submitted to us by
the collectors, included a species of Julus (s. 1.), which upon
dissection we found to be referable to Cylindroiulus parisi-
orum (Brélemann et Verhoeff, 1896).
Anterior and posterior gonopods in profile. x 100. H.K. B.-B. del.
We sent our drawing of the gonopods to M. le Dr. Henry
W. Brélemann, who agrees with our diagnosis, and informs us,
in litt., that nobody appears to have identified the species
since its first description (1). Thus some doubt had arisen
in Dr. Brélemann’s mind as to the validity of the species, —
The English rediscovery of the animal is therefore of some
Importance,
Externally C. parisiorum is practically indistinguishable
On the Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron. 471
from C, britannicus, Verhoeff, and C. fris’us, Verhocff, both
of which are not uncommon English species. However,
the gonopods, which are figured by Brélemann and Verhoef
(loc. cit.), are quite definite diagnostic characters, and so
there is no doubt about the record. Our material bears these
numbers :-—1379, 1380, 1381, 1382, Brade-Birks collection.
REFERENCE,
(1) Brotemann, H. W., and C. W. Vernorrr. “ Matériaux pour
servir & une faune des Myriapodes de France.” Feuille des
Jeunes Naturalistes, Sept. 1896, no. 311, pp. 214 et seg., with 10
text-tigs.
XLVITI.—WNote on the Pectoral Fin of Kusthenopteron.
By Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.
THE pectoral fin of Eusthenopleron was figured and described
for the first time by Whiteaves (comp. J. F. Whiteaves,
1889, p. 87, & pl. v. fig. 5), whose description was improved
by Traquair (comp. R. H. ‘Traquair, 1890, p.-19), Two
other specimens of the same fin were figured by A. S. Wood-
ward (1898, p. 25) and W. Patten (1912, p. 391).
During my stay in London this year the pectoral fin in
the British Museum specimen P. 6796 of Husthenopteron,
figured by A. 8S. Woodward (whose figure was republished
by E. S. Goodiich in 1902, pl. xvi. fig. 1), was somewhat
newly prepared by Mr. F. O. Barlow. I give here a new
figure of it (comp. text-fig. 1) and a brief description.
The pectoral fin in our specimen is composed (1) of an
axis, (2) of preaxial radials, and (3) of postaxial processes.
The axis consists of four pieces. The first or basal piece is
situated behind the displaced cleithrum, of which the inferior
edge lies near to its superior edge in the specimen, It is not
possible to decide whether this elongated and somewhat
obscure bony matter is to be identified wholly with the basal
piece of the fin, or whether it does not comprise also the
coraco-scapular ossification. Should this latter be the case,
then the front edge of the postradial process of the basal
would mark the limit between the basal and coraco-scapula.
The second piece of the axis is expanded and slightly
bifureated posteriorly. The third piece is somewhat longer
than the second and expanded still more posteriorly, where it
has not only a large postaxial process, but is also more
distinctly bifurcated.
-
472 Dr. Branislav Petronievies on the
Fig. 1.
Pectoral lin of Lusthenopteron, British Museum specimen P, 6796. _
Nat. size.
cl, cleithrum ; cose., the possible coraco-scapula; J.azt., the first axono
or the basal; 2.aat., second axonost; 3.aaz., third axonost; 4,
fourth axonost; J.pra.r., first preaxial radial; IZpra.r., sec
preaxial radial; IZ/.pra.r., third preaxial radial; pa.pr., poste
process ; dermal rays are represented by lines.
Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron. 4.73;
Finally, the fonrth piece of the axis is somewhat con-
stricted in the middle, and quite distinctly bifurcated poste-
riorly (a feature not marked in the figure of A.S. Woodward,
i8€8). When looked at with a magnifying-glass, these two
posterior branches seem to continue in two separate ossifica-
tions, so that the composition of this fourth axonost of two
separate parts is not improbable, although not to be affirmed
with certainty, the separating line between the two being
perhaps due to a crack. One sees also with the magnifying-
glass the clear attachment of a dermal ray to the left of these
two bifurcations, while a fragment of somewhat crushed bony
matter attached to the right bifurcation also probably represents
dermal rays.
There are three preaxial radials in our specimen. The
uppermost radial is attached to one of the two articulating
surfaces of the basal axonost; it is bent inwards in the
middle and constricted posteriorly. The new preparation
shows the attachment of the dermal rays to this radial very
clearly. ‘he second radial, attached to the smaller of the
two articulating surfaces of the second axonost, is also con-
stricted posteriorly, but not sufficiently preserved in its poste-
rior part. The third radial, better preserved than the second,
is constricted in the middle, but the limit of its posterior part
is indeterminable. It is attached to the smaller of the two
articulating bifurcations of the third axonost.
There are only two postaxial processes in our specimen, and
no postaxial radials at all. he first process is a large pro-
longation of the basal axonost (this prolongation is not well
visible in the figure of A. S. Woodward, 1898), and the
second a prolongation of the third axonost, while the second
and the fourth axonosts are devoid of similar processes (on
the left side of the second axonost some bony matter is visible
in our specimen, but it is evidently a crushed scale).
Having finished the description of the fin in question, I
will add some remarks concerning the problem of the origin
of the tetrapod limb. The resemblance of the internal skeleton
of the pectoral (and also of the pelvic) fin in Husthenopteron
to the internal skeleton in the tetrapod limb has been empha-
sized by several authors (by Patten, Watson, Broom, Gregory),
and Watson especially has tried to point out in detail the
homologies of both (comp. Watson, 1913, p. 25 seg. and
figs. 1 & 2). But his restoration of the pectoral fin of
Eusthenopteron (1. ¢. tig. 2) is wrong, inasmuch as he takes
no account of the posterior bifureation of the fourth axonost
(in this respect the restoration of Broom, 1913, p. 460, fig. 1,
is more accurate) and represents the postaxial process of the
A474 Dr. Branislav Petronievics on the
basal axonost as a separate postaxial radial (in this respect
the restoration of Broom is exact).
Now I consider the posterior bifurcation of the fourth
axonost in our specimen as of exceptional importance for the
question of homologies, As the pelvic fin of Husthenopteron
is far more reduced than its pectoral fin (comp. fig. 1 of
pl. xvi. in Goodrich, 1902, which shows that there is no
fourth axonost in the pelvic fin—British Museum specimen
P. 6794—and no postaxial processes) , we must infer that the
paired fins of Husthenopteron represent a stage far in advance
of that stage of the paired fins in its ancestors, which was
the starting-point for the evolution of the paired limbs in the
primitive ancestors of the ‘Tetrapoda*. If this inference is
a right one, then it is not improbable that the posterior
bifurcation of the fourth axonost in our specimen is a remnant
of a more primitive stage when the fourth axonost was com-
posed of two separate ossifications, the paired fins of Hustheno-
pteron being evidently the reduced archipterygium-type of
Gegenbaur (a resemblance recognized by Woodward, Tra-
quair, and others). So that we have to conclude from this
evolution that the axis of the tetrapod limb runs along the
humerus, ulna, ulnare, and between the fourth and fifth finger F
(comp. text-fig. 2, in which some further hypothetical homo-
lugies have been indicated). This conclusion, as one sees,
* This conclusion is confirmed also by the skull, which in Eustheno-
pteron is simpler than in the more primitive Osteolepide, whose paired
fius are also less reduced (comp. the tins of Meyalichthys figured by
Ed. D. Wellburn in his paper On the Genus Megalichthys,” in Proce.
Yorkshire Geol. & Polytechnic Soc. vol. xiv., 1900). I may add in this
connexion that the skull of Osteolepis may be considered to approach
nearer to the Stegocephalian skull than is shown by the restoration of
Pander (comp. Chr. H. Pander, ‘ Ueber die Saurodipterinen, &c.,’ 1860,
pl. i. figs. 8 & 9), lately reproduced by Gregory (comp. Gregory, 1915,
tig. 2, A, B). Pander’s restoration was founded on the specimen of
Osteolepis microleidotus figured by him in pl. i. fig. 1 ; but tig. 4 on the
same plate represents a specimen in which all the three characteristic
bones of the Stegocephalian skull (supratemporal, intertemporal, post-
orbital) are present.
+ The pectoral fin of Savripterus taylori (figured and restored by
Gregory, 1915, plate iv. and fig. 9) does not militate against this supposi-
tion. This fin, less reduced than that of Lusthenopteron, has three
elements attached to the third axonost, so that these three elements may
correspond with the three digits on the ulnar side of the tetrapod limb.
As the two outer of these three elements have almost the same length,
it may well be supposed that the axis runs between the two (and not
along the outer one alone, as Gregory hypothetically supposes—comp.
Gregory, 1915, p. 360). I should mention that the first to emphasize
the resemblance of the Suripterus-fin with the tetrapod limb was its
discoverer, James Hall himseli (comp. J. Hall, ‘Geology of New York,
part iv, 1843, p. 282).
| Pectoral Fin of Busthenopteron. 475
does not entirely confirm the theory of Gegenbaur, according
to which the tetrapod limb is derived from a reduced uniserial
archipterygium (comp. Gegenbaur, 1898, p. 520), but never-
theless it is more in conformity with this theory than with
the other (also advocated by Watson), which takes a reduced
biserial archipterygium for the base of the tetrapod limb.
Fig. 2.
The internal skeleton of the Pectoral Fin of Zusthenopteron, showing
homologies with the tetrapod limb. Nat. size.
hu., humerus; w., ulna; r., radius; u/., ulnare ; p., pisiform; ca., three
distal carpalia; J—V., digits; ax., axis of the tetrapod limb,
In conclusion, I desire to express my thanks to Dr. Smith
Woodward for the loan of the new preparation and for
- valuable help.
LITERATURE,
1. J. F. Wurreaves. “Illustrations of the Fossil Fishes of the Devonian
Rocks of Canada,” in Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vi. 1889,
p. 77 seq. (on Eusthenopteron, p. 78 seq.).
2. R. H. Traquair. ‘Notes on the Devonian Fishes of Scaumenac
Bay and Campelltown in Canada,” in Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1890,
p. 15 seq. (on Lusthenopieron, p. 18 seq.).
476 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
3. A. S. Woopwarp. ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes ‘in the British
Museum,’ pt. ii. 1891 (on ‘Eusthenopteron, p. 361 seg.).
4, ——. ‘ Vertebrate Paleontology,’ 1898 (on heuenaipesr on, p. 25 seq.
& 76 seq.).
5. E.S. Gebdies cu. “On the Pelvic Girdle and Fin of Eusthenopteron,” _
in Quart. Journ. Mier. Soe. vol. xlv. 1902, p. 311 seg. ;
6. ——. “Cyclostomes and Fishes,” Part IX: Vertebrata Craniata of
Sir Ray Lankester's ‘ A Treatise of Zoology,’ 1909.
7. L. Hussaxor. ‘“ Notes on Devonic Fishes from Scaumenae Bay,
Quebec,” New York State Museum, Bulletin 156, 1912, p. 127 seq.
(on Eusthenopteron, p. 131 seq.).
8 W.Patren. ‘The Evolution of the Vertebrates and their Kin,’ 1912
(on Lusthenopteron, p. 391).
9, W. K. Gregory. “ Present Status of the Problem of the Origin of
the Tetrapoda, with special reference to the Skull and Paired
Limbs,” in Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. vol. xxvi. 1915, p. 317 seq. (on
Eusthenopter on, p. 358 seg. & p. 364).
10. C. GeaunBaur. ‘Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere,’ i. Bd.,
1898.
11. D. M.S. Watson. “On the Primitive Tetrapod Limb,” in ‘ Anato-
mischer Anzeiger,’ vol. xliv. 1913, pp. 24-27.
12. R. Broom. “On the Origin of the Cheiropterygium,” in Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. xxxii. 1913, pp. 459-464.
¢
XLIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXX XII.
By T. D. A. Cocxrretx, University of Colorado.
Exomalopsis mellipes, Cresson.
The male, not before known, has been collected by H. H.
Hyde at Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Baker coll., 1785).
lt runs in Friese’s table of males to E. planiceps, Sm., but
is larger, with red legs.
Exomalopsis vincentana, Cockerell.
The male, previously unknown, was collected by H. H. —
Smith on the windward side of St. Vincent. It is hardly
5 mm. long, and there is much black hair on mesothorax,
scutellum, and legs. It is nearest to H. globosa, but dis-
tinguished at once by the ochreous-yellow tarsi.
There is a series of small Exomalopsis (including Antho-—
phorula), which are superficially similar and easily confused.
They may be separated by the following table, based ou
females :—
Second abdominal segment with oblique
stripes of light hair at sides, but no apical
band. 7). eee >in 0 (0's ® tye ie eae ee eee
Lecords of Bees. AT7
Second abdominal segment with an apical
UP =DANGS <2 2.cth accel eothed oy hol ee ee of
1. Dise of scutellum with black hair .......... ies: (Fabr.).
Disc of scutellum with fulvous hair
2. Basitarsus with much black hair .......... ulohella, Cresson.
Mositarsus wien palehair ... 6.5. .essveee similis, Cresson.
3. Second segment of abdomen with a narrow
apical band of snow-white hair...... ceeee. verbesine, Ckll,
Second segment with a broad band.......... 4,
4. Abdominal hair-bands clear w hite; eyes
RMI Oe eg dita e ahs Sitss oid clewidtee Wee Oe chlorina, sp. 0.
Abdominal bands greyish or yellowish; eyes
PERERESRE CLM tc ratct ore sta ttorarcie at Ohacerota a cian store ekcfels 5.
5. Hind legs with much black hair............ 6.
Hind legs with hair mainly or nearly all pale ;
species of Anthophorulaj ........ceeeeeee Ce
6. Flagellum ferruginous. beneath, abdomen
ROH STMM ON et Serer Mopar atest rics oh iecnusle so nitens, Ckll.
Flagellum dark coffee-brown beneath ...... albovittata, sp. n.
7. Tegule rufo-testaceous; stigma larger, pale
NR cits ola sie inl ciw'e, g's bos 0 oe terana, Friese.
Tegule dark; stigma smaller .............. 8
8, Dise of mesothorax polished and smooth .... coquilletti, Ashmead.
Dise of mesothorax punctured .............. morgant, Ckll.
Ezomalopsis albovittata, sp. u.
¢ .—Length nearly 7 mm.
Closely allied to the Californian F. nitens, but less robust ;
flagellum dark ; hair of face pure white ; disc of mesothorax
with fine but distinct punctures; hair of scutellum shorter
and greyish instead of yellowish; hair on base of first
abdominal segment pure white, apex of first segment with
only a rather small patch of white hair on each side. The
loose scopa of hind tibize and tarsi is black behind (above)
and white in front; the wings are dusky, and the tegule
are piceous.
Oaxaca, Mexico (Crawford). U.S. Nat. Museum.
There is some resemblance to Leptergatis globulifera, but-
the front is smooth and shining in the Hzomalopsis, Genel
punctured in the Lepteryatis.
Exomalopsis chlorina, sp. n.
? .—Length about 6 mm.
Eyes bluish green; hair at sides of face dense and pure
white; flagellum red beneath, dark above ; hair of thorax
white ; tegulz rufo-piceous; wings clear, stigma and nervures
pale amber ; stigma much smaller than in ZL. tevana ; bands
on abdominal segments 2-5 broad and pure white ; scopa
of hind legs on outer side white, blackish at base of tibia,
478 Mr. LT. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
dark fuseous on inner side of basitarsi ; mesothorax very —
distinctly punctured ; tarsi red at apex.
Las Cruces, New Mexico, at flowers of Spheralcea in
earden of my house, Aug. 24 (Cockerell).
I had confused this with Z. éexana, lut, having received
a topotype of the latter, I find it is quite distinct.
Exomalopsts thermalis, sp. u.
9 —Lenegth about 9 mm.
Very robust, black; hair of head and thorax long and
white, with a slight creamy tint; head very broad; eyes
olive-green ; labrum black ; mandibles chestuut-red in
middle; clypeus flattened, shining, sparsely punctured ;
flagellum chestnut-red beneath; mesothorax closely and
strongly punctured; scutellum shining, with very fine
punctures ; tegule bright rufo-fulvous. Wings yellowish,
the large stigma and the nervures clear ferruginous ; small
joints of tarsi red ; lair on inner side of tarsi ferruginous ;
middle tibize with short fuscous hair on outer side beyond
middle; middle basitarsi with long white hair on outer side ;
scopa of hind legs long and plumose, largely black on outer
side, that on basitarsus of three colours—black, white, and
red. Abdomen very broad, with a glaucous tint; first two
segments closely punctured as far as the narrow arched pale
lair-band, beyond that smooth and shining, the second
segment with excessively minute punctures ; segments 3 to5
with broad bands of yellowish tomentum, the fifth broadly
fringed with fuscous hair apically.
Aguascalientes, Mexico, Dec. 1, 1909 (F. C. Bishopp).
U.S. Nat. Museum. ,
Exomalopsis crucis, sp. n.
? .—Length about 8°5 mm.
Closely aliied to the last, differing thus : scape more or
less reddish, especially at base ; flagellum pale ferruginous
beneath ; labrum clear red, with pale reddish hair ; hair of
thorax above strongly tinged with yellowish; scutellum
closely and very distinctly punctured; first abdominal
segment reddish basally.
Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (H. H. Hyde ; Baker coll.,
1785). U.S. Nat. Museum.
These two species are related to EH. mellipes, Cress, —
(which has red legs) ; and more especially to BE. frederici, —
Ckll., which has the tarsi, and tibie at apex, ferruginous—at —
=
Records of Bees. 479
least, in the male (female unknown). I questioned whether
E. thermalis might be the female of frederici, but the fine
short pile on basal part of third abdominal segment in
thermalis is pale greyish ochreous, in frederici it is black.
The hind spurs of thermalis and crucis are strongly curved
at end, as in frederici. A second specimen of ZL. crucis
comes from San Juan Allende, Mexico, Nov. 29 (C. H. T.
Townsend).
Leplergatis globulifera, Cockerell.
The female, not before known, was taken by M. A.
Carriker at Aroa, Venezuela, Dec. 12, 1910. It is much
like L. armata, Sm., but has redder anteune. From the
female alone, 1 should have regarded the insect as a local
race of urmata.
Tetrapedia diversipes, Klug.
Manaos, Brazil (Miss H. B. Merrill); San Bernardino,
Paraguay (XK. Fiebrig).
Nomada calloptera, sp. n.
6 .—Length about 10°5 mm.; expanse about 18°5.
liead and thorax black, densely punctured, with long and
abundaut pale fulvous hair; lower corners of face broadly
(with a sharply pointed extension upward along orbit),
broad band along lower margin of clypeus, base of the
simple mandibles, labrum (which is not dentate) and the
rather stout scape in front, all yellow; eyes pale grey;
flagellum thick, simple, black above (except the sutures),
ferruginous beneath; third antennal joint brighter red,
about half as long as fourth; scutellum bigibbous, very
coarsely punctured; tubercles red and polished, but no other
light marks on thoiax ; tegule red. Wings clear, the apex
fuscous ; stigma clear bright ferruginous, nervures fuscous ;
b. nu. goimg a short distance basad of t.-m.; first and second
t.-c. nervures convex outwardly. Legs red, anterior tibic
with an apical yellow spot ; middle trochanters black above,
with a red spot, and highly polished ; middle femora black
beneath basally ; hind femora black behind except at apex.
Abdomen red with rather pale yellow markings, hind mar-
gins of first three segments broadly fuscous, first segment
with more than basal half black, and small yellow marks
sublaterally ; second segment black at base, and with a very
large yellow patch (not pointed mesad) on each side ; third
480 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and
with a very broadly interrupted yellow band, excavated
behind sublaterally; fourth to sixth with yellow bands,
interrupted by a red spot on each side ; apical plate broad,
notched ; venter red with yellow bands.
Tokyo, Japan, April 12, 1909 (Sasaki). U.S. Nat.
Museum. It is also labelled Yamada.
In the table of Palearctic species it runs near N. manni,
Moraw., differing by the black scutellum. It is quite dis-
tinct from all those described from Japan. It is a large
species of Nomada, s. str.
Nomada pyrifera, sp. 0.
2 .— Length about 10 mm.
Head and thorax red with black markings, closely punc-
tured, the hair white ; labrum pale yellow, with no distinct
tooth; malar space pale yellowish ; mandibles simple, red,
black at apex; lower part of clypeus, and lower part of
supraclypeal area, suffusedly yellowish; middle of front,
extending to occiput, black, and cheeks black with a broad
red band behind eyes ; antenne entirely red, long, reaching
to base of abdomen; third joint scarcely half as long as
fourth (this at once separates it from the superficially
similar N. japonica, Sm.); mesothorax with three black
bands, confluent in front; scutellum strongly elevated,
entirely red; area of metathorax black in middle and red
sublaterally ; pleura nearly all red; no yellow on thorax ;
tegule pale red. Wings clear, dilute fuscous at apex;
stigma ferruginous ; nervures fuscous ; b. n. going far basad
of t.-m.; second s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. about
middle. Legs bright ferruginous, hind femora with a black
stripe behind. Abdomen smooth and polished, ferruginous ;
basal half of first segment black, second segment with a very
large pyriform (pointed mesad) spot on each side; fourth
and fifth segments with yellow bands, failing laterally ;
venter with broad yellow bands.
Japan (presumably Tokyo), May (Sasaki). U.S. Nat.
Museum.
This also runs near N. manni in the Palearctic fauna, but
is readily distinguished by the pattern of abdomen and the
red scutellum. Sasaki collected two males, of different
species, which looked like N. pyrifera. One I have described
as N. calloptera, as it differs from pyrifera in the colour of
the stigma and the basal nervure going less basad ; the other,
collected at ‘’okyo in April, I suppose to be the true male
of pyrifera. It is unfortunately in very bad condition, but
Records of Bees. 481
the following characters can be made out : mandibles largely
yellow ; face densely covered with white hair ; scape swollen,
yellow in front ; mesothorax all black ; tubercles yellow ;
scutellum with yellowish or reddish spots ; metathorax and
pleura all black ; venation and colour of stigma as in pyri-
fera; first abdominal segment with basal half black, apical
half red, and two large yellow spots, not far apart, on the
red ; second segment with pyriform marks larger, meeting
in the middle line; segments 3 to 6 with entire yellow
bands ; apical plate feebly notched; ~ venter with yellow
bands.
Andrena melanospila, sp. 0.
? .—Length 10 mm.
Black, the head and thorax with copious moderately long
hair, dull white on face, cheeks, and pleura, pale fulvous on
occiput and dorsum of thorax (brightest on scutellum), but
black on mesothorax posteriorly, aud on front and vertex ;
malar space linear; process of Jabrum rather narrow,
obtuse; clypeus brightly polished, with sparse small punc-
tures ; facial fovez broad, dark brown, not extending below
level of antenne ; antenne dark; third joint much longer
than fourth, but not quite as long as fourth and fifth;
mesothorax dull and granular, shining posteriorly ; seutellum
shining, without evident punctures; area of metathorax
dull and finely granular; tegule piceous. Wings dusky,
the large stigma and nervures dull reddish; b. n. meeting
t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly beyond
middle ; scopa of hind tibiz white in front and black behind.
Abdomen dull, uct punctured; second segment depressed
scarcely a fourth; hind margins of segments 2 to 4 with
narrow pure white hair-bands; caudal fimbria purplish
black.
Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee). U.S. Nat. Museum.
In the Palearctic fauna this falls near to A. denticulata
(Kirby), from which it is easily separated by the narrow
white abdominal bands and the black and white hair of hind
tibiee. It is not like any of the species described by Strand
from T’singtau. The abdominal bands are as in A. wilkella,
but that has an entirely different clypeus.
Andrena delicatula, sp. n.
3 .—Length 8 mm.
Black, superficially exactly like 4. albicrus, but runuing
in tables of Paleearctic species to A. lapponica, which is a
Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 35
482 Mr. O. Thomas on
larger insect. Hair of head and thorax long and white,
very faintly yellowish on scutellum, a little blackish hair at
sides of face ; mandibles long and curved ; process of labrum
weakly bilobed ; clypeus dull, covered with long white hair ;
antennee entirely dark ; third joint about equal to fourth ;
mesothorax and area of metathorax dull and granular;
tegule piceous, reddish posteriorly. Wings slightly dusky ;
the large stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ; b. n. falling
some distance short of t.-m.; second s.m. broad, receiving
first r.n.at middle. Legs black, tarsi reddish at apex.
Abdomen shining, not punctured, segments 2 to 4 with thin
white hair-bands at sides only ; apex emarginate.
Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee, 121). U.S. Nat. Museum,
The abdomen has little of the long loose hair so con-
spicuous in A. albicrus. Among the Japanese species, this
falls nearest to A. precociformis, Ckll., which is larger, with
shining clypens and chestnut-red stigma. The cheeks are
broader and flatter in A. delicatula. From Soochow also
comes Nomia chalybeata, Smith (N. Gist Gee, 140).
* Agapostemon cockerelli, Crawford.
Longmont, Colorado, Sept. 7, 1918 (Cockerell). New to
Colorado.
Colleies sieverti, Cockerell.
Gregory Canyon, Boulder, Colorado, July 13 (Cockerell).
Trigona ruficrus corvina, Cockerell.
Chagres River, Panama Canal Zone, Oct. 9, 1917, “ chew-
ing on the leaves of young citrus plants ”” (Harold Morrison).
L.—A new Species of Kligmodontia from Catamarea.
By ULDFIELD ‘| HOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
‘THE British Museum has recently received a small collection
of mammals from Chumbicha, Catamarea, collected by Sr. Ki.
Budin, aud among them there occur specimens of thie
following new species :—
.
a new Species of Eligmodontia. 483
Eligmodontia marica, sp. n.
Size smaller than in other species. Fur soft and fine, hairs
of back about 7 mm. in length. General colour above pale
sandy buff, darker along the back, paler on the sides where it
is nearly “pinkish buff.’ Whole of under surface pure
sharply defined white, all the hairs, even laterally, white to
their bases. Middle of face and crown darker buffy like
the back, area between eyes and ears, and a patch above each
eye paler like the sides, Kars large, the usual piebald
arrangement of their colour strongly marked; a whitish patch
at base of proectote, middle part of proectote nearly black,
termina! part and whole of metentote greyish buffy, the fine
hairs along the edge white. Limbs wholly white, the buffy
body-colour not or scarcely encroaching on the white of the
upper arms; palms and soles with the structure characteristic
of Lligmodontia, but the hairy covering quite thinly spread.
Tail longer than head and body, dull buffy above, whitish
below, the contrast not so marked as it is in the southern
species.
Skull markedly smaller than that of the other species,
especially as compared with that of the forms geographically
nearest.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 65 mm.; tail 93; hind foot 20;
ear 15.
Skull: greatest length 21°4; zygomatic breadth 12;
nasals 8; interorbital breadth 3°8; breadth of brain-case 11 ;
palatilar length 9°33; palatal foramina 4°53 upper molar
series 3°0.
Hab. Chumbicha, Catamarca. Alt. 600 m.
Type. Young adult male. B.M.no.18.11.11.1. Original
number 311. Collected 30th July, 1918. Presented by
Oldfield ‘Thomas.
This beautiful little mouse is the smallest species of the
genus and is readily distinguishable by size from 2. hirtipes
and morent, occurring north and south of it respectively.
EE. typus, with which the Bahia Blanca elegans is always
assumed to be synonymous, is also larger, and the belly-hairs
are broadly slaty at base. ‘Lhe more southern Z. morgant has
a proportionally shorter tail. ,
Sr. Budin says of H. marica :—“<'This pretty mouse has
been the one which has most pleased and interested me of all
the rodents. It was caught among the prickly pears
[‘ pencas’] in one place only, in a space some Py square
30*
484 Mr. O. Thomas on
metres in area, where I obtained four specimens, but saw
none anywhere else, and it is evidently very rare.”
[As an indication of the extent to which our British
National Museum has participated in the general advance in
the systematic knowledge of Mammalia, and the corresponding
accumulation of typical specimens, I may perhaps be per-
mitted to record that, so far as I am able to calculate, this
is the two-thousandth mammal to which, as the official
mammalogist of the Museum, I have had occasion to give a
name. And many hundreds more have been described and
named by other workers. The vastness of the collection—
especially of types—indicated by these figures is due mainly
to the patriotism of our countrymen all over the world, many
of whom have been proud and pleased to contribute to their
National Museum merely because it is the National Museum,
without pay or return, and often in climates where mere
existence is a burden.
Having possessed for forty years the great privilege of
_ working on this wonderful collection, I feel I cannot too
strongly express my appreciation of the generosity and public
spirit shown by its many contributors—whether those who at
home have provided funds for making expeditions, or abroad
have made collections to be added to the National treasures.
My own share in the woik, carried on as it has been under
the most favourable conditions, has been a continuous pleasure.
And in appreciation of one important element in this pleasure,
the sympathetic and ever-ready help of my wife, I have
given to this attractive little animal the above specific name. ]
LI.—Two new Forms of Leggada.
By OLprieLp THOMAS.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Leggada bella sybilla, subsp. n.
Near L. b. induta, but witly much shorter fur.
Hairs of back about 4°0-4'5 mm. in length. General
colour buffy, not so bright as in induta, and broadly darkened —
on the back, the flanks clear buffy. Belly pure sharply’
defined white. A very small subauial white spot. Hands
and feet white. ‘ail pale greyish above, white below.
Two new Forms of Leggada. 485
Skull about as in ¢nduta, smaller than in minutoides,
slightly larger than in maréea, Posterior nares of normal
shape.
Dimensions of the type :—
Head and body 55 mm.; tail 46 ; hind foot 13.
Skull: greatest length 18; condylo-incisive length 16°3 ;
nasals 6°8; breadth of brain-case 8°5; palatal foramina 4 ;
upper molar series 3°0.
Hab. Benguella, Angola. Type from the Usolo River.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 5.5.9. 70. Original
number 7. Collected 18th July, 1904, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.
Seven specimens.
The type of sybilla was captured at the same time of year
as that of induta, so that the difference in the fur is not
seasonal. Dr. Ansorge also obtained examples of this pretty
mouse in November and December. In ZL. b. marica the
molars are only 2°6 mm. in length.
Leggada paulina, sp. n.
Intermediate between the two West-African species
L. museulotdes and setulosa.
Size markedly less than in setulosa, rather greater than in
musculoides. General colour greyish mouse-colour above,
with a wash of drabby or buffy along the cheeks, shoulders,
and flanks. Under surtace pure white, not so sharply defined
as in musculoides. HKars small, as in muscu/vides. Torearms
tinged with buffy, legs greyish; hands and feet white. Tail
so thinly haired as to appear naked to the unaided eye, the
fine hairs brown above, whitish below; the scales brown
throughout.
Skull intermediate between those of setulosa and musculvides.
Brain-case rounded, not so flattened as in musculotdes.
Masseteric knob of zygomatic plate near its anterior border.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Head and body 67 mm.; tail 48; hind foot 13:7;
ear 9°95.
Skull: greatest length 18:2; condylo-incisive length 16°5 ;
zygomatic breadth 9; nasals 6°7; interorbital breadth 3°6 ;
breadth of brain-case 84; palatilar length 7-9; palatal
foramina 3°9 ; upper molar series 3.
Hab. Bitye, Ja River, 8.6. Cameroons. 2000’.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 1. 24.27. Original
number 694, Collected 15th September, 1913, by Mr. G. L.
Bates.
Though evidently allied to L. musculoides, of which it may
486 Mr. W. LL. Distant on the
be a Cameroons representative, this mouse is distinguishable
by its larger skull and darker coloration, in which latter it
nearly resembles the common Cameroons i. setulosa, in whose
company it was captured, and for whose young it might
readily be mistaken.
LI1.—Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal
Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant.
[Continued from p. 270.]
Astacops tigrinus, sp. 0.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium pale ochraceous ;
antennee black, basal joint ochraceous ; apices of the stylated
eyes black ; body beneath pale ochraceous with prominent
transverse, somewhat broad, black fasciz, the most promi-
nent bei: g at the anterior margins of the meso- and
metasterna, and at the posterior margins of the abdominal
segments, there is also a small black spot on each side of the
anterior marginal area of the prosternum and a central black
longitudinal fascia on tle apical abdominal segment; legs
black, anterior and intermediate femora (excluding bases),
apical third of posterior femora, and extreme bases of tibize
ochraceous ; tarsi mostly black; antenne with the second
and fourth joints subequal in length, each a little longer
than third; seutellum transversely subeunvex on basal area,
centrally thence to apex strongly carinate ; membrane black,
apical margin pale and passing the abdominal apex.
Long. 12 mm.
Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindoro Is'and, Baco River
(J. J. Mounsey).
Scopia-tes nigripes.
Scopiastes nigripes, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 538 (1901).
Astacops melampus, Bergr. Phil. Journ, Sci. xiii. p. 57 (1918).
Hab. Queensland.
Macropes simoni, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, seutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;
anteune piceous, apical joint black ; hemelytra pale creamy
yellow, clavus brown, vein outside clavus also brown, nearly
hynchotal Family Ly geeide. 487
apical half of corium black; membrane with the base
black, and with a large discal spot fuscous with the veins
black ; antennee with the first and second joints subequal in
length, each a little shorter than fourth ; rostrum passing
the anterior cox ; pronotum with the anterior lobe smooth,
shining, black, punctate anteriorly and laterally, with two
finely impressed central longitudinal lines, posterior lobe
more opaque and thickly punctate, anterior lobe not promi-
nently broadened asin M. philippinensis, Dist., but gradually
somewhat convexly narrowed to apex ; membrane reaching
or very slightly passing the anterior margin of the apical
abdominal segment; scutellum centrally, longitudinally
carinate.
Var. Abdomen beneath and the legs brownish ochraceous.
Long. 5-54 min.
Hab, Philippine Islands (HZ. Simon).
A species readily distinguished from M. philippinensis,
Dist., by its small size and structure of the pronotum, &e.
Bergroth has recently described another small species, M.
lacertosus, from tie same habitat, but, as he states “ pro-
notum in the male with the greatest width before the middle ”
an.| with different colour-inarkings to the “ elytra,” it cannot
be confused with his specific creation.
Dinomachus marshall, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii.
p- 473 (1901).
Bergroth, my constant but by no means infallible critic,
has recently (Medd. Mus. Zool. Afd., Gottenborg, p. 6,
1914) referred to my very short and quite misleading
“description of the genus.” He states that I have ‘‘ omitted
the most important character of D. marshalli, viz., the
extraordinary length of the rostrum, which reaches the
middle of the abdomen.” As I had only an imperfect
specimen before me when I wrote my description (I described
the imperfect condition of the antenneze), | could not describe
a mutilated rostrum. However, tew regard Bergroth’s
auimadversions too seriously.
ddd. Hab. Mashonaland ; Salsbury (Marshall). Mozam-
bique; Bazi River, Zululand (Bell-Marley and Warren).
Transvaal; Lydenburg (Krantz); Natal; Durban (Bell-
Marley)—Brit. Mus.
In the above series the length varies from 8 to 114 mm.
I have already described species of Dinomachus from the
Oriental Region, and I now add another two species from
Australia.
488 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
Dinomachus kuranda, sp. n.
Head black with a basal spot between the ocelli and
the ap -x of the central lobe ochraceous ; pronotum ochra-
ceous, somewhat thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate; narrow
lateral and anterior margins, a slender central longitadinal
earination, and two similar but oblique carinations on
posterior Jobe dull ochraceous; scutellum very coarsely
darkly punctate, a central longitudinal carination on pos-
terior half, which apically bifurcates on each side, ochraceous ;
corium ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate, the
lateral margins very narrowly ochraceous, apical angles
ochraceois with a small black spot; membrane bronzy
brown ; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type; legs
very pale” ochraceous, subapical areas of the femora and
annulations to the tibie and tarsi castaneous ; antennge
jale ochraceous, apex of the second joint and nearly the
whole of the third and fourth joints pale brownish, second
joint much the longest, third and fourth joints almost sub-
equal in length, first joint distinctly passing apex of head ;
rostrum imperfectly seen in carded type.
Long. 7 mm.
Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).
Dinomachus doddi, sp. n.
Head castaneous, coarsely punctate, apex of central lobe
and a central longitudinal line between ocelli ochraceous ;
pronotum ochraceous, somewhat darkly punctate, a broad,
subanterior, transverse fascia, two central longitudinal spots
at base, and a submarginal ]ine on posterior lobe castaneous;
scutellum castaneous, coarsely punctate, a central longi-
tudinal carinate line obliquely branching on each side of
apex castaneous ; corium ochraceous, coarsely punctate, its
extreme apical margin piceous ; membrane pale bronzy ;
body beneath castaneous; rostrum, coxee, legs, disk, apex
aud segmental marginal spots to abdomen beneath ochra-
ceous ; rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe;
sternum very coarsely punctate; antennee ochraceous, apices
of the first, second, and third joints and nearly the whole of
fourth joint pale castaneous, second joint longest, third a
little longer than fourth ; pronotum with a central longi-
tudinal carinate line and with the subanterior transverse
fascia slightly globose aud very sparingly punctate.
Long. 8 mm,
Hab, Queensland ; Kuranda (fF, P. Dodd).
Rhynchotal Family ly geide. 489
Masoas transvaaliensis, Dist. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)
Xvill. p. 290 (1906). ;
The type of this species was from the Transvaal (Pretoria) ;
the Brit. Mus. now contains two other specimens from
Angola which are slightly larger, measuring in length
4+mm. The type has only a dimension of 34mm.
Oxycarenus collaris, Muls. & Rey. Aun. Soc. Lin. Lyon,
1852, p. 102; Oshan, Verz. Pal. Hem. Bd. 1, Heteropt.
p- 300 (1906).
This Palearctic species, as hitherto understood, must now
be also included in the Oriental fauna, as the British Museum
has recently received specimens from the Agricultural Col-
lege, Poona. It was found “infesting in large numbers
the capsules of the safflower plant grown in Poona”
(Harold Mann).
Maruthas bicolor.
Maruthas bicolor, Dist. Nov. Caledon. 1, L. iv. p. 379, pl. xi. fig. 5
(1914).
Oxycarenus bicoloratus, Bergr. Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 73 (1918).
Hab. New Caledonia.
Clerada apicicornis, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur I’Ile de la
Réunion, Ins. p. 28, pl. xx. fig. 8 (1862).
This very widely distributed species can now be recorded
from Queensland ; Kuranda (#. P. Dodd).
Pamera tricolorata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; corium dark cas-
taneous ; apex of scutellum and lateral marginal area of
corium to beyond middle ochraceous, on apical area of
corium two pale ochraceous or greyish spots in transverse
series, in some specimens these spots are united and in
others they are practically absent; membrane brownish
ochraceous ; body be:.eath and legs black ; apices of femora,
basal areas of intermediate and posterior femora, and the
whole .of the tibiz and tarsi ochraceous ; antenuz piceous,
second joint paler, fourth joint with basal half pale ochra-
ceous, second joint a little longest, third and fourth almost
subequal in length; a:terior lobe of pronotum with a distinct
anterior collar, convex, a little longer than posterior lobe
but narrower, the posterior lobe somewhat coarsely punctate;
scutellum centrally longitudinally carinate, the carination
490 Mr. W. L. Distant on the
bifureate towards base; corium, excluding lateral marginal
area, more or less thickly punctate ; membrane not passing
abdominal apex; rostrum reaching or slightly passing
anterior Coxe.
Long. 6-7 mm.
Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (June-July, R. HE. Turner;
April, F. P. Dodd). Adelaide River (J. J. Walker). Tenim-
ber Island (W. Doherty).
Pamera vincta, Say.
This very widely distributed species has now been received
from Queensland (Townsville), where it was taken by
Mr. F. P. Dodd.
AUSTROPAMERA, gen. nov.
Head long, anteocular portion about as long as postocular,
but the anteocular portion acuminately apically produced ;
eyes moderately prominent ; ocelli situate a little behind a
line between the posterior margins of the eyes; autenue
inserted a little in front of eyes, first joint about as long
as head, second longest; pronotum with a narrow anterior ~
collar about as long as broad at base, strongly laterally
sinuate, the anterior lobe subglobose and shorter than the
posterior lobe; rostrum slightly passing the anterior coxe,
first joint not reaching base of head; scutellum about as
broad at base as long, obliquely trausversely ridged ; corium
elongate: membrane reaching abdominal apex; anterior
femora strongly incrassated ; body beneath with the apical
lateral angle of the posterior abdomiual segment moderately
acute.
Allied to the Orental genus Pamerana, Dist., from which
it differs by the non-spinnous antenniferous tubercles, the
much louger postocular area of the head, &c.
Austropamera turneri, sp. 0.
Head and pronotum black, posterior pronotal area strongly
punctate ; ocelli red; antennz dull ochraceous, apices of the
first and second joints, the whole of third, and about basal
half of fourth joint black, basal joint about as long as head,
second longest ; scutellum black, centrally, obliquely trans-
versely testaceously ridged; corium dull ochraceous, clayus
aud outer claval area darkly punctate, a broad, transverse,
black fascia beyond middle and the apical areas black ;
membrane dull black; head beneath and sternum black ;
Rhyncltctal Family Lygeide. 491
abdomen dull dark castaneous, with an ochraceous lateral
marginal spot a little beyond middle ; rostrum and anterior
legs castaneous, exireme femoral apices and bases of tarsi
ochraceous ; anterior an‘l posterior legs ochraceous, apices of
femora castaneous ; other structural characters as in generic
diagnosis.
Long. 7} mm.
Hab. Queensland; Kuranda, 1-100 feet (R. E. Turner,
May and June).
ARRIANOIDES, gen. nov.
Head elongate, alout as long as breadth between eyes,
narrowed towards apex; eyes not projecting beyond the
pronotal angles ; first joint of antenne distinctly passing apex
of head; pronotum about as long as broad, transversely
impressed at middle, the lateral margins very slightly am-
pliately produced, moderately narrowe: | from bases to anterior
margin, anterior lobe moderately convex ; scutellum about
as long as broad at base, its apex linearly acute, the disk
broadly foveate; corium about twice as long as_ broad ;
membrane reaching the abdominal apex; anterior femora
moderately incrassated and spined beneath on apical area;
ro-trum imperfectly seen in carded specimen.
Allied to Arrianus, Dist., and Teutates Dist.
Arrianoides australis, sp. n.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and disk of
corium black; posterior pronotal lobe, claval area, and
extreme lateral margins to corium more or less castaneous ; :
a large white spot on apical area of pronotum, the extreme
apex of which is castaneous; extreme lateral margins and
basal angles of pronotum and apical spot to clavus pale
castaneous or ochr raceous ; body beneath (imperfectly seen in _
carded specimen) with the sternum black and the abdomen
dark testaceous; antennz ochraceous, first joint passing
apex of head, second longest, third longer than fourth ;
anterior lobe of pronotum convex and almost impunctate,
posterior lobe distinctly punctate, a somewhat obscure central
longitudiial impression neither reaching an'erior nor pos-
terior margins; Claval area distinctly punctate ; femora pale
castaneous ; tibia and tarsi ochrace ‘ous ; membrane bronzy-
brown. Other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.
Long. 5 mm.
Hab. Queensland; Townsville (F. P. Dodd).
492 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.
Poeantius lineatus.
Poeantius lineatus, Stil, En. Wem. iv. p. 162 (1874).
Poeantius brevicollis, Bredd. Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1907, p. 207.
This widely distributed species may now also be recorded
from Australia. Queensland; Townsville (/. P. Dod),
Naudarensia rolandi, sp. 1
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum glossy
black ; posterior pronotal lobe and corium more piceous ;
basal angles of pronotum, narrow lateral margins, and two
spots on apical areas of corium dull greyish ochraceous ;
body beneath shining black ; femora shining black, their
apices and the tibiz and tar-i oclraceous, apices of tibiz and
tarsi black; antenne dull ochraceous, second and fourth
joints longest, and almost subequal in length, the apical
jont piceous, first joint not reaching apex of head; pronotum
about as long as broad at base, transversely constricted
behind middle; head an1 anterior lobe of pronotum glabrous,
posterior pronotal lobe thickly coarsely punct ite ; membrane
reaching apex of penultimate abdominal segment ; corium
sparingly coirsely punctate; rostrum not quite reaching
the intermediate cox; tibiz finely spinulose; anterior tibiez
moderately dilated at apices.
Long. 53 mm.
Hab. S.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. E. Turner).
This genus was hitherto only known from Continental
India.
Daerlac nigricans, sp. n.
Black ; apical angular area to corium and posterior half
of counexivum ochraceous ; body beneath imperfectly seen in
carded specimen; membrane fuscous brown; antenne with
the first joint passing apex of head, second, third, and fourth
joints almost subequal in length ; head above thickly, finely
punctate, obliquely directed from near eyes to apex; pro-
notum longer than broad, anterior lobe globose, and thickly
punctate, about twice as long as posterior lobe, from which
it is deeply transversely separated ; ; posterior margin
slightly concave ; mtr about as long as broad at base,
its extreme apex ochraceous; clavus coarsely punctate ;
corium more finely punctate; anterior femora strongly
globose, posterior femora moderately incrassated, inter-
mediate femora less prominently incrassate.
Long. 84-9 mm.
Hab. NS. Wales, Sydney (J. J. Walker).
493
INDEX to VOL. II. ’
ABANUS, new species of, 269,
Acanthosaura, new species of, 162,
Acontia, new species of, 74.
Aizoryx, characters of the
genus, 221.
Aithalotus, new species of, 173.
Agapostemon, new species of, 419.
Albanyaria, characters of the new
genus, 258,
Alcides, new species of, 154.
Amphipyra, new species of, 67.
Anwa, new subspecies of, 232.
Anarmodia, new species of, 193.
Ancyloneura, new species of, 438.
Andersen, K., on new bats of the
families Rhinolophidz and Mega-
dermatide, 374.
Andrena, new species of, 481.
Anisodes, new species of, 414.
Anus, new species of, 76.
Aphanus, new species of, 262.
Argiva, new species of, 82.
Arrianoides, characters of the new
genus, 491.
Artiodactyla, on some external cha-
racters of ruminant, 125, 214, 367,
Asellia, new species of, 379.
Astacops, new species of, 486,
Asteroidea, notes on, 103.
Astylus, notes on species of, 337.
Augochlora, new species of, 418.
Austrohelcon, characters of the new
genus, 166,
Austropamera, characters of the new
genus, 490,
Autochloris, new species of, 226,
Azochis, new species of, 183.
Bagnall, R. §., on the synonymy of
some Kuropean Diplopods, 407.
new
Bastilla, characters of the new
genus, 78.
Baylis, H. A., on Dicroccelium lan-
ceatum, 111.
Bertula, new species of, 92.
Bibliographical notices, report on
Cetacea stranded on the British
coasts during 1917, 179; life and
letters of Sir J. D. Hooker, 390.
Birds, new, 122.
Blenina, new species of, 69.
Beeotarcha, new species of, 194,
Bomolocha, new species of, 93.
Bosbequius, new species of, 260.
Boulenger, G. A., on the varieties of
the lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén.,
158; on a new lizard from
Yunnan, 162; on the races and
variation of the edible frog, 241 ;
on some fishes from the Shari
river, 426; on new 8.-American
batrachians, 427.
Brachycheteuma, new species of,
333,
Braconidz, on the, in the B.M., 163.
Brade-Birks, H. K., notes on Myria-
poda, 319, 470.
Brevipecten, new species of, 88,
Broom, R., on the genus Lysoro-
phus, 282.
Brulleia, new species of, 171.
Bryozoa, new, 96.
Czenocoris, new species of, 176,
Calamochrous, new species of, 194...
Calliphlycta, characters of the new
genus, 190.
Calohelcon, characters of the new
genus, 165.
Capnodes, new species of, 89.
494
Caprima, new species of, 412.
Caprimima, new species of, 416,
Carea, new species of, 73.
Cariona, characters of
genus, 83.
Cat, on the occurrence of Dicro-
ceelium lanceatum in the, 111.
Cephalophus, new species of, 161,
Cerceris, new species of, 465,
Cerynea, new species of, 68.
Chalciope, new species of, 80.
Champion, G. C., notes on various
species of the American genus
Astylus, 337.
Characoma, new species of, 68.
Chloridea, new species of, 65.
Chlorippe, new species of, 231.
Chordeumella, new variety of, 335.
Chrostosoma, new species of, 227.
Chubb, C., on new South-American
birds, 122.
Cocidophora, new species of, 184.
Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and
records of bees, 384, 418, 476.
Coleoptera, new, 152.
Cosmosoma, new species of, 228,
Crocidophora, new species of, 185.
Daerlac, new species of, 492.
Demodex, on four new species of,
145.
Dendromus, new species of, 59.
Dichropogon, characters of the new
genus, 124,
Dicrocceelium lanceatum, occurrence
of, in the cat, 111.
Dieuches, new species of, 266.
Dinomachus, new species of, 488.
Diomea, new species of, 89.
Dipodillus, new species of, 60.
Distant, W. L., on the rhynchotal
family Lygeide, 173, 257, 486.
Draceenura, new species of, 94.
Dysgonia, new species of, 78.
Echeneis, studies in, 271.
Eligmodontia, new species of, 482.
Ercheia, new species of, 77.
Erebus, new species of, 84.
Erinaceus, new subspecies of, 212.
Etheridge, R., on some ungual pha-
langes, 307.
Eumonodia, new species of, 75.
Eusthenopteron, note on, 471.
Euxoa, new species of, 66.
Evergestis, new species of, 183.
Exomalopsis, new species of, 477,
the new
INDEX.
Exopamera, characters of the new
genus, 257.
Fisher, W. K., notes on Asteroidea,
103.
Vishes, eggs of, 114; studies in, 271; .
notes on, 426, 471.
Flavinia, new species of, 415.
Tcenus, new species of, 200.
Trederickena, characters of the new
genus, 123.
Gadirtha, new species of, 70.
Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 180.
Gerbillus, new species of, 63, 146,
Germalus, new species of, 178.
Gilchrist, J. D. F., on the eges and
ee ee of the pilot fish,
114.
Globcsusa, characters of the new
genus, 91,
Gouatas, new species of, 270.
Gonopionea, new species of, 195.
Graptostethus, new species of, 175.
Gudger, EK. W., on the myth of the
ship-holder, 271.
Gymnelia, new species of, 228.
Gymnoscelus, new species of, 169.
Hampson, Sir G. F’., on new Pyra-
lide, 181, 393.
Hapalia, new species of, 393.
Haughton, 8. H., on anew Dinosaur
from South Africa, 468.
Helcon, new species of, 172.
Heliactinidia, new species of, 417.
Hesperidz, new species of, 225.
Heterocera, new, 65.
Hipposideros, new species of, 383.
Hirst, 8., on four new species of the
genus Demodex, 145; on a new
jumping mite from the Mendip
Hills, 213.
Hymenoptera, new, 197, 384, 418,
459, 476.
Hypztra, new species of, 80,
Kaye, W. J., on new ‘species of
Syntomide, Nymphalide, and
Hesperidee, 225.
Lachnophoroides, new species of,
262.
Leggada, new species of, 484.
Lepidoptera, new, 412.
Lepralia, new species of, 96.
Leptergatis, new species of, 421,
Liopasia, new species of, 191.
Lophoruza, new species of, 67.
INDEX,
Loxostege, new species of, 189.
l.ygeeus, new species of, 174, 257,
Lysorophus, note on genus, 253,
M‘Intosh, Prof., notes from the
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-
drews, 1.
Mackenzizena, characters of the new
venus, 125,
Macropes, new species
486.
Mammals, new, 59, 119, 146, 151,
203, 211, 374, 468, 482, 484.
Marshall, G. A. K., nutes on Alcides,
Schouh., 152.
Maurilia, new species of, 71.
Maxaphanus, characters of the new
genus, 265.
Megachile, new species of, 387.
Megadermatidze, on new species of,
374.
Megalohelcon, characters of the new
genus, 163,
Megastes, new species of, 181.
Mesothen, new species of, 229,
Mesotrichia, new subspecies of, 385.
Metadieuches, characters of the new
genus, 267.
Meta-ia, new species of, 195.
Metochus, new species of, 265.
Mylodon australis, on the ungual
phalanges termed, 307,
Myotomys, characters of the new
genus, 206.
Myriapoda, notes on, 319, 407.
Nanorchestes, new species of, 213.
Naudarensia, new species of, 492.
Neoeurys, new species of, 439,
Noctuelia, new species of, 406,
Nomada, new species of, 479.
Nymphalidie, new species of, 225,
Omphisa, new species of, 182.
Ophiops elegans, new varieties of,
158.
Oreesia, new species of, 90.
Otomyina, on a revised classification
of the, 203.
Otomys, new subspecies of, 208.
Pamera, new species of, 489.
Parotomys, characters of the new
genus, 205,
Patula, new species of, 88.
Pegostoma, new species of, 406.
Petronievics, B., on the pectoral fin
of Eusthenopteron, 471.
Pheegorista, new species of, 417.
of, 177,
495
Pheia, new species of, 227.
Philanthus, new species of, 459,
Pocock, R. I., on some external
characters of ruminant Artio-
dactyla, 125, 214, 367, 440, 449.
Poeautius, new species of, 268.
Poliolema, characters of the new
genus, 124.
Polyzrammodes, new species of, 185,
Prodorcas, characters of the new
genus, 130.
Prosopis, new species of, 421.
Prout, L. B., on new Lepidoptera,
412,
Psara, new species of, 187.
Pseudoconopophaga, characters of the
new genus, 122.
Pseudodiptera, characters of the new
venus, 229,
Pseudofoenus, new species of, 197.
Pseudosarbia, new species of, 230.
Pyralide, new, 181, 393.
Pyrausta, new species of, 401.
Pyrrhobaphus, new species of, 176.
Rana esculeuta, on the races and
variation of, 241.
Remora, on studies in, 271.
Reptiles, new, 158, 162, 241, 427.
Rhectosomia, new species of, 188.
Rhinolophidz, on new species of,
374.
Rhopias, new species of, 124.
Rhynchota, new, 173, 257, 486.
Breen ars new species of, 228,
Rohwer, 8. A., on some sawflies from
the Australian region, 433,
Saurita, new species of, 226.
Sawflies, notes on, 433.
Selepa, new species of, 69.
Semzeopus, new species of, 413,
Sericia, new species of, 90.
Sowerby, A. de C., notes upon the
Sika-Deer of North China, 119.
Stictoptera, new species of, 68,
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new species of
Indo-Malayan Heterocera, 65.
Syntomide, new genera and species
of, 225.
Taterillus, new species of, 150, :
Thebanus, new species of, 261.
Thecodontosaurus, new species of,
468.
Thomas, O., on new forms of Den-
dromus, Dipcdillus, and Gerbillus,
496
59; on new species of Gerbillus
and Taterillus, 146; on a pew
Duiker from Zanzibar, 151; ona
revised classification of the Oto-
myine, 203; on the Hedgehog of
Palestine and Asia Minor, 211;
on a new species of Eligmodontia
from Catamarca, 482; on two new
forms of Leggada, 484.
Tigridania, characters of the new
genus, 225,
Trichiohelcon, characters of the new
genus, 168.
Trigona, new species of, 386.
Turner, R. E., Braconide in the
INDEX.
B.M., 163; new Australian hy-
menoplera of the family Evaniide,
197; on Fossorial Hymenoptera,
459.
Waters, A. W., on some Mediterra-
nean Bryozoa, 96.
Wilkara, characters of the new
genus, 92.
Xenoglossa, new species of, 420.
Xiphydria, new species of, "433.
Xylocopa, new subspecies ‘of, 584.
Zenarge, characters of the new
genus, 435,
Zenargine, characters “of the new
subiamily, 434,
END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RRD LION COURT, FLEET STREET,
. ——————
ant) Pa
eS
La
Huth, London.
Ann 4 Mag Nat, Hist. 5.9 Vol MPLt.
BE.
iit se
pas
co
A.HW. & W.C.M.del.
MINTOSH.
= 4 ’
: fin
:
.
,
)
°
al
;
b
4
pa
ne
é
—. ~At
° *
aT
Dy
‘
a
,
,
any
th
Ni (( “ Ms Wifes
iA
f i . ‘ " SS \
=n Lech
AH.W.& W.C.M ael Huth, Landon.
on
Sy,
—
Ss es
Sey
= <d
<>,
my ! a
eas “oe
ae Se
Vai
'
{
i
ie
\
‘ lead
4 ’
i
ie
enn
poeta
AHW.&W.CM del Huth, London.
HM. .C.M. del.
A.H.W. & W.C.M. del.
sven
COCs ee
ki GLEE,
si
re
Huth, London
i)
Ann dé Mag Nat Hist. S.9Vol IPL.
Fe tt
Ie if Rane ts
SN cae EL
i | AR
= is \ Hie
*
” C
Pan
Sr aK.
f i + F018 oS
/ . Af
Lat f/
=
AL
} A.H.W. & W.CM.del. Huth,London.
IVAMPLM.
¥
.
Fe
S
;
Ss
K
3.
CRETE
ee,
g
Tae ere
Huth, London.
A.W. & W.C_M. del.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. I. Pl. VIL
——-.--
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. IX.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S..9. Vol. I. PX.
Vol. IL. PLXL.
—— Sacculus
25
WATERS, Ann aad Mag. Nat. Hist. S--9. Vol. If; Pl.. XIT
t
ivece Urco
gee}
pe ee
(geee| eeeclocce
10!
A. W. Waters. del.
MEDITERRANEAN BRYOZOA.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. I. Pl. XTII.
FISHER.
PRK
=
4
ie
+5
vs
%
~*
yA
Bin
Type of Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher),
ae
BAYLIS.
Anno Mag. Not. List: S. 9. Vol. IT. Pl. XIV.
Licrocelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum.
inn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. X
GUDGER. y :
is fe ale
EM ZA
~ —_ =
—— 2
sO UC
aie \
GUDGER,
SecliyS animali cetaccise lor forma il rorfo
ECHENE! , SEV REMORA , PESCE
con la parte fopvana della tefl fiattaccad va-
aes
scr Ht NY.
Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 9. Vol. LT Pl. XVI.
Fie. 5.
Sannin as a hse:
Aili ea — ——
Fie. 6
“suo pie 2p neoduyy OW Y
+3UDGER.
Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl.
Fic. 8,
ew =="
XVIT.
a
A
i]
ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XVIII
ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XIX
ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XX
_—-
EANDING SEcT JUL 2 - 1968
OH The Annals & mavazine of
ft natural history
A6 )
ser.9
7.3
Biclogieal
Senals ~
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET.
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
4 so7 wat
gies . : Gr Og 3
: fo. A
. * 7
a 3 - -
. .
A os
aun : - ’ a4 ae
$ 7 Z < : R - - ' =o 7
= a es Bs 7
o«- , ~~ - . - - ¥ = hd .: : : a
4 eter. see
et bot Pwr owe
Pe eN rn
Pie Fe ees ere
way
bates a
el oe hee
te eee)
fekee Wad wo. age ‘nk
2 OCEANS SNES Beef
ey i ee
ee Te ee \
oo} seeprwe det emnge Ok Peers ae Ere §
SAN Pe ent a" Sent ty. St ketene y+ ee yrwse <
lege
lee kek eater ha
ee ews bee ene yh Cee wedi
he hk ee eee ee Le ee ee ee ee
BAe ROHR HOE EE OH ET Bes
- Gee Wwe yi eey + NOY & lone a te
7
sheer ee
puet bw
Seok
vee
ere Sawsirrosee one .
pegs bok Oe ot EAU 9 Rye ST iP
er Se ‘ewe <3
2 VPP 28 OS a ¥
pee
+ oe WA Be
CERCA NIRA OT ar agata
ue
‘e
Be pa 2 fa Nhe te cota
FPR din eee
oes Ae
ates ah ge Ne Porn
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11